(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "State record North Carolina"

Digitized by the Internet Archive 

in 2010 with funding from 

NCSU Libraries 



http://www.archive.org/details/staterecordnorth1970nort 



North Carolina State .Record 




NORTH CAROLINA STATE RECORD Published four times a year in February, June, August 
and December by North Carolina State University at Raleigh, Department of Admissions, 
Peele Hall, P. O. Box 5126. Raleigh. N. C. 27611. 



VOLUME 70 



DECEMBER 1970 



NUMBER 4 




New D. H. Hill Library addition. (Photo by Bill ThreewittsI 



Gloria J. Heacock, University Catalog Editor ; Joseph S. Hancock. Assistant Director. Publications ; 
Hardy D. Berry, Director, Information Services. Published by Print Shop. North Carolina State 
University. 




Undergraduate 
Catalog 1970-72 

North Carolina State University • Raleigh 






L^'--^'l 



^^.'-~. .. 


7 


\ 








^■- ^^:^^^,; ■ 








' 






% 


►' 



flTi 




THE UNIVERSITY OF NORTH CAROLINA 

(Six Component Institutions) 

William Clyde Friday, B.S., LL.B., LL.D., President 

William Smith Wells, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Vice-president — Academic 
Affairs 

Arnold Kimsey King, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Vice^resident — Institutional 
Studies 

H. Brooks James, B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Vice-president — Research and Public 
Service Programs 

Nelson F. Taylor, B.A., M.A., LL.B., Vice-president — Administration 

L. Felix Joyner, A.B., Vice-president — Finance 

Alexander Hurlbutt Shepard, Jr., M.A., Assistant Vice-president and 
Treasurer 

Joseph Sibley Dorton, Jr., B.S., Assistant Vice-president and Assistant 
Treasurer 

George Eldridge Bair, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Director of Educational Tele- 
vision 

James L. Jenkins, Jr., A.B., Assistant to the President 

Richard H. Robinson, Jr., A.B., LL.B., Assistant to the President 

By the act of the General Assembly of 1931 the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, the North Carolina College for Women at Greens- 
boro (renamed the Woman's College of the University of North Carolina), 
and the North Carolina State College of Agriculture and Engineering at 
Raleigh were merged into The University of North Carolina. 

By the act of the General Assembly of 1963 effective July 1, 1963, The 
University of North Carolina comprised : The University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill, The University of North Carolina at Greensboro and North 
Carolina State of The University of North Carolina at Raleigh. 

By the act of the General Assembly of 1965 effective July 1, 1965, The 
University of North Carolina comprised: The University of North Carolina 
at Chapel Hill, The University of North Carolina at Charlotte, The Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Greensboro, and North Carolina State 
University at Raleigh. 

By the act of the General Assembly of 1969 effective July 1, 1969, The 
University of North Carolina comprises : The University of North Carolina 
at Asheville, The University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, The Uni- 
versity of North Carolina at Charlotte, The University of North Carolina 
at Greensboro, The University of North Carolina at Wilmington and North 
Carolina State University at Raleigh. 

Each institution has its own faculty and student body, and each is 
headed by a chancellor as its chief administrative officer. Unified general 
policy and appropriate allocation of function are effected by a single Board 
of Trustees and by the President with other administrative officers of The 
University. The general administration offices are located in Chapel Hill. 

Members of the Board of Trustees are elected by the Legislature, and the 
Governor of North Carolina is chairman ex officio. A current list of members 
of the Board of Trustees is found on pages 464-466. 

The chancellors of the component institutions are responsible to the 
President as the principal executive officer of The University of North 
Carolina. 



3 University of North Carolina 

6 Chancellor Caldwell 

7 Administration and Offices 
9 The University 

13 Admissions 

21 Registration 

23 Tuition and Fees 

29 Student Housing 

33 Financial Aid 

37 Academic Regulations 

45 The D. H. Hill Library 

47 General Information 

53 Student Activities 

60 University Calendar 

65 Schools and Programs of Study 

67 Agriculture and Life Sciences 

121 Design 

131 Education 

143 Engineering 

177 Forest Resources 

191 Liberal Arts 

203 Physical and Mathematical Sciences 

217 Textiles 

229 Graduate School 

229 Division of Continuing Education 

231 Summer Sessions 

232 Computing Center 

233 Military Training 
237 Course Descriptions 

463 Administration and Faculty 

464 Board of Trustees 

467 Teaching and Professional Faculty 

535 Emeritus Faculty 

540 The Alumni Association 

541 Foundations and Development 
545 Index 

550 Campus Map 



CHANCELLOR CALDWELL 

STUDENT HOUSING 

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION 

Mn.ITARY TRAINING 



ADMINISTRATION AND OFFICES 

FINANCIAL AID 

SCHOOL OF ENGINEERING 

COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 



THE UNIVERSITY 

ACADEMIC REGULATIONS 

/^/'-^■IV jyT^f-n TVTnnCn school of FOREST RESOURCES 



ADMINISTRATION AND FACULTY 



DEGREE PROGRAMS 

THE D. H. HILL LIBRARY 

SCHOOL OF LIBERAL ARTS 

ADMINISTRATIVE COUNCIL 



ADMISSIONS 

GENERAL INFORMATION 

SCHOOL OF PHYSICAL AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

SCHOOL OF TEXTILES 

TEACHING AND PROFESSIONAL FACULTY 



REGISTRATION 

UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

GRADUATE SCHOOL 

EMERITUS FACULTY 



TUITION AND FEES 

SCHOOLS AND PROGRAMS OF STUDY 

DIVISION OF CONTINUING EDUCATION 

ALUMNI ASSOCIATION 



RESIDENT STATUS FOR TUITION PAYMENT 
SCHOOL OF AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

SUMMER SESSIONS 
UNIVERSITY FOUNDATIONS 



ESTIMATED ANNUAL COST 

SCHOOL OF DESIGN 

COMPUTING CENTER 

INDEX 





r. SToU «-. {taltiitU ' 



Chancellor John T. Caldwell 

As a land-grant state university, North Carolina State University is 
involved in many ways in serving all the people of North Carolina and 
the nation through a tvide array of instruction, research and extension 
programs. It serves hundreds of thousands annually in extension services, 
enrolls more than 13,000 students each semester in degree programs, and 
conducts scientific research on about 700 projects annually on the campus 
and at branch stations and laboratories. There are eight undergraduate 
schools, more than 70 degree programs, the graduate school and numerous 
special centers, institutes and interdisciplinary education, research and 
extension programs. The faculty, students and the public share a common 
pride in the University's accomplishments and a dedication to improve and 
expand them for the benefit of mankind. 



ADMINISTRATION AND OFFICES 



Chancellor 

John Tyler Caldwell 

Academic Affairs 

Harry C. Kelly, Provost 

University Extension 

E. Walton Jones, Acting 
Administrative Dean 

Research 

Ralph W. Cummings, Adminis- 
trative Dean 

International Programs 

Jack Rigney, Administrative Dean 

Graduate School 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean 

Business Affairs 

John D. Wright, Administrator 
for Finance and Business 

Foundations and Development 
Rudolph Pate, Director 

Information Services 

Hardy D. Berry, Director 

School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences 
Edward W, Glazener, Acting Dean 
J. C. Williamson, Director of Re- 
search 

George Hyatt, Jr., Director, Agri- 
cultural Extension Service 

School of Design 

Henry L. Kamphoefner, Dean 

School of Education 
Carl J. Dolce, Dean 

School of Engineering 

Ralph E. Fadum, Dean 
Robert G. Carson, Jr., Associate 

Dean for Academic Affairs 
Henry B. Smith, Associate Dean 

for Research and Graduate 

Studies 
John Canada, Assistant Dean for 

Extension 

School of P'orest Resources 
Eric L. Elhvood, Dean 
Leroy C. Saylor, Assistant Dean 

School of Liberal Arts 
Fred V. Cahill, Dean 

School of Physical and Mathe- 
matical Sciences 
Arthur C. Menius, Dean 
Jasper Memory, Assistant Dean 

School of Textiles 

David W, Chaney, Dean 



Continuing Education Division 

E. Walton Jones, Acting Director 

Library 

Isaac T. Littleton, Director 

Student Affairs Division 

Banks C. Talley, Dean 

Henry Bowers, Associate Dean 

Norbert B. Watts, Associate Dean 
Admissions 

Kenneth D. Raab, Director 
Student Activities 

Carl O. Eycke, Director and 
Dean of Men 

Carolyn Jessup, Assistant Director 
and Dean of Women 
Housing 

Patrick J. Weis, Jr., Director 
Religious Affairs 

Oscar B. Wooldridge, Coordinator 
Music Activities 

J. Perry Watson, Director 
Student Union 

Henry Bowers, Director 
Career Planning and Placement 
Center 

Raymond E. Tew, Director 
Counseling Center 

Lyle B. Rogers, Director 
International Student Affairs 

Philip F. Weaver, Foreign Student 
Adviser 
Theatre 

John C. Andrews, Director 

Alumni Affairs 

Bryce R. Younts, Director 

Athletics 

Willis R. Casey, Director 

Physical Plant 

J. McCree Smith, Director 

Students Supply Stores 

Mark H. Wheless, General Manager 

Special Units 

Peru International Program 

Harvey L. Bumgardner, Director 

Phytotron 

Robert J. Downs, Director 

Computing Center 

LeRoy B. Martin, Director 

Occupational Education Center 
John K. Coster, Director 

WUNC-TV 

Jack Porter, Director 

Water Resources Institute 
David H. Howells, Director 





-«^gkas&- 



THE UNIVERSITY 



North Carolina State University was founded in 1887 as a land-grant 
institution in a higher education movement then sweeping the nation. 
These institutions were created through the federal Morrill Act of 1862 
to expand the opportunity for higher education, primarily in the areas 
of "agriculture and the mechanic arts." Today, these institutions of 
higher learning now constitute the major public universities of the 
nation, pursuing all fields of knowledge and carrying out programs in 
every area of the world. 

OPENED IN 1889 

N. C. State University began operations as the North Carolina College 
of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts in 1889 with 45 students. Today, 
enrollment exceeds 13,000 men and women, with over 2,000 engaged in 
graduate study. 

The present name. North Carolina State University, adopted in 1965, 
gives further stature to the institution in its expanding role as a major 
university. 

WIDE RANGE OF PROGRAMS 

N. C. State is comprised of eight principal academic divisions: the 
Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, Design, Education, Engineer- 
ing, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and Mathematical Sciences, 
and Textiles. They offer approximately 100 fields of study. 

Since its founding, the institution's research, extension and academic 
programs have expanded rapidly, now requiring the services of more 
than 1,000 professional staff members, eight undergraduate schools, the 
graduate school, 17 branch agricultural experiment stations, and ex- 
tension agents for each of the State's 100 counties. The total annual 
budget approximates $60 million. 

N. C. State University is accredited by the Southern Association of 
Colleges and Schools and the N. C. College Conference. Additionally, 
individual schools and departments are accredited by various associa- 
tions in their respective fields. N. C. State holds memberships in the 
National Association of State Universities and Land-Grant Colleges, the 
American Council on Education, the College Entrance Examination 
Board, the National Commission on Accrediting, the Oak Ridge Institute 
of Nuclear Studies, and the Southern Association of Colleges and 
Schools. 

SERVES ENTIRE STATE 

N. C. State is a complex institution, effectively extending its burgeoning 
teaching, research and extension programs to all corners of the State, 
nation and to foreign lands. Augmenting its more formal academic 



programs on its campus is University Extension which annually 
sponsors more than 100 short courses, workshops and conferences; 
correspondence courses; urban affairs programs and similar programs. 

Among the University's first off-campus services was the Agricultural 
Extension Service, which today has offices in all of N. C.'s 100 counties 
and is responsible for the administration of one of the nation's largest 
4-H programs. 

Seventeen agricultural experiment stations also come under juris- 
diction of the University, and serving the industrial economy of the 
State is a program similar to the one in agriculture, the Industrial 
Extension Service. 

Current programs for fisheries research and in tree improvement, the 
world's largest, are indicative of N. C. State's diverse role in the advance- 
ment of scientific work on behalf of the State and nation. On the 
international level, N. C. State is carrying out three separate programs 
of education and research. These programs involve the efforts of staff 
members in international cooperation. The University has a cosmopolitan 
flavor with a sizeable international student enrollment representing 60 
countries. 

THE CAMPUS 

The main University campus is located in Raleigh. 

The central campus encompasses 2,500 acres and is valued at more 
than $100 million. The physical plant includes 80 major classroom, 
laboratory and auxiliary facilities and buildings. Construction of new 
facilities — buildings, laboratories and classrooms — is constantly in 
progress. 

Adjoining the central campus are several of its experimental farms 
and woodlands and its excellent football stadium. In addition to holdings 
in the Raleigh area, extensive agricultural and other types of research 
facilities are scattered throughout the State. 

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES 

Bachelor's degrees of: environmental design in architecture, environ- 
mental design in landscape architecture, and product design. 

Bachelor of Science degrees in: 

Agriculture and Life Sciences (Business) — agricultural economics, animal 
science, crop science, horticultural science, poultry science and soil science; 
(Science) — agricultural economics, animal science, biological and agri- 
cultural engineering, botany, conservation, crop science, food science, 
entomology, horticultural science, plant protection, medical technology, 
poultry science, rural sociology, soil science, wildlife biology and zoology, 
(also preveterinary) ; (Technology) — agronomy, animal science, biological 
and agricultural engineering, food science, horticultural science and poultry 
science ; (Biological Sciences) — biological sciences. 

Education — agricultural education, vocational industrial education, techni- 
cal education, mathematics education, industrial arts education, and science 
education. 

10 



Engineering — aerospace, ceramic, chemical, civil, (construction option), 
electrical, industrial, mechanical, materials and nuclear engineering; engi- 
neering mechanics; engineering operations; and furniture manufacturing 
and management. 

Forest Resources — forestry, conservation, pulp and paper science and 
technology, natural resource recreation management, recreation and park 
administration, wood science and technology. 

Liberal Arts — economics, English, history, politics, and philosophy. 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences — applied mathematics, chemistry, 
statistics, computer science, geology, and physics. 

Textiles — textile chemistry and textile technology. 

Bachelor of Arts degrees in : 
Education — psychology. 

Liberal Arts — economics, English, French, Spanish, history, politics, 
philosophy, sociology speech-communication. 

Physical and Mathematical Sciences — geology. 

Professional degrees (fifth year) — ceramic engineer, chemical engineer, 
civil engineer, electrical engineer, industrial engineer, mechanical engineer, 
materials engineer and nuclear engineer. 

GRADUATE DEGREES 

Master's degrees of: adult education, agricultural education, agri- 
cultural economics, agriculture, animal science, applied mathematics, 
architecture, biological and agricultural engineering, biomathematics, 
botany, civil engineering, crop science, economics, education, electrical 
engineering, engineering mechanics, entomology, statistics, food science, 
forestry, genetics, guidance and personnel services, horticultural science, 
industrial arts education, industrial engineering, landscape architecture, 
mathematics education, mechanical engineering, microbiology, nutrition, 
physiology, plant pathology, poultry science, product design, public 
affairs, sociology, science education, soil science, technology for inter- 
national development, teaching in mathematics, textile technology, urban 
design, vocational industrial education, wood and paper science, and zoology. 

Master of Arts programs in: economics, English, history, and politics. 

Master of Science programs in: adult and community college education, 
agricultural education, agricultural economics, animal science, biochem- 
istry, biological and agricultural engineering, biomathematics, botany, 
ceramic engineering, chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, 
crop science, electrical engineering, engineering mechanics, entomology, 
food science, forestry, genetics, geology, guidance and personnel services, 
horticultural science, industrial arts education, industrial engineering, 
marine science, mathematics education, mechanical engineering, ma- 
ll 




terials engineering, mathematics, microbiology, nuclear engineering, nu- 
trition, operations research, physics, physiology, plant pathology, poultry 
science, psychology, rural sociology, science education, soil science, sta- 
tistics, textile chemistry, textile technology, vocational industrial educa- 
tion, wood and paper science, and zoology. 

Doctor of Philosophy programs in: animal science, biochemistry, bio- 
logical and agricultural engineering, biomathematics, botany, chemical 
engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, crop science, economics, elec- 
trical engineering, engineering mechanics, entomology, fiber and polymer 
science, food science, forestry, genetics, industrial engineering, marine 
science, materials engineering, mathematics, mechanical engineering, micro- 
biology, nuclear engineering, nutrition, operations research, physics, physi- 
ology, plant pathology, psychology, sociology, soil science, statistics, wood 
and paper science, and zoology. 

Doctor of Education programs in: adult and community college edu- 
cation and occupational education. 



13 



Adraissions 

An applicant must be of good moral character and present evidence of 

satisfactory preparation for work in his intended curriculum to be 
admitted as an undergraduate to a regular session of North Carolina 
State University. Academic aptitude is the prime factor in determining the 
admissibility of students. 

Students of all races are equally welcome in North Carolina State 
University. Persons of all racial backgrounds may apply for and accept 
admission, confident that the policy and regular practice of the University 
will protect them from unfair discrimination. 

Every applicant must complete an application form which may be 
obtained from: 

Director of Admissions 

North Carolina State University 

Box 5126 

Peele Hall 

Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 
The completed form should be returned to the above address by May 1 for 
consideration for the fall semester and by December 1 for consideration 
for the spring semester. A nonrefundable $10 application fee must 
accompany the completed application form. 

FRESHMAN ADMISSION 

The applicant normally should be a graduate of an accredited high 
school and have the recommendation of the principal or headmaster. 
Nongraduates should normally have a high school equivalency certificate, 
have the minimum high school mathematics preparation, and present 
other evidence of maturity and ability to deal effectively with college 
work. 

Credentials necessary for making an admissions decision include: the 
high school record showing grades through the junior year, a listing of 
courses in progress in the senior year, a rank in class based on at least 
three j'^ears of high school study, scores on the Scholastic Aptitude Test 
(SAT), and a specified curriculum or program of study to which admission 
is sought.* The secondary school transcript should include the percentage 
of graduates attending four-year colleges. 

Applicants from North Carolina must have a freshman Predicted Grade 
Average (PGA) of at least 1.6 in addition to adequate high school 
preparation in order to be admitted to a given curriculum. This PGA is 
computed using a formula which takes into consideration the curriculum 
to which the applicant is requesting admission, his rank in his graduating 
class and scores on the SAT (generally the SAT's should be no less than 
800). The rank in class carries greater weight in this prediction than do 
the SAT scores. A 1.6 grade average is the equivalent of a "C" minus 
average on a grading scale where a 4.0 is an "A" average and a 2.0 is a 
"C" average. 

Applicants are accepted on either junior or senior year SAT scores, 
although senior year scores are generally recommended, especially if the 

* Students changing high schools must have at least one full semester at the last school attended 
before the rank is accepted. 

13 



applicant is also applying for financial aid. An interview is not required 
and does not weigh in the admissions decision. 

North Carolina State University does not have a specific early decision 
plan for applicants now in high school. All applications are acted upon 
as soon as complete admission credentials are received. 

1969-70 FRESHMAN CLASS PROFILE 

Of the freshmen who enrolled in September, 1969, 65 percent ranked 
in the top fifth and 90 percent in the top two-fifths. Three percent fell 
in the bottom half, however, they possessed outstanding SAT scores. The 
average SAT-Verbal score for this class was 505 and the average SAT- 
Math score, 580. Over 90 percent of these freshmen had verbal scores 
exceeding 400 and math scores exceeding 470. 




The freshman orientation program is designed to acquaint new students with the 

academic, extracurricular and social life at NCSU. 



14 



5-1 O) 



m 


^ 


+J 


P- 


C 




OS 


'o 
o 


'E 




p. 


M 


03 






X 


C 


.^ 


<3 


iS 




bo 




C 



Si 
o> 

Kg 
O 






0:5 



S.2 o 



- 3 & 
« E o 

.fc'o • 
o'Fi 0|D 



SI'S .It 




:5s 



il-H c 



B ^ 



.** c -ti J= "O » ai 



tai « 

'-' cs ^ '9'2 

o be i s;_ o *■ o 

fe c 5:0'2 o ►..2 
r"^ .5 « •; C 01 p a» 



^ o E « ^ 

sen o g 
o « •■■ .s 



?W2 






goo's g CS 

o£.2 5 



to o 

g|: 



£2 S 
bou 



002 



;s-a| 

■2*C M 

.S MS 






E m lU C o 

ssiiig 






'Cfl 
Si o 
b'-S 



.2 s g 






So) 



PU St 



«W5 

.2 " 
c 01: 



.s ^ 



2 

•wo g 
eJ 09 * y 

" m ftc 

X >> « c« 

09 P b< p 

S O 3 So 

HKUh4 






E-l °S 

U « O m 



I 



o „ , 

u o I 
V ^ 

0*5' 



St" 



be B 



•a ^ 

.2 C B 
p rt rt 



lis 



3 ."S""? 



!.S C »< ? Q 



bBS 

t Bio 

Eg"!: 
■^ !; o 



fi -- J: c 



b'Se-^I 

"b^ 2& 
h] 41 u E 01 



oco 

•B B 



•5E = .S^.2 

>■ 0) g'tjTS ti 
feO-«)g Sm 



m 



« m 9 

t..B O 

•" .•§ 

eII 

0/ 0) R 
UOE-i 



6S 



16 



SCHOLASTIC APTITUDE TEST (SAT) 

Applicants for admission as freshmen must take the College Entrance 
Examination Board Scholastic Aptitude Test (SAT) and request that 
their scores be sent directly from the Board to North Carolina State 
University (Code #-R5496). 

These tests are given several times a year at a number of centers 
throughout the United States and in foreign countries. Application forms 
and information booklets may be obtained from your guidance counselor 
or by writing to : 

College Entrance Examination Board 

Box 592 

Princeton, New Jersey 08540 

Applications are due in the board office well in advance of the test dates. 
Prospective students should obtain full information early enough to 
assure that proper application for the test is made. 

ACHIEVEMENT TESTS 

Each admitted freshman, for best placement, should take one or more 
Achievement Tests (afternoon testing), depending upon his curriculum 
and the courses he plans to take. The January test date during the senior 
year in high school is strongly recommended. 

Mathematics Level I should be taken by all entering freshmen. For 
students in engineering, physical and mathematical sciences and other 
curricula in which mathematics is a major part, it is helpful in identifying 
those who may be ready to enroll in Analytic Geometry and Calculus 
instead of Algebra and Trigonometry. 

Correct placement permits a student to begin at his present level so 
that he neither finds himself lost in material beyond his understanding 
nor has to repeat subject matter previously learned. Frequently, such 
placement means faster progress toward graduation. A student scoring 
sufficiently high will qualify for credit in some subjects as well as for 
advanced placement. 

A student who fails to take the Achievement Test(s) will be placed 
in a beginning level course (s) which in some instances allows no credit 
toward graduation. Although such placement may be to the advantage 
of a weaker student, it often results in unnecessary delay for the better 
student. 

ADVANCED PLACEMENT 

Advanced placement is offered to those who, because of their 
demonstrated abilities, are qualified to accelerate their studies. To obtain 
advanced placement at least three options are available. The student may 
take a proficiency examination in a subject when he believes that he has 
mastery of the course material; application for such an examination must 
be made to the head of the department in which the subject is offered. 
Secondly, advanced placement and credit is given for satisfactory per- 
formance on the subject matter proficiency tests of the College Entrance 
Examination Board's Advanced Placement Program. Finally, the entering 

16 



student may be selected for an advanced section in mathematics, a 
foreign language or history on the basis of his previous academic record 
and his performance on the College Board aptitude and achievement lests 
or other examination. In addition, based on a predicted grade in English, 
a student may be given the opportunity to enroll in English 112, the 
second semester of freshman English, during his first semester on 
campus. The PGE (predicted grade in English) is based on the high 
school record and SAT scores. A "C" or better earned in English 112 
vi^ould give the student a total of six hours of credit; three hours of credit 
for English 112 plus three hours of credit for English 111, the first 
semester course which was bypassed. 



OUT-OF-STATE STUDENTS 

Undergraduate applicants from outside North Carolina must generally 
meet higher standards than required of North Carolina residents before 
admission will be granted. North Carolina State University is limited to 
accepting not more than 15 percent of total undergraduate admissions 
from outside the State. 



TWO-YEAR AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE 

Any student who has received a diploma from an accredited high school 
or has passed the high school equivalency examination administered by 
the State Department of Public Instruction is eligible for consideration 
for the Agricultural Institute. Each application must be reviewed and 
evaluated by the institute director. The application should include a copy 
of the applicant's high school record or a letter indicating the applicant 
has passed the equivalency examination. 

Also, the applicant must have a letter of recommendation sent to the 
Admissions Office by a responsible citizen, not a relative, attesting to the 
student's integrity and character. The Scholastic Aptitude Test is not 
required of applicants to the Agricultural Institute. 

TRANSFER STUDENTS 

North Carolina State University welcomes transfer applicants. In 
recent years more than 25 percent of our graduates started their college 
programs at other institutions. 

All transfer applicants must have an overall "C". average on all college- 
level work taken at accredited institutions and must be eligible to return 
to the last institution regularly attended. Applications of students from 
nonaccredited institutions will be reviewed by the Admissions Committee. 

Work completed at technical institutes is generally not considered 
college level; after enrolling at North Carolina State University, how- 
ever, students from such institutes may take comprehensive exami- 
nations in courses for which they feel their previous training qualifies 
them for advanced placement. 

Transfer students must present at least 28 semester hours of "C" work 
or must meet admissions requirements for entering freshmen. Out-of-state 
students should be prepared to meet higher standards especially in design, 

17 



engineering, liberal arts, and physical and mathematical sciences. 

If admitted, the prospective transfer student's record will be further 
evaluated to determine the amount of credit that can be transferred and 
applied toward degree requirements at North Carolina State University. 
This evaluation will be approved by the dean of the school in which the 
student wishes to enroll. Transcripts are not evaluated however until the 
applicant has been admitted. A nonrefundable $2 transcript evaluation 
fee, payable to North Carolina State University, is charged for this 
service. 

Students eligible to continue at other campuses of the Consolidated 
University of North Carolina may transfer to North Carolina State Uni- 
versity so long as their cumulative grade point averages are 2.0 or above 
or their quality point deficiencies do not exceed 25 and their previous 
academic work is judged to be satisfactory and appropriate for the 
curriculum requested at North Carolina State University. (Refer to 
section on Retention-Suspension Rules, pages 38-39.) 

Students who transfer to North Carolina State University from another 
campus of the Consolidated University of North Carolina will receive 
credit for work passed and grades and quality points for all courses 
taken at the other campus. 

UNCLASSIFIED STUDENTS 

An unclassified student is one who has been approved for admission to a 
specific school and is earning college credit but has not chosen a specific 
curriculum. Unclassified students must meet the same admissions require- 
ments as regular students. If, at a later date, an unclassified student 
wishes to change to regular status, his credits must be evaluated for his 
chosen curriculum. 

SPECIAL STUDENTS 

The special student classification is primarily designed for students 
21 years of age or older who are professionally employed in the Raleigh 
area, housewives wishing to take courses for self-improvement, and 
other mature individuals interested in college courses for special reasons 
but who do not desire to work toward a degree at North Carolina State 
University. The usual college admissions requirements may be waived for 
qualified special students, but regular rules of scholarship will apply 
after admission. A maximum of seven hours per semester may be taken 
by students in the special classification. The special student may not 
represent North Carolina State University in any intercollegiate contest 
or become a member of any fraternity — professional or social. 

Application as a special student should be made through the Division 
of Continuing Education, Room 134, 1911 Building. If special students 
wish to change to regular status at a later date, they must make regular 
application and meet the same admissions requirements as other degree 
candidates. 

AUDITOR 

New students desiring admission as auditors should apply through the 
Division of Continuing Education. The participation of auditors in class 

18 



discussion and in examinations is optional with the instructor. Auditors 
receive no college credit; however, they are expected to attend classes 
regularly. 

USAFI CREDITS 

College-level courses offered by accredited institutions and made avail- 
able to military personnel through the United States Armed Forces 
Institute will be considered for transfer credit if a grade of "C" or better 
has been earned and if the courses are applicable to the student's 
curriculum. A transcript must be sent to the Office of Admissions directly 
from the institution offering the course. 

Military personnel are encouraged to investigate the possibility of 
college credit through the College Level Examination Program. This 
CLEP has been developed by CEEB to enable those who have reached 
the college level of education outside of the traditional classroom experi- 
ences to demonstrate their achievement and to use test results for college 
credit. 

CLEP includes two kinds of examinations — the general examinations 
and the subject examinations. The subject examinations measure 
achievement in specific college courses and are of more value credit wise 
than the general exams. 

READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

To be readmitted after having withdrawn from this University or 
having been out of school for one or more semesters, the student must 
be academically eligible to return and should apply to the Readmissions 
Office, Department of Registration and Records, 11 Peele Hall, for re- 
admission at least 30 days prior to the date of desired enrollment. 

GRADUATE STUDENTS 

All students working toward graduate degrees or who are taking courses 

for graduate credit which are to apply ultimately to a graduate degree 
are enrolled in the Graduate School. Procedures and policies governing 
graduate admission are outlined in a special catalog issued by the 
Graduate School. Any student interested in enrolling for graduate study 
may obtain a copy of the Graduate School Catalog from: 

Dean of the Graduate School 
Peele Hall 

North Carolina State University 
Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 



19 





-^^^ 1 


. v-*^ ,.f&MtlS K 


^£^ UmaamB \ 


'^' l\,\^-^'^^ 


ts. if 


A )^i!3 


r« .\ »* 



^ 



A 



<df 



r/ie Zasfc two steps of registration, completing registration cards and obtaining 
previously prepared class schedules, take place at Reynolds Coliseum, 

20 



Registration 



PREREGISTRATION 

Preregistration is a procedure whereby a student meets with his adviser 
to discuss his academic program and to select the courses he will take 
during the next semester. The courses selected by each student are 
processed through the computer which will assign a day and an hour for 
each course requested. During the registration period at the beginning of 
each semester, the student is able to obtain his completed schedule. Each 
student is provided a schedule of courses booklet each semester. This 
booklet contains all necessary instructions for completing preregistration. 

REGISTRATION 

Registration consists of three steps: (1) paying tuition and fees 
(preferably by mail); (2) completing registration cards; (3) obtaining 
previously prepared class schedules. (Instructions for completing regis- 
tration are issued each semester.) 

LATE REGISTRATION 

Students who preregister or register late must follow late registration 
instructions and pay the required late fees. (Instructions for completing 
late registration are issued each semester.) 

INTERINSTITUTIONAL REGISTRATION 

Students enrolled full-time at N. C. State University may take course 
work at one of the Raleigh colleges, at a branch of the Consolidated Uni- 
versity of North Carolina or at Duke University. Interinstitutional 
registration forms and all regulations and procedures are available from 
the Department of Registration and Records. (See the section on Co- 
operating Raleigh Colleges, page 51.) 

CREDIT-ONLY COURSE REGULATIONS 

Each undergraduate student will have the option to register and to 
count toward graduation requirements a total of up to 12 semester hours 
in the category of credit-only courses. The student may select as "credit- 
only" any course offered by the University, excepting the several courses 
in Military Science and Air Science. The selected courses must be 
included under the free elective category of the specific curriculum in 
which the student is enrolled. He will be placed in a regular section and 
will be responsible for attendance, assignments and examinations. The 
student's performance in a credit-only course will be reported as "CR" 
(passing grade for credit-only course) or "NC" (no credit; failing grade 
for credit-only course) and will not affect his grade point average. A 
passing grade (CR) will allow the course credit to be counted toward 
the student's graduation requirements. D-level work (passing work) is 
considered an adequate basis for awarding credit (CR) if the instructor 
is otherwise satisfied with the student's class participation, attitude, 
attendance, etc. 

21 



SCHEDULE CHANGES— DROPS AND ADDS 

Courses may be added during the first week of a regular semester; 
courses may be dropped during the first two weeks of a semester with 
the result that they will not appear on the student's record. Beyond this 
period courses may be dropped as follows: 

1. During third and fourth v/eeks, with adviser's approval, a grade of 
"W" is recorded. 

2. Thereafter, with the recommendation of the adviser and the ap- 
proval of the dean, for compelling reason, a grade of "W" is 
recorded. If the drop is not approved by both adviser and the 
dean, a grade of "FD" is recorded. 

NOTE: If a student is enrolled for only one course and wishes to 
drop it, the procedure is that of withdrawal from the Uni- 
versity. 

WITHDRAWAL FROM THE UNIVERSITY 

If a regularly enrolled student wishes to withdraw from the University 
(dropping all courses) during a semester or summer session, he must go 
to the Counseling Center to initiate the official withdrawal process. 
Parents' approval must be obtained for a student under 21. 

Determination of grades and the entry on the permanent record for a 
student withdrawing during a semester depend upon his reasons for 
withdrawal, the time of withdrawal in the semester, and his standing in 
his courses at the time of withdrawal. A student who discontinues 
attendance in all classes without officially withdrawing will receive all 
"FD" grades. 

A student who withdraws after the first two weeks of classes will not 
receive any refund of tuition and fees, except in unusual cases approved 
by the Refund Committee, 

CHANGES IN CURRICULUM 

Students may change from one curriculum to another by filing with 
the Department of Registration and Records a curriculum change form 
signed by the deans or directors of instruction concerned. 



22 



Tuition and Fees 

Charges for tuition and fees vary according to (1) the student's status 
as a resident or nonresident of North Carolina; (2) type of student 
(regular undergraduate, special or unclassified undergraduate, auditor 
or graduate student) ; and (3) to a minor degree, the curriculum in which 
the student is enrolled. 

An application for admission must be accompanied by an application 
fee of $10. 

Individual statements for tuition and fee charges will be mailed five 
or six weeks before the beginning of the semester. Tuition and fees are 
payable in full before the first day of classes. All charges are subject to 
change without notice, but the charges in effect currently are as follows: 



REGULAR UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS— TUITION AND FEES 





In-State 


Students 


Out-of -State Students 




Fall 


Spring 


Fall 


Spring 


Schools 


Semester 


Semester 


Semester 


Semester 


Agriculture and 










Life Sciences 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 


Design 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 


Education 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 


Engineering 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 


Forest Resources 


$216.00 


$215.00 


$578.50 


$577.50 


Liberal Arts 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 


Physical and Mathe- 










matical Sciences 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 


Textiles 


$211.00 


$210.00 


$573.50 


$572.50 



RESIDENCE STATUS FOR TUITION PAYMENT 

General — The tuition charge for legal residents of North Carolina is less 
than for nonresidents. To qualify for in-state tuition, a legal resident must 
have maintained his domicile in North Carolina for at least the six months 
next preceding the date of first enrollment or reenrollment in an institution 
of higher education in this State. 

Minors — The legal residence of a person under 21 years of age at the 
time of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in this 
State is that of his parents, surviving parent or legal guardian. In cases 
where parents are divorced or legally separated, the legal residence of the 
father will control unless custody of the minor has been awarded by court 
order to the mother or to a legal guardian other than a parent. No claim 
of residence in North Carolina based upon residence of a guardian in North 
Carolina will be considered if either parent is living unless the action of 
the court appointing the guardian antedates the student's first enrollment 
in a North Carolina Institution of higher education by at least 12 months. 

A minor student whose parents move their legal residence from North 
Carolina to a location outside the State shall be considered to be a non- 
resident after six months from the date of removal from the State. 



23 



For the purpose of determining residence requirements under these rules, 
a person will be considered a minor until he has reached his 21st birthday. 
Married minors, however, are entitled to establish and maintain their 
residence in the same manner as adults. Attendance at an institution of 
higher education as a student cannot be counted as fulfilling the six-month 
domicile requirement. 

Adults — A person 21 years of age or older is eligible for in-state tuition 
if he has maintained continuous domicile in North Carolina for the six 
months next preceding the date of enrollment or reenrollment, exclusive of 
any time spent in attendance at any institution of higher education. An 
in-state student reaching the age of 21 is not required to reestablish resi- 
dence provided that he maintains his domicile in North Carolina. 

Married Students — The legal residence of a wife follows that of her 
husband, except that a woman currently enrolled as an in-state student in 
an institution of higher education may continue as a resident even though 
she marries a nonresident. If the husband is a nonresident and separation 
or divorce occurs, the woman may qualify for in-state tuition after 
establishing her domicile in North Carolina for at least six months under 
the same conditions as she could if she were single. 

Military Personnel — No person shall be presumed to have gained or lost 
in-state residence status in North Carolina while serving in the Armed 
Forces. However, a member of the Armed Forces may obtain in-state 
residence status for himself, his spouse, or his children after maintaining 
his domicile in North Carolina for at least the six months next preceding 
his or their enrollment or reenrollment in an institution of higher edu- 
cation in this State. 




The first nuclear reactor ever used for educational purposes was housed in 

Burlington Nuclear Laboratories. 



24 



Aliens — Aliens lawfully admitted to the United States for permanent 
residence may establish North Carolina residence in the same manner as 
any other nonresident. 

Property and Taxes — Ownership of property in or payment of taxes to 
the State of North Carolina apart from legal residence will not qualify one 
for the in-state tuition rate. 

Change of Status — The residence status of any student is determined as 
of the time of his first enrollment in an institution of higher education in 
North Carolina and may not thereafter be changed except: (a) in the case 
of a nonresident student at the time of his first enrollment who, or if a 
minor his parents, has subsequently maintained a legal residence in North 
Carolina for at least six months, and (b) in the case of a resident who has 
abandoned his legal residence in North Carolina for a minimum period of 
six months. In either case, the appropriate tuition rate will become effective 
at the beginning of the term following the six-month period. 

Responsibility of Student — Any student or prospective student in doubt 
concerning his residence status must bear the responsibility for securing a 
ruling by stating his case in writing to the admissions officer. The student 
who, due to subsequent events, becomes eligible for a change in classification, 
whether from out-of-state to in-state or the reverse, has the responsibility 
of immediately informing the Office of Admissions of this circumstance in 
writing. Failure to give complete and correct information regarding resi- 
dence constitutes grounds for disciplinary action. 

Appeals of Rulings of Admission Officers — Any student or prospective 
student may appeal the ruling of the admissions officer in writing to the 
Chancellor of the institution. The Chancellor may use any officer or com- 
mittee which he deems appropriate in review of the appeal. Appeal of the 
Chancellor's ruling may be made to the President of the University; such 
appeals to be filed with the Chancellor and forwarded by him to the 
President. 

LATE REGISTRATION 

Registration schedules are set for specific days, and certain definite 
procedures are outlined. A student has not completed registration until 
all of the required steps are taken. All students, graduate and under- 
graduate, who fail to register on dates scheduled must pay a late regis- 
tration fee. 

LESS THAN SEVEN HOURS 

Undergraduate students taking one course of not more than four hours 
during a regular semester will be charged one-fourth tuition, one-fourth 
academic fees and no nonacademic fees. These students will not be 
entitled to any of the services and privileges provided by the non- 
academic fees. Undergraduate students taking five or six hours during a 
regular semester will be charged one-half tuition, one-half academic fees 
and all nonacademic fees. All other undergraduate students will pay full 
tuition and fees. 

AUDITS 

Subject to academic regulations, regularly enrolled undergraduate stu- 
dents may audit courses by registering for them without additional 

25 



charge. Graduate students may register for one course as an audit in any 
semester without charge when the audit is certified by the Dean of the 
Graduate School as a part of course work for which tuition charges are 
made. (This does not apply in the summer sessions.) 

GRADUATE STUDENTS 

Applicants interested in graduate work may receive a schedule of fees 
upon application to the Graduate School. 

COMMENCEMENT FEE 

A fee of $12.00 covering cost of diploma and rental of cap and gown, 
is charged candidates for the baccalaureate degree during the last 
semester before the degree is awarded. 

GENERAL DEPOSIT 

As partial security for library books, property repair charges, physical 
education property, laboratory breakage, etc., a general deposit of $25.00 
must be paid by every student at the time of his first enrollment. These 
miscellaneous charges will be deducted from the general deposit as 
incurred during the period of one's study. The general deposit must be 
rebuilt to the $25 level by the student whenever the deposit has been 
depleted. 

The general deposit of $25 or the remaining balance is refunded when 
a student has completed the requirements for a degree or has permanently 

Harris Cafeteria is conveniently located near the 7najor dormitories on the 

campus. 




withdrawn from the University. The student is responsible for applying 
for the refund and providing the Office of Business Affairs with a 
correct mailing address. Refund will be made by check approximately 
30 days after the student terminates his residence at the University. 

PROFESSIONAL STUDENTS 

Students in the various fifth-year professional curricula will be charged 
on the same basis as undergraduate students. 

BOOKS AND SUPPLIES 

The cost for books and supplies is variable, depending upon the 
curriculum in which the student is enrolled. A reasonable estimate is 
$180 per year, but students who require drawing supplies and slide rules 
have an additional original outlay. All books and supplies must be paid 
for in cash as purchased. 

ESTIMATED ANNUAL COST 

Items such as tuition, fees and room rent in residence halls are fixed 
costs. Other items are variable with the individual students. 





FdU 


Spring 


Annual 




Semester 


Semester 


Total 


Tuition — North Carolina 








Residents 


$112.50 


$112.50 


$225.00 


(Out-of-State Residents) 


475.00 


475.00 


950.00 


Other University Fees 


98.50 


97.50 


196.00 


General Deposit (paid at first 








enrollment only) 


25.00 


— 


25.00 


Room* 


133.00 


133.00 


266.00 


Board 


315.00 


315.00 


630.00 


Books and Supplies 


90.00 


90.00 


180.00 


Other Personal Expenses 








and Incidentals 


140.00 


140.00 


280.00 


TOTAI^-North Carolina 








Residents 


$914.00 


$888.00 


$1,802,00 


(Out-of-State Residents) 


$1,276.50 


$1,250.50 


$2,527.00 



REFUND OF TUITION AND FEES 

A student who withdraws from school on or before the first two weeks 
of a semester will receive a refund of the full amount paid less an 
enrollment fee. After the period specified, no refund will be made. 

REFUND COMMITTEE 

In some instances circumstances justify the waiving of rules regarding 
refunds. An example might be withdrawal from the University because 
of illness. Students have the privilege of appeal to the refund committee 
when they feel that special consideration is merited. Applications for such 
appeals may be secured from the Division of Student Affairs. 

* Room rent for female occupants is $158.00 each semester. 

27 



■'.^■"^'fi 







-i^-it. 






m 






student Housing 



North Carolina State University strives to provide suitable accom- 
modations for its students. The University operates 13 residence halls 
which house 3,952 men, two residence halls which house 800 women, one 
residence hall which houses 552 men and 264 women, and 300 apartments 
for married students. 



RESIDENCE HALLS 

The Student Housing Office is responsible for the operation of the 
University's residence halls. Each hall is staffed with selected students, 
both graduate and undergraduate, who are responsible to professionally 
trained administrative personnel. These staff members are available to 
assist and advise the residents in any way possible. The officers and staff 
of each residence hall work together with the residents to promote 
activities within the hall which provide valuable experiences in group 
living. These experiences emphasize cooperation and a mutual respect 
among all students living in the hall. Furthermore, by initiating, planning 
and carrying out such activities, they can assist each student by teaching 
social competence, encouraging sound citizenship through leadership and 
assisting the residents in acquiring mature habits and attitudes. 

These residence halls provide several living arrangements. The newest 
buildings are arranged in suites of four or five rooms sharing a bath. 
The older halls have a center corridor with rooms opening on to it. The 
rooms are furnished with the necessary articles of furniture; however, 
the student should bring personal items such as bed linens, pillows and 
towels. 



STUDENT HOUSING POLICY 

Orientation to a university educational environment is an important 
adjustment for the new student. North Carolina State University 
recognizes the experience gained from residence hall group living as 
being of significant value in this personal development of the new student 
and has, therefore, adopted the following housing policy for both men 
and women. 

Any student who has carried less than 28 hours (passed or failed at 
North Carolina State University or any other college or university) 
must reside in University housing unless (1) married and living locally 
with spouse, (2) living with parent or married member of his or her 
immediate family, (3) veteran (at least two years of active military 
service), or (4) 21 years of age or older. Students who qualify under one 
of the above exemptions must obtain written permission from the Student 
Housing Office to live outside University housing. 

If a single undergraduate student who has carried 28 or more hours 
does not arrange for University housing, this will be the student's 
certification to the University that he or she has obtained parental 
permission to live outside University housing. 

Applications for permission to live off campus are available from the 
Student Housing Oflice, 203 Peele Hall, Box 5505, N. C. State University, 

29 



Raleigh, N. C, 27607. Applications should be filed with the Student 
Housing Office at least two weeks prior to enrollment in order to allow 
sufficient time for processing of applications and mailing of written 
permission. 

To be eligible for University housing one must enroll as a regular 
full-time student (an undergraduate must roster a minimum of 12 credit 
hours per semester). 

ROOM RENTALS AND RESERVATIONS 

Rooms in the men's residence hall rent for $133* per semester and in 
the women's hall $158* per semester. Reservation cards are mailed with 
the letter of acceptance for admission to the University. These reservation 
cards and the check for the rent must be returned to the Office of 
Business Affairs in accordance with the dates established by the Housing 
Rental Office before room assignments can be made. 



REFUND OF ROOM RENT 

If a room reservation is cancelled at the Housing Rental Office, Leazar 
Hall, in person or in writing on or before August 15th for fall semester 
and December 15th for spring semester (the date of cancellation is the 
date notification is received in that office), the rent paid will be refunded 
less a $25 reservation fee, which is nonrefundable if a student is eligible 
to register. Between August 15th (for fall semester) and the last day 
to withdraw with tuition refund, and between December 15th (for spring 
semester) and the last day to withdraw with tuition refund, no refund 
will be made for any reason other than failure to register or official 
withdrawal from the University. During these times and for the above 
stated reasons, the rent paid will be refunded less the $25 reservation 
fee and a daily charge of $2.00 per day for men and $2.25 per day for 
women from the first day of classes until the room is vacated. Students 
who fail to notify the Housing Rental Office and who fail to check in and 
secure their keys on or before 5 p.m. the first day of classes will have 
their reservation cancelled without refund. 



HOUSING FOR MARRIED STUDENTS 

The University operates 300 apartments (McKimmon Village) for 
married students. The rental is $49 for an efficiency; $59.50 for a one- 
bedroom; and $71 for a two-bedroom, including water only. Priority in 
renting goes to graduate students. Information on availability and 
applications should be requested from the Housing Rental Office, North 
Carolina State University, Box 5505, Raleigh, N. C. 27607. 

Raleigh has numerous privately owned apartments and houses available 
for rent to university students. A partial listing is located in the Housing 
Rental Office. No listing is published because of the rapid turnover. 

The University does not operate a trailer parking area; however, 
privately owned parks are available within a reasonable distance of 
the campus. 

• Currently being reviewed. 

30 




McKimmon Village contains 300 one, two or three bedroom apartments for 

married students. 



FRATERNITIES 

Each of the 17 social fraternities chartered by the University maintains 
a chapter house. Fraternities are under the University's supervision and 
are required to have a resident housemother who serves as hostess, 
adviser and dietitian. 

Rental fees vary in fraternity houses depending upon the individual 
chapter but are approximately the same as the residence hall rates. 



31 




Research with plants takes place in the phytotron, a facility which provides a 

completely controlled environrnent. 



Financial Aid. 

Entering students may gain consideration for all types of assistance 
by obtaining Parents' Confidential Statement forms from their high 
schools, having their parents complete the forms and submitting them 
to the College Scholarship Service in Princeton, New Jersey, preferably 
before February 1, of the year of expected fall enrollment. The Financial 
Aid Office at North Carolina State University receives from CSS a copy 
of the Parents' Confidential Statement and a financial need analysis 
report for each applicant. These data aid in determining the amount of 
assistance to be offered by the University. 

Awards are made to applicants on the basis of financial need, good 
citizenship and promise of satisfactory academic achievement as indicated 
by their high school records and entrance test scores, or in the case of 
transfer students, strong academic credentials from their previous 
school. These awards usually offer combinations of scholarship or grant, 
loan and/or work-sudy job, depending upon the degree of need. Students 
who do not meet the requirements for aid on first enrollment will, if need 
is evident, become eligible for such help upon satisfactory completion 
of one of more semesters of college work. 

Upperclassmen ordinarily must apply for financial aid each year. By 
one application the student receives consideration for all the available 
types of financial assistance for which he is eligible, including scholar- 
ships, loans and work assignments. Each recipient must have a satis- 
factory record of achievement and citizenship. Aid is made available on 
a nondiscriminatory basis to all qualifying students. 



SCHOLARSHIPS 

The scholarship awards are competitive and are given to those appli- 
cants who most nearly meet the selection criteria specified by the 
scholarship. In addition to high academic potential and achievement, 
good character and financial need, there may be various curricular, 
geographic and other restrictions on specific awards. 

EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY GRANTS 

Undergraduate students who show academic or creative promise and 
who could not attend college without assistance are eligible. Eligible 
students who are accepted for enrollment on a full-time basis or who are 
currently enrolled in a good academic standing may receive Educational 
Opportunity Grants. The grants range from $200 to $1000 and can be no 
more than one-half of the total assistance given to the student. 

ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Athletic awards are made upon the recommendation of the Athletic 
Department to athletes who meet the established qualifications for such 
awards. A full athletic award provides tuition, fees, room, meals, books 
and supplies and $15 per month for laundry and dry cleaning. Awards 
are available in football, basketball, swimming and track. 

33 



NATIONAL DEFENSE STUDENT LOANS 

North Carolina State University participates in the National Defense 
Student Loan Program. In this program students who have been accepted 
for enrollment or currently enrolled students taking at least half-time 
course loads and who can demonstrate financial need may borrow up to 
$1,000 each academic year to a total of $5,000. Graduate students may 
borrow up to $2,500 per year to a maximum of $10,000. The repayment 
and interest period begins nine months after a student ends his studies. 
The loans bear interest at the rate of three percent per year and the 
repayment may be extended over a 10-year period, provided the payments 
are no less than $15 per month. Preceding graduation or other dis- 
continuation of studies, borrowers in this program are expected to have 
exit interviews with the loan officer in the Office of Business Affairs to 
establish a repayment schedule. 



EMERGENCY LOANS 

Small short-term loans are available for qualified, enrolled students to 
meet unexpected expenses. These loans must be repaid in 30 to 60 days 
and are not extended beyond the end of a term or graduation. 



OTHER LOAN SOURCES 

Applicants for aid judged to be eligible for the loans listed below will 
be referred by the Financial Aid Office. 

College Foundation, Inc. — Under the Insured Loan Program, North 
Carolina students are eligible to apply for loans up to $1,500 per year with 
an aggregate of $7,500 for six years of study. Interest, during the in-school 
period, is paid by the Federal Government for students from families with 
adjusted incomes of less than $15,000 per year. These loans are insured by 
the State Education Assistance Authority, and the students pay an 
insurance premium of one-half of one percent. Interest is paid by borrower 
during repayment period. 

James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation, Inc. — North Carolina students 
are eligible to apply for loans up to $1,500 per year for undergraduate study, 
with an aggregate of $6,000 for four years of study. Interest is at the rate 
of one percent per year during the in-school period and at six percent during 
the repayment period. 



COLLEGE WORK STUDY 

Students from low-income families are potentially eligible for employ- 
ment by the University in on- and off-campus jobs under federally 
supported work-study programs. Students may work up to 15 hours 
weekly while attending classes full-time. 



PART-TIME EMPLOYMENT 

The Financial Aid Office operates an employment service for students 
desiring part-time work while attending school. Jobs are available on- 

34 



and off-campus and are not necessarily based on financial need. Place- 
ment is usually arranged after the student has his class schedule. 
Interested students should refer to the list of current job openings 
available at the Student Employment Office, 205 Peele Hall. 

DEFERRED PAYMENT PLANS 

There are several installment payment arrangements available from 
commercial lending agencies that are specifically designed for paying 
college expenses. These plans typically pay the college the amount 
specified by the loan agreement at the beginning of each semester. 
Repayment is on a monthly basis and may be extended beyond the 
academic year. 

Students desiring additional information on financial matters or wish- 
ing to apply for assistance should write or visit the Financial Aid Office, 
205 Peele Hall. 

OUT-OF-STATE RESIDENTS 

Students who are residents of states other than North Carolina, should 
contact the Financial Aid Office, 205 Peele Hall, regarding Government 
guaranteed loan plans in their states. 




The recently completed Poe Hall contains a CHrricHlu))i materials center, in- 
dustrial arts laboratories, science laboratories, as well as child play and guidance 

observation rooins. 



35 




Laboratory work is an important part of study for a degree in forest resources. 



36 



Academic Regulations 

QUALITY POINTS AND GRADE POINT AVERAGE 

North Carolina State University uses a system of credit hours, letter 
grades and quality points. The semester credit hours represent the amount 
of work completed, the letter grades indicate the quality of the student's 
work and the quality points provide a means of converting letter grades 
to numerical averages. Four quality points are earned by undergraduate 
students for each hour of "A"; 3 for "B"; 2 for "C"; 1 for "D"; and 
none for "F". For example, a grade of B in a 3 credit hour course would 
earn 9 quality points for that course. 

The grade point average is obtained by dividing the total number of 
quality points earned at North Carolina State (plus any earned at 
another branch of the Consolidated University) by the number of credit 
hours carried (passed plus failed). Credit hours transferred from outside 
the Consolidated University, awarded for military service, obtained by 
proficiency examination, or earned in certain programs or credit-only 
courses do not enter into the computation of the grade point average. 



DEFINITION OF LETTER GRADES AND QUALITY POINT VALUES 

Quality Points 
Grade Per Credit Hour 

A Excellent 4 

B Good 3 

G Satisfactory 2 

D Poor 1 

F Unacceptable 

FA Unacceptable (Did not attend examination) 

FD Unacceptable (Dropped course) 

FI Unacceptable (Failed to remove incomplete) 

S Satisfactory 

U Unsatisfactory 

CR Passing grade for credit-only course 

NC No credit: Failing grade for credit-only course 

Neither quality points nor credit hours are given for following grades: 

W — Withdrew with passing grade, IN — Incomplete (temporary), LA — Later 
(temporary), AB — Excused from final examination (temporary), AU — 
Audit, NO — Poor Attendance ( AU grade not given) . 

At the discretion of the professor, a student may be given an "In- 
complete" grade for work not completed because of a serious interruption 
in his work not caused by his own negligence. An incomplete must be made 
up by the end of the next regular semester the student is in residence 
unless the department involved is not able to allow the make-up. In the latter 
case, the department will notify the student and the Office of Registration 
and Records when the incomplete must be made up. The student must not 
register again for the course while the "IN" stands. Any incomplete not 
removed during either the period specified by the department or the next 

37 



regular semester in residence will automatically become a failure and will 
be recorded as "FI". 

A grade of "FA" is recorded for an unexcused absence from a final 
examination. If an absence from the examination is excused, a grade of 
"AB" is recorded, and the student must arrange to take the examination 
during the next regular semester he is in residence, or the final grade 
becomes "FA". The student must not register again for the course while 
the "AB" stands. 

A grade of "FD" is recorded if a student has unofficially dropped a course 
for which he has been scheduled, or if he has officially dropped it with a 
failure. A failure may be made up only by repeating the subject. Such 
a repeat course must be regularly scheduled on the student's class schedule. 

In the case where a student receives an "AB" (absent from examination) 
or an "IN" (incomplete) the semester just preceding his graduation, the 
regulations that follow will apply : 

1. If the course is not needed for graduation, the student involved may 
graduate and, if he wishes to do so, may return at a later date to 
make up the necessary work; however, after a student graduates, his 
overall academic average and class rank cannot be changed. 

2. If the course is needed for graduation, the student will not be allowed 
to graduate until the work has been made up. Upon the student's 
graduation, his overall academic grade point average will be computed. 

GRADE REPORTS 

At registration students will be asked to complete an address card 
which will be used to mail grade reports and other routine cor- 
respondence. Many student grade reports go to the students' parents or 
guardians. However, many students, because of age or marital status, 
elect to have their grade reports sent directly to them. 

Parents and students are urged to confer with one another and arrive 
at a mutual understanding of the person and address to whom the grade 
reports should be sent. It will be assumed that information received 
during registration each semester will be agreed upon by all concerned. 

RETENTION— SUSPENSION RULES 

Undergraduate Students — A student whose cumulative grade point average 
is 26 or more quality points below a 2.0 grade-point average is suspended 
and is ineligible to continue for the next regular semester. (A 2.0 average 
is required for graduation in all programs of study.) 

Exception Semester 2.0 Continuation Rule — A student with a quality 
point deficit of 26 or more who earns at least a 2.0 average for a regular 
semester will not be suspended at the end of that semester but will be 
continued on Provisional Status. 

A student with a quality point deficit of 26 or more who is eligible to 
continue on the basis of a 2.0 average for his last regular semester must 
maintain, if he attends one or both summer sessions, a 2.0 average for each 
summer period attended in order to retain his eligibility to continue. In 
other words, a student who increases his quality-point-deficiency during 
either summer session will lose his eligibility to continue under the 

38 



"Semester 2.0 Continuation Rule" and will not be eligible to register for a 
regular semester (1) unless he is approved by the admissions committee or 
(2) until by correspondence course work and/or subsequent summer 
session work he reduces his quality-point-deficiency to 25 quality points 
or less. 

Students with cumulative grade point averages lower than 2.0 will have 
the amount of quality-point-deficiency noted on each grade report. 

A suspended student may appeal to the Admissions Committee for special 
consideration of extenuating circumstances. 

Graduate Students — Any graduate student who falls below a 3.0 average 
is placed on probation and should see his department head or departmental 
graduate administrator promptly. If allowed to continue, and if a 3.0 
average is not achieved after an additional semester, an appointment with 
the Dean of the Graduate School must be made promptly. Also, any graduate 
student receiving a "U" grade must see the Graduate Dean. 



REPEATING COURSES 

A student who repeats a course previously taken (passed or failed) 
will have both grades counted in his cumulative grade point average. 
If he passes the course both times, the credits will be counted only once 
toward the required number of credits for graduation. 

A student's eligibility to repeat a course previously passed shall be 
determined by his adviser, 

AUDITS 

A student wishing to audit a course must have the approval of his 
adviser and of the department offering the course. The participation of 
auditors in class discussion and in examinations is optional with the 
instructor. Auditors receive no credit; however, they are expected to 
attend classes regularly. 

REEXAMINATIONS 

Any student who fails a course within two semesters of graduation and 
who fails only one course during that semester may apply to the Office 
of Registration and Records for permission to remove that failure by 
standing a reexamination on the total subject matter of the course. For 
this regulation, summer school counts as a semester. If he fails that 
reexamination, he is not eligible for another reexamination in that course. 
If he fails more than one course during the next to the last semester, 
he cannot take a reexamination that semester; but if he subsequently 
removes all but one of these deficiencies by repeating the course or 
courses, has had no other reexamination, and has completed all other 
degree requirements, he may apply at the end of his last semester in 
residence for permission to take a reexamination. Eligibility to take a 
reexamination will be determined by the Office of Registration and 
Records. 

When such a reexamination is taken to remove an "F", only the re- 
examination grade will be counted. A senior who has passed a re- 



examination will have his grade for that course changed from "F" to 
"D", which will affect his cumulative grade point average. A fee of $5 is 
charged for administering such a reexamination. If a student takes a 
reexamination, fails it, and subsequently audits the course, he cannot 
take another reexamination, but may apply for "credit by examination," 
which carries no grade. 



SEMESTER LOAD AND SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS 

The maximum load for a semester is 21 hours. To carry more than 21 
hours requires consultation with the adviser and approval by the dean 
or director of instruction. Permission is granted only under extenuating 
circumstances. A student on Provisional Status is limited to a load of 15 
hours, unless approval for a heavier load is secured from his adviser. 

For a six-week summer session a student must have the same approval 
if he carries more than seven hours. Veterans or other students receiving 
federal educational benefits must meet the work load requirements of the 
appropriate federal agency. 

Audits in subjects in which the student has had no previous experi- 
ence are evaluated at full credit value in determining course load. Audits 
taken as repetition of work previously accomplished are considered as 
one-half their credit value in calculating course load. 

Freshman English — English 111 and 112 must be scheduled in successive 
semesters until these required courses are completed satisfactorily. Stu- 
dents must earn a grade of "C" or better in one of the two courses. Those 
students who qualify for advanced placement on the basis of previous 
academic record and performance on the College Board Scholastic Aptitude 
Test will be given opportunity to enroll in English 112H. If such students 
earn a grade of "C" or better in the course, six hours of credit will be 
allowed, covering both courses. (Also, see section on Credit by Examination.) 

Two-Year Physical Education Requirements — Each student is expected to 
schedule the required freshman and sophomore physical education courses 
every semester until these courses are passed satisfactorily. Any student 
who, for medical reasons, cannot participate fully in physical education 
should bring an explanatory letter from his family physician to present to 
the Student Health Services at orientation time. 



CREDIT BY EXAMINATION 

A currently registered undergraduate student desiring to take an 
examination for course credit in lieu of enrolling must initial the request 
with his adviser (except when a teaching department initiates group test- 
ing of beginning students for placement purposes and grants credit). 
Should the adviser approve, the student must arrange for the examination 
with the department offering the course. The department may administer 
the examination in any manner pertinent to the materials of the course. 
The academic standards for credit by examination will be commensurate 
with the academic standards for the course. 

If the student exhibits satisfactory performance on the examination, 
the instructor will notify the Office of Registration and Records. If the 

40 



i|llillil!i!!!iiiei 

iilillniiiiiiii^ 

Ittl! iiiieisiiei!! 

iiUii iiiiiilliiii 
ilUmii,! ■■■!■■■ I 




Outdoor concerts by NCSU bands and choirs are an enjoyable part of the campus 

in the spring. 

student fails, no action beyond notifying the student is required. The 
Office of Registration and Records will enter the appropriate number of 
credit hours on the students permanent record and will issue a grade 
report as for courses taken in residence. Credits earned in this manner 
are considered in the same way as transfer credits and are not used 
in the computation of the student's grade point average. 

41 



READMISSION OF FORMER STUDENTS 

A former student returning is one who: (a) was not in attendance 
during the regular semester immediately prior to the semester or summer 
session in which he seeks to return; (b) withdrew from the University 
during a fall or spring semester or during a summer session. All former 
students returning, both graduates and undergraduates, must complete 
applications for readmission. 

Regulations: 

1. A student who was eligible to continue at N. C. State at the time 
of his leaving is eligible to return even though his quality point 
deficiency exceeds the maximum of 25 (except as indicated in (a) 
and (b) immediately below). Students in this category need only 
complete a readmission form. 

a. A student who was eligible to continue at the time of his 
leaving but who has subsequently taken work at another in- 
stitution and earned less than a "C" average on such work must 
complete a readmission form and write a letter of petition to the 
Admissions Committee. 

b. A student eligible to continue at the time of his leaving who 
has subsequently taken correspondence and/or extension work 
through N. C. State or work at another branch of the Con- 
solidated University and earned grades which result in suspen- 
sion must write a letter of petition to the Admissions Committee 
and complete a readmission form. 

2. Suspended Students — A suspended student is eligible to attend 
summer school and take approved correspondence courses to im- 
prove his academic standing and will be eligible for readmission 
when he reduces his deficiency to 25 quality points or less. There 
is no limit on the number of summer school periods open to a 
student who is trying to earn readmission. A student who was 
suspended under former retention-suspension regulations but whose 
overall deficiency is less than 26 quality points is eligible for 
readmission provided he has not subsequently taken work at 
another institution and earned less than a "C" average on such 
work. 

3. Letter of Petition — The Admissions Committee will give considera- 
tion to petitions from suspended students when there are ex- 
tenuating circumstances. A letter of petition should be written by 
the student to the Admissions Committee stating: 

a. the reason for his academic difficulty 

b. the reasons why he believes he can now be successful in meeting 
the University's academic standards. 

DEAN'S LIST 

A full-time undergraduate student who earns a semester average of 
3.0 or better on 12 or more hours of course work for which quality 
points are earned is placed on the Semester Dean's List. This achieve- 
ment is noted on the student's grade report and permanent academic 
record. Also, news stories on the Semester Dean's List are distributed 
to hometown newspapers. 

42 



CLASSIFICATION OF STUDENTS 

Students are classified at the beginning of the fall semester each year 
and retain that classification until the following classification period. The 
required number of hours for each classification is as follows: 

Classification Semester Hours of Earned Credit 

Freshman Less than 28 

Sophomore 28 or more, but less than 60 

Junior 60 or more, but less than 92 

Senior 92 or more 

Professional (School of Design) 134 or more 

Agricultural Institute students are designated as first and second 
year students. Until an Agricultural Institute student has received a 
total of 28 semester credits he is classified as a first year student. 

Unclassified students are those who are working for college credit but 
who are not enrolled in a degree-granting program. Admission as an 
unclassified student requires the recommendation of the dean of the 
school in which the student wishes to enroll. Unclassified students must 
meet the same entrance requirements as regular students and must meet 
the same requirements to continue. 

Special undergraduate students in the various schools are non-degree 
candidates carrying seven hours or less in a semester. Special under- 
graduates must meet the same academic requirements as regular students 
in order to continue during a regular semester. Special students on the 
graduate level are non-degree candidates who may not earn more than 
six hours in this classification. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

A student is scholastically eligible for graduation when he has satisfied 
all the specific requirements of his department, his school and the 
University, and has earned at least a 2.00000 cumulative average. 

To complete requirements for a bachelor's degree, a student may take 
a maximum of six hours at another institution or six hours by corre- 
spondence after his last residence at North Carolina State University. 

Not more than 33 hours earned by correspondence may be applied 
toward fulfillment of the requirements for a bachelor's degree; however, 
based on its own requirements, each school may limit hours earned 
by correspondence. 

To be graduated with honors or high honors, a student must have 
attained a 3.0 or a 3.5 grade point average respectively on all semester 
hours of work considered in computing his average. 

To be eligible for a bachelor's degree, a transfer student must earn at 
least 24 of his last 30 hours of credit in residence on this campus. 

Students who have satisfactorily completed the requirements for more 
than one bachelor's degree may, upon the recommendation of their dean 
and payment of an additional diploma fee, be awarded two bachelor's 
degrees at the same or at different commencement exercises. To earn 
two degrees the student registers in one school or department and, with the 
cooperation of the second school or department, works out his program 
to cover the requirements for both. 

43 




Studies in Tiew polymers are one phase of study for a chemical engineering 

graduate student 

ELIGIBILITY TO CONTINUE (Graduates) 

Graduate students are expected to maintain at least a 3.0 average. Any 
graduate student who falls below a 3.0 average is placed on probation 
and should see his department head or departmental graduate admin- 
istrator promptly. If allowed to continue, and if a 3.0 average is not 
achieved after an additional semester, an appointment with the Dean of 
the Graduate School must be made promptly. 

OPPORTUNITIES FOR SUPERIOR STUDENTS 

Optional programs of advanced course placement for underclassmen 
are offered by the departments of chemistry, English, history, mathe- 
matics, modern languages and physics. Honors programs for upperclass- 
men in agriculture and life sciences, engineering, forestry, liberal arts, 
and physical and mathematical sciences, as well as a program in under- 
graduate research participation, are available to selected students. See 
page 144 for more detailed information concerning the Engineering Honors 
program. 



44 



The D. H. Hill Library 



Library facilities at North Carolina State University include the main 
D. H. Hill Library and special libraries for the Schools of Design and 
Textiles. The collections, totaling more than 500,000 volumes, have been 
carefully assembled to serve the educational and research programs of 
the University. 

The D. H. Hill Library contains particularly strong research holdings 
in the biological and physical sciences, in all fields of engineering, agri- 
culture and forestry. The 6,000 volume Friedrich F. Tippmann collection 
in the field of entomology and related biological sciences is one of the 
outstanding collections in the country. The collection of books and 
journals in the humanities and social sciences is especially helpful to 
undergraduate students. 

The library's comprehensive collection of scientific journals empha- 
sizes the major teaching and research interests at State; approximately 
6,500 journals are received regularly. A large collection of state and 
federal government publications further strengthens the library's re- 
search material. The D. H. Hill Library is a depository for publications 
of the Atomic Energy Commission and the Food and Agricultural 
Organization of the United Nations, and has been a depository for U. S. 
federal documents since 1923. 

The Textiles Library, located in Nelson Textile Building, contains 
outstanding holdings in the field of textiles and textile chemistry. It is 
regarded as one of the best textile libraries in the country. The School 
of Design Library, in Brooks Hall, has a very fine collection of books, 
journals and slides in the areas of architecture, landscape architecture 
and product design. 

As a further aid to graduate and faculty research the library partici- 
pates in an interlibrary loan program with the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill, Duke University, Research Triangle Institute, 
IBM, Chemstrand, the Division of Environmental Health Services and 
the N. C. State Library in downtown Raleigh. A bus, arriving at State 
daily Monday through Friday, makes resources from these seven li- 
braries available to State students and faculty. Among the materials 
available are approximately 14,000 scientific periodicals. 

The present D. H. Hill Library building and the Erdahl-Cloyd Union are 
being remodeled for expanded library seating and open shelf collections 
and an 11-story addition constructed between the two buildings. The en- 
larged library complex will provide bookstacks for a 1,000,000-volume book 
collection, a large open-shelf collection and greatly expanded research 
facilities, including carrels and study areas. 

Among the many services off'ered by the library are orientation tours 
for faculty and graduate students, and also lectures on library use to all 
new students. Comprehensive reference service is available almost all the 
hours the library is open. A variety of microtext readers and printers in 
the library and an extensive microfilm collection provide access to much 

45 




The carpet tufting machine is one of many fine facilities available to students 

in the School of Textiles. 

important research material. A music listening room is equipped with 
listening machines for playing taped recordings. One of the most widely 
used services in the library is the Photocopy Service. Coin-operated 
machines plus two machines operated by staff, provide a wide variety 
of photocopy service, including copy from microfilm. Machines may be 
used all hours the library is open. 



46 



General Information 



LAUNDRY 

The University operates a modern laundry and dry cleaning facility 
on campus at reasonable prices. Branch offices are located in the 
residence halls for the convenience of the students. 



LINEN AND BLANKET RENTAL 

The linen service provides for the initial issues of two sheets, one 
pillow case and three towels. The student may exchange his linen weekly 
at a cost of $25 per year. Pillows may be rented for $1.50 per year. A 
regular blanket rents for $3 per year, and the N. C. State monogrammed 
blanket rents for $5. These services are available to both on- and off- 
campus students. Application forms for these services will be mailed to 
each student. 

Refunds under the linen rental plan are computed on a semester basis. 
During a semester, refunds will be computed at a charge rate of 65 
cents for each week the plan has been in use, plus a $2 service charge 
until $10 is exhausted. Refunds are not available for the weeks a 
student fails to exchange linen. 



FOOD SERVICE 

Food service is provided in Harris Cafeteria and the Erdahl-Cloyd 
Union. Service will also be provided in the new University Center when 
completed. 

Cost depends on the individual's requirements and the selection of 
food. A typical student paying cash for each meal will spend approxi- 
mately $3.15 per day or $718 for the academic year. Board plans are 
available at a substantial reduction from the cash prices. Under the 
board plan, the student may select any items from the menu on the 
cafeteria line within the established meal allowances. These plans provide 
for wholesome well-balanced meals and are available on a yearly or 
semester basis. 



AUTOMOBILES 

Only those freshmen who are married and residing locally with 
spouses, those living in homes of parents or those physically handicapped 
will be permitted to register or park a four-wheeled motor vehicle on the 
University campus at any time. Each freshman is reminded that giving 
any false information regarding registration of motor vehicles or allow- 
ing another student to register a vehicle for him will be a direct violation 
of the Honor Code of North Carolina State University 

For the purpose of traffic rules and regulations, the campus is defined 
to include all University property adjoining or contiguous to the main 
campus (McKimmon Village and Fraternity Court included). 

47 



CAREER PLANNING AND PLACEMENT CENTER 

The University realizes the desirability of helping the students de- 
cide what kind of an education is best suited to his or her career plans, 
as well as how this education can best be put to use in employment. 
The function of the University Career Planning and Placement Center 
is to fulfill this responsibility through assisting students with career 
planning and the implementation of career goals. 

The Career Planning and Placement Center offers assistance to all 
students at North Carolina State University at all degree levels, and this 
service is available on a year round basis. Advice on the relationship 
of personal career goals to various programs of study and assistance 
in the identification of individual aptitudes and abilities affecting career 
potential are available to students. Aptitude and interest testing is a 
service provided by the Counseling Center to which students are often 
referred in the initial stages of their career planning. Students are urged 
to take advantage of the career planning service in the early years on 
campus in order to identify their career potential and to make optimum 
educational decisions. 

In addition this office arranges and coordinates job interviews between 
students and employer representatives. In their senior year students are 
urged to use this placement service for interviewing with potential 
employers. The staff will also recommend contacts with employers not 
scheduled to visit the campus, and will advise students of job oppor- 
tunities given to the center by mail or telephone. 

Representatives of business, industry, government and education come 
from throughout the country to interview North Carolina State Uni- 
versity students. Typically about 800 employers will conduct approxi- 
mately 10,000 interviews a year on campus, with additional numbers of 
employers advising of career potential by mail or phone. 

Career Planning and Placement Center personnel provide individual 
and group career advisory programs on job and graduate school op- 
portunities and placement in general. Other functions of the center 
include helping students find summer work and temporary or part-time 
jobs related to their field of study, and assisting alumni with career 
adjustments. 

In addition to its responsibilities to students the center also serves 
as a connecting link between the University and the business and in- 
dustrial community with the further responsibility of keeping the 
faculty and administration informed of employment trends. 



HEALTH 

North Carolina State University seeks to safeguard the health of the 
student in every way possible. The University maintains a 76-bed in- 
firmary which is open 24 hours a day. The infirmary is fully staffed by 
physicians, nurses and auxiliary personnel. Among the many valuable 
features of the infirmary are an up-to-date first-aid department and 
x-ray department. 

The University physicians observe regular daily office hours at the 
infirmary in the mornings and afternoons. In addition, they visit the 

48 






Kt J 


1 


■ 


1 


mi 




F 


• "P^ -• •- 


■' r 


1 


Si -h^ 






> 


B J 


j 


h 



f. ^7 



infirmary more often when necessary. A graduate nurse is on duty day 
and night. Students have free access to the infirmary at all times. 

In case of accident or the serious illness of a student, parents or 
guardians will be notified immediately. No surgical operation will be 
performed without full consent of parents or guardians, except in 
cases of extreme emergency. 

The medical fee paid by each student provides for infirmary service, 
general medical treatment and the services of nurses. It does not provide 
for surgical operations, outside hospital care, or the services of dentists 
or other specialists. 

Before the student enters North Carolina State University, he should 
have a complete, thorough examination by his family physician. Any 
abnormality should be noted and all defects corrected in order to 
prevent unnecessary loss of time while the student is in college. If the 
examination is not made before he enters, the student will be given a 
physical examination at the University, for which a fee is charged. Blanks 
for the physical examination may be secured from the Office of 
Admissions. 

ACCIDENT AND HEALTH INSURANCE 

The University offers annually a plan of student accident and health 
insurance. The insurance is planned to cover the surgical, accident and 
hospital needs of the student, as a supplement to the services offered 
through the infirmary. Each year complete information will be made 
available to students before the opening of school. 

Foreign students are required to enroll in the sickness and accident 
insurance plan provided through the University or to have similar 
coverage under other insurance plans or arrangements with their 
sponsors. 

ORIENTATION 

The University sponsors a Summer Orientation Program for all new 
students. Anyone who, because of extreme hardship, finds that he is 
unable to attend the summer program may request permission to attend 
late orientation during the week preceeding the opening of school. 

The orientation program is designed to acquaint new students with 
the academic, extracurricular and social life at North Carolina State 
University. A planned series of meetings and conferences with faculty 
and student leaders gives newcomers to the campus the information 
needed to get their college careers underway. 

COUNSELING 

The Counseling Center in Peele Hall has a staff of counselors to help 
students with the problems of adjustment to college life, problems of 
vocational and curricular choice and any other problems a student might 
wish to discuss. The center administers aptitude and interest tests and 
maintains a file of occupational information to help guide students in 
career selection. 

60 



Referral can be made for students needing special kinds of help, 
including psychiatric service and marriage counseling. 

Students may come to the center on their own accord, or they may 
be referred by teachers, advisers or other members of the University 
staff. There is no charge for conferences, but a small materials fee is 
charged v^^hen tests are administered. 

FACULTY ADVISERS 

When a student enrolls at State, he is assigned to a faculty adviser 
who is usually a member of the department in which he will be taking 
his major work. The adviser (a) provides information, advice and 
recommendations in academic and related areas, (b) directs the student 
to sources which explain in detail academic regulations, course pre- 
requisites and graduation requirements, (c) helps the new student to 
understand the degree to which he should assume responsibility for his 
own program planning, (d) provides vocational guidance and occupa- 
tional information in his area of specialty, and (e) refers the student 
to the appropriate individual, office or agency when further assistance 
is indicated. Deans, directors of instruction and department heads are 
also available to students wanting information about different curricula 
and help in forming educational plans. Instructors are usually the best 
source of help to students having difficulty with particular subjects. 
Members of the faculty keep office hours and expect students to consult 
them individually whenever special assistance is needed. 

COOPERATING RALEIGH COLLEGES 

The Cooperating Raleigh Colleges is a voluntary organization com- 
prised of North Carolina State University, Meredith College, Peace 
College, St. Augustine's College, St. Mary's Junior College and Shaw 
University for the purpose of developing and conducting cooperative 
educational activities. The organization provides the opportunity for 
any student to enroll at another institution for a course or courses not 
offered on his home campus. Other activities include a cooperative 
library arrangement, joint student activities, and faculty cooperation 
and interchange. 



61 



■■■, '■» > 







student Activities 



North Carolina State University makes every effort to provide the 
student with surroundings which are pleasant and conducive to intel- 
lectual growth. Respecting the student as an individual, the University 
assures him the maximum of personal liberty within the limits neces- 
sary for orderly progression of class work. In return, he is expected 
to pay serious attention to his purpose in attending this University and 
to observe rules of conduct consistent with maturity. Through the 
various services and activities identified with everyday life on campus, 
as well as through the several extracurricular organizations and func- 
tions, the student at State has an excellent opportunity for acquiring 
experience in group leadership and community living which may serve 
him well in his professional career. 

As the student progresses in his development, he will find many op- 
portunities to increase his growth in citizenship by participating in the 
activities of his academic class and of the student body in general. 
Following is a survey of the various activities at North Carolina State 
University. 



STUDENT BODY GOVERNMENT AND THE STUDENT BODY CODE 

When a student enters North Carolina State University, he becomes a 
member of a self-governing community. Legislative, executive and ju- 
dicial authority, insofar as student affairs are concerned, rest with the 
Student Body Government which operates within the framework of 
over-all University administration. The Student Body Government mem- 
bers and judicial department members are elected in campus-wide elec- 
tions. The student has a voice in his own government by participating 
in these elections. Often in general elections he is asked to vote on 
proposed changes in policies which affect the student body. 

The Student Body Code prescribes that University students must not 
lie, cheat or steal, nor exhibit behavior which does not reflect the stand- 
ards of the Student Body. 

CLUBS AND SOCIETIES 

Through the various honorary, professional, technical and social or- 
ganizations at North Carolina State University, the interested student 
finds many opportunities to participate in activities that appeal to him, 
and to meet others who have similar interests. 



HONORARY 

Honorary societies at North Carolina State University are Golden 
Chain, senior leadership; Blue Key, junior leadership; Thirty and Three, 
sophomore leadership; Phi Eta Sigma, men's freshman scholarship; Alpha 
Lambda Delta, women's freshman scholarship; and Phi Kappa Phi, junior, 
senior and graduate students scholarship. 

53 



PROFESSIONAL AND TECHNICAL 

Each school at North Carolina State University sponsors or supervises 
a large number of professional and technical societies and clubs. Students 
in every area of instruction are encouraged to join with their fellow 
students in pursuing their common interests. Many of these organiza- 
tions contribute greatly to the student's professional and social growth. 

SOCIAL FRATERNITIES AND SORORITIES 

Seventeen national social fraternities have chapters at State. The 
University recognizes that the Interfraternity Council is the student 
organization responsible for fraternity matters and programs. Each 
chapter has two IPC Representatives. The objectives of the Interfra- 
ternity Council are to promote the general interests and welfare of the 
associated fraternities and to insure cooperation among the fraternities, 
the faculty, the student body and the general public. A significant num- 
ber of student leaders are members of the fraternity system. All fra- 
ternities have resident housemothers who act as hostesses and assist 
in planning meals and social functions. 

The social fraternities at North Carolina State are Alpha Gamma Rho, 
Delta Sigma Phi, FarmHouse, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, Lambda Chi 
Alpha, Phi Kappa Tau, Pi Kappa Alpha, Pi Kappa Phi, Sigma Alpha 
Epsilon, Sigma Alpha Mu, Sigma Chi, Sigma Nu, Sigma Phi Epsilon, 
Sigma Pi, Tau Kappa Epsilon and Theta Chi. 

State also has two national social sororities, Sigma Kappa and Alpha 
Delta Pi. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

A variety of publications, both general and school-sponsored, are edited 
and managed by student officers, with faculty members serving as advisers. 
A student may gain journalistic experience and training in writing, editing 
or management by working on these publications. 

The three general publications. The Agromeck, the student broadcasting 
system, WPAK/WKNC-FM, and The Technician, are supported in large 
part by a publication fee included in each student's fees. 

The Agromeck is the University yearbook, providing a record of the 
senior class and of the principal events of the school year. The yearbook 
recalls in pictures the varied activities of the student body throughout 
the year, and is published for the entire student body. 

The Technician is the student newspaper issued three mornings a week 
and delivered to central locations on the campus, such as the coliseum, cafe- 
terias, classroom buildings and the Student Supply Store. The Technician 
serves as a forum for student expression as well as a medium for campus 
news of particular interest to State students. 

Although it is not a publication in the strictest sense of the word, 
WPAK/WKNC-FM (at 600 KC), serves the same function through a 
different medium. It offers many opportunities for extracurricular training 
in actual broadcasting techniques as well as training in administration 
and program planning. The station transmits on carrier current and edu- 
cational FM. 

54 




In the School of Design individual creative expression is emphasized, but team- 
work is also encouraged. 

Each student receives a copy of The North Carolina State Record (The 
Toiver), a University handbook, which contains detailed information about 
student organizations, activities and policies. 

Several of the schools have their own publications issued under the 
general supervision of the particular school and dealing with material of 
special interest to students in that school. These publications include 
Agri-Life published by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences; The 
Pi-Ne-Tum, published by the School of Forest Resources; The Southern 
Engineer, published by the School of Engineering; The Textile Forum, 
published by the School of Textiles; The Publications of the School of 
Design; and The Scientist, published by the School of Physical and Mathe- 
matical Sciences. 



55 






K 



ATHLETICS 

In addition to voluntary programs of intramural and intercollegiate 
sports, State requires freshmen and sophomores to enroll in credit courses 
in physical education. Juniors and seniors may take physical education 
as an elective. 

Intramural — The University maintains an extensive program of intra- 
mural sports, administered by the Department of Physical Education. 
Participation in these sports is purely voluntary and college credit is not 
given. Competition is divided into three divisions: residence halls, fraternity 
and open. Twelve sports are offered in the residence halls and fraternity 
divisions, and 10 sports plus special events in the open division. 

Sports offered in the intramural program are correlated with those 
taught in the required programs of physical education. Instruction in 
these sports is given in the classes and opportunity for competition is 
provided in the intramural program. An intramural Advisory Board, com- 
posed of student representatives and one physical education staff member, 
determines the policies to be administered by the intramural director. 

The intramural facilities, both indoor and outdoor, are excellent. The 
intramural playing fields, adjacent to the gymnasium, provide space for 
10 Softball or 10 football games to be played simultaneously. Twenty-six 
tennis courts are available. 

The gymnasium has 10 four-wall handball courts, six squash courts and 
separate rooms for boxing, wrestling, golf, correctives and weightlifting. 
The main gymnasium floor provides seven basketball courts which may be 
adjusted to accommodate four volleyball courts, 12 badminton courts, indoor 
tennis and various other sports. This space also includes a gymnastic area 
greater than the size of a regulation basketball court. 

The swimming pool, located in an adjoining building, is 25 meters by 
25 yards and has two one-meter and one three-meter diving boards. 

Intercollegiate — Intercollegiate athletics at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity come under the supervision of a separate department of the 
institution. Policies governing intercollegiate competition are recommended, 
however, by the Athletics Council which is composed of faculty, students 
and alumni. The policies are in full accord with the Atlantic Coast Con- 
ference and N.C.A.A. rules of eligibility for intercollegiate contests. Mem- 
bership of the Atlantic Coast Conference includes — in addition to North 
Carolina State University — Duke University, Wake Forest University, the 
University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill, the University of Maryland, 
Clemson University, the University of South Carolina and the University 
of Virginia. 

The program in intercollegiate athletics consists of the organization and 
training of "Wolfpack" teams in football, basketball, baseball, track, cross 
country, wrestling, swimming, tennis, golf, soccer, fencing and rifle 
competition. 

Facilities for intercollegiate athletics at State include Carter Stadium a 
41,000-seat stadium for football; William Neal Reynolds Coliseum, a 
12,500-seat arena for basketball; football practice fields; tennis courts; a 
swimming pool of Olympic dimensions; a gymnasium; a baseball field and 
facilities in the Coliseum for wrestling and other sports. 

57 



MUSICAL ORGANIZATIONS 

Since the early days of North Carolina State, musical organizations 
have played an important part in the life of the campus. These groups 
present concerts, furnish music for oflficial university functions, and 
perform at athletic events. The combined membership of these organiza- 
tions constitutes the largest voluntary student organization on campus. 
Students may join the bands, choral groups and orchestras by reporting 
for an audition at the time and location indicated in the Orientation 
schedule. Rehearsals are carefully arranged to avoid conflicts with study 
time or other classes. 

Bands — The Symphonic Band, the Fanfare Band, the Brasschoir Band and 
the Marching Band make up the four divisions of the N. C. State Bands. 
Each band serves a specific purpose in the musical life of the campus. 
Assignments to the various bands are made according to the interests 
and abilities of the individual students. The Symphonic, Fanfare, and 
Brasschoir Bands are concert organizations, with the Symphonic Band 
having the most rigid requirements. The Marching Band, finest in the 
Atlantic Coast Conference, operates primarily during football season 
and is widely known for its spectacular half-time performances. The 
Clarinet Choir is an organization of Elp, B]?, Alto, Bass and Contrabass 
Clarinets. It is open to all regularly enrolled students. 

Choral Groups — The two divisions of the North Carolina State choral 
program are the Varsity Men's Glee Club and the N. C. State Choir. 
Placement in these organizations is made according to abilities and in- 
terests of the individual. The Varsity Men's Glee Club is by history 
and tradition the prime performing group on campus and maintains a 
high level of entrance requirements. The N. C. State Choir also requires 
a high level of musical interests and abilities. The choir is so constituted 
that on occasion the male section performs as the Collegiate Men's Glee 
Club and the female section is utilized as the Women's Chorus. The 
Varsity and the Choir present several concerts each year, both on and 
off the campus. Radio and television appearances, recordings, tours and 
the providing of small ensembles for special occasions are additional 
activities. For those interested in additional study of singing techniques, 
a Voice Class is offered. 

Orchestras — Through a wide range of orchestral music, read and per- 
formed, suitable aesthetic needs of those actively involved in the or- 
chestral offerings are met. Placement in the North Carolina State 
University Symphony Orchestra is according to the interest and ability of 
each individual. A position in the North Carolina State University 
Chamber Orchestra is dependent upon placement in the Symphony 
Orchestra. Both orchestras present several concerts each year on and 
off campus. An opportunity to coordinate musical efforts with pro- 
fessional musicians, recognized locally and nationally, is an integral 
part of these concerts. Provisions are made for those with an interest 
in string quartet and other small ensemble experience. 

NCS Pipes and Drums — The newest musical organization on the North 
Carolina State campus is a Highland bagpipe group. One purpose of this 
organization is to provide an opportunity for interested students to learn 
an instrument known to many of North Carolina's early settlers. 

58 



Another purpose is for this group to represent the university through a 
unique and distinctive medium. Pipes and drums are provided. The 
organization performs at many university and community functions. No 
piping experience is necessary. Membership is open to all regularly 
enrolled students. Students interested in more details should contact the 
Music Department. 

Musician-in-Residence — North Carolina State University established this 
special chair in the Department of Music to help facilitate the cultural 
development of the entire University. Internationally known performers 
are appointed to the Musician-in-Residence position on a rotating basis. 
The person holding this appointment performs a wide range of functions 
including concerts and programs, both formal and informal, presented 
throughout the year for the benefit and enjoyment of all students, as 
well as providing his talents and imparting his knowledge to various 
schools and departments as requested. Information concerning this unique 
program may be had by contacting the Director of Music. 

STUDENT CENTERS 

Two important centers for the extracurricular activities of State stu- 
dents are the Erdahl-Cloyd Union and the E. S. King Religious Center. 

Erdahl-Cloyd Union — The Erdahl-Cloyd Union building is not only the 
center for an extensive social and cultural program, but also provides 
facilities for recreation and relaxation. In addition to a snack bar, 
dining room, barber shop and ballroom, there are meeting rooms, lounge 
areas, a gallery for exhibits, guest rooms and a games room. The offices 
of the Student Government and other organizations are located on the 
second floor. The Union operates a threatre and craft shop in the Frank 
Thompson building. 

The purpose of the Union is to provide a facility and, through the 
Student Government Services Boards, a program which will complement 
the academic life of the student and offer him an opportunity to further 
already existing interests and to develop new ones. Most of the programs 
are planned and carried out by students. Everyone is encouraged to partici- 
pate in some aspect of these activities. 

A new University Center is scheduled to open in the fall of 1971. It 
will include facilities now housed in the Erdahl-Cloyd Union. 

King Religious Center — In addition to the functions and activities held 
in the Erdahl-Cloyd Union, many other activities — especially those of a 
religious, spiritual and devotional nature — are held within the E. S. King 
Religious Center. The center has an attractive lobby equipped with 
writing and reading tables and chairs, a television room and conference 
rooms were students and faculty groups may meet. The coordinator of 
religious affairs and several denominational chaplains have their offices 
in this building. Temporary quarters in the building are being used by 
the Music Department, WKNC — the FM student radio station, the Agro- 
meek, the Technician and the Black Student Union. 

The Danforth Chapel, located in the center, provides a place for 
religious services and meditation for students of all faiths. 

The E. S. King Religious Center plans social events and lectures on 
various topics related to student life in addition to, or in connection 
with, its programs of religious emphasis. 

59 



University Calendar 



SPRING SEMESTER 1971* 



January 4 
January 4-5 

January 6 

January 7 
January 14 
January 21 



March 4 



March 15 
April 12 
April 29 
April 30-May 1 
May 3-12 



May 15 



Monday 
Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 
Thursday 
Thursday 



Thursday 



Monday 
Monday 
Thursday 
Friday-Saturday 
Monday-Saturday 
Monday- 
Wednesday 
Saturday 



New student orientation begins. 
All students complete registra- 
tion. 

Change day (late registration, 
drops and adds). 
First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 
Midsemester reports of academic 
difficulty due; spring vacation 
begins at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 
Final examinations. 



Commencement. 



SUMMER 1971* 

First Session 
May 31-June 2 

June 3 



June 4 


June 5 


June 8 


June 12 


July 5 


July 7 


July 8 



Monday- 
Wednesday 
Thursday 



Friday 

Saturday 

Tuesday 



Saturday 
Monday 
Wednesday 
Thursday 



Opening days; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
New student orientation; regis- 
tration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who 
complete registration after 12:00 
noon, June 3. 
First day of classes. 
Regular class day. 
Last day to register; last day to 
withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 
Regular class day. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



• Tentative, subject to approval of the Board of Trustees. 



60 



Second Session 




July 9 


Friday 


July 12 


Monday 



July 13 
July 16 



July 17 
July 24 
August 12 
August 13 



Tuesday 
Friday 



Saturday 
Saturday 
Thursday 
Friday 



Opening day; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
New student orientation; regis- 
tration and payment of fees ; late 
registration fee for those who 
complete registration after 12:00 
noon, July 12. 
First day of classes. 
Last day to register; last day to 
withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a 
course without a grade. 
Regular class day. 
Regular class day. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



FALL SEMESTER 1971* 



August 18-20 


Wednesday-Friday 


August 22-24 


Sunday-Tuesday 


August 23 
August 23-24 


Monday 
Monday-Tuesday 


August 25 


Wednesday 


August 26 
September 2 
September 6 
September 9 


Thursday 
Thursday 
Monday 
Thursday 


October 15 


Friday 


November 23 


Tuesday 


November 29 
December 10 
December 11 
December 13-20 


Monday 
Friday 
Saturday 
Monday-Monday 



Opening days; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
Late orientation (for new stu- 
dents who did not attend Summer 
Orientation Program). 
General faculty meeting. 
All students complete registra- 
tion. 

Change day (late registration, 
drops and adds). 
First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. 
Holiday. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund; last day 
to drop a course without a grade. 
Midsemester reports of academic 
difficulty due. 

Thanksgiving holidays begin at 
10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 



* Tentative, subject to approval of the Board of Trustees. 



61 



SPRING SEMESTER 1972* 



January 3 

January 3 
January 3-4 

January 5 

January 6 
January 13 
January 20 



March 2 



March 13 
April 3 
April 27 
April 28-29 
May 1-10 



May 13 



Monday 

Monday 
Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 
Thursday 
Thursday 



Thursday 



Monday 
Monday 
Thursday 
Friday-Saturday 
Monday-Saturday 
Monday- 
Wednesday 
Saturday 



Opening day; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
New student orientation begins. 
All students complete registra- 
tion. 

Change day (late registration 
drops and adds). 
First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. 
Last day to withdraw (or drop a 
course) with refund; last day to 
drop a course without a grade. 
Midsemester reports of academic 
difficulty due; spring vacation 
begins at 10:00 p.m. 
Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Holiday. 

Last day of classes. 
Reading days. 
Final examinations. 



Commencement. 



SUMMER 1972* 

First Session 
May 29-31 

June 1 



June 2 
June 3 
June 6 



June 10 
July 4 
July 5 



Monday- 
Wednesday 
Thursday 



Friday 

Saturday 

Tuesday 



Saturday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday 



Opening days; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
New student orientation; regis- 
tration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who 
complete registration after 12:00 
noon, June 1. 
First day of classes. 
Regular class day. 
Last day to register; last day to 
withdraw (or drop a course) 
with refund; last day to drop a 
course without a grade. 
Regular class day. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



* Tentative, subject to approval of the Board of Trustees. 



62 



Second Session 
July 6-7 

July 10 



July 11 
July 14 



July 15 
July 22 
August 10 
August 11 



Thursday-Friday 
Monday 



Tuesday 
Friday 



Saturday 
Saturday 
Thursday 
Friday 



Opening days; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
New student orientation; regis- 
tration and payment of fees; late 
registration fee for those who 
complete registration after 12:00 
noon, July 10. 
First day of classes. 
Last day to register; last day to 
withdraw (or drop a course) with 
refund; last day to drop a course 
without a grade. 
Regular class day. 
Regular class day. 
Last day of classes. 
Final examinations. 



FALL SEMESTER 1972* 



August 16-18 


Wednesday-Friday 


August 20-22 


Sunday-Tuesday 


August 21 
August 21-22 
August 23 


Monday 

Monday-Tuesday 

Wednesday 


August 24 
August 31 
September 4 
September 7 


Thursday 
Thursday 
Monday 
Thursday 


October 13 


Friday 


November 21 


Tuesday 


November 27 
December 8 
December 9 
December 11-18 


Monday 
Friday 
Saturday 
Monday-Monday 



Opening days; residence halls 
open; counseling, advising, etc. 
Late orientation (for new stu- 
dents who did not attend Summer 
Orientation Program). 
General faculty meeting. 
All students complete registration. 
Change day (late registration, 
drops and adds). 
First day of classes. 
Last day to add a course. 
Holiday. 

Last day to withdraw (or drop 
a course) with refund; last day 
to drop a course without a grade. 
Midsemester reports of academic 
difficulty due. 

Thanksgiving holidays begin at 
10:00 p.m. 

Classes resume at 8:00 a.m. 
Last day of classes. 
Reading day. 
Final examinations. 



* Tentative, subject to approval of the Board of Trustees. 



63 



HISTORY 





The Students Supply Stores is the center for purchasing books and other school 

supplies as well as personal items. 



64 



SCHOOLS AND 
PROGRAMS OF STUDY 



There are eight major undergraduate academic divisions at North Carolina 
State University. These are the Schools of Agriculture and Life Sciences, 
Design, Education, Engineering, Forest Resources, Liberal Arts, Physical and 
Mathematical Sciences, and Textiles. The programs of study are outlined by 
school. Information concerning specific courses is given in the section of the 
catalog on course descriptions. 

In addition to information on the schools, this section contains descriptions 
of the military training program (ROTC), the Graduate School, Continuing 
Education and Summer Sessions. 

Throughout the programs of study given in this section, departmental codes, 
course numbers and course titles are used. The key to the departmental code is 
listed below. This key will also aid in locating individual course descriptions. 

65 



CODE 


NAME 


MAT 


Materials Engineering 


AC & ALS 


Agriculture and Life Sciences 

(General Courses) 


MB 


Microbiology 






MLE 


English (Foreign Students) 


ANS 


Animal Science 










MLF 


French 


ANT 


Anthropology 










ML6 


German 


ARC 


Architecture 










MU 


Italian 


ART 


Art 










MLB 


Russian 


AS 


Aerospace Studies (ROTO) 










MLS 


Spanish 


BAE 


Biological and Agricultural 








Engineering 


MS 


Military Science (ROTC) 


BCH 


Biochemistry 


MUS 


Music 


BMA 


B i omatbematics 


MY 


Meteorology 


BO 


Botany 


NE 


Nuclear Engineering 


BS 


Biological Sciences 


NTB 


Nutrition 


CB 


Civil Engineering 


OR 


Operations Research 


CH 


Chemistry 


OT 


Physical Oceanography 


CHE 


Chemical Engineering 


PD 


Product Desigm 


CS 


Crop Science 


PE 


Physical Education 


CSC 


Computer Science 










PHI 


Philosophy 


DN 


Design 










PHY 


Physiology 


B 


Engineering (General CJourses) 










PO 


Potiltry Science 


EC 


Economics 










PP 


Plant Pathology 


ED 


Education (General Courses)* 










PS 


Politics 


EE 


Electrical Engineering 










PSM 


Physical and Mathematical 


EH 


Engineering Honors 




Sciences (General Courses) 


EM 


Engineering Mechanics 


PST 


Psychology 


ENG 


English 


PT 


Physics 


ENT 


Entomology 


REL 


Religion 


EO 


Engineering Operations 


ERA 


Recreation Resources 
Administration 


FOR 


Forest Resources** 










SOC 


Sociology 


FS 


Food Science 










SP 


Speech 


6N 


Genetics 










SS 


Social Studies 


CfT 


, Geology 










SSC 


Soil Science 


HI 


History 










ST 


Statistics 


HS 


Horticultural Science 










T 


Textiles (General Courses) 


lA 


Industrial Arts 










TC 


Textile Chemistry 


IE 


Industrial Engineering 










TOX 


Toxicology 


ISO 


International Student 








Orientation 


TX 


Textile Technology 


LAR 


Landscape Architecture 


UD 


Urban Design 


MA 


Mathematics 


UNI 


University Studies 


MAE 


Mechanical and Aerospace 


WPS 


Wood and Paper Science and 




Engineering 




Technology 



MAS 



Marine Sciences 



ZO 



Zoology 



* This includes Adult and Community College Education, Agricultural Education, Guidance and 
Personnel Services, Industrial and Technical Education, and Mathematics and Science Education. 
•* This includes Conservation and Forestry. 



66 



AGRICULTURE AND 
LIFE SCIENCES 

Patterson Hall 

E. W. Glazener, Acting Dean and Director of Academic Affairs 

Modern agriculture is a complex industry built on the principles of science 
and business. The basic sciences, particularly the biological sciences, are the 
foundations for modern agricultural technology. These sciences applied to 
understanding the functions of living material, offer a background as preparation 
for a professional agriculturist or as a preparatory program for the medical 
sciences. Likewise, the behavioral sciences, especially economics and sociology, 
provide preparation for the business and managerial aspects of agricultural 
enterprises. 

The objectives of the academic program for the students in The School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences are as follows: 

(1) To provide an opportunity for a broad university education. 

(2) To offer a variety of learning experiences in an effort to stimulate 
individualized and continued learning. 

(3) To offer a choice of specialization sufficient for initial employment. 

A high percentage of all the gainfully employed persons in the United States 
are engaged in operations directly or indirectly related to agriculture. For 
example, the food industry ranges from those who produce the food, supply 
material to the producer and process the finished product, to those who sell 
the products to the consumer. Hundreds of distinct occupations are represented 
in modern agriculture and biology. The demand for graduates is many times 
greater than the supply. Experts are predicting an increased shortage of 
graduates of programs offered in this school. 

FACILITIES 

North Carolina State University is fortunate to have at its disposal the newest 
equipment and facilities in many fields. Laboratories are well equipped with 
modern equipment, such as an electron microscope, and with the necessary 
materials for learning and practicing the basic and applied sciences. Machinery 
and equipment, in some cases provided by private industry, keep students abreast 
of the latest technological advances. Extensive plant, animal and insect collec- 
tions are available for teaching and research. 

The D. H. Hill Library at North Carolina State University has a large 
collection of scientific books and periodicals which provide excellent source 
material for many courses. In addition, students may draw from the specialized 
periodicals and textbooks in the departmental libraries. 

Research farms of the University provide a practical classroom for many 
courses as well as a place where researchers can carry on basic and applied 
research. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Students in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have ample op- 
portunities to take part in many broadening extracurricular activities. Most de- 
partments have student organizations which provide professional as well as 
social experience. Representatives of these clubs form the Agri-Life Council. 
This council is the student organization representing the school. Student tours 
provide an opportunity to see firsthand the application of classroom principles. 

67 



In addition, students representing agronomy, animal science, horticultural science, 
food science, poultry science and soil science compete regionally and nationally, 
in a number of activities providing student members a chance to learn by travel 
as v(:ell as by participation. 

CURRICULA OFFERINGS AND REQUIREMENTS 

A freshman enrolling in agriculture and life sciences has a common core of 
courses the first year, courses that are appropriate in all curricula. This method 
allows the student time to study various programs before selecting a curricula in 
science (agricultural or biological), business or technology. In addition to 
the basic courses in English, biology, and physical and social sciences, the 
student selects a major in a department. A number of choices are provided in the 
areas of animal science, plant science, soils, food science, engineering, economics 
and sociology. 

Departmental and interdepartmental majors offered in the curricula are as 
follows : 

Science — agricultural economics, biological and agricultural engineering (joint 
program with the School of Engineering) , animal science, botany, crop science, 
conservation, food science, entomology, horticultural science, medical technology, 
plant protection, poultry science, rural sociology, soil science, wildlife biology 
and zoology. Premedical sciencss are offered in this curriculum. 

Biological Sciences — an interdepartmental broad spectrum curriculum with 
emphasis on biological and physical sciences, especially designed for graduate 
or professional courses requiring a biology background. 

Business — emphasis on economics, combination programs in technology in 
animal science, crop science, horticultural science, poultry science and soil 
science. 

Technology — biological and agricultural engineering, animal science, agronomy, 
food science, horticultural science and poultry science. 

HONORS PROGRAMS 

The School of Agriculture and Life Sciences has a comprehensive Honors 
Program for qualified freshmen and sophomores interested in participating in 
seminar discussion programs on broad topics. These sessions are led by out- 
standing professors. 

Qualified juniors and seniors have an opportunity to participate in an 
independent research program. Faculty direction is provided on an individual 
basis to each student. The student has the opportunity to select his project. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion 
of one of the curricula in this School. 

The degrees of Master of Science, Master of Agriculture and professional 
degrees are offered in the various departments of agriculture and life sciences 
after the satisfactory completion of at least one year of graduate study in 
residence. 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is oflfered by the following departments: 
economics, biological and agricultural engineering, animal science, biochemistry, 
crop science, botany, microbiology, entomology, food science, genetics, plant 
pathology, sociology and anthropology, soil science and zoology. 

Further information on graduate offerings may be found in the Graduate 
School Catalog. 

68 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Broad and fascinating opportunities in business, industry, education and 
government are open to graduates of agriculture and life sciences. Some of the 
areas in which graduates are employed are as follows : 

Business and Industry — banking and credit, insurance, farm management, 
cooperatives, land appraisal, marketing, transportation, food chains, food pack- 
ing, machinery and equipment, chemicals, fertilizer, feed manufacturing, seed 
processing. 

Communications — writing, reporting, radio, television, newspapers, magazines, 
advertising, publications. 

Conservation — soil, water, range, forest, fish, wildlife parks, recreation. 

Education — high school and college instruction in agriculture or biology, 
agricultural extension, governmental, and industrial agencies. 

Faryning and Ranching — general, livestock, field crops, fruits, vegetables, 
poultry, ornamentals. 

Preprofessional and Graduate Preparation — premedical programs for training 
for medical, dental and veterinary colleges, graduate programs. 

Research — production, marketing, engineering, processing, conservation, or- 
ganizational structure, group behavior. 

Services — inspection and regulation, production field service, quality control 
and grading, agricultural technology and consulting. 

A placement office as a part of the University Placement Center is maintained 
to assist graduates in career development and placement. 

INTERNATIONAL ASPECTS 

An International Seminar is offered to those students who are interested. In 
addition, an International Option, requiring modern language and 12 semester 
hours of appropriate courses in the social sciences, is available for interested 
students enrolled in any curricula. 



FRESHMAN YEAR 

The curricula in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences have a common 
freshman year with the exception of the science program in biological and 
agricultural engineering. For the agricultural science, biological and agri- 
cultural engineering freshman year, see freshman year in school of engineering. 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

BS 100 General Biology 4 MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 

or or 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 PS 201 The American Governmental 

HI 105 Modern Western World 3 System 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry* 4 Elective 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

(Military Science or Air Science may (Military Science or Air Science may 

be elected) be elected) 

16 14-15 

* Does not contribute to the 130 semester hours required in the Biological Sciences curriculum. 

69 



CURRICULA IN AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES* 

Science, business and technology are three curricula oifered in this school. 
All departments offer the science curriculum. In addition an interdepartmental 
curriculum in biological sciences is offered see pages 82-85. Several departments 
offer the choice of either science or technology. A business curriculum is 
offered in agricultural economics or in combination with the completion of both 
the technology and business curricula in animal science, crop science, horticul- 
tural science, poultry science and soil science. Courses peculiar to a specific 
department are listed under the departmental requirements. 

All of the curricula have a core of required courses on a school basis. Listed 
below are these requirements: 



SCIENCE 



Credits 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Electives (English or Modern Language) 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities 

(21 Credits) 

Electives from Group D 21 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(28-32 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 



CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A . . 4 

or 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

or 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 

Electives (60-6i Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Group A 22-26 

Departmental Requirements and Electives . . 26 
Free Electives 12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Total Hours— 130** 



BUSINESS 



Credits 
Accounting: 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 

EC 313 Accounting II 3 

EC 409 Introduction to Production 

Costs 3 

EC 414 Tax Accounting 3 

Production: 

EC 303 Farm Management 3 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 

EC 551 Agricultural Production 

Economics 3 

Marketing: 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 3 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3 

EC 521 Markets and Trade 3 



finance: 

EC 402 Financial Institutions 3 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance .... 3 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 

Personnel: 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3 

EC 431 Labor Economics 8 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 

Buxiness Management: 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 8 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision 
Making 3 

Electives: 

EC 301 Production and Prices 8 

EC 302 National Income and 

Economic Welfare 3 

Group B Courses 



Students in the business curriculum complete a minimum of 24 semester 
hours of Group B courses. One course is required in the areas of accounting, 
production, marketing, finance, personnel and management. In addition, two 
courses are elected from the Group B course offerings. 



70 



TECHNOLOGY 



Credits 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 

Languages (IS Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Elective (English or Modern Language) ... 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

HI 105 Modern Western World 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Electives from Group D 6 

Physical and Biological Scieneee 
(S2-3S Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Sciences Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 



CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A .. 4 

or 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Electives (59-60 Credits) 

Restricted Electives from Groups 

A, B or C 20-21 

Departmental Requirements and Electives . .27 
Free Electives 12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Total Hours— 130** 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences ; Group B, economics and business 
management ; Group C, applied science and technology ; Group D, social sciences and humanities. 
♦* All curricula require the completion of one course in literature. 



ELECTIVES 

GROUP A 

PHYSICAL SCIENCES: 



Biochemistry: 
BCH 351 
BCH 462 

Chemistry: 
CH 107 
CH 220 

CH 221 
CH 223 
CH 315 
CH 331 



Elementary Biochemistry 
Experimental Biochemistry 



Principles of Chemistry 
Introductory Organic 

Chemistry 
Organic Cl.emistry I 
Organic Chemistry II 
Quantitative Analysis 
Introductory Physical 

Chemistry 



Computer Science: 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 

CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization 

and Assembly Language 
CSC 211 Programming Languages 

Geoseiences: 
GY 120 
GY 208 



GY 486 



Physical Geology 
Physical Geography 

Meteorology 
Weather and Climate 



Mathematics: 

Must use one or the other of the following 
two sequences: MA 111, 112, 212, or MA 
102, 201, 202 

MA 102 Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus I 



MA 111 
MA 112 

MA 114 
MA 201 

MA 202 

MA 212 

MA 301 

Meterology: 
MY 411 

Physics: 
PY 223 
PY 407 

Soil Science: 

SSC 200 
SSC 511 
SSC 520 
SSC 522 

Statistics: 
ST 311 
ST 361 



Algebra and Trigonometry 
Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus A 
Topics in Modern Math 
Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus II 
Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus III 
Analytical Geometry and 

Calculus B 
Applied Differential Equations 

I 



Introductory Meteorology 



Astronomy and Astrophysics 
Introduction to Modem 
Physics 



Soils 

Soil Physics 

Soil and Plant Analysis 

Soil Chemistry 



Introduction to Statistics 
Introduction to Statistics for 
Engineers I 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES: 

AnimxU Science: 

(FS 301, NTR 301) Nutrition and 



ANS 301 

Man 
ANS 401 
ANS 406 



Reproductive Physiology 
Lactation 



ANS 415 (NTR 415, PO 415) Comparative 

Nutrition 
ANS 502 (PHY 502) Reproductive 

Physiology of Vertebrates 



71 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering: 
BAE 303 Energy Conversion for 

Agricultural Production 



Botany: 
BO 200 

BO 360 
BO 403 



Plant Life 
(ZO 380) Introdpction to Ecology 
Systematic Botany 



BO 414 iZO 414) Cell Biology 



BO 421 



Plant Physiology 



Entomology 
ENT 301 
ENT 312 



Introduction to Forest Insects 
Introduction to Economic 
Insects 
ENT 502 Insect Diversity 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect 

Control 
ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology 

ENT 582 iZO 582) Medical and Veterinary 
Entomology 

Food Science: 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 

FS 405 (MB 405) Food Microbiology 
FS 506 (MB 506) Advanced Food 
Microbiology 

Genetics: 

GN 504 Human Genetics 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of 

Radiations 
GN 540 (ZO 540) Evolution 



Microbiology: 

MB 401 General Microbiology 

MB 405 (FS 405) Food Microbiology 
MB 506 (FS 506) Advanced Food 

Microbiology 
MB 514 Microbial Metabolism 

MB 571 Virology 

Plant Pathology: 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 

PP 318 (FOR 318) Forest Pathology 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control 

Poultry Science: 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 

PO 415 (ANS 415, NTR 415) Comparative 

Nutrition 
PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative 

Endocrinology 

Zoology: 
ZO 201 
ZO 223 
ZO 315 
ZO 345 
ZO 350 
ZO 351 
ZO 360 
ZO 361 
ZO 414 
ZO 420 
ZO 421 
ZO 441 
ZO 524 
ZO 540 



Animal Life 

Comparative Anatomy 

General Parasitology 

Histology 

Invertebrate Zoology 

Vertebrate Zoology 
(BO 360) Introd-ction to Ecology 

Vertebrate Embryology 
(BO 414) Cell Biologj' 

Fishery Science 

Vertebrate Physiology 

Ichthyology 
(PO 524) Comparativ^e Endocrinology 
(GN 540) Evolution 



GROUP B 

ECONOMICS AND BUSINESS MANAGEMENT: 



cononica: 


EC 


301 


EC 


302 


EC 


303 


EC 


310 


EC 


311 


EC 


312 


EC 


313 


EC 


317 


EC 


402 


EC 


407 


EC 


408 


EC 


409 



Production and Prices 
National Income and 

Economic Welfare 
Farm Management 
Economics of the Firm 
Agricultural Markets 
Accounting I 
Accounting II 
Introduction to Methods of 

Economic Analysis 
Financial Institutions 
Business Law I 
Business Law II 
Introduction to Production 

Cost 



EC 


411 


EC 


414 


EC 


415 


EC 


420 


EC 


425 


EC 


426 


EC 


430 


EC 


431 


EC 


432 


EC 


440 


EC 


442 


Mathematics: 


MA 


122 



Marketing Methods 
Tax Accounting 
Farm Appraisal and Finance 
Corporation Finance 
Industrial Management 
Personnel Management 
Agricultural Price Analysis 
Labor Economics 
Industrial Relations 
Economic Development 
Evolution of Economic Ideas 



Mathematics of Finance and 
Elementary Statistics 



GROUP C 

APPLIED SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY: 



Agricultural Communications: 



AC 311 



Communications 
Media 



Methods and 



Animal Science: 



ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 

ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat 

Animals 
ANS 308 Advanced Selecting Dairy and 

Meat Animals 



ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 

ANS 403 Swine Management 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 

ANS 409 (FS 409) Meat and Meat Products 

ANS 410 Horse Management 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of 

Domestic Animals 
ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 

ANS 508 (GN 508) Genetics of Animal 
Improvement 



72 



Biological and Agricultural Engineering: 
BAE 211 Farm Machinery 

BAE 321 Irrigation, Terracing and 

Erosion Control 
BAE 331 (FS 331) Food Engineering 
BAE 332 Farm Structures 

BAE 341 Farm Electrification and 

Utilities 
BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and 

Processing 



Crop Science: 
CS 211 
CS 311 
CS 312 
CS 315 
CS 413 
CS 414 
CS 511 
CS 513 

CS 514 (HS 



Crop Science 

Field Crop Production 

Pastures and Forage Crops 

Turf Management 

Plant Breeding 

Weed Science 

Tobacco Technology 

Physiological Aspects of Crop 

Production 
514) Principles and Methods 



in Weed Science 
Food Science: 

FS 331 (BAE 331) Food Engineering I 

FS 404 (PO 404) Poultry Prodiict^ 

FS 409 (ANS 409) Meat and Meat Products 

Horticultural Science: 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 



HS 301 Plant Propagation 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 

HS 421 Fruit Production 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 

HS 441. 442 Floriculture I and 11 

HS 481 Breeding of Horticultural 
Plants 

Poultry Science: 

PO 201 Poultry Production 

Poultry Quality Evaluations 
Poultry Grading 
Commercial Poultry 
Enterprises 
(FS 404) Poultry Products 



PO 


301 


PO 


351 


PO 


402 


PO 


404 (F 


PO 


520 (G 


Soil S 


'cience: 


SSC 


i 341 


SSC 


i 452 


SSC 


• 461 


SSC 


462 


SSC 


! 472 


Zoology: 


zo 


212 


zo 


213 


zo 


214 


zo 


221 



Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 
Soil Classification 
Soil and Water Conservation 
Soil Management Systems 
Forest Soils 



Basic Anatomy 
Basic Physiology 
Basic Physiology 
Conservation of Natural 
Resources 



GROUP D 

SOCIAL SCIENCES AND HUMANITIES: 



Anthropology: 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World 



Art: 

ART 200 



The Visual Arts in Con- 
temporary Life 



Economics: 
EC 205 
EC 212 

EC 370 
EC 410 

EC 413 

EC 441 

EC 448 
EC 475 



Economic Activity 
Economics of Agriculture 
(HI 370) The Rise of Ind strialism 
Public Finance and Fiscal 

Policy 
Competition, Monopoly, and 

Public Policy 
Agricultural Development in 

Foreign Countries 
International Economics 
Comparative Economic 

Systems 

English: 

Note: These courses may be used as Group 
D electives if not used to complete the re- 
quired hours in the language area. 
ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 

FNG 261, 262 English Literat"re I. II 
ENG 265, 266 American Literature I, II 
ENG 346, 347 Comparative Literature I, II 
ENG 371 The Modern Novel 

ENG 468, 469 American Romanticism, 

American Realism and 

Naturalism 
ENG 485 Shakespeare 



History: 


HI 


105 


HI 


111, 


HI 207 


HI 


208 


HI 


215, 


HI 


233 


HI 


263, 


HI 


422 



Modern Western World 
112 The United States Through 
and Since Reconstruction 
The Ancient World to 180 

A.D. 
The Middle Ages 
216 Latin America To and Since 
1826 
The World in the 20th Century 
264 East Asia To and Since 1800 
Rise of Modern Science 

Modem Language: 

Any modern language or literature course at 
the intermediate level or above may be used 
as a Group D elective if not used to com- 
plete the required hours in the language 
area. 

Music: 
MUS 200 
MUS 210 

MUS 220 
MUS 320 

Philosophy: 
PHI 205 

PHI 305 
PHI 306 
PHI 307 

PHI 310 
PHI 406 



Music in Contemporary Life 
A Survey of Music in 

America* 
Music of the Romantic Period* 
Music of the 20th Century* 



Problems and Types of 
Philosophy 

Philosophy of Religion 

Philosophy of Art 

Morality and Human Happi- 
ness 

Existentialism 

Contemporary Political 
Philosophy 



73 



Politics: 
PS 201 



PS 206 
PS 301 



PS 302 
PS 376 



PS 472 
PS 473 



Psychology: 
PSY 200 
PSY 302 

PSY 304 
PSY 337 

Religion: 
REL 300 
REL 321 



The American Governmental 

System 
Local Governmental Systems 
Modern Political Systems: 

Europe 
Modern Political Systems: 

Asia 
Latin American Government 

and Politics 
Soviet Politics 
Political Systems of New 

States 



Introduction to Psychology 
Psychology of Personality and 

Adjustment 
Educational Psychology 
Individual Psychology I 



Introduction to Religion 
Religion in American Life 



REL 


327 


Contemporary Religioua 
Thought 


Social 


Studies: 




SS 301, 302 


Science and Civilization I, II 


SS 401,402 


Contemporary Issues: The 






Urban Crisis and The Arms 






Race 


Sociology: 




SOC 


202 


Principles of Sociology 


SOC 


301 


Human Behavior 


SOC 


302 


Mass Communications and 
Modern Society 


SOC 


303 


Current Social Problems 


SOC 


304 


Contemporary Family Life 


SOC 


305 


Race Relations 


SOC 


306 


Criminology 


SOC 


341 


Rural Society USA 


SOC 


342 


Rural Societies Around the 
World 


SOC 


402 


Urban Sociology 


SOC 


411 


Community Relationships 


SOC 


451 


Population and Public Aflfairs 



• Presently taught only in Summer School. 



ADULT AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE EDUCATION 

(Also see education.) 

The adult and community college education faculty offers instruction primarily 
at the graduate level. The department is jointly administered between the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences and the School of Education. For details, see the 
School of Education, pages 131-132. 



AGRONOMY 

(See crop science and soil science, pages 89-91 or 110-113.) 

ANIMAL SCIENCE 

Polk Hall 

Professor I. D. Porterfield, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: E. R. Barrick, E. G. Batte, A. J. Clawson, L. Goode, J. M. 
Leatherwood, J. G. Lecce, J. E. Legates, H. A. Ramsey, F. H. Smith, 
L. C. Ulberg, G. H. Wise; Adjunct Professor: J. H. Gainer; Professors 
Emeriti: C. D. Grinnels, H. A. Stewart; Associate Professors: E. V. 
Caruolo, D. G. Davenport, E. U. Dillard, E. J. Eisen, J. J. McNeill, R. D. 
Mochrie, D. J. Moncol, R. M. Myers, A. H. Rakes, O. W. Robison, J. C. 
Wilk; Assistant Professors: W. L. Alsmeyer, R. W. Harvey, W. L. John- 
son (Peru), E. E. Jones; Adjunct Assistajit Professors: B. D. Harrington, 
C. D. LeMunyan; Assistant Professor Emeritus: J. L. MoORE; Associate 
Members of the Faculty: G. Matrone, S. B. Tove (Biochemistry) ; C. H. 
Hill (Poultry Science) ; H. J. Gold (Statistics) 

EXTENSION 

Professor A. V. Allen, In Charge, Animal Husbandry Extension 
Professor M. E. Senger, In Charge, Dairy Husbandry Extension 



74 



Professors: R. F. Behlow, T. C. Blalock, J. S. Buchanan, G. Hyatt, Jr., G. S. 
Parsons, J. W. Patterson; Professor Emeritus: J. A. Arey; Associate 
Professors: J. R. JoNES, F, N. Knott, R. L. McGuire, F. D. Sargent, 
D. G. Spruill, J. R. Woodard; Assistayit Professors: C. M. Stanislaw, D. P. 
Wesen; Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. R. Rich; Instructors: K. R. 
Butcher, J. D. Dodson, D. C. Pardue, C. M. Reese 

Undergraduate students in animal science study subjects related to various 
phases of animal industry. Training is provided in nutrition, physiology, breed- 
ing and disease and there are opportunities for the application of basic 
scientific training in the husbandry areas. Options for course selection by each 
student make it possible for those of varying backgrounds and wide-ranging 
interests in the animal field to become involved in training that will be stimulat- 
ing and rewarding. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

There are many opportunities for students majoring in animal science. These 
include farm, dairy and livestock management careers, jobs as fieldmen for 
breed associations and livestock organizations, agricultural extension, educational 
work in business and industries serving agriculture, meat grading, agricultural 
communications in animal science, feed manufacturing, sales work in feeds and 
equipment, marketing dairy cattle and dairy products, and supervising livestock 
and farm loans with banks and lending agencies. Many students in veterinary 
science obtain a degree in animal science as well. In addition, students may elect 
further study at the graduate level, after which they will find opportunities 
in teaching, research and development. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in animal science may be 
obtained under any of the three curricula offered by the School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. For the basic requirements and freshman year, see pages 
69-74. 

CURRICULA IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 

This curriculum is selected by students desiring a background in business 
with a technical knowledge of animal science. The program requires the com- 
pletion of courses in the technology curriculum, page 71, and the economic and 
business courses as outlined on page 72, 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

See the typical curriculum, beginning on page 76. 

Departmental Reguireni,enta: Minimum of nine credits from the following 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science . . 4 courses: 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 ANS 405 Lactation 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 of Domestic Animals 3 

Departmental Electives 6 ANS 415 (NTR 415. PC 415) 

Comparative Nutrition 3 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 8 

Total Hours — 130 

75 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 



See typical curriculum on page 77. 

Departmental Requirements 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science . . 4 
ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding .3 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 

Departmental Electives 3 

Minimum of nine credits from, the following 
courses: 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of 

Domestic Animals 3 



ANS 415 (NTR 415, PO 41B) 

Comparative Nutrition 8 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 

Minimum of five credits from the following 

courses: 
ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat 

Animals 2 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 

ANS 410 Horse Management 2 

Totel Hours— 130 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 69. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



First Semester Credits 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science . . 4 
CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry* 
or 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 212 Anal. Geo. & Calc. B 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



18 



Second Semester Credits 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds & Feeding 3 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 
or 

Group A Elective 4 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

Physical Education 1 



16 



♦ The students choice of CH 220 or CH 221 is dependent upon his previous completion of either 
CH 103 General Chemistry II or CH 107 Principles of Chemistry. 



JUNIOR YEAR 



First Semester Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

EC 21?, Economics of Agriculture 3 

PS 201 The American Govt. System 3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 

Free Elective 3 



16 



Second Semester Credits 

ANS 409 (FS 409) Meat & Meat Products . . 3 
ANS 415 (NTR 415, PO 415) 

Comparative Nutrition 3 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

16 



SENIOR YEAR 



First Semester Credits 

ANS 411 Breeding & Improvement of 

Domestic Animals 3 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 

Animal Science Elective 2 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

17 



Second Semester Credits 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 

Free Elective 3 



16 



Total Hours— 130 



76 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ANIMAL SCIENCE 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 69. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

First Semester Credits Second Semester Credits 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science . . 4 ANS 204 Livestock Feeds & Feeding 3 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry . . .4 EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 PY 221 College Physics B 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 SSC 200 Soils 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

15 16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

First Semester Credits Second Semester Credits 

ANS 302 Selecting Dairy & Meat Animals . . 2 ANS 308 Advanced Selecting Dairy 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 & Meat Animals 1 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 

PS 201 The American Govt. System 3 CS 312 Pastures & Forage Crops 3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 ON 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Groups A, B or C Elective 3 PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 

— or 

18 Group D Elective 3 

Free Electives B 

18 

SENIOR YEAR 

First Semester Credits Second Semester Credits 

ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 

ANS 411 Breeding & Improvement of ANS 403 Swine Management 3 

Domestic Animals 3 ANS 409 (FS 409) Meat & Meat Products . . 3 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 

Group D Elective 3 EC 312 Accounting I 

Free Elective 4 or 



— Group A, B or C Elective 
16 Free Elective 



16 

Total Hours — 130 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degrees in animal husbandry, dairy husbandry, animal biochemistry and nutri- 
tion, animal diseases, animal physiolo'''v and animal breeding. Prospective appli- 
cants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

BIOCHEMISTRY 

Polk Hall 

Professor Gennard Matrone, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. B. Armstrong, I. S. Longmuir, A. R. Main, S. B. Tove; Associate 
Professors: H. R. Horton, J. S. Kahn, E. C. Sisler; Assistant Professor: 
J. A. Knopp; Visiting Assistmit Professor: Carol R. Kepler; Instructor: 
Elizabeth C. Theil; Associate Members of the Faculty: E. E. Jones 
(Animal Science) ; J. Bordner, S. G. Levine, W. P. Tucker (Chemistry) ; 
L. W. AURAND (Food Science) 

The Department of Biochemistry offers instruction at advanced undergraduate 
and graduate levels. The undergraduate courses are designed to support the 

77 



other departments of the University, providing students with a fundamental 
background in the science of biochemistry. The graduate program is designed to 
train scientists for research and teaching careers in biochemistry and related 
fields. 

The Department of Biochemistry is jointly administered in the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences and the School of Physical and Mathematical 
Sciences, 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The department offers an undergraduate curriculum leading to the B.S. degree 
in biological sciences with an option in biochemistry. See below and pages 71-72. 

BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES CURRICULUM 

BIOCHEMISTRY EMPHASIS 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 Calculus II 4 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 BS 100 General Biology 4 

Humanities- — Social Sciences Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



17 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Calculus III 4 Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 

Modern Language or English Elective .... 3 Modern Language or English Elective 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 8 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction to Ecology .4 GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 GN 412 Elem. Genetics Laboratory 1 

Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

— Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 

17 — 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 

or or 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3 CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 

BO 421 Plant Physiology or 

or Mathematics Elective 2-3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology Humanities — Social Sciences Electives 6 

or Free Electives 8-4 

ZO 414 (BO 414) Cell Biology 4 

Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 15-17 

Free Electives 3-4 



Total Hours— 130 



78 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Biochemistry offers programs of study leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective students should 
consult the Graduate School Catalog for additional information. 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

(Also see Engineering.) 

David S. Weaver Laboratories 

Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: H. D. BowEN, J. M. FORE, D. H. Howells, W. H. Johnson, C. W. 

Suggs; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Weaver, Jr.; Associate Professors: G. B. 
Blum, Jr., J. W. Dickens (USDA), E. L. Howell, B. K. Huang, E. G. 
Humphries, W. F. McClure, C. R. Willey (USDA), R. E. Williamson 
(USDA), E. H. Wiser, J. H. Young; Assistant Professors: J. R. Hammerle, 
R. G. Holmes, F. J. Humenik, R. P. Rohrback, R. W. Skaggs, R. S. Sowell, 
T. B. Whitaker (USDA); Assistant Professor Emeritus: N. W. Weldon; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: D. D. Hamann, V. A. Jones (Food 
Science) 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor G. J. Kriz, Associate Head In Charge of Extension 

Professor Emeritus: H. M. Ellis ; Associate Professors : L. B. Driggers, W. C. 
Warrick; Associate Professor Emeritus: J. C. Ferguson; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: E. 0. Beasley, J. W, Glover, R. W. Watkins; Instructor: R. E. 

Sneed 

Students in biological and agricultural engineering are educated and trained 
to deal with problems of agriculture that are engineering in nature. Involved 
are the application of scientific and engineering principles to the conservation 
and utilization of water and soil, the development of power and labor-saving 
devices for all phases of agricultural production, the design of structures and 
equipment for housing and handling livestock and field products, and the 
processing and marketing of farm products. 

The need for men to carry out the technical aspects such as development and 
research as well as less technical work, such as sales and service of farm 
equipment requires the offering of two distinct curricula as described below. 

The curricula lead to the Bachelor of Science degree. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Men trained in biological and agricultural engineering under the science 
curriculum are qualified for positions in design, development and research in 
public institutions and in industry, and for teaching and extension work in 
institutions of higher education. The curriculum also provides adequate training 
for post-graduate work leading to advanced degrees. 

Men trained in the field of agricultural engineering technology are qualified 
for positions in sales and service of agricultural equipment such as farm 
machinery, irrigation systems, etc.; as county agents or farmers; and for farm 
advisory work with such organizations as electric power companies. 

79 



CURRICULUM IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

This curriculum, offered in conjunction with the School of Engineering, is 
designed to develop young men capable of engineering leadership in agriculture. 
Emphasis is placed on basic science courses such as mathematics, physics, 
mechanics, biology, soils, and thermodynamics, which provide a sound background 
for engineering and agricultural technology. Courses in biological and agri- 
cultural engineering are directed to those methods of thought and techniques 
whereby science can be applied with understanding and judgment to engineering 
situations in agricultural operations. General agriculture courses are provided 
in order that the student can better understand the agricultural industry with 
which he deals. 

Since biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct technical 
fields — agriculture and engineering — this curriculum is a joint responsibility of 
the two schools and is so administered. Graduates in the program receive the 
degree of Bachelor of Science in biological and agricultural engineering. 

For the freshman year program in agricultural engineering science, refer 
to the common freshman year in the School of Engineering on page 147, 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 251 Elements of Bio. & Agr. Engr. .3 BS 100 General Biology 4 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Lang. I 2 EE 331 Princ. of Elect. Engr 8 

EM 205 Princ. of Engr. Mech 3 EM 305 Engineering Dynamics 8 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Humanities & Soc. Sci. 8 

Calculus III 4 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations ... 8 

PY 208 General Physics 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 17 
17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 361 Analytical Methods 3 BAE 342 Agr. Processing 4 

BAE 391 Electrotechnology in BAE 381 Agri. Structures & Env. 3 

Bio. & Agr. Engr. 3 BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Mach. . . 3 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 Humanities & Soc. Sci 3 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 Free Elective 8 

SSC 200 Soils 4 — 

— 16 
16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 451 Agr. Engr. Design I 3 BAE 452 Agr. Engr. Design II 8 

BAE 472 Agri. Water Management 4 Advised Tech. Elec 8 

Humanities & Soc. Sci 6 Humanities & Soc. Sci 6 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 8 

16 IB 

Total Hours— 129 

Humanities and social sciences will be taken according to the standard engi- 
neering school listing. 

CURRICULUM IN BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL 
ENGINEERING 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

This curriculum is designed for those who are working on a practical level 
with farm people. Graduates are equipped to apply to the farm the new tech- 

80 



nology as developed and revealed by the research engineer. The courses are 
presented and directed toward the solution of consumer problems with emphasis 
on the techniques employed. Graduates from this program will receive the degree 
of Bachelor of Science in agriculture. 

Listed below are the departmental requirements in the technology program 
and a typical curriculum in this program. 

Departmental Requirements* (26 Credits) BAE 332 Farm Structures 3 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 4 BAE 341 Farm Electrification and 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion for Utilities 8 

Agricultural Production 2 BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3 

BAE 321 Irrigation, Terracing, and BAE 433 Crop Preservation and 

Erosion Control 3 Processing 3 

BAE 331 (FS 331) Food Engineering 3 E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 



* PY 211, 212 will be taken in place of PY 221 as shown in the agricultural technology curriculum. 
These three additional credits are Group A electives required by the department. 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

TECHNOLOGY 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 4 BAE 341 Farm Electrification 

CH 101 General Chem. I 4 & Utilities 8 

PY 211 Gen. Physics* 4 CH 103 Gen. Chemistry II 4 

SP 231 Expository Sp 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 SSC 200 Soils 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion for BAE 321 Irrigation, Terracing 

Agric. Production 2 & Erosion Control 3 

BAE 331 (FS 331) Food Engineering 3 EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

E 101 Engineering Grap. I 2 Free Elective 3 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 Group D Elective 3 

Modern Language SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

or — 

English Elective 3 16 

Group D Elective 3 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation BAE 332 Farm Structures 3 

& Processing 3 BAE 411 Farm Power & Machinery 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Electives 6 

Group A. B or C Electives 12 Group A, B or C Electives 6 

18 18 

Total Hours — 130 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers programs of study for the Master of Science, Doctor 
of Philosophy and Master of Biological and Agricultural Engineering degrees. 
Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

81 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Gardner Hall 

C. F. Lytle, Major Adviser 

The Biological Sciences Curriculum is an interdepartmental program designed 
to serve the needs of students desiring a comprehensive training in biology rather 
than specialization in some specific field of the biological sciences. It is especially 
suitable for students preparing for graduate study in a specialized field of 
biology as vi^ell as for students planning to teach high school biology. Also, 
students preparing for careers in business or industry and wishing a broad, 
general training in biology may find the Biological Sciences Curriculum suitable 
for their needs. 

Experience has indicated that one of the best preparations for graduate study 
in biology is a broad training in the basic biological sciences supplemented 
with a stron? background in the physical sciences and other supporting areas. 
The Biological Sciences Curriculum incorporates these features and provides the 
student with maximum flexibility and options for specialization at the graduate 
level. 

Because of its emphasis on a strong preparation in the physical and bio- 
logical sciences and on preparation for graduate study, the Biological Sciences 
Curriculum is a rigorous program requiring several courses in chemistry, 
physics, mathematics and foreign language. Those students whose interests 
and aptitudes fall primarily in some specific area of the biological sciences 
should elect one of the departmental majors such as botany, zoology or 
entomology. 

Students wishing to concentrate their studies within a specific field can do so 
in the Biological Sciences Curriculum by selecting appropriate elective courses in 
consultation with their advisers. Programs vdthin the Biological Sciences 
Curriculum are available to provide emphasis in biochemistry, botany, entomol- 
ogy, microbiology, zoology and biology teaching. 



COURSE REQUIREMENTS IN THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 
CURRICULUM 



Credita 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 

Languages (12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Modem Language (200 level) 6 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(21 Credits) 

Electives 21 

Physical Sciences and Mathematics 
(Si-S6 Credits) 

OH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A . . 4 
MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B . . 3 

or 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I . . 4 
MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

II 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus 

III 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 



Biological Seieneet 
(SI Credits) 

Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary BiochemiBtry 8 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction 

to Ecology 4 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 

or 
ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 
or 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

MB 401 General Microbiologry 4 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Electives (25-27 Credits) 
Restricted Electives from Groups 

A, B, C and D 13-16 

Free Electives 12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Total Hours — 130 



82 



TYPICAL CURRICULA IN BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

For the freshman year see page 69. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

or 
MA 212 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus B 3 

Group D Electives 3 

Physical Education 1 

15-16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Group D Elective 8 

Free Elective 8 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



FaU. Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction to Ecology . 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Modern Language (200 level) 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Modern Language (200 level) 3 

Group D Elective 8 

17 



FaU Semester 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 

or 
ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 

or 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4 

Group D Elective 8 

Restricted Electives 10 

17 



SENIOR YEAK 
Credits Spring Semester 



Credits 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Restricted Elective 3 

Free Electives 9 

16 
Total Hours — 130 



BIOCHEMISTRY EMPHASIS 
For the freshman year see page 69. 



FaU Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus HI 4 

Modern Language (200 level) 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Spring Semester 



Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Modern Language (200 level) 3 

Group D Electives 6 

Physical Education 1 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 

FdU Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction to Ecology .. 4 BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory . . 1 

Group D Elective 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

— Group D Elective 8 

17 — 

17 



83 



SENIOR YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 

or 
ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 



ZO 414 (BO 414) Cell Biology 4 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 
or 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 8 

Group D Elective 8 

Free Elective 8 



16 



MICROBIOLOGY EMPHASIS 
For the freshman year see page 69. 



Spring Semester 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 

or 
CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 



Credits 



Mathematics Elective 2-8 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Group D Electives 6 

Free Elective 8 

16-16 
Total Hours— 130 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

Modern Language (200 level) 3 

Physical Education 1 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Modern Language (200 level) 8 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction 

to Ecology 4 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Group D Electives 6 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

MB 401 Microbiology 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Group D Electives 6 

18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 4 

Group D Elective 3 

Restricted Elective 4 

Free Elective 8 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

MB 514 Microbiology Metabolism 4 

Group D Elective 3 

Free Electives 7 

14 
Total Hours— 130 



BIOLOGY TEACHING 

For the freshman year see page 69. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry 

and Calculus B 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

Group D Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Spring Semester 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 
ED 203 Introduction to Teach. 

Math. & Science* 

ZO 201 Animal Life 

Group D Electives 

Physical Education 



Credits 
4 



. 2 

. 4 
. 6 
. 1 

17 



84 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 

to Ecology 4 GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4 GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

ED 344 Secondary Education* 3 Modern Language (200 level) 3 

Modern Language (200 level) 3 PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 PY 212 General Physics 4 

18 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance* 2 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science* 3 Restricted Electives 8 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science* 6 Group D Elective 3 

ED 477 Developing and Selecting — 

Teaching Materials in Science* 2 15 

PSY 476 Psychology Adolescence 2 Total Houi-s— 130 

15 



* These courses (total of 18 hours) must be selected in lieu of free electives to complete 
requirements for a teaching certificate. 

BOTANY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor G. R. Noggle, Head of the Department 

Professors: A. W. Cooper, R. J. Downs, J. W. Hardin, H. T. Scofield, J. R. 
Troyer; Adjtmct Professors: W. W. Heck, J. A. Yarbrough; Professors 
Emeriti: B. W. Wells, L. A. Whitford; Associate Professors: C. E. Ander- 
son, H. E. Pattee (USDA), H. E. Schlichting, Jr., H. Seltmann 
(USDA) ; Adjunct Associate Professor: D. W. DeJong; Assistant Profes- 
sors: U. Blum, R. C. Fites, S. D. Koch, R. T. Moore, E. D. Seneca, 
C. G. Van Dyke; Instructors: R. A. Braddy, Linda M. Stroud, A. M. 
WiTHERSPOON ; Associate Members of the Faculty: J. S. Kahn (Biochem- 
istry) ; R. E. Williamson (USDA) (Biological and Agricultural Engineer- 
ing) ; D. E. MORELAND (USDA) (Crop Science); D. H. Timothy (Crop 
Science, Genetics) ; C. L. McCoMBS (Horticultural Science) ; J. A. Warren 
(Statistics) ; R. J. Thomas (Wood and Paper Science) ; B. J. Copeland 
(Zoology) 

The course program in botany has the objective of providing undergraduate 
and graduate instruction in plant science. Undergraduates majoring in the 
department are generally oriented toward graduate work in plant science or 
some other biological field. Qualified undergraduates are encouraged to participate 
in independent research. Graduate programs provide opportunities for students 
studying for master's or doctoral degrees. Course work in the department also 
provides a basis for study in the applied fields of agriculture, resource develop- 
ment and forestry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Majors in botany may choose to continue graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. There is a great need 
for persons vdth advanced training in botany for teaching positions in junior 
colleges, colleges and universities, and for research positions in government 
and private laboratories. Majors specializing in botany with a B.S. degree are 
qualified for many technical positions in government and industrial laboratories, 
as well as for positions as field botanists, naturalists, etc. 

85 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in botany is offered under the 
science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences, The program 
for the freshman year is shown on page 69, and the other basic requirements 
are listed on pages 69-74. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN BOTANY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry .4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

Language Electives 6 GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

Social Science Elective 3 Humanities Electives 6 

SSC 200 Soils 4 PY 221 College Physics 6 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Science Elective 4 

Physical Education 2 Electives 8 

31 86 

SENIOR YEAR 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction 

to Ecology 4 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

Electives 23 

34 
Total Hours— 130 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers work leading to the Master of Botany, Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should consult 
the Graduate School Catalog. 

CONSERVATION 

(Also see forest resources.) 

Williams, Gardner and Kilgore Halls. 

M. G. Cook, Major Adviser, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

L. C. Saylor, Major Adviser, School of Forest Resources 

Conservation is the wise use, preservation or improvement of natural resources, 
without waste for the long-time benefit of man. This degree program in conserva- 
tion is offered jointly by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences and by 
the School of Forest Resources. Faculty members in the Departments of Botany, 
Entomology, Forestry, Plant Pathology, Recreational Resources Administration, 
Soil Science and Zoology are directly involved in various aspects of education 
in conservation. 

Rapid urbanization and industrialization, plus an increase in population are 
bringing increased pressures on the use of land areas for recreation as well as 
food, fiber and wood production. These trends have created the acute need for 
people trained to make sound judgements in the management of natural resources. 

Conservationists must be able to view problems from several aspects rather 
than from a narrow vision. This phase of conservation has been called a 
philosophy rather than a discipline. However, for the conservationist to apply 
this philosophy to problem-solving in a modern society, he must be well-trained 
in the basic concepts of several disciplines. 

86 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Needed in increasing numbers are conservationists who are trained in the 
management of (1) wildlands for water, fish and game production, (2) inten- 
sively used agricultural and forested areas, and (3) areas of concentrated 
human habitation. 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

Students will enroll in either of the two schools depending on the primary 
area of interest in conservation. The freshman common core of courses for 
either school is acceptable. All students will take a prescribed core of subjects in 
conservation. Conservation is recommended as a second degree although the 
program may be pursued as the only degree. Students desiring a strong 
background in a particular area may obtain a dual degree by the appropriate 
use of electives. Specialists in soils, wildlife biology, forest management and 
other selected areas are developed through the proper choice of courses. 



REQUIRED AND ELECTIVE COURSES IN CONSERVATION 



Departmental Re<iuirementa: 

Credits 
FOR 472 Renewable Resource 

Management 3 

GY 120 Physical Geology 8 

RRA 341 Recreation Resources 

Relationships 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

ZO 221 Conservation of 

Natural Resources 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 

Conservation Electives 12 



31 



Departmental Electives: 



BAE 471 Soil and Water Conservation 

Engineering 8 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 

BO 544 Plant Geography 8 

FOR 452 Silvics 4 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues 3 

GY 208 Physical Geography and 

Meteorology 3 

GY 222 Historical Geology . 3 

GY 486 Weather and Climate 2 

RRA 441 Recreation Resource 

Development 3 

RRA 442 Wildland Recreation 

Environments 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and FertiJizers ...... 3 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 3 

SSC 472 Forest Soils 3 

ZO 501 Ornithology 3 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 

ZO 544 Mammalogy 3 



Biological Science Requirements: 

Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

or 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction 

to Ecology 4 

Electives* 9 

21 

English, Humanity and Social Science 
Requirementa: 

ENG 111. 112 Composition 6 

English Electives 6 

Humanity-Social Science Electives 21 



Math and Physical Sciences: 
CH 101, 103 General Chemistry I, II 
MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 

and either 
MA 114 Topics in Modem Math 

or 
MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 
Calculus A 

or 
MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 

PY 221 College Physics 



33 
8 



.7-8 
5 



PY 211. 
ST 311 



212 General Physics 

Statistics 



MA 114 Modem Math 



28 

Orientation 1 

Physical Education 4 

Electives 16 

20 

Total Hours — 128 



• These biological science electives would vary to meet requirements of different departments • they 
would include such courses as botany, entomology, genetics, physiology, plant pathology and 



87 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN CONSERVATION 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 69. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 
ZO 221 Conservation of Natural 

Resources 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester 
BO 200 Plant Life 



Credits 



ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

English Elective S 

Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 3eo (ZO 360) Introduction 

to Ecology 4 

Conservation Elective 4 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Mgmt. 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences Elective 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

Biological Sciences Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Sciences Elective 3 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

RRA 341 Recreation Resource 

Relationships 3 

17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

Biological Sciences Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 

English Elective 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 

Free Electives 5 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

Biological Sciences Elective 3 

Conservation Elective 3 

Humanities & Social Sciences Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 

IS 

Total Hours — 128 



CURRICULUM IN CONSERVATION (Wildlife Concentration) 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 69. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

English or Language Elective 

(Literature) 3 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

PS 201 The American Govt. Syst 3 

Soc. Sci. or Humanity 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

English or Language Elective 3 

Soc. Sci. or Humanity 6 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

ZO 221 Cons, of Nat. Res 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

FOR 472 Renewable Res. Mgt 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

ZO 360 (BO 360) Intro, to Ecology 4 



Spring Semester Credits 

ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 8 

Soc. Sci. or Humanity 6 

ZO 351 Vert. Zoology 4 

Advised Elective 4 



16 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 GN 411 The Prin. of Genetics 3 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 RRA 341 Recreation Resource 

ZO 501 Ornithology 3 Relationships 8 

Free Electives 6 ZO 544 Mammalogy 3 

— Free Electives 6 

15 — 

15 
Total Hours — 130 

For the student who is interested in conservation and communication, the 
following courses in communication are available: 

AC 311 Communications Methods 3 

ENG 215 Principles of News and 

Article Writing 3 

Technical Information 3 

ENG 321 The Communication of 
ENG 496 Literary Analysis 

(Sen. Sem.) 3 

SP 350 Fundamentals of Radio 

Broadcasting 3 

CROP SCIENCE 

Williams Hall 

Professor P. H. Harvey, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: C. A. Brim (USDA), D. S. Chamblee, J. F. Chaplin (USDA), 
W. K. Collins, D. A. Emery, D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gregory, H. D. Gross, 
G. L. Jones, K. R. Keller, J. A. Lee (USDA), W. M. Lewis, T. J. Mann, 
P. A. Miller, R. P. Moore, D. E. Moreland (USDA), L. L. Phillips, J. C. 
Rice, D. L. Thompson (USDA), D. H. Timothy, J. A. Weybrew, A. D. 
WORSHAM; Professor Emeritus: G. K. Middleton; Associate Professors: 
T. H. Busbice (USDA), W. A. Cope (USDA), W. T. Fike, Jr., W. B. Gil- 
bert, G. R. GwYNN (USDA), C. F. Murphy, J. B. Weber, E. A. Werns- 
MAN; Assistayit Professors: J. C. BURNS (USDA), F. T. Corbin, J. L. Hall, 
R. C. Long, R. P. Patterson, J. W. Schrader, C. F. Tester (USDA); 
Visiting Assistant Professor: Kazuo Kawano (Peru); Instructors: D. T. 
Gooden, III, T. H. Nunalee, J. C. Wynne; Associate Members of the 
Faculty: E. C. Sisler (Biochemistry) ; T. J. Sheets (Entomology, Horticul- 
tural Science) 

EXTENSION 

Professor G. L. JONES, In Charge of Agronomy Extension 

Professors: C. T. Blake, S. H. Dobson, S. N. Hawks, Jr., F. W. McLaughlin, 
A. Perry, A. D. Stuart; Professors Emeriti: R. R. Bennett, E. R. Collins; 
Associate Professors: H. F. Ross, W. G. Toomey; Assistant Professors: 
J. G. Clapp, Jr., H. D. Coble, E. L. Kimbrough; Assistant Professor 
Emeritus: R. H. Crouse 

The rapid increase in human populations, the continuing evolution of pests 
and diseases, the challenge of new natural and artificial environments and the 
decrease of farm land are all critical and current world issues. 

The curricula in this department are designed to give the crop science major 
an awareness and a sense of personal involvement in these issues. The student 

89 



receives a working knowledge of the fundamental principles of plant science 
which tend to shape modern crop production practices. He is also trained in 

the economics of various crop management procedures which may influence 
long-range investments. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

With cash crops returning nearly one billion dollars to the annual farm 
income of North Carolina, the opportunities within the state for crop science 
graduates in county extension programs, in farm management, as salesmen of 
seed and agricultural chemicals and in the several governmental agencies 
remain high. Demand for qualified students in national and international con- 
cerns is increasing. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in crop science is offered 
under the business and science curricula of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. Students may also earn the degree of Bachelor of Science under the 
technology curriculum with a major in agronomy. The agronomy option is 
administered jointly by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 69-74. 



CURRICULA IN CROP SCIENCE 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 

Refer to page 70. 
SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Credits 
Physical and Biological Sciences 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

Group A, B, & C Courses (25 Credits) 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory .1 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 

or 
MA 212 Analjrtic Geometry and 

Calculus B 8 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 



CURRICULUM IN AGRONOMY* 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 
Physical and Biological Sciences 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Group A, B & C Courses 

(20-21 Credits) 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

Electives 10 or 11 

Departmental Requirements and 
Electives (27 Credits) 

CS 211 Crop Science 3 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 



Credits 

Electives in A, B or C Courses 3 

Departmental Requirements and 
Electives (26 Credits) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CS 211 Crop Science 8 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

CS 311 Field Crop Production 
or 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

CS 414 Weed Science 8 

CS 490 Senior Seminar 1 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic 

Insects 8 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Soil Science Electives 8 

Elective 1 

Total Hours — 130 



Credits 
CS 311 Field Crop Production 
or 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 8 

CS 414 Weed Science 8 

CS 490 Senior Seminar 1 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 8 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 8 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 8 

Electives 4 

Total Hours — 130 



♦ The agronomy major is administered by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science and 
is listed jointly. 



90 



PLANT PROTECTION 

The Departments of Crop Science, Entomology and Plant Pathology offer a 
joint undergraduate major in plant protection. See section on plant protection, 
pages 104-105 for details. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Crop Science offers the degrees of Master of Agriculture, 
Master of Science, Master of Agronomy and Doctor of Philosophy. Prospective 
applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

DAIRY SCIENCE 

(See animal science, pages 74-77.) 

ECONOMICS 

(Also see liberal arts.) 

Patterson Hall 

Professor W. D. ToussAiNT, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: A. J. Bartley, A. J. CouTU, D. M. Hoover, L. A. Ihnen, H. B. 
James, P. R. Johnson, R. A. King, J. G. Maddox, B. M. Olsen, J. A. 
Seagraves, R. L. Simmons, T. D. Wallace, J. C. Williamson, Jr., T. W. 
Wood; Research Professor: J. G. Sutherland (USDA) ; Adjunct Professor: 
D. R. Dixon; Professor Emeritus: E. W. Swanson; Associate Professors: 
D. S. Ball, J. S. Chappell, W. M. Crosswhite, M. M. El-Kammash. E. W. 
Erickson, R. M. Fearn, C. W. Harrell, Jr., E. W. Jones, C. H. Little, 
F. A Mangum, G. a. Mathia, E. C. Pasour, Jr., R. J. Peeler, Jr., 
R. A. Schrimper, R. E. Sylla, C. B. Turner, J. W. Wilson; Assistant 
Professors: J. B. Bullock. G. A. Carlson, L. M. Ennis, Jr.. B. L. 
Gardner, H. C. Gilliam, Jr. (USDA), T. J. Grennes, D. N. Hyman, 
C. P. Jones, J. S. Lapp, J. C. Matthews, Jr., M. B. McElroy, D. F. 
Neuman, R. K. Perrin, J. C. Poindexter, H. A. Sandman; Visiting 
Assistant Professor: R. L. Tinnermeier; Assista7it Professor Emeritus: 
0. G. Thompson; Instructors: J. D. Acker, C. H. Baker, A. M. Beals, Jr., 
R. B. McBurney, Jr., W. P. Pinna, R. C. Reinoso, Leah J. Smith, M. W. 
Smith, R. H. Williamson, Ann D. Witte; Special Lecturers: Morada A. 
Hunt, R. J. Szal; Research Assistant: F. V. Harrell, Jr. 

EXTENSION 

Professor C. R. PuGH, In Charge of Farm Management and Public Affairs 

Professors: W. L. Turner, C. R. Weathers; Associate Professors: J. G. All- 
good, D. G. Harwood, H. L. Liner, R. C. Wells; Assistant Professor: 
P. S. Stone; Instructor: D. C. Pardue 

Professor G. L. Capel, In Charge of Marketing Economies 

Professors: T. E. Nichols, Jr., E. A. Proctor; Associate Professors: R. S. Boal, 
R. C. Brooks, L. H. Hammond, H. A. Homme; Assistant Professors: J. E. 

IKERD, E. M. StALLINGS, RUBY P. UZZLE 

91 



Agricultural economics is one of several fields of specialization offered by the 
Department of Economics. The department is administered jointly by the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences and the School of Liberal Arts. For information 
on fields of economics other than agricultural see pages 193 to 195 under the 
School of Liberal Arts. 

The Bachelor of Science degree is offered for undergraduates. Students 
are given training in all aspects of organizing and operating agricultural 
business firms. A sound foundation in basic economic principles of production 
and marketing is provided in order that graduates will be able to deal with the 
problems associated with rapid changes in technical and economic conditions. 

The general objectives of the department, in the area of agricultural economics, 
are as follows: (1) To train students in the fundamentals of business organiza- 
tion and to make sound decisions in organizing and managing farms and other 
agricultural businesses; (2) To instruct students in economic theory which may 
be used as a basis for understanding the relationship of agriculture to other 
parts of the economy and for the evaluation of agricultural policy and economic 
changes which affect agriculture; (3) To train graduate students in advanced 
economic theory and research techniques. 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Training in agricultural economics qualifies a student for a wide range of 
opportunities. The growing number of companies processing and manufacturing 
agricultural products has created an increasing demand for people trained in 
agricultural economics. Opportunities include employment by companies handling 
farm supplies, such as feed, fertilizer and equipment; general marketing and 
processing firms; agricultural cooperatives; professional farm management 
agencies, and various credit agencies. 

Many graduates of the department are also employed in research and educa- 
tional work by various agencies of the Federal and state governments. These 
include the Agricultural Extension Service, the Agricultural Experiment Station, 
the State Department of Agriculture and other agencies of the United States 
Department of Agriculture. 

Openings in all of these areas greatly exceed the number of graduates trained 
to fill them. As industrial and agricultural development continues in North 
Carolina and other areas, employment opportunities are expected to increase. 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

Two options are available to undergraduate students majoring in agricultural 
economics. These curricula options include business and science. Students 
must meet all of the basic requirements of the University and the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

Agricultural science majors are required to meet the science requirements 
presented on page 70. The student takes MA 212 to provide a stronger base 
for the quantitative areas of economics and techniques used in economic analysis. 
He is also required to strengthen his abilities in general areas of economics 
and business by fulfilling the departmental and Group B requirements and 
restricted electives of the business curriculum (except for courses in Personnel 
and Business Management) . 

In the business program in economics, students receive strong training in 
economics and business to develop the ability to identify, understand, and 
solve economic problems. The requirements of this program are outlined below. 

92 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 



BUSINESS PROGRAM 



Credits 

ALS 103 Orientation 1 

Languages 
(12 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Elective (English or Modern Language) ... 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 

(21 Credits) 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

HI 105 Modem Western World 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Elective from Group D* 3 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(2i-25 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

Biological Science Elective 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

or 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(26 credits) 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 

EC 302 National Income and 

Economic Welfare 8 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 

Economic Analysis 3 

or 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly, and 

Public Policy 3 

or 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 

Electives in Support of Major 14 



Electives and Restricted Electives 

from Groups A, B, and C* 

(29 or 30 credits) 

Electives from Groups A and C 5 or 6 

Group B — Requirements, Restricted 

Electives, and Electives 24 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 

Business Electives — Group B 6 

Business Management : 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 

or 
EC 525 Management Policy and 
Decision Making 
Finance : 

EC 402 Financial Institutions 3 

or 
EC 415 Farm Appraisal 

or 
EC 420 Corporation Finance 
Marketing : 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 3 

or 
EC 411 Marketing Methods 

or 
EC 521 Markets and Trade 
Personnel : 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3 

or 
EC 431 Labor Economics 

or 
EC 432 Industrial Relations 
Production : 

EC 303 Farm Management 3 

or 
EC 425 Industrial Management 

or 
EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 
Other Electives 
(12 credits) 

Free Electives 12 

Subtotal 126 

Physical Education 4 

Total Hours— 130** 



* Group A includes the physical and biological sciences ; Group B, economics and business 

management ; Group C, applied science and technology ; Group D, social sciences and humanities. 

** This curriculum (and the Science curriculum) requires the completion of one course in literature. 

A typical business program in economics is listed below. However, it should be 
emphasized that there is a great deal of flexibility in the agricultural economics 
major. Approximately 25 percent of the student's total course work is selected 
by the student in consultation with his major adviser. This flexibility permits 
each student to develop a strong background in business and economics and at 
the same time concentrate in a supporting area of major interest such as 
conservation, crops and soils, economic development, livestock and poultry, or 
processing of agricultural products. It also facilitates the fulfilling of the 
requirements for a major in other departments at the same time the degree 
in agricultural economics is being earned. 

For the freshman year see page 69. 



93 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Credits 
ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding .3 

CS 211 Crop Science 3 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Aflfairs 3 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Physical Education 2 

34 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 

EC 302 National Income and 

Economic Welfare 3 

EC 303 Farm Management 3 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 3 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3 

EC 431 Labor Economics 3 

ENG 265 American Literature I 

(Beginnings to 1850) 3 

ST 311 Introduction to Statistics 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

Free Elective 8 



34 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits 

EC 407 Business Law I 3 

EC 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 3 

EC 440 Economic Development 3 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area 

Adjustments 3 

EC 525 Management Policy and 

Decision Making 3 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3 
PHI 205 Problems and Types of 

Philosophy 3 

Free Electives 7 



Total Hours— 130 



31 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Economics, Master of Arts in economics and Master of Science 
in agricultural economics degrees are available as well as the Doctor of 
Philosophy degree with a specialization in agricultural economics. Prospective 
applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



ENTOMOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor Kenneth L. Knight, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: R. C. Axtell, C. H. Brett, W. V. Campbell, F. E. Guthrie, E. 
Hodgson, W. J. Mistric, Jr., H. H. Neunzig, R. L. Rabb, T. J. Sheets, 
C. F. Smith, D. A. Young, Jr.; Adjunct Professors: Louise M. Russell, 
C. W. Sabrosky, R. I. Sailer, D. L. Wray, Jr.; Professor Emeritus: T, B. 
Mitchell; Associate Professors: W. C. Dauterman, M. H. Farrier, H. B. 
MooRE, G. C. Rock, C. G. Wright, R. T. Yamamoto; Adjunct Associate Pro- 
fessors: A. L. Chasson, E. W. Clark; Assistant Professors: J. R. Bradley, 
Jr., W. M. Brooks 



94 



EXTENSION 

Associate Professor: G. T. Weekman, Specialist in Charge 

Professor: R. L. Robertson; Professor Emeritus: G. D. Jones; Associate 

Professors : R. M. Falter, H. E. Scott ; Assistant Professor: K. A. Soren- 
SEN; Associate Member of the Faculty: F. E. Whitfield (Forestry) 

The entomology curriculum offers broad training at both the undergraduate 
and graduate levels in basic biology and related sciences, particularly as they 
relate to the study of insects. In addition, introductory and terminal courses 
in insect control technology are offered at the undergraduate level for students 
majoring in other areas. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for careers in entomology are plentiful and varied. Research 
positions are available in many universities and colleges as well as with federal 
and state government and private industry. The needs for college teachers are 
also great. Other opportunities include development, production, control and 
sales positions in the pesticide field and regulatory and extension positions with 
state and federal agencies. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in entomology is offered under 
the science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Students 
are also encouraged to major in biological sciences and devote their electives 
to entomology courses. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 69-74. 

CURRICULUM IN ENTOMOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Group A Courses (25-26 Credits) Departmental Requirements and Electives 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry (^^ Credits) 

or Equivalent 8 ENT 301 Intro, to Forest Insects 

BO 421 Plant Physiology or 

or ENT 312 Intro, to Econ. Insects 3 

ZO 421 Vert. Physiology 4 ENT 401 (ZO 401) Bib. Res. in Biology ... 1 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 ENT 502 Insect Diversity 4 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects ... 4 

or Advised Electives 14 

SSC 200 Soils 4 Total Hours— 130 

MB 401, 402 General Microbiology 

and Lab 4 

ST 311 Intro, to Stat 3 

Electives* 6 



* May be taken from Groups B and C. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ENTOMOLOGY 

For the freshman year see page 69. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 
First Semester Credits Second Semester Credits 

CH 101 Gen. Chem. I 4 CH 103 Gen. Chem. II .... 4 

Literature Elective 3 or 

R^^^fnPr,?'^*^.*''? ^ 3 CH 107 Prin. of Chem 4 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 English or Modern Language Elec. 3 

oo^ „„ °^ ., ENT 312 Intro, to Econ. Insects 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 Group D Elective 3 

Advised Elective 3 Free Elective 8 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17-18 n 

95 



JUNIOR YEAR 

First Semester Credits Second Semester Credits 

CH 220 Intr. OrKanic Chem 4 BCH 351 Elementary Biochem 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiol 4 ST 311 Intr. to Statistics 3 

Group D Elective 8 Group D Elective 8 

— Free Elective 8 

16 — 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

First Sem.ester Credits Second Semester Credits 

ENT 401 (ZO 401) Bibl. Res. Biolog. 1 ENT 503 Functional Systems 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity 4 of Insects 4 

Group D Elective 3 MB 401 Gen. Microbiol 4 

Advised Electives 6 Advised Electives 6 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

17 17 

PLANT PROTECTION 

The Departments of Crop Science, Entomology and Plant Pathology offer 
a joint major in plant protection. See section on plant protection, pages 
104-105 for details. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in 
entomology. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

FOOD SCIENCE 

Schaub Food Science Building 

Professor W. M. Roberts, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: L. W. AuRAND, T. A. Bell (USDA), T. N. Blumer, H. B. Craig, 
J. L. Etchells (USDA), M. W. Hoover, A. E. Purcell (USDA), M. L. 
Speck, F. G. Warren; Professor Emeritus: I. D. Jones; Associate Professors: 
H. P. Fleming (USDA), D. D. Hamann, V. A. Jones, H. E. Swaisgood, 
N. B. Webb; Assistant Professors: H. R. Ball, Jr., D. E. Carroll, Jr., 
R. S. Dahiya, S. E. Gilliland, A. P. Hansen, B. R. Johnson, W. M. 
Walter (USDA) ; Adjunct Assistant Professor: W. Y. Cobb 

EXTENSION 

Professors: J. A. Christian, Eloise Cofer, M. E. Gregory, F. B. Thomas; 
Associate Professors: N. C. Miller, Jr., F. R. Tarver, Jr.; Assistant 

Professor: Mary S. Head; Specialists : R. E. Carawan, S. J. Stokes 

The Department of Food Science provides undergraduate and graduate pro- 
grams for the application and coordination of the physical and biological sciences, 
economics and engineering to the development, processing, packaging, quality 
control, distribution and utilization of foods. 

The department maintains modern and fully equipped laboratories for teaching 
and research programs in food microbiology and fermentation, food chemistry, 
food engineering and dairy, fruit, meat, poultry, seafood and vegetable products. 

96 



OPPORTUNITIES 

The increasing consumer demands for greater varieties and quantities of 
highly nutritious and convenience foods of uniformly high quality create many 
and varied career opportunities in the food and allied industries for qualified 
personnel. 

Specific career opportunities in the food industries are: management, research 
and development, process supervision, quality control, procurement, distribution, 
sales and merchandising. Career opportunities include sales and services in 
allied industries, consulting and trade association activities and promotional 
and educational services. 

Food science graduates hold teaching, research and extension positions with 
colleges and universities. Many governmental agencies employ food scientists 
whose work is directed toward research, regulatory control and the development 
of food standards. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in food science is offered 
under the science or technology curriculum of the School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences. 

CURRICULA IN FOOD SCIENCE 

SCIENCE OR TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Departmental Requirements and Electivea 
(26 Credits) 

FS 201 Food Science and Technologry 8 

FS 331 (BAE 331) Food Engineering 3 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 

FS 405 (MB 405) Food Microbiology 3 

Departmental Electives 14 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

SOPHOMOE YEAR 



Fall Semester 




Credits 


Spring Semester 


Credits 


CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 






CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 




OH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry ... 4 

FS 201 Food Science and Technology 3 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics .... 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Group D Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 


CH 315 Quantitative Analysis . . . . 

Literature Elective 

MB 401 General Microbiology 

PY 212 General Physics 

Physical Education 


4 

8 

4 

4 

1 

16 






JUNIOR 


YEAR 




Fall Semester 




Credits 


Spring Semester 


Credits 


FS 331 (BAE 331) Food Engineering . 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 

FS 405 (MB 405) Food Microbiology . 

Language Elective 

Free Elective 


3 

.... 3 

3 

3 

3 

15 


Food Science Elective 

Group A Electives 

Group D Electives 

Free Elective 


3 

6 

6 

8 

18 






SENIOR 


YEAR 




Fall Semester 

Food Science Electives 

Group A Elective 

Group D Electives 

Free Elective 




Credits 

6 

2 

6 

3 


Spring Semester 

Food Science Electives 

Group A Elective 

Group D Elective 

Fi ee Elective 


Credits 

5 

4 

8 

8 






17 


Total Hours — 130 


15 



97 



TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry ... 4 CH 315° Vntitatiye Analysis 4 



EC 205 Economic Activity 



MB 401 General Microbiology 4 



FS 201 Food Science and Technology 3 PY 221 College Physics 5 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics .... 3 Literature Elective 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental Physical Education 1 

System 8 — 

Physical Education 1 *• 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 Food Science Elective 3 

FS 331 (BAE 331) Food Engineering 3 SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

FS 405 (MB 405) Food Microbiology 3 Group A, B, or C Electives 6 

Free Elective 8 Free Elective 3 

IB 18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Food Science Electives 6 Food Science Electives 6 

Group A, B, or C Elective 4 Group A, B. or C Electives 4 

Group D Elective 3 Group D Elective 8 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 8 

16 16 

Total Hours— 130 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Food Science offers the Master of Food Science, Master of 
Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should consult 
the Graduate School Catalog. 



GENETICS 

Gardner Hall 

Professor T. J. Mann, Head of the Department 

Professors: C. H. Bostian, D. S. Grosch, W. D. Hanson, D. F. Matzinger, L. E. 
Mettler, R. H. Moll, T. Mukai, L. C. Saylor, B. W. Smith, S. G. Stephens, 
A. C. Triantaphyllou ; Associate Professors: L. G. Burk (USDA), W. E. 
Kloos, C. S. Levings, III, G. Namkoong (USFS), H. E. Schaffer, C. W. 
STVBERiAssistant Professor: F. M. Johnson; Instructor: W. H. McKenzie; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: E. U. Dillard, E. J. ElSEN, J. E. 
Legates, O. W. Robison (Animal Science) ; F. B. Armstrong (Biochem- 
istry and Microbiology) ; D. H. Timothy (Botany) ; C. A. Brim, J. F. 
Chaplin, W. A. Cope, D. A. Emery, D. U. Gerstel, W. C. Gregory, G. R. 
GwYNN, P. H. Harvey, J. A. Lee, P. A. Miller, C. F. Murphy, L. L. 
Phillips, C. F. Tester (USDA), D. L. Thompson (USDA), E. A. Werns- 
MAN (Crop Science) ; C. C. Cockerham, M. M. Goodman, J. 0. Rawlings 
(Statistics); J. W. Duffield, T. O. Perry, B. J. Zobel (Forestry); F. D. 
Cochran, G. J. Galletta, F. L. Haynes, Jr. (Horticultural Science) ; J. L. 
Apple, T. T. Hebert, N. T. Powell (Plant Pathology) ; W. L. Blow, E. W. 
Glazener, G. a. Martin (Poultry Science) 

98 



The genetics faculty offers instruction at advanced undergraduate and 
graduate levels. The undergraduate courses are designed to support the other 
departments of the institution, giving students a background in the science 
of genetics. The graduate program is designed to train scientists for research 
and teaching careers in basic genetics and in its application in plant and 
animal breeding. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The faculty does not have a program leading to the Bachelor of Science degree. 
Undergraduates are encouraged to pursue a program in the biological sciences. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Genetics offers the Master of Science and the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School 
Catalog. 

HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

Kilgore Hall 

Professor C. W. Donoho, Jr., Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: W. E. Ballinger, F. D. Cochran, F. L. Haynes, Jr., L. J. Kush- 
MAN (USDA), R. A. Larson, C. L. McCombs, C. H. Miller, D. T. Pope, 
R. L. Sawyer (Peru) ; Visiting Professor: Damon Boynton (Peru) ; 
Research Professor: J. M. Jenkins, Jr.; Professors Emeriti: M. E. Gard- 
ner, G. 0. Randall; Associate Professors: T. F. Cannon, F. E. Correll, 
G. J. Galletta, W. R. Henderson, T. R. Konsler, R. L. Lower, P. V. 
Nelson; Assistant Professors: R. G. Halfacre, L. K. Hammett, T. J. 
Monaco, W. B. Nesbitt, C. R. Unrath, D. C. Zeiger; Visiting Assistant 
Professors: J. E. Bryan, S. A. Tuten (Peru) ; Instructors : R. M. Southall, 
V. H. Underwood; Associate Members of the Faculty: R. J. Downs 
(Botany) ; R. H. Moll (Genetics) ; T. J. Sheets (Entomology and Crop 
Science) ; R. Aycock (Plant Pathology) ; R. J. Volk (Soils) 

EXTENSION 

Professor A. A. Banadyga, In Charge 

Professors: H. M. Covington, M. H. Kolbe, J. W. Love; Professor Emeritus: 
J. H. Harris; Associate Professors : J. F. Brooks, W. A. Skroch; Assistant 
Professors: G. R. Hughes, C. M. Mainland, W. W. Reid, D. C. Sanders, 
H. J. Smith 

The undergraduate programs in horticultural science offer broad training in 
the physical and biological sciences and business as well as a sound cultural 
background, to prepare students for graduate study or for diverse professional 
service in the fruit and vegetable crops field, in floriculture and in nursery 
management and landscape horticulture. 

The varied climatic conditions in North Carolina make possible the production 
of a wide variety of horticultural crops on a commercial scale, as well as in 
parks and gardens. While these crops now represent an important segment of 
agriculture in North Carolina, further expansion will be realized with the 
development of adapted varieties, mechanization and intensification of cultural 

99 



practices, improvement of handling and marketing methods, and the develop- 
ment of the food processing industry. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates in horticulture will find numerous opportunities in a wide variety of 
positions in production, processing, sales and service. Among these are county 
extension agents; vocational agricultural teachers; landscaping and landscape 
contracting; farm operators; orchard, nursery, greenhouse and flower shop 
managers; research, production and promotional specialists with commercial 
seed, floral, fertilizer, chemical and food companies; inspectors and quality 
control technologists; USDA specialists and as leaders in other phases of 
agricultural and industrial developments. In addition, the student may prepare 
himself for one of the many opportunities for graduate study. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in horticultural science can 
be earned in one of the three curricula : business, science or technology, offered 
by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Under these curricula, specialized 
training; is offered for horticultural science majors in fruit and vegetable crops, 
and in floriculture, nursery management and landscape horticulture. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 69-74. 

For the business curriculum see page 70. 



TYPICAL CURRICULA IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

FV* 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

CH 220 Intro. Organic Chemistry 4 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants — 

HS 301 Plant Propagation — 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Social Sciences Elective 9 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 2 

35 

* FV — Fruits and Vegetables 

OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture 
F — Floriculture 

JUNIOR YEAR 

FV* 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

ENT 312 Intro, to Economic Insects 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

ON 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

MB 4 01 General Microbiology 4 

Modern Language or English Elective 6 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 8 

Social Sciences Elective 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers — 

Free Electives 6 

33 

* FV — Fruits and Vegetables 

OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture 
F — Floriculture 



Credits 




OH* 


F* 


4 


4 


4 


4 


4 


4 


6 


6 


3 


3 


5 


6 


4 


4 


3 


8 


2 


2 


36 


86 



Credits 




OH* 


F« 


4 


4 


3 


8 


3 


8 


1 


1 


4 


4 


6 


6 


3 


3 


3 


8 


6 


6 


88 


88 



100 



SENIOR YEAR 

FV* 

HS 411 Nursery Management — 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 8 

HS 441, 442 Floriculture I, II — 

HS 471 Arboriculture — 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1 

HS 562 ( FS 562 ) Post-Harvest Physiology 3 

Social Sciences Electives 8 

Advised Electives 16 

Free Electives 3 

81 



* FV — Fruits and Vegetables 

OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture 

F — Floriculture 
Total Hours— 130 



Credits 

OH* 

8 



16 
6 
8 



81 



F* 



6 

1 

16 
6 
3 

81 



TYPICAL CURRICULA IN HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

FV* 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry 11 4 

EC 205 Economic Activity 8 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants — 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 3 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

Social Sciences Elective 6 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Physical Education 2 

34 



* FV — Fruits and Vegetables 
OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture 
F — Floriculture 

JUNIOR YEAR 

FV* 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

ENT 312 Intro, to Economic Insects 8 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 8 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Lab 1 

HS 414 Residential Landscaping — 

Modern Language or English Elective 8 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

Free Elective 6 

32 



* FV — Fruits and Vegetables 
OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture 
F — Floriculture 

SENIOR YEAR 

FV* 

HS 411 Nursery Management — 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 

HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 

HS 441, 442 Floriculture 1, II — 

HS 471 Arboriculture — 

HS 491 Senior Seminar 1 

HS 562 (FS 562) Post-Harvest Physiology 3 

Modern Language or English Elective — 

Social Sciences Elective — 

Departmental Elective 14 

Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 6 

33 

Total Hours— 130 



* FV — Fruits and Vegetables 
OH — Ornamental and Landscape Horticulture 
F — Floriculture 



Credits 




OH* 


F* 


4 


4 


4 


4 


3 


3 


6 


6 


3 


3 


5 


6 


3 


3 


4 


4 


2 


2 



34 



Credits 

OH* 

3 



3 
1 

3 
6 
8 
3 
6 

33 



34 



Credits 




OH* 


F* 


4 


4 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


1 


1 


4 


— 





3 


3 


3 


3 


8 


8 


8 


6 


6 


38 


32 



F* 



6 

11 

3 

6 

33 



101 



GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate study under the direction of the horticultural science faculty may 
enable the student to qualify for the Master of Science or the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Areas of study and research include plant physiology, plant 
breeding and genetics, post-harvest physiology, plant nutrition, growth regulators 
and weed science involving all horticultural crops. The professional degrees. 
Master of Horticulture and Master of Agriculture, can be earned by students 
who do not plan further graduate study and want to substitute additional 
course work for the research requirement in their graduate program. Cooperative 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degree programs can be arranged 
with the Departments of Botany, Food Science, Genetics and Soil Science. 
Prospective students should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

G. C. Miller, Major Adviser 

North Carolina State University has two parallel programs in medical tech- 
nology. The first program consists of a four-year curriculum with a B.S. in 
zoology followed by a year of training in a hospital laboratory school. 

The second program is designed to be completed in four calendar years. The 
student takes a prescribed curriculum for three years at North Carolina State 
University. The fourth year consists of a 12-month course in medical technology 
at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. At the completion of this 
phase, a B.S. degree will be granted from North Carolina State University and 
a certificate in medical technology from the University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill, (See Department of Zoology pages 113-117.) 



MICROBIOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor J, B. EVANS, Head of the Department 

Professor: G. H. Elkan ; Associate Professors: W. J. Dobrogosz. P. B. Hamilton, 

J. J. Perry; Adjunct Associate Professor: J. J. TULIS; Assistant Professor: 

E. C. Hayes, III; Associate Members of the Faculty: J. G. Lecce, J. J. 

McNeill (Animal Science) ; F. B. Armstrong (Biochemistry and Genetics) ; 

J. L. Etchells (USDA), M. L. Speck (Food Science); W. E. Kloos 

(Genetics) ; W. V. Bartholomew (Soil Science) 

The program in microbiology is designed to provide basic preparation for 

professional microbiologists, a background in microbiology for students in the 

other biological sciences, and an awareness of the microbial world as it relates 

to our daily lives for students in the liberal arts and other areas outside the 

biological sciences. 

Microbiology is concerned with the growth and development, physiology, 
classification, ecology, genetics and other aspects of the life processes of an 
array of tiny, generally single-celled, organisms. These organisms may serve 
as model systems for elucidation of fundamental processes that are common to 
all living cells. Most of the major discoveries that have produced the spectacular 
advances in biology during the past decade have resulted from studies of 
microbial systems. Future developments in the realm of environmental quality 

102 



and pollution control will rely heavily on an understanding of microbial processes 
of biodegradation and assimilation. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

Although sufficient courses are offered to provide an undergraduate major, 
students with a primary interest in microbiology are advised to take the 
biological sciences curriculum (see pages 82-85) and to devote most of their 
electives to chemistry, mathematics and a foreign language. Generally no more 
than 12 'Its in microbiology are recommended. However, if a student does 
not plan to beyond the B.S. level, and desires to qualify for registration or 
a civil servK^ losition as a microbiologist, 20 credits in microbiology should 
be taken. 



GRADUATE STJPY 

The department offers programs leading to both the M.S. and the Ph.D. 
degrees in microbiology. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate 
School Catalog. 



PLANT PATHOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor D. E. Ellis, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: J. L. Apple, R. Aycock, C. N. Clayton, E. B. Cowling, E. Echandi, 
T. T. Hebert, C. S. Hodges, Jr. (USDA), D. M. Kline (USDA), G. B. 
Lucas, L. W. Nielsen, C. J. Nusbaum, N. T. Powell, J. P. Ross (USDA), 
J. N. Sasser, R. T. Sherwood (USDA), D. L. Strider, H. H. Trianta- 
PHYLLOU, N. N. Winstead; Adjunct Professors: G. H. Hepting, R. G. 
Owens; Professor Emeritus: S. G. Lehman; Associate Professors: 
K. R. Barker, G. V. Gooding, Jr., D. Huisingh, S. F. Jenkins, 
Jr., R. D. Milholland, H. W. Spurr, Jr. (USDA), R. E. Welty (USDA); 
Adjunct Associate Professors: J. W. Koenigs, E. G. Kuhlman, R. A. 
Reinert; Associate Professor Emeritus: L. H. Person (USDA) ; Assistant 
Professors: M. K. Beute, L. F. Grand, K. J. Leonard (USDA), L. T. 
Lucas, C. E. Main, C. G. Van Dyke; Adjunct Assistant Professors: 
A. S. Heagle, R. W. Pero; Visiting Assistant Professor: E. R. French 
(Peru); Instructor: C. K. BATTEN; Associate Member of the Faculty: 
R. T. Moore (Botany). 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor H. E. Duncan, In Charge 

Professors: F. A. TODD, J. C. Wells; Professor Emeritus: H. R. Garriss; 
Assistant Professors: C. W. Averre, IH, R. K. Jones, P. B. Shoemaker 

Undergraduate instruction in plant pathology is designed to provide intro- 
ductory and advanced courses on the nature and control of plant diseases to 
students majoring in crop science, horticultural science, plant protection, agri- 

103 



cultural education and forestry, and to provide students with the fundamental 
training necessary for graduate study in plant pathology. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Many opportunities for employment in research, extension and teaching are 
available to men with advanced degrees in the field of plant pathology. 
Openings are available for qualified men in research in the USDA, state experi- 
ment stations and in industry. The rapid development of agricultural chemicals 
and other methods for disease control offers numerous opportunities. See plant 
protection curriculum. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Department of Plant Pathology cooperates in the training of plant 
protection majors, but does not offer a major in plant pathology at the 
undergraduate level. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Plant Pathology offers graduate training in all phases of 
plant pathology leading to the degrees of Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy. 



PLANT PROTECTION 

Williams and Gardner Halls 

N. T. Powell, Major Adviser, Department of Plant Pathology 

D. A. Emery, Major Adviser, Department of Crop Science 

The major in plant protection is a joint major in the Departments of 
Entomology, Crop Science and Plant Pathology. 

Students in plant protection will be trained in the application of chemical and 
biological principles for the control of plant diseases, insects and weeds. Crop 
losses from insects, weeds and diseases for the past several years have been 
estimated in excess of 10 billion dollars annually in the United States. A 
knowledge of the organisms to be controlled, the products to be used and the 
crops to be grown is basic to any control or regulatory program. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities in plant protection basically involve improving farm efficiency 
to meet our ever-growing need for food and fiber. About 340 chemical companies 
are concerned with manufacturing and formulating products for pest control. 
Technically trained men are needed for sales development and promotion of 
agricultural chemicals. Graduates are also trained to fill positions as county 
extension agents or as state and federal regulatory agents. This major is 
primarily intended for the Bachelor of Science degree. However, qualified 
students can go on to graduate school from this curriculum. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in plant protection is offered 

104 



under the agricultural science curriculum of the School of Agriculture ani 
Life Sciences. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 69-74. 



CURRICULUM IN PLANT PROTECTION 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 
Restricted Electives from Group A 
(26 Credits) 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CH 220 and BCH 351 Introductory 
Organic Chemistry, Elementary 

Biochemistry 7 

or 
CH 221 and CH 223 Organic Chemistry I, 

Organic Chemistry II 8 

ON 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Electives from Group A, B or C 3 or 4 



Credits 
Major Requirements 
(Z5 Credits) 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CS 211 Crop Science 3 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 

ENT 312 Intro, to Economic Insects 3 

ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control . . 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control 3 

ZO 201 Animal Life A 

Advised Electives 4 

Total Hours— 130 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN PLANT PROTECTION 



For the freshman year see page 69. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



First Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 101 Gen Chem I 
or 

CH 105 Chem.— Prin. and App] 4 

CS 211 Crop Science 3 

Mod. Language or English Elect 3 

Social Science Elect 3 

Phys. Ed 1 

18 



Second Semester 

CH 103 Gen. Chem. II 



Credits 



CH 107 Prin. of Chem 4 

ENT 312 Intro, to Econ. Insects 3 

Mod. Language or English Elect 3 

PY 221 College Physics 5 

Phys. Ed 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 220 Intro. Org. Chem. 
or 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Social Sciences Elect 3 

Electives 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

BO 421 Plant Physiol 4 

BCH 351 Elem. Biochem 3 

or 

CH 223 Organic Chem. II 4 

GN 411 The Prin. of Genetics 3 

GN 412 Elem. Gen. Lab 1 

Social Sciences Elect 3 

Electives 8 



17 or 18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 

ENT 551 Fund, of Insect Contr. Lab 2 

Phys., Bio or Business or 

Tech. Elect 3 

Social Sciences Elect. 3 

Elective 3 

14 



Spring Semester Credits 

MB 401 Gen. Microbiology 4 

PP 500 Plant Disease Cont 3 

Phyiscal or Biol. Elective 2 or 3 

Social Sciences Elect 3 

Elective 3 



15 or 16 



106 



POULTRY SCIENCE 

Scott Hall 

Professor R. E. Cook, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors : H. L. Bumgardner, W. E. Donaldson, E. W. Glazener, C. H. Hill; 
Professor Emeritus: C. W. Barber; Associate Professors: W. L. Blow, 
W. M. Colwell, p. B. Hamilton; Adjunct Associate Professors : J. B. Ward, 
T. B. Dameron. Jr.; Associate Professor Emcritiis: F. W. CooK; Assistant 
Professors: L. G. Arends, D. M. Briggs, J. D. Garlich, C. R. Parkhurst, 
W. R. Prince, D. G. Simmons, J. P. Thaxton; Visiting Assistant Professor: 
Nancy S. Mueller 

EXTENSION 

Professor W. C. Mills, Jr., In Charge 

Professors: W. G. Andrews, J. R. Harris; Professor Emeritus: C. F. Parrish; 

Associate Professors: G. A. Martin, T. B. Morris; Assistant Professor 

Emeritus: C. J. Maupin; Instructor: J. R. West; Extension Specialist: 
C. E. Brewer 

The Department of Poultry Science provides instruction in the principles of 
poultry husbandry and in such related fields as nutrition, physiology, genetics 
and pathology. 

Through teaching, research and extension the department serves students, 
poultrymen and allied industries. The production of poultry has increased rapidly 
during the last two decades. Poultry products rank second in North Carolina 
as a source of agricultural income. North Carolina ranks fourth in the 
production of poultry products. The climatic and economic conditions in North 
Carolina provide a sound base for continued expansion of poultry enterprises. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The change from small farm operations to large commercial poultry enter- 
prises has created more specialized positions than are being filled by available 
poultry graduates. Off-the-farm operations in activities such as processing and 
distribution offer many new job opportunities. The allied industries providing 
such services as feed, equipment, financing and drugs need more employees 
each year who have been trained in poultry science. Graduates hold positions 
as managers and field representatives for numerous businesses identified with or 
serving the poultry industry. Graduates are also employed in the areas of com- 
munication and public relations and as teachers and extension and research 
specialists. A number of graduates have established their own successful 
poultry businesses. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

Students desiring the Bachelor of Science degree ^vith a major in poultry 
science may choose any of the three curricula offered by the School of Agricul- 
ture and Life Sciences. One may obtain a double major in certain other curricula 
through careful use of electives and /or summer school attendance. The student 
should consult the undergraduate advisers in the departments concerned. 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 69-74. 

106 



POULTRY SCIENCE CURRICULUM 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 

The curriculum may be selected by students desiring a background related to 
the operation and management of business firms on a sound economic basis. The 
general requirements for the business program are listed on page 70. In 
addition, there are 26 hours of departmental requirements. These require- 
ments include the poultry courses listed in the science curriculum below. PO 
524 (ZO 524) Comparative Endocrinology is not required. Additions are PO 301, 
Poultry Quality Evaluations and PO 402, Commercial Poultry Enterprises. 
CH 103, General Chemistry II, may be substituted for CH 107, Principles of 
Chemistry. Should this substitution be made, the student is required to take 
CH 220, Introductory Organic Chemistry instead of CH 221, Organic Chemistry 
I. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN POULTRY SCIENCE 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

This curriculum is designed for the student who has an interest in the basic 
biological and physical sciences as greater emphasis is placed thereon. The 
student is better prepared for advanced study in various disciplines such as 
genetics, nutrition, physiology and pathology. Several preveterinary students 
are currently enrolled in the curriculum. 

For the freshman year, see page 69. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR JUNIOR YEAR 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

English Elective 3 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PO 201 Poultry Production 4 ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 Group A Elective 4 

„„ „, , Of, „ ^ , „, . o Group B or C Elective 3 

PY 211 212 General Physics 8 Group D Electives 6 

gj;°"P ?,.^^^'=*'J«^ t Free Electives 6 

Physical Education 2 



81 or 34 ** 

SENIOR YEAR 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 3 

PO 415 (ANS 415, NTR 415) 

Comparative Nutrition 3 

PO 490 Poultry Seminars 2 

PO 520 (GN 520) Poultry Breeding 8 

PO 524 (ZO 524) Comparative 

Endocrinology 4 

ZO 361 Vertebrate Embryology 4 

Group A Elective (If PY 212 is 

not taken ) 8 

Group B or C Elective 3 

Free Electives 6 



31 or 35 
Total Hours — 130 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

The student desiring a more generalized program of study should select this 
curriculum which offers a greater selection of courses in the applied science 
and technology areas. The requirements for the sophomore and junior years are 
the same as for the science curriculum as modified by the changes noted in 
Group A and departmental requirements for the business curriculum. The 
Group D courses required are indicated on pages 73-74, 

107 



SENIOR YEAR 

PO 401 Poultry Diseases 4 

PO 404 (FS 404) Poultry Products 8 

PO 415 (ANS 415, NTR 415) 

Comparative Nutrition 8 

PO 490 Poultry Seminars 2 

PO 520 (GN 520) Poultry Breeding 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Group A, C or C Electives 6 orlO 

Free Electives 6 

31 or 35 
Total Hours — 130 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Poultry Science offers the Master of Science degree in 
poultry science and doctoral programs in physiology, genetics and nutrition. 
Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



PREMEDICAL SCIENCES 

Gardner Hall 

Premedical, predental and preveterinary curricula are offered in the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences. Requirements for all the premedical sciences 
are very similar. Requirements may be met either through the science curriculum 
or the biological sciences curriculum. A number of students are accepted each 
year in leading medical colleges; several have received outstanding scholarships. 

For further details on the preveterinary curriculum, see the following section. 

For the premedical and predental details, see the Department of Zoology, 
pages 113-117, and the biological sciences curriculum, pages 82-85. 



PREVETERINARY 

Animal Disease Laboratory 

Scott and Patterson Halls 

E. G. Batte, Adviser, Animal Science 

J. R. Harris, Adviser, Poultry Science 

D. J. MONCOL, Adviser, Animal Science 
W. M. COLWELL, Adviser, Poultry Science 

E. W. Glazener, Secretary, N. C. Veterinary Selection Committee 

A preveterinary curriculum is offered as part of the North Carolina 
Veterinary Program. After the completion of the prescribed program North 
Carolina students are nominated to attend Colleges of Veterinary Medicine at 
the University of Georgia, Oklahoma State University and Tuskegee Institute. 
Arrangements are made for these students to attend at in-state rather than 
out-of-state rates. 

If three years are spent in the preveterinary curriculum, some course credits 
may be transferred from the veterinary program toward the completion of a 
Bachelor of Science degree from North Carolina State University with a major 
in animal science, poultry science or zoology. Arrangements for this procedure 
are made prior to entrance into the veterinary school. 

108 



CURRICULUM 

The preveterinary program is offered under the science curriculum of the 
School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 



PREVETERINARY CURRICULUM 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

The courses listed below are minimum requirements for all students applying 
for entrance to veterinary school under the Southern Regional Educational 
Board contract. Only those students who complete the required courses success- 
fully (grade C or better on each) will be considered eligible to apply. A 2.5 
grade-point average on required courses is the minimum that the North Carolina 
Veterinary Selection Committee will recommend for attending any veterinary 
school. 



Language (9 Credits) 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

English Elective 3 

Social Sciences and Humanities 
(6 Credits) 

HI 105 Modern Western World 3 

PS 201 The American Governmental 

System 3 

Physical and Biological Sciences 
(1,0-1,3 Credits) 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 



CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus A 4 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 

or 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 

Applied Science and Technology 

(11 Credits) 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science . . 4 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding ... 3 

PO 201 Poultry Production 4 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see liberal arts.) 

1911 Building 

Professor S. C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: C. H. Hamilton, C. P. Marsh, G. C. McCann, J. N. Young; 
Associate Professors: H. G. Beard, A. C. Davis, L. W. Drabick, C. V. 
Mercer, H. D. Rawls, M. M. Sawhney, Odell Uzzell; Visiting Associate 
Professor: H. D. Holder; Adjunct Associate Professors: W. J. Buff aloe, 
R. L. Rollins, Jr.; Assistant Professors: R. C. Brisson, T. E. Clark, 
W. B. Clifford, III, D. F. Collins, C. G. Dawson, G. L. Faulkner, T. M. 
Hyman, R. L. Moxley, R D. Mustian, Elizabeth M. Suval, Patricia L. 
Tobin; Visiting Research Assista^it Professor: Idonna E. Russell; Instruc 
tors: Helen P. Clarkson, G. S. Nickerson, J. G. Peck, Betty H. Wiser; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: R. J. Dolan (Adult Education); L. W. 
Moncrief (Recreation Resources Administration) 

EXTENSION 

Assistant Professor J. N. Collins, In Charge of Community Development 

Professor: J. D. George; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Crawford; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: T. N. Hobgood, Jr., C. E. Lewis, P. P. Thompson 



109 



The major aim of this department is to teach students the principles and 
techniques for understanding human group behavior. More specifically the 
department seeks: (1) to train students to become leaders in organizing groups 
and communities and in administering their programs; (2) to qualifiy excep- 
tional students on the undergraduate and graduate levels for sociological 
research, teaching and extension work; (3) to solve problems in human group 
relations through scientific research and (4) to extend research results to 
the people of the State. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The degree of Bachelor of Science with a major in sociology is offered under 
the science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences. 

CURRICULUM IN RURAL SOCIOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year and basic requirements see pages 69-74. 

Group A Courses (26 Credits) Credits 

Credits SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics SOC 301 Human Behavior S 

or SOC 341 Rural Society— U.S.A 3 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 SOC 342 Rural Societies Around 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 the World 8 

ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 SOC 411 Community Relationships 3 

Electives* 17 SOC 416 Research Methods 8 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 8 

Electives (26 credits) Total Hours — 130 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 8 



* Six credits may be elected from Groups B and C. Additional electives from Group D. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science, Master of Sociology and Doctor of Philosophy degrees 
are offered by this department. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate 
School Catalog. 



SOIL SCIENCE 

Williams Hall 

Extension Professor J. V. Baird, Acting Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: W. V. Bartholomew, S. W. Buol, M. G. Cook, R. W. Cummings, 
C. B. Davey, J. W. FiTTS (AID), W. A. Jackson, E. J. Kamprath, J. F. 
LuTZ, C. B. McCants, R. J. McCracken, R. J. Volk, S. B. Weed, W. G. 
WOLTZ, W. W. WOODHOUSE, Jr. ; Adjunct Professors: L. J. Metz, J. M. Spain, 
Associate Professors: F. R. Cox, G. A. CUMMINGS, R. B. Daniels (USDA), 
J. W. Gilliam, R. E. McCollum, J. B. Weber; Adjunct Associate Professor: 
Carol G. Wells; Visiting Associate Professors: A. H. Hunter (AID), 
J. L. Walker (AID), D. L. Waugh (AID); Associate Professors Emeriti: 
W. D. Lee, A. Mehlich, W. H. Rankin; Research Associate Professor 
Emeritus: J. R. Piland; Assistant Professors: D. W. Eaddy, E. E. Gamble 
(USDA), C. K. Martin, P. A. Sanchez, E. D. Seneca, J. E. Shelton, R. W. 

110 



Skaggs, C. D. Sopher; Visiting Assistant Professor: C. D. Raper, Jr.; 
Instructors: C. P. Bickford, T. R. C. Tonkinson 

EXTENSION 

Professor G. L. Jones, In Charge of Agronomy Extension 

Associate Professor: J. A. Phillips; Visiting Associate Professor: J. F. DoG- 
GETT (AID) ; Assistant Professor: D. L. Terry; Instructor: J. S. Barnes 

The primary objectives of the Department of Soil Science are to train 
students in fundamentals of soils, develop in them an understanding and ap- 
preciation of soils as a resource, and present principles of soil management and 
utilization for both farm and nonagricultural purposes. Soils constitute one of 
the largest capital investments in farming and proper soil management is 
essential for efficient production. World food needs of the future will require 
people trained and conversant in soil resources and use of fertilizers. Nature 
and properties of the soils are important considerations in urban-suburban 
planning and development. Also, knowledge of soil and its interactions with 
potential pollutants are useful in conserving environmental quality. Therefore, 
the demand by educational, research, service, planning-development, conservation- 
related, and service agencies and agri-businesses for people trained in soils 
should continue to be great. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Soil science graduates are trained to fill positions of leadership and service in 
many areas of agricultural, conservation and resource planning work. Among 
these are opportunities as farm operators and managers, countv aq-ricultural 
extension agents and employees of other public advisory agencies. Soil Conserva- 
tion Service and other conservation-related agency representatives, employees 
of planning and health-related agencies concerned with soil resources, and as 
technical representatives and salesmen in fertilizer companies and other agri- 
businesses. Provision is made for those students wishing a more thorough 
training in biological sciences, chemistry, mathematics and physics leading to 
graduate study. Students with advanced degrees have wide opportunities in 
teaching, research, service and extension with state, federal and private edu- 
cational and research institutions and agencies. Also, there are increasing 
opportunities in support of agribusiness. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

The Bachelor of Science degree may be obtained in the Department of Soil 
Science under any of four curricula — business, science, technology or conser- 
vation. For the basic requirements and freshman year, see pages 69-74. The 
conservation curriculum is shown on pages 86-89. 

CURRICULA IN SOIL SCIENCE 

BUSINESS PROGRAM 

This curriculum is designed for students desiring a background in business 
with a technical knowledge of soil science. The program requires the completion 
of courses in the technology curriculum and the business courses as outlined on 
pages 70-71. 

Ill 



SCIENCE PROGRAM 



Credits 



Physical and Biological Sciences 

BO 200 Plant Life -4 

Group A Courses 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Chemistry Electives 8 

MA 112, 212 Analytical Geometry 

and Calculus A, B 7 

Group A Elective 4 



Credits 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 8 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 3 

SSC 462 Soil Management Systems 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 

Departmental Electives 9 

Total Hours — 130 



TYPICAL SOIL SCIENCE CURRICULUM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



JUNIOR YEAR 



BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

MA 112. 212 Analytical Geometry 

and Calculus A, B 7 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Group D Elective 3 

Physical Education 2 

31 



CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Chemistry Elective 4 

English Elective 3 

PY 211. 212 General Physics 8 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

Group D Electives 6 

Free Electives 8 



84 



SENIOR YEAR 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 3 

SSC 462 Soil Management Systems 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 

Departmental Electives 8 

Group A Elective 3 

Group D Electives 6 

Free Electives 6 



Total Hours— 180 



84 



CURRICULUM IN AGRONOMY* 

TECHNOLOGY PROGRAM 

Credits 
Physical and Biological Sciences 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

Group A Courses (10 Credits) 
CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry .... 4 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

Group A, B, or C Courses (10 Credits) 
Electives 10 

Departmental Requirements and Electives 
(27 Credits) 

CS 211 Crop Science 8 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 



Credits 

CS 312 Pastures & Forage Crops 3 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 

Electives 4 

Total Hours— 130 



TYPICAL CURRICULUM 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

CH 101, 103 General Chemistry \, II 8 

CS 211 Crop Science 3 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 

Group D Elective 3 

Group A, B, or C Elective 3 

Physical Education 2 

33 



JUNIOR YEAR 

BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 

CH 220 Introduction to Organic 

Chemistry 4 

CS 311 Field Crop Prod, 
or 

CS 312 Pastures & Forage Crops 3 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 

PY 221 College Physics 6 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

SSC 341 Soil Fertility and Fertilizers 3 

SSC 452 Soil Classification 3 

Group D Elective 8 

Free Elective 8 



112 



84 



SENIOR YEAR 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 

SSC 461 Soil and Water Conservation 3 

SSC 462 Soil Management Systems 3 

SSC 492 Senior Seminar 1 

Group A, B, or C Elective 3 

Free Electives 9 

Departmental Elective 4 

82 



* The Agronomy major is administered by the Departments of Crop Science and Soil Science and 
is listed under both departments. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Soil Science offers programs leading to the degrees of 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy. Prospective students should consult 
the Graduate School Catalog. 



ZOOLOGY 

Gardner Hall 

Professor D. E. Davis, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow, Jr., R. Harkema, W. W. Hassler, F. E. Hester 
(USDI), B. S. Martof, G. C. Miller, T. L. Quay; Adjunct Professors: 
D. H. K. Lee (USDHEW), T. R. Rice (USDI), P. N. Witt (NCDMH) ; 
Professor Emeritus: B. B. Brandt; Associate Professors: B. J. Copeland, 
J. E. Hobbie, C. F. Lytle, J. F. Roberts, D. E. Smith, A. M. Stuart; 
Adjunct Associate Professors: J. W. Angelovic (USDI), J. G. Vandenbergh 
(NCDMH), R. B. Williams (USDI), D. A. Wolfe (USDI) ; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: Phyllis C. Bradbury, Nancy S. Mueller, W. F. Standaert; 
Adjunct Assistant Professors: F. A. CROSS (USDI), T. A. Linton 
(NCDCD), B. D. Nelson (USDHEW); Associate Members of the Faculty: 
D. S. Grosch, L. E. Mettler (Genetics) ; D. W. Hayne (Statistics) 

The Department of Zoology provides undergraduate and graduate instruction 
in many specialized areas of the biological sciences. Undergraduates study all 
levels of biological organization from the molecular to the community. Students 
majoring in the department are adequately prepared for graduate work in 
zoology and related fields of science. Participation in supervised programs of 
research is strongly encouraged. Basic training is also available for students 
planning to enter dentistry, medicine and veterinary medicine and allied health 
sciences. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students may choose to continue their study Avith graduate work leading to the 
Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees in zoology and wildlife. 
However, numerous employment opportunities are available. Majors are qualified 
for many positions in the medical sciences, various government agencies and 
private industries. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in zoology or wildlife biology 

113 



is offered under the science curriculum of the School of Agriculture and Life 
Sciences. Students selecting premedical or predental option receive a degree in 
zoology. 

The requirements for admission to medical and dental schools vary slightly 
from those given below in the zoology curriculum. For specific requirements 
consult the catalog of those schools where you plan to apply for admission. 
Students majoring in fisheries can meet the requirements of either the zoology 
curriculum or the wildlife biology curriculum. In cooperation with Rex Hospital, 
a nursing program is available. The program for the freshman year is listed 
on page 69. The other basic requirements are listed in the science curriculum on 
page 70. 

The sophomore year will normally include ZO 201, Animal Life; ZO 223, 
Comparative Anatomy or ZO 351, Vertebrate Zoology; CH 221, Organic Chemistry 
I, and either CH 223, Organic Chemistry II, or BCH 351, Elementary Bio- 
chemistry. 

After completion of these courses the student may specialize in several areas 
depending upon his interest and ability. The zoology sequence prepares students 
for graduate school. 

REQUIRED COURSES IN ALL CURRICULA IN ZOOLOGY 

Credits Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 or 

or ZO 351 Vertebrate Zoology 4 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 ZO 414 (BO 414) Cell Biology 4 



ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 

Other requirements for specific curricula include: 
Zoology 

ON 411 Principles of Genetics 3 

One year of general physics 8 

Advised electives* 29 

Fishery Biology and Wildlife Biology 

PY 221 College Physics 5 ZO 441 Ichthycology 8 

or or 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 8 ZO 553 Prin. of Wildlife Science 6 

ZO 221 Conserv. of Nat. Res. 3 ZO 360 (BO 360) Intro, to Ecology 4 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 Advised Electivos** 18 to 23 



* Three courses in zoology, one of which must be ZO 360 or ZO 361. 
** Must include one course in botany and one in entomology. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN ZOOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year, see page 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chem. I 4 BCH 351 Elem. Biochem 8 

Language Elective* 3 or 

Soc. Sci. Elective 6 CH 223 Organ. Chem. II 4 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Language Elective 8 

Physical Eduaction 1 Soc. Sci. Elective 8 

ZO 223 Comp. Anatomy*** 4 



18 



ZO 351 Vertebrate ZooL 

Physical Education 1 

14 or 16 



* Modern foreign language is recommended. 
*** Wildlife majors may take ZO 350 or ZO 351 ; see senior year below. 



114 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

GN 411 The Prin. of Genetics 3 PY 212 General Physics 4 

GN 412 Elem. Genetics Lab 1 Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 ZO 361 Vert. Embryology** 4 

Soc. Sci. Elective 3 ZO 350 Invert. Zoology 4 

Advised Elective 4 Elective 3 

15 18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Soc. Sci. Elecitve 3 Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

ZO 360 (BO 360) Intro, to Ecol.** 4 ZO 590 Special Studies 2 

ZO 414 (PO 414) Cell Biol 4 Advised Electives 11 

or — 

ZO 421 Vert. Physiology 16 

Electives 6 

17 Total Hours — 130 



** All students must take either ZO 360 or ZO 361 or both. 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN WILDLIFE BIOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

For the freshman year see page 69. 

For the sophomore year, see the typical curriculum in zoology, above. 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 Botany Elective 4 

PY 221 College Physics 5 Entomology 3 

Soc. Sci. Electives 6 Soc. Sci. Electives 6 

ZO 221 Cons, of Nat. Res 3 ZO 351 Vert. Zoology 4 

18 17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ZO 360 (BO 360) Intro, to Ecology 4 GN 411 The Prin. of Gen 4 

ZO 420 Fishery Science 3 ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 

ZO 421 Vert. Physiol 3 ZO 350 Invert. Zoology 4 

ZO 553 Prin. Wildlife Sci 5 Electives 4 

Electives 3 7~ 

._ 15 

16 

Total Hours— 130 

TYPICAL CURRICULUM IN MEDICAL TECHNOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Two programs are available in medical technology. The first is a four-year 
collegiate curriculum with a Bachelor of Science degree in zoology (see above) 
followed by a year of training in any hospital clinical laboratory approved by 
the American Medical Association. The second program is designed to be com- 
pleted in four calendar years. The student takes the prescribed curriculum 
for three years at N. C. State University and a fourth year (12 months) of 
clinical training at the N. C. Memorial Hospital at Chapel Hill. Successful 
completion of this program qualifies the student for a Bachelor of Science 
degree in medical technology from North Carolina State University. Acceptance 
by the clinical laboratory is competitive and students in either program outlined 
above must apply for clinical training. After completion of either program the 

115 



student is eligible to take the national examination of the Board of Registry of 
Medical Technologists. 

For the freshman year see page 69. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 Language or English Elective 8 

Language or English Elective 3 MB 401 General Microbiology 4 

PS 201 The American Gov't System 3 PY 221 College Physics 6 

ZO 201 Animal Life 4 Social Science or Humanity 8 

Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 »_ 

18 

JUNIOR YEAR 



16 



Fall Sem.ester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Social Science or Humanity 6 Social Science or Humanity 6 

ZO 421 Vertebrate Physiology 4 ZO 223 Comparative Anatomy 4 

or Elective 8 

ZO 414 (BO 414) Cell Biology — 

Elective 4 17 

18 Total Hours — 100 

SENIOR YEAR 

A 12-month course in medical technology to be taken at an associated Hospital 
Clinical Laboratory. 

Hours 

Bacteriology and Parasitology 8.0 

Serology 8.5 

Biochemistry (clinical chemistry) 9.0 

Basal Metabolism and 

Electrocardiography 1.0 

Tissue Technique 3.5 

Clinical Microscopy 4.0 

Hematology (Including Coagulation) 6.5 

Blood Bank 3.5 

Ethics & Laboratory Management 1.0 

Total 40.0 

For curricula in conservation see pages 86-89. 

OPTIONS IN ZOOLOGY CURRICULUM 

Students desiring to emphasize certain areas within zoology may choose an 
option : 

PREMEDICAL OR PREDENTAL OPTION IN ZOOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Departmental Requirements 

General Physics 8 Physiology 4-8 

Comparative Anatomy 4 Embryology 8 

Organic Chemistry I, II 8 Modern foreign language 6 

Quantitative Analysis 4 

Genetics 4 Total Hours — 130 

FISHERIES OPTION IN ZOOLOGY 

SCIENCE PROGRAM 

Departmental Requirements 

Physiologry 4 Fishery Science 8 

Limnology 4 Economic Insects 8 

Ecology 4 Advised Electives 4 

Ichthyology . . . .^ 4 

Total Hours— 130 

116 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Zoology offers to qualified students the opportunity to 
earn the Master of Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective 
applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 

E. W. Glazener, Acting Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
J. C. Williamson, Jr., Director of Research 

The Agricultural Experiment Station was established in accordance with an 
act of the General Assembly of 1877 and amended in 1955. The North Carolina 
General Assembly has allocated to the station, annually, certain funds from 
the general fund. 

The purpose of the Agricultural Experiment Station is to study the basic 
laws of nature underlying agricultural enterprises and to develop methods for 
economic production of the highest grades of livestock, poultry and plants on 
the many soil types and under the varied conditions existing in North Carolina; 
to study methods for the control of parasitic insects and organisms that cause 
serious economic losses of animals, poultry and plants ; to find and develop new 
varieties of animals, poultry and plants resistant to diseases and insects and 
tolerant of the variable conditions prevailing in the State, and to perfect better 
marketing for all agricultural products. 

The staff of the experiment station conducts experiments in the greenhouse 
and laboratories of the University and throughout the State on 16 strategically 
located experimental farms and on farms rented for short periods. 

The agricultural research aims are to improve the well-being of farmers 
through the discovery of new facts; to strengthen the regulatory work of the 
State Department of Agriculture; to develop new and necessary facts for the 
teaching of sound agricultural principles by vocational agricultural instructors, 
agricultural extension agents and agricultural instructors in the University. 

The Agricultural Experiment Station staff brings to the University many 
experts, whose teaching in many specialized fields of agriculture assures the 
maintenance of curricula of high standards. It contributes much to the advanced 
training of students who are destined to become the leaders, teachers and 
investigators necessary in the maintenance of agriculture on sound and economic 
planes. 

PUBLICATIONS 

The Agricultural Experiment Station publishes many bulletins and scientific 
papers on results of research conducted by the staff. These are free and are sent 
upon request to anyone in the State. 

SERVICES 

The staff diagnoses and interprets many problems for the farmers of North 
Carolina. It holds council with farmers and others interested in the agricultural 
industry, presents radio programs devoted to the discussion of farming pro- 
cedures, and writes many letters on more specific problems of agriculture at 
the request of farmers, members of garden clubs, and manufacturers of 
fertilizer, fungicides and insecticides. It also takes part in many of the 
administrative functions of the University. 

117 



AGRICULTURAL EXTENSION SERVICE 

E. W. Glazener, Acting Dean of the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 
George Hyatt, Jr., Director of the Agricultural Extension Service 

The Agricultural Extension Service of North Carolina State University is a 
cooperative undertaking between the U. S. Department of Agriculture, the 
State of North Carolina and the 100 counties in the State. Its work is supported 
by federal funds made available under the Smith-Lever Act of 1914, as amended, 
and by state and county appropriations. 

The federal and state appropriations are used to maintain an administrative 
and specialist staff and to pay a portion of the salary and the travel expenses 
of the county extension agents. Under this cooperative arrangement, the 
Agricultural Extension Service serves as the "educational arm" of the U. S. 
Department of Agriculture, and as the "field faculty" of North Carolina State 
University in the areas of agriculture, production and marketing, family living, 
4-H and youth, community resource development and natural resource develop- 
ment. 

OBJECTIVES 

The primary purpose of the North Carolina Agricultural Extension Service 
is to take to the people of the State the latest and best information obtainable, 
particularly that which is related to agriculture and home economics, and help 
them to interpret and use this information in building a more prosperous and 
satisfying life. 

To accomplish this purpose, the institution maintains a staff of trained special- 
ists in each of the major subject-matter areas. These specialists work primarily 
with and through the county agricultural and home economics agents in the 
conduct of a state-wide educational program. 

This program has sufficient flexibility to permit special attention to the 
problems, needs and interests of the people in each of the individual counties. 
Educational assistance is given to individuals, families, industrial processing and 
marketing firms, other businesses and certain organizations. This includes work 
with both adult men and women and with boys and girls. 

In carrying out this educational program, a variety of methods and techniques 
are employed: method and result demonstrations; meetings; visits to farms, 
homes and businesses; organized groups of men, women and youth; tours; 
leaflets, pamphlets and other printed materials, and mass media. 

The basic source of information to be taught through this educational program 
is the findings and recommendations resulting from research conducted by the 
experiment stations in this and other states, and by the U. S. Department of 
Agriculture. 



AGRICULTURAL INSTITUTE 

Patterson Hall 

Edward W. Glazener, Acting Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Director 

of Academic Affairs 
H. Bradford Craig, Assistant Director of Academic Affairs and Director of the 

Agricultural Institute 

A two-year program in agriculture was approved and money was appropriated 
for this purpose by the 1959 General Assembly. Through action of the Board of 

118 



Trustees of the Consolidated University, this two-year program was named the 
North Carolina Agricultural Institute and was approved for operation on the 
North Carolina State University campus. 

The major objective of the Agricultural Institute is to provide technical 
training to the individual so that he may become more productive in our 
agricultural society. Specifically, instruction offered by the Agricultural Insti- 
tute is designed to train men and women for those jobs in agriculture and 
related occupations that require technicians with education beyond the high 
school level. An individual with this type of training should have a better 
income, assume a more prominent role of leadership, and become an asset to 
agriculture and to his community. 

The insitutional programs of the Agricultural Institute are organized and 
conducted as a part of the over-all resident instruction program for the School 
of Agriculture and Life Sciences. The institute is an addition to, and not a 
substitute for, the regular degree-granting program of the School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences. However, in order to provide students enrolled in the 
institute with the best possible technical training, the faculty in residence for the 
four-year program is responsible for organizing and teaching courses offered by 
the institute. 

People who have training similar to that which can be obtained in the courses 
offered in the Agricultural Institute are in great demand by agricultural in- 
dustries. As this demand changes, courses of study will be evaluated and altera- 
tions made to keep abreast of the times. Through such a system the programs 
provided by the institute are aiding the technical manpower needs of agriculture 
in North Carolina. 

OPPORTUNITIES FOR GRADUATES 

Rapid technical advancement has been extremely important in changing agri- 
culture from a small production industry to one of the largest industries in the 
nation. Today the farmer uses scientifically developed seed, feed and fertilizer, 
does most of his work with machinery, and has scientific testing to back up 
his management decisions. Increased production has allowed him to sell much 
of his production rather than just the surplus above home consumption. Farms 
have become larger due to these technological advances and large amounts 
of capital are needed to operate successfully. All of these factors bring about 
dependence on outside sources of information and capital for success in a 
modern agricultural business. 

Not only the person who farms, but the hundreds of related businesses that 
are a vital part of agriculture today cannot operate successfully without men 
trained in technical skills. 

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS 

Any individual who has received a diploma from an accredited high school 
or has passed the high school equivalency examination administered by the State 
Department of Public Instruction is eligible for entry into the Agricultural 
Institute. Each application will be reviewed and evaluated by the institute 
director before an applicant will be accepted. 

PROGRAM OF STUDY 

The eight programs of study currently offered are: agricultural equipment 
technology, general agriculture, livestock management and technology, urban and 
industrial pest control, ornamental crops technology, field crops technology, soil 
technology and turfgrass management. 

119 



TYPE OF DEGREE AWARDED 

Graduates of the Agricultural Institute are awarded the Associate in Applied 
Agriculture degree. 

INSTITUTE OF BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Patterson Hall 

Edward W. Glazener, Dean of Agriculture and Life Sciences and Director of 

Academic Affairs 
J. C. Williamson, Jr., Director of Research 
J. L. Apple, Director of the Institute of Biological Sciences and Assistant 

Director of Research 

The Institute of Biolog'ical Sciences is an orgranizational unit of the School of 
Agriculture and Life Sciences comprising the Department of Biochemistry, Bio- 
logical and Agricultural Engineering, Botany, Entomology, Genetics, Micro- 
biology, Plant Pathology, Zoology, and the faculties of Biomathematics, Cell 
Biology and Physiology. The function of the institute is to promote excellence 
in the teaching and research programs of the biological science departments 
and to encourage and to coordinate interdepartmental and/or multidisciplinary 
instructional and research activities. The organizational structure provides a 
mechanism for the development and administration of multidisciplinary team- 
research and program-type grants which address broad complex problems. Such 
activities involve not only faculty from the biological science departments but 
those from the commodity-oriented departments within the School. 

The interdepartmental instructional program includes the undergraduate bio- 
logical sciences curriculum which prepares the student for graduate study in 
any of the biological fields or for a teaching career. (See pages 82-85.) 



120 



DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

Henry L. Kamphoefner, Dean 

The School of Design, as a statewide and regional design center, is devoted 
and dedicated to the development of an indigenous design and its accompanying 
art forms for the southern region. Although its first aim is to serve North 
Carolina and the South, the school also prepares its students to work in any 
region. The goal of the design student is to master professional techniques 
and to meet the challenge of any environment. 

The School of Design has become an international educational center, serving 
to unify fundamental knowledge and methods shared by the several design 
professions. The school includes the Departments of Architecture, Landscape 
Architecture and Product Design. Following selection of specialization at the 
end of the second year, the students still have an opportunity to work with 
students and faculty in the other two departments. 

The school has recently established new six-year programs in architecture 
and landscape architecture which will lead to the Bachelor of Environmental 
Design after four years and the Master of Architecture and the Master of 
Landscape Architecture after two additional years. The present five-year pro- 
gram in product design has been revised but will continue as a five-year 
program leading to the Bachelor of Product Design. The five-year program in 
product design will require 153 hours. The six-year program in architecture will 
require 177 hours, and the six-year program in landscape architecture will also 
require 177 hours. There is also a two-year graduate program in urban design 
with a normal requirement of 48 hours. Graduate studies in product design will 
lead to the Master of Product Design. Those students with a four-year under- 
graduate degree will be required to complete a minimum of 48 hours of course 
work, and those with a five-year undergraduate degree will be required to 
complete a minimum of 30 hours of course work. 

Design students receive trainino; in perception and communication and ad- 
vanced studies in visual communication as well as instruction in other courses 
offered in the School of Design and instruction in other schools at North 
Carolina State University. 

The design faculty seeks to develop the student's personality and character 
as a whole. Individual creative expression is emphasized, but teamwork is also 
encouraged. In its teaching the faculty gives attention to the art of humanizing 
the environment. 

The school educates men to be competent within the specific demands and 
limitations of a particular professional field, but the entire program is based on 
a belief in the basic flexibility of the design process. In the three professional 
fields methods and values common to all three are studied and are separated 
only in the study of their application to a single profession. 

THE COMMON FIRST TWO YEARS 

The common first two years or the basic design program, encompassing the 
first two years of the student's design education, has its foundation in the 
student's utilization of his previous development as he initiates his design 
education. When he is able to clearly define and express his interests, the course 
structure can be molded to accommodate him. As students begin the selection 
of their professional education, there is considerable variation in their directions. 
In order for the student of design to make a choice that would be in his best 

121 



interest, he will first need exposure to situations in which he can learn to 
explicitly define the alternatives. Therefore, the basic design program offers the 
learner a range of diverse experiences. These experiences are gained through 
active participation in the academic community as a whole, as well as those 
courses offered within the School of Design. A program that encourages students 
to discover various interfaces that occur between the actions of the participant 
and the environment for design is properly an interdisciplinary activity which 
utilizes the knowledge from a variety of related disciplines. He achieves, through 
physical form, an expression of the complex values and meanings of our society. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The School of Design offers undergraduate instruction in architecture, land- 
scape architecture and product design. The school also offers graduate studies 
in four distinct fields — architecture, urban design, landscape architecture and 
product design. The four-year undergraduate programs in architecture and 
landscape architecture lead to the Bachelor of Environmental Design degree. 
Graduate programs leading to the Master of Architecture degree and Master 
of Landscape Architecture degree normally require two years of residence 
although they may be extended for students who enter the fields from non- 
design backgrounds. The Master of Urban Design program also requires two 
or more years and is open to students from nondesign as well as design back- 
grounds. The undergraduate program in product design which offers an option 
in visual design requires five years for the Bachelor of Product Design de- 
gree. The Master of Product Design degree requires a year or more of graduate 
studies, depending on the preparation of the student applicant. 

FACILITIES 

The School of Design is located in Brooks Hall, the former college library. 
The main building and a large additional space in nearby Leazar Hall provide 
73,000 square feet of space for offices, classrooms, drafting rooms and studios as 
well as laboratories for design research. The school has well-equipped and 
supervised shop facilities. The design library contains more than 12,223 volumes, 
21,006 slides and subscriptions to 189 design periodicals. The drafting rooms 
and studios have been designed to accommodate small classes, thereby assuring a 
personal relationship between teacher and student in the development of the 
student's creative abilities. All facilities in the school have been planned to 
provide a scholarly environment for effective teaching and laboratory instruction. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

State law now requires the graduate architect to work not less than three 
years in the offices of registered architects and then to pass the four-day 
written examination given by the North Carolina Board of Architecture before 
he is ready to begin his own practice. Accelerating activity in building con- 
struction and urban redevelopment has brought about a significant increase in 
work in architectural offices in the South, offering many attractive positions 
for the architecture graduate. The architecture graduate is also qualified for 
positions in certain branches of engineering, building research and teaching. 

The accelerated urban growth of the 20th century has created an unprecedented 
demand for landscape architects that far exceeds the production of the schools. 
Positions exist in both public and private organizations, encompassing a range 
of interests from city and regional planning to residential developments. For 
the competent graduate, advancement is rapid and remuneration above average. 

The Department of Product Design, which was established in September 

122 



1958 as the third department of the school, prepares its graduates to work as 
resident designers with such industries as furniture manufacturing and other 
essential and important industries of North Carolina and the region. Graduates 
of the department are also qualified to establish offices as professional industrial 
designers. 

Evidence of the soundness of the course of study and the programs in design 
at North Carolina State University is reflected by three of the school's 
graduates who have been awarded fellowships to the American Academy in 
Rome — a prize awarded annually to design graduates in the United States and 
affording two years of advanced study in Europe, providing all expenses and 
residence at the American Academy in Rome. Five graduates of the school have 
won the top academic award in architecture, the Paris Prize, which is a 
scholarship worth $5,000 for a year's study in Europe. Seventeen graduates 
of the school have won the coveted Fulbright Scholarship for foreign travel 
and study. The faculty, gr.aduates and students of the school have won more 
than $350,000 in prizes and scholarships since the establishment of the school 
in 1948. 



ARCHITECTURE 

Brooks Hall 

Professor Robert P. Burns, Jr., Head of the Department 

Professors: J. H. Cox, H. H. Harris, H. L. Kamphoefner, D. R. Stuart; 
Associate Professors: P. Batchelor, G. L. Bireline, Jr., H. Sanoff, V. 
Shogren; Visiting Associate Professor: I. M. Zubizarreta; Assistant 
Professors: D. W. Barnes, Jr., E. P. Brantly, R. H. Clark, Lynne M. 
Gay, M. G. Hancock, E. Kayari, G. J. P. Reuer, S. W. Rose, E. W. Taylor; 
Librarian: Helen K. Zschau 

Architecture finds itself, upon entering the final three decades of the 20th 
century, at a critical stage in its historical development. The architect's tradi- 
tional problem of giving meaningful form to man's physical environment 
remains his chief concern, but this task has been vastly complicated by the 
forces of accelerating world urbanization and the technological revolution 
which is rapidly altering every facet of contemporary life. Social upheaval in 
the cities, ruthless violation of our landscape and natural resources, congestion 
and decay of our urban centers, obsolescence and inefficiency at every level of 
our transportation systems, the tendency toward giantism and anonymity in all 
of man's institutions — these are but a few elements in the complex condition 
of modern society with which the architect is confronted. The pastoral, the 
picturesque, the arrogantly lavish and the purely aesthetic have little relevance 
for a society whose design needs are so demanding that only the most broadly 
educated, intelligent and creative professionals can hope to cope with them. 
It is this type of professional that the Department of Architecture attempts 
to prepare — individuals with a profound understanding of man and his cultural 
context, with a deep commitment to the ordering of the physical environment, 
and with the necessary tools for accomplishing these objectives. 

Inherent in the architectural program is recognition of the evolving role of 
the architect. While individual creativity and decision-making abilities are no 
less important, it is clear that the architect increasingly functions as member 
and frequently as coordinator of a team of professionals — engineers, planners, 
political and behavioral scientists, economists and others — who together are 
able to formulate the comprehensive programs adequate to meet today's most 
urgent environmental problems. 

123 



It becomes obvious that no monolithic academic program can serve the 
requirements of architecture students with highly divergent interests and 
capabilities, nor indeed the varied needs of the present-day architecture pro- 
fession. The curriculum in architecture, while providing a broad basic structure 
common to all students, encourages individual diversity through a major elective 
program of in-depth study in one of several design-related fields leading to 
expanded backgrounds in social and cultural factors, programming and analjrtic 
methods, technological issues, urban affairs, visual studies, management and 
operations, economics or natural systems. Through interdisciplinary studies in 
the school and University and through the use of outside consultants, the inter- 
dependence of the architect with related professionals is strongly emphasized. 
The design studio is transformed into a working laboratory in which analysis 
and synthesis become real and meaningful activities to the students. 

Considering the changing requirements in the field of architecture, and the 
increasing complexity of tasks facing today's architect, a six-year, two-degree 
curriculum has been inaugurated, replacing the previous five-year Bachelor 
of Architecture program. The major characteristic of the new curriculum is the 
formal organization of studies into logical two-year cycles. 

The freshman and sophomore years combining general studies and intro- 
ductory design exercises constitute the "Basic Design Program" common to 
all architecture, landscape architecture and product design students in the 
School of Design. 

The junior and senior years mark the formal introduction to architectural 
studies and form the "Preprofessional Program." This first four-year program 
requires 129 semester hours and leads to the nonprofessional degree of Bachelor 
of Environmental Design. The third cycle is designated as the "Professional 
Program" in which the student undertakes two years of graduate study leading 
to the professional degree of Master of Architecture. 

For students not advancing to the final cycle of graduate studies, the four- 
year undergraduate curriculum is designed as a terminal program qualifying 
graduates to enter architecture on a subprofessional level or related fields out- 
side of architecture. 

In terms of its larger responsibilities in the total preparation of the archi- 
tect, the Department of Architecture acknowledges a divided but overlapping 
obligation with the profession. While office experience should extend the young 
architect's knowledge of technical aspects as well as judgmental maturity 
during the period of apprenticeship, it is the particular task of the department 
and the University to develop fundamental abilities in conceptual and de- 
velopmental design and to provide a philosophical and theoretical basis for 
creative life as an architect and as an individual. 

ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

FIRST YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 101 Environmental Design I 4 DN 102 Environmental Design II 4 

DN 111 Perception and Communication 12 DN 112 Perception and Communication II 2 

DN 121 History of Design 3 DN 122 History of Design II 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Math* 3 or 4 Math* 3 or 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16 or 17 16 or 17 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 201 Environmental Design III 4 DN 202 Environmental Design IV 4 

DN 211 Visual Communication I 2 DN 212 Visual Communication 11 2 

Required Science Elective** 4 Required Science Elective** 4 

Electives***** 6 Electives***** 6 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17 17 

124 



THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural 

Design (Series)*** 16 

Structures 12 

Professional Options**** 10 

Electives***** 24 

62 

Total Hours for the Bachelor of Environmental 
Design in Architecture — 129 



* Excluding credit for Math 111, must include one calculus course. 
** Selected from natural, physical or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer 
science. 
*** Four semesters at 4 credit hours per semester required In Intermediate Architectural Desigrn 
or equivalent. 
**** To be selected from professional options offered in the School of Design or other equivalent 
courses offered in the University. Must include ARC 331 and ARC 332. 
***** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three equal groups of 12 hours 
each. 

a. Social science-humanities group. 

b. Advised group — selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area of concen- 
tration outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

Brooks Hall 

Associate Professor R. R, WILKINSON, Head of the Department 

Professors: J. H. Cox, D. R. Stuart, E. G. Thurlow; Associate Professors: 
G. L. BiRELiNE, Jr., R. Musselwhite; Assistant Professors: D. H. Ensign, 
R. T. Hester, Jr., W. Maynard, J. A. Porter 

Landscape architecture is the design profession charged with the stewardship 
of the landscape. A prime responsibility within that charge is the development 
and application of the skill to arrange man-made features on the landscape for 
their use by society. Environmental quality is the standard of achievement in the 
profession. There are approximately 7500 professional landscape architects 
practicing in the United States. Their activities range from site planning for 
urban complexes, community design, park and open space design, campus plan- 
ning to the development of regional networks of transportation, recreation and 
cities. The federal government is the largest employer of landscape architects. 
Many are owners and associates in private consulting firms designing facilities 
for the entire range of community and institutional building programs. 

The Department of Landscape Architecture at North Carolina State Uni- 
versity is committed to preparing students for careers in environmental and 
landscape design. The design disciplines, however, are not producers of the 
knowledge necessary to support their activities; they are consumers. The edu- 
cational function of design schools is to develop in young people the basic 
understanding of the natural and social world. Formal insights gained from the 
sciences and arts are applied to a wide range of environmental problems through 
the professional courses. 

The emphasis in the professional course work is basic problem-solving, techni- 
cal competence and innovation. The latter is an extension of the aesthetic 
appreciation that has been the traditional role of design. The faculty is very 
much aware of the state of decay, misuse and poor judgment that has become 
our environmental legacy. It is a matter of urgency that young people be 
capable of understanding the process of physical development and be committed 
to its application for the benefit of future as well as present users. 

125 



The challenge facing young designers is enormous and the reward can be a 
personally satisfying, creative and essential career. 

LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE CURRICULUM 

FIRST YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credita 

DN 101 Environmental Design I 4 DN 102 Environmental Desigrn 11 4 

DN 111 Perception and Communication I . . 2 DN 112 Perception and Communication 11 . . 2 

DN 121 History of Design I 3 DN 122 History of Design II 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 8 

Math» 3 or 4 Math* 8 or 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16 or 17 16 or 17 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 201 Environmental Design III 4 DN 202 Environmental Design IV 4 

DN 211 Visual Communication I 2 DN 212 Visual Communication II 2 

Required Science Elective** 4 Required Science Elective** 4 

Electives*** 6 Sl^*^*'?^^,^'" ' ' ^ 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



17 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape 

Architecture Design (Series)**** 16 

DN 422 History of Design IV 3 

Landscape Technology***** 9 

Professional Options****** 10 

Electives*** 24 

62 

Total Hours for the Bachelor of Environmental 
Design in Landscape Architecture — 129 



17 



* Excluding credit for Math 111, must include one calculus course. 
** Selected from natural, physical or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer 
science. 
*** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three groups, 12 hours each. 

a. Social science and humanities group. 

b. Advised group of electives selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area 
of concentration outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 

•*** LAR 400 Series: 4 semesters at 4 credit hours each. Required in landscape architectural 

design or equivalent. 
***** Landscape Technology Series to be elected from departmental oflferings or equivalent courses 

within the University. 
****** Professional options to be selected from professional options in the School of Design 
or other equivalent courses within the University and to include ARC 441 Design Methods. 

PRODUCT DESIGN 

Brooks Hall 

Assistant Professor V. M. Foote, Acting Head of the Department 

Professors: W. P. Baermann, J. H. Cox, D. R. Stuart; Associate Professors: 
G. L. BiRELiNE, Jr., F. Eichenberger, H. a. Mackie, D. A. Masterton, 
R. W. MUSSELWHITE; Assistajit Professors: R. R. Drake, G. Hedge 

Product design, or industrial design, has in the last 35 years grown into a 
profession of eminent significance in the cultural and economic life of this 
country. While originally concerned solely with helping industry create mass- 
produced consumer products of good appearance, the profession has during the 
last two decades begun to play an increasingly important role as a synthesizing 
force in product planning, product research and total product development. 

126 



This means that the education of the product designer has shifted from the 
education of a stylist, concerned only with product appearance to the education 
of a designer concerned with such varying disciplines as psychology, engineering, 
manufacturing and marketing. 

Since the department was founded nearly a decade ago, we have been engaged 
in training competent product designers able to operate effectively in any field of 
industry where innovation in problem solving is required. During the under- 
graduate program the Department of Product Design attempts to inculcate in 
the student a generalized rather than a specialized approach to the solution of 
design problems. The student is taught to treat man and his environment in 
terms of whole systems rather than isolated or component parts. Emphasis is 
placed on general overall solutions to human problems from which specific 
objects are extrapolated. 

The growing affluence of our society has created an expanding need for new 
products. This coupled with an ever increasing middle class and shorter working 
hours has substantially broadened the industrial requirements for competent de- 
signers; designers who are able to handle the increasing complexities of ma- 
terials and manufacturing developments, as well as satisfying the physical and 
psychological needs of the consumer. 

In order to achieve these ends, it has become necessary for the designer to 
involve himself in three major design and research activities: 

a. Man's Behavior 

b. The Man-Machine Relationship 

c. The Machine Itself 

Only the most broadly educated and talented designers are able to fulfill the 
needs of this new industrialized society, graduates who will aid in the solution 
of the numerous human problems that surround us on a regional, national and 
international scale. 



VISUAL DESIGN OPTION 

The modern world has come to the realization that science — until recently — 
has not felt it necessary for man to play a central role in the history of natural 
events. In the 20th century we have found that the new science of communication 
returns man to his world through the study of his interaction with external 
events. The raw materials for such interactions reach man through his per- 
ceptions, and the preponderant mass of such perceptions are visual. Within 
recent history an almost incredible expansion of communications media have 
created a demand for people with operational knowledge of the various forms of 
visual communication. One set of these demands has to do with people able to 
carry out activities which have come to be known as visual design. 

The history of visual design is one of separate skills and crafts which have 
now merged into a cohesive field of study. Such activities are: 

a. Book, pamphlet and brochure design (publishing, typography, printing, etc.). 

b. Package design. 

c. Signing and symbol creation (indesical and iconic indications). 

d. Advertising design (newspapers, magazines, cinema, TV). 

e. Educational and commercial exhibition and display design. 

f. Human factors information display design. 

g. Development of techniques for analyzing visual character and its relation to 
social and behavioral functions in the urban environment. 

h. Problem-solving approaches; exploration of visual means for solving socially 
defined problems. 

Working through a broad range of visually creative experience, the student 

127 



will develop an understanding of elements and principles of visual organization 
common to all visual communication. Upon receiving his undergraduate degree 
the student would be prepared to enter the professional field or be in a position 
to enter graduate schools for continued study in specific areas. 

The undergraduate curriculum in product design is a five-year program of 
study leading to the professional degree, Bachelor of Product Design. One 
hundred fifty-three hours are required for graduation. 



PRODUCT DESIGN 

FIRST YEAR 

Fail Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 101 Environmental Design I 4 DN 102 Environmental Design II 4 

DN 111 Perception and Communication I 2 DN 112 Percepi n a-^d Communication II 2 

DN 121 History of Design I 3 DN 122 History of Design II 8 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 9 

Math* 3 or 4 Math* 3 or 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16 or 17 16 or 17 



SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 201 Environmental Design HI 4 DN 202 Environmental Design IV 4 

DN 211 Visual Communication I 2 DN 212 Visual Communication II 2 

Electives*** 6 Electives*** 6 

Required Science Elective** 4 Required Science Elective** 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17 17 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 

Spring Semester Credits 

PD 400 Intermediate Product 

Design (Series)**** 16 

PD 411, 412 Applied Physical 

Principles 6 

Professional Options***** 16 

Electives*** 24 

62 

FIFTH YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PD 501 Advanced Product Design V 7 PD 502 Advanced Product Design VI 7 

PD 590 Special Projects 3 PD 591 Special Projects 8 

Electives****** 8 Electives****** 8 

Tz 13 

Total Hours for the Bachelor of Product 
Design — IBS 



* Excluding credit for MA 111, must include one calculus course. 
** Selected from natural, physical or biological sciences, but not to include math or computer 
science. 
*** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three groups, 12 hours each. 

a. Social science and humanities group. 

b. Advised group of electives selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area of 
concentration outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 

**** Four semesters at 4 credit hours per semester required in intermediate product design. 
***** To be selected from professional option in the School of Design or other appropriate courses 
at the University, and must include four semesters of special projects 490 series; PD 321, 
322; PD 421, 422; and PD 431, 432. 
****** Selected, with adviser, to reinforce the student's professional goals. 

128 



PRODUCT DESIGN 

VISUAL DESIGN OPTION 



FIRST YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 101 Environmental Design I 4 DN 102 Environmental Design II 4 

DN 111 Perception and Communication I .. 2 DN 112 Perception and Communication II 2 

DN 121 History of Design I 3 DN 122 History of Design II 3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

Math* 3 or 4 Math* 3 or 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16 or 17 16 or 17 

SECOND YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

DN 201 Environmental Design III 4 DN 202 Environmental Design IV 4 

DN 211 Visual Communication I 2 DN 212 Visual Communication II 2 

Required Science Elective** 4 Required Science Elective** 4 

Electives*** 6 Electives*** 6 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17 17 

THIRD AND FOURTH YEARS 

PD 440 Intermediate Visual 

Design ( Series) **** 16 

PD 411, 412 Applied Physical Principles . . 6 

Professional Options***** 16 

Electives*** 24 

62 

FIFTH YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PD 541 Advanced Visual Design I 6 PD 542 Advanced Visual Design II 6 

PD 590 Special Projects 3 PD 591 Special Projects 3 

Electives****-* 3 Electives****** 3 

12 12 

Total hours for the Bachelor of Product 
DesiRn — Visual Design Option — 153 



* Excluding credit for MA 111, must include one calculus course. 
** Selected from natural, physical or biological sciences, but not to include Math or computer 
science. 
*** Thirty-six credit hours of electives which will be divided into three groups, 12 hours each. 

a. Social science and humanities group. 

b. Advised group of electives selected by student with adviser's approval to develop an area 
of concentration outside his major. 

c. Unrestricted group. 

**** Four semesters at 4 credit hours per semester required in intermediate visual design. 
***** To be selected from professional option in the School of Design or other appropriate courses 
at the University, and must include four semesters of special projects 490 series : PD 321, 
322; PD 421. 422; and PD 431, 432. 
****** Selected, with adviser, to reinforce the student's professional goals. 



129 




More and more science teachers are needed each year because of rapid increases 

in enrollments of our public schools. 



130 



EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Carl J. Dolce, Dean 

J. Bryant Kirkland, Dean Emeritus 

The School of Education is concerned with the problems of human development 
both in the setting of schools and in less traditional types of educational ac- 
tivities. With an emphasis upon the preparation of teachers, the school seeks 
students who are dedicated to the improvement of mankind through education 
and who are sensitive to the feelings, desires and aspirations of others. 

The school is composed of the Departments of Adult Education, Agricultural 
Education, Industrial and Technical Education, Matheniatics and Science Educa- 
tion, Guidance and Personnel Services, and Psychology. 

Undergraduate degree programs are offered in agricultural education, in- 
dustrial arts education, vocational industrial education, technical education, 
mathematics education, science education and nFychology. 

Graduate degree programs are offered in adult education, agricultural educa- 
tion, industrial arts education, vocational industrial education, technical educa- 
tion, mathematics education, science education, guidance and personnel services, 
psychology, and occupational education. 

Graduates of the undergraduate programs in education receive a Bachelor of 
Science degree in education and qualify for a Grade "A" Certificate to teach in 
their chosen fields. Graduates of the undergraduate program in psychology 
receive a Bachelor of Arts in psychology degree. Graduate programs confer the 
Master of Science or Master of Education degrees. 

Professional education courses are provided for those students enrolled in the 
School of Liberal Arts who wish to become teachers of English, social studies, 
modern foreign languages and speech. 

A modern, well-equipped School of Education building has been completed 
recently. The new building includes a curriculum materials center, industrial 
arts laboratories, science laboratories, as well as the latest developments in 
teaching technology, child play and guidance observation rooms. 



ADULT AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE EDUCATION 

(Also see agriculture and life sciences.) 

Ricks Hall 

Professor E. J, BoONE, Head of the Department 

TEACHING, RESEARCH AND EXTENSION 

Professors: R. J. Dolan, J. D. George, Emily H. Quinn; Visiting Extension 
Professor: Mary L. Collings; Associate Professors: D. A. Adams, W. L. 
Carpenter; Adjunct Associate Professor: J. E. Roueche; Associate 
Professor: W. L. Flowers; Assistant Professors: D. B. Lumsden, G. E. 
Parsons, G. D. Russell, R. W. Shearon; Adjunct Assistant Professors: 
B. R. Herrscher, C. J. Law; Visiting Extension Assistant Professor: J. F. 
Schulze; Extension Instructor: J. D. Dodson 

The adult and community college education faculty offers instruction at ad- 
vanced undergraduate and graduate levels. The advanced undergraduate courses 
are designed to support the other departments of the institution, giving students 

131 



a background in adult and community college education. The graduate program 
is designed to increase the professional competence of adult and community 
college educators in developing and administering adult and community college 
education programs and in conducting scholarly research in the field. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM 

The department does not have a program leading to a Bachelor of Science 
degree. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department oflFers the Master of Science, Master of Education or Doctor 
of Education degrees with a major in adult and community college education. 
Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Professor C. C. Scarborough, Head of the Department 

Professor: J. K. Coster; Professor Emeritus: J. B. Kirkland; Associate Pro- 
fessors: H. G. Beard, T. R. Miller; Research Associate Professor: C. H. 
Rogers; Assistant Professor: C. D. Bryant; Adjunct Assistant Professor: 
W. J. Brown, Jr.; Visiting Assistant Professor: R. J. Mercer 

Agricultural education in its broadest sense, should encompass areas of study 
which will enable one to participate effectively in planning, promoting and initiat- 
ing programs in occupational education in agriculture. Therefore, the description 
of a graduate in agricultural education would be more nearly an "educational 
leader" than an "agricultural specialist." 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAM 

The program in agricultural education includes education for personal develop- 
ment, community living, citizenship, home living and educational leadership. 
These areas in the program are divided into three groups: (1) general educa- 
tion; (2) technical or special education, and (3) professional education. 

General education includes the education which everyone should have, namely, 
preparation for living effectively (1) with one's self, (2) with one's family, 
(3) in a community, (4) as a local, state, national and world citizen, and (5) 
bringing to bear the knowledge of man in solving problems. 

Special, or technical education, consists of securing an understanding and 
ability to solve agricultural problems, with emphasis upon managerial aspects. 
There is now a choice of specialty areas in agriculture, as well as qualifying 
as a "double major." 

Professional education includes an understanding of human behavior and de- 
velopment. Particular attention is given to an understanding of the learning 
process — as it occurs and how it can be accelerated. Consideration is also given 
to understanding how people work together in groups, particularly in rural 
communities. Ability to do research in the community is essential. 

The highlight of the curriculum for most students is the student teaching 
semester which provides full-time teaching and related experiences in occupa- 
tional education programs. 

132 



FACILITIES AND RESOURCES 

In addition to the University facilities and resources, the administrative 
personnel of most of the agricultural and educational agencies and programs have 
offices in Raleigh. These people often serve as valuable resource people to 
students in agricultural education. 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ALS 103 1 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

BS 100 Gen. Biology 4 Math Elective 3-4 

ED 102 Obj. in Ag. Ed 1 Animal Sc. Elec 4 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhet 3 Plant Sc. Elec 8 

History Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

MA 111 Alg. & Trig 4 

Physical Education 1 14-15 

17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 8 EC 212 Econ. of Agriculture 3 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 6 PY 221 College Physics 5 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 4 SSC 200 Soils 4 

Agricultural Elective 3 PSY 200 Intro, to Psy 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 ED 313 Contemporary Vo Ag 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Agri. Specialty 3 PS 201 American Gov. Systems . . 3 

Fme Arts Elective 3 SP 230 Fundamentals of Speech 3 

Elective 3 Agri. Specialty 



16 



Elective 3 

18 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agri.* 6 Agri Specialty 8 

SH ^^o X*"^"^'^? Adults* 2 Literature Elective ".'.'.'.'.'.'.'.['.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'.'. 8 

ED 413 Plan. Ed. Programs* 2 phil. or Religion Elec 8 

ED 420 Prin. of Guidance* 2 Elective 6 

PSY 476 Psy. of Adolescence* 2 _ 

SOC 416 Research Methods* 3 16 

— Total Hours— 128 

17 



* These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester. 

GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES 

Poe Hall 

Professor W. E. Hopke, Head of the Department 

Professors: R. N. Anderson, C. G. Morehead; Associate Professor: B. C. 
Talley,- Assistant Professor: Barbara M. Parramore 

The department offers work leading to the Master of Science, Master of 
Education, sixth year and Doctor of Education degrees with a major in the field of 
guidance and personnel services (or counselor education). Each of these degrees 
is designed to prepare individuals for guidance and personnel positions at 

133 



various levels in elementary and secondary schools, junior and community col- 
leges, trade and technical schools and institutes, institutions of higher education, 
agencies (such as employment and rehabilitation offices), as well as guidance 
and personnel work in business, industry and government. Prospective applicants 
should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Professor D. M. Hanson, Head of the Department 

Professors: J. T. Nerden, D. W. Olson; Professor Emeritus: I. Hostetler; 
Associate Professors: C. A. Moeller, T. B. Young; Assistant Professors: 
T. C. Shore, Jr., F. S. Smith, R. T. Troxler; Adjunct Assistant Professor: 
W. A. McIntosh; Visiting Assistant Professor: C. F. Ward; Instructor: 
R. L. Miller 

The Department of Industrial and Technical Education offers curricula to 
prepare teachers, supervisors and administrators for the public schools, area 
vocational schools, community colleges and technical institutes. Complete four- 
year curricula in industrial arts education, vocational industrial education and 
technical education leading to the Bachelor of Science in education degree are 
available in the department. The curricula are planned to provide students with 
broad cultural and professional backgrounds to parallel occupational experience. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Students completing the requirements of the industrial and technical education 
curricula will be prepared to teach industrial arts or trade and/or technical 
subjects. Students may also prepare for positions as industrial cooperative 
training coordinators in secondary schools. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers the Master of Science, Master of Education or Doctor 
of Education degrees. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School 
Catalog. 



VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAI^ EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

The curriculum in vocational industrial education is designed to prepare 
vocational teachers for the secondary schools, area vocational schools and post- 
secondary school vocational programs. Upon satisfactory completion of the 
curriculum the graduate is qualified to teach in any of the aforementioned 
vocational areas, 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates of the vocational industrial education curriculum have a wide 
selection of employment opportunities. The rapid growth of the vocational 
programs in the secondary schools in all fields has created an urgent demand for 
vocational teachers, and the selection is very attractive. A student may qualify 
for teaching positions in introduction to industrial education, trade preparatory 

134 



training and industrial cooperative training in these fast-growing programs in 
the secondary schools. 

Other opportunities include teaching in the area vocational schools, in industry 
and in the post-secondary schools. 

VOCATIONAL INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semest ■^ 
CH 101 Gfc 
ED 100 Intro. 
ENG 111 Comt 



Credits 

hem. I 4 

Tnd. Educ 2 

-i Rhetoric 3 



MA 111 Algebra 
Physical Educati> 



Trig. 



14 



Spring Semester 

ENG 112 Comp. and Reading . . 

History Elective 

lA 105 Drafting 

MA 112 Analytic Geo. & Calc. A 



MA 122 Math of Fin. & Elem. Stat. 
Physical Education 



Credits 



15 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

PS 201 The Amer. Gov. System 3 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

SP 230 Fundamentals of Speech 3 

Electives* 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spri7ig Semester Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Electives* 6 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

ED 327 Hist. & Phil, of Ind. 

Tech. Educ. 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

RRA 333 Safety Prac. in Rec 2 

SOC 401 Human Relations in 

Industrial Society 3 

Electives* 6 



17 



Spring Semester 

ED 305 Anal, of Tech. Ed 

& Course Construction 
ED 344 Secondary Education 

Liteiature Elective ... 

Electives* 



17 



Credits 



Progs. 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching 

Industrial Subjects 3 

ED 444 Student Teaching in 

Industrial Subjects 6 

ED 483 Instructional Aids & Devices 2 

PSY 476 Psy. of Adolescence 2 



Spriiig Semester Credits 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 

ED 405 Ind. & Tech. Ed. Shop and Lab 

Planning 3 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 

Electives* 8 

16 



Total Hours— 128 



15 



* Eighteen hours of electives must be selected in accordance with the student's area of specialization 
and with approval of the adviser. Remaining hours may be taken from free electives. 

TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

The curriculum in technical education is oriented toward achieving the ob- 
jective of preparing instructors within a wide range of teaching technologies and 
is closely coordinated with existing engineering curricula. A student enrolling in 
the technical education curriculum may specialize to some extent in areas related 
to interest and /or previous work experience. Admission to the technical education 



135 



curriculum is limited to students capable of demonstrating proficiency in a given 
applied technology, i.e., electrical, electronics, mechanical, etc. 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Many employment opportunities exist for graduates of the technical education 
curriculum. These include teaching in the expanding community college complex, 
technical institutes, area vocational schools and within industry as instructors 
and coordinators of training programs. The growth of technical education in the 
nation, and the large number of new technical education facilities being con- 
structed will require an increasing number of instructors to staff teaching 
positions. 



TECHNICAL EDUCATION CURRICULUM* 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ED 100 Intro, to Ind. Ed 2 

ENG 111 Comp. and Rhetoric 8 

MA 111 Algebra and Trig. 4 

Physical Education 1 

14 



Spring Semester Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

ENG 112 Comp. and Reading 3 

MA 102 Anal. Geo. and Calc. I 4 

PS 201 The Amer. Gov. System 3 

Physical Education 1 

14 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

English Elective 3 

MA 201 Anal. Geo. and Calc. H 4 

PY 205 General Physics 
or 

PY 211 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

14 



Spring Semester Credits 

E 102 Engineering Graphics II 1 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 8 

PY 208 General Physics 
or 

PY 212 General Physics 5 or 4 

Electives** 5 or 4 

Physical Education 1 

14 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 327 Hist. & Phil, of Ind. Tech Ed 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

SOC 202 Prin. of Sociology S 

Electives** 6 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 305 Anal, of Tech. Ed. Progs. 

and Course Construction 3 

SOC 401 Human Rel. in Ind. Society 3 

Electives** 9 

15 



Shop 



Fall Semester 

ED 405 Ind. & Tech. Ed 
and Lab. Planning 

ED 422 Meth. of Teach. Ind. Subjects 3 

Electives** 9 



16 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits 



Spring Semester 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Ind. 

Subjects 

Electives** 



Credits 



15 



Total Hours — 116 



* Student will be expected to demonstrate proficiency in the applied technology of his choice — may 
be fulfilled by technical institute training or selected courses in addition to those required for 
the degree. 
'** Minimum of 27 hours of elective courses must be selected from engineering, engineering sciences, 
physical sciences, etc. in accordance with the student's area of specialization and with approval 
of the adviser. Remaining hours may be taken from free electives. 



136 



INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Associate Professor T. B. Young, Coordinator 

Industrial arts comprises that area of education which concerns itself with 
materials, processes and products of industry. It is concerned with a study of 
changes made in materials to make them more useful and with problems related 
to these changes. 

The industrial arts education curriculum at North Carolina State performs 
the function of preparing teachers and supervisors of industrial arts for 
secondary schools. 

FACILITIES 

The industrial arts facilities include a drafting room, and various laboratories 
which include test and machine tool equipment for student activities involving 
wood, metals, plastics, ceramics, electricity and electronics, and graphic arts. 
A separate experimental laboratory is provided for the purpose of encouraging 
experimentation and applied research in all of the industrial arts areas at the 
advanced undergraduate and graduate levels. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The graduates of the industrial arts program find excellent opportunities 
for employment in the public schools, as well as in business and industry. 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 lA 105 Drafting 4 

lA 100 Intro, to Ind. Arts 1 MA 112 Anal. Geo. and Calc. A 4 

lA 102 Fund, of Mat. & Processes 4 PS 201 The Amer. Gov. System 3 

MA 111 Alg. & Trig. 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 16 

17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Sem,ester Credits 

lA 209 Wood Processing 4 EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psy 3 lA 210 Metal Technology 4 

PY 211 General Physics 4 PY 212 General Physics 4 

SOC 202 Prin. of Sociology 3 Speech Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Elective* 8 

Physical Education 1 

18 



16 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

lA 205 Ind. Arts Design 3 ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

lA 312 Electricity-Electronics 4 ED 482 Curriculum Prob. in Ind. Arts 2 

lA 484 School Shop Plan, and lA 304 General Shop Organization 2 

Equipment Selection 3 lA 306 Graphic Arts 4 

PSY 304 Educ. Psychology 3 lA 315 General Ceramics 3 

Electives* 6 Literature Elective 8 

18 17 

137 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 420 Prin. of Guidance 2 History Elective 3 

ED 422 Meth. of Teach. Ind. Subjects 3 lA 465 Indep. Study in Ind. Arts 3 

ED 444 Stud. Teach, in Ind. Subjects 6 lA 480 Modern Industries 3 

ED 483 Instru. Aids & Devices 2 Electives* 9 

PSY 476 Psy. of Adolescence -2 — 

— 18 

15 Total Hours — 134 



• To provide depth of experience in one or two areas of industrial arts, nine additional hours are 
required in one area or six additional hours in one and three in another. 

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION 

Poe Hall 

Professor H. E. Speece, Head of the Department 

Associate Professors: N. D. ANDERSON, J. R. KoLB, H. A. Shannon; Assistant 
Professor: L. W. WATSON; Adjunct Assistant Professors: E. G. Blakeway, 
J. M. Goode, Annie J. Williams; Instructor: W. M. Waters, Jr. 

The Department of Mathematics and Science Education offers a program for 
preparing undergraduate students as teachers of mathematics and science. The 
program is designed to provide a broad background in the natural sciences, social 
sciences and humanities; depth of specialization in mathematics or an area of 
science; and the development of professional competencies needed by a teacher. 
There is sufficient flexibility in the program to allow students to meet certification 
requirements in more than one teaching field. The depth of preparation in the 
area of specialization will enable students to pursue a program of graduate 
studies. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The demand for well-qualified mathematics and science teachers in our schools 
and colleges results in excellent opportunities for graduates of the Department 
of Mathematics and Science Education. The rapid scientific, technological and 
educational developments during the past few years have accentuated the im- 
portance of mathematics and science teaching. These recent developments have 
resulted in improved working conditions, salaries, and new opportunities for 
graduate study and professional advancement. 

MATHEMATICS EDUCATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Sem.ester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 BS 100 General Biology 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 CH 103 General Chemistry II 

History Elective 3 or 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

Physical Education 1 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

— MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calculus I 4 

16 Physical Education 1 

16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calculus II 4 EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

PS 201 The American Gov. Systems 3 ED 203 Intruduction to Teaching Math. 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 and Sci 2 

PY 211 General Physics* 4 MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calculus III 4 

Physical Education 1 PY 212 General Physics* 4 

— ST 361 Intro, to Statistics for 

15 Engineers I 8 

Physical Education 1 

17 

138 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

MUS 200 Music in Contemp. Life 3 

or 
ART 200 The Visual Arts in Cont. Life . . 3 

MA 403 Intro, to Mod. Algebra 3 

Math Elective 3 

SP 230 Fundamentals of Speech 3 

Elective 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

Literature Elective 3 

MA 404 Fund. Concepts of Geometry 3 

PHI 201 L.gic 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Elective (s) 3 

18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance** 2 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Math 3 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Math 6 

ED 472 Dev. & Selecting Teaching 

Materials in Math 2 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 

PY 223 Astronomy & Astrophysics 3 

Electives 7 



Total Hours— 130 



16 



* Students may schedule PY 205, 208, or PY 205, 206, 207 in place of the PY 211, 212 sequence. 
** These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester. 



SCIENCE EDUCATION CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

History Elective 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trigonometry 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

or 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry* 4 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calculus I 4 

or 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calculus A 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PY 211 General Physics** 4 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 3 

Required science or Electives*** 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching 2 

PS 201 The Amer. Gov'tal. Systems 3 

PY 212 General Physics** 4 

Required science or Electives*** 6 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 

MUS 200 Music in Cont. Life 3 

or 
ART 200 The Visual Arts in Cont. Life .3 

SP 230 Fundamentals of Speech 3 

Req. Sci. or Elect.*** 6 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

Literature Elective 3 

PSY 304 Educational Psychology 3 

Req. Sci. or Elect. *•• 12 

18 



139 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance**** 2 PHI 405 Philosophy of Science 3 

ED 475 Methods of Teach. Science 3 Req. Sci. or Elect.*** 12 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science 6 — 

ED 477 Dev. & Selecting Teaching 15 

Materials in Science 2 

PSY 476 Psychology of Adolescence 2 

15 Total Hours— 130 



* Required of those specializing in chemistry. 
** Students may elect to schedule PY 205, 208 or PY 205, 206, 207 in place of the PY 211, 212 
sequence. 
*** In addition to required science, electives are to be selected for a minimum of 24 hours in the 

area of specialization. 
•*** These courses are taken as a block in the professional semester. 



SCIENCE EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS 
OF SPECIALIZATION 



IN AREAS 



Biology: 

Plant Physiology (BO 421) or 

Vertebrate Physiology (ZO 421) 4 

Genetics (GN 301 or GN 411-412) 3-4 

Organic Chemistry (CH 220) 4 

Plant Life (BO 200) 4 

or 

Animal Life (ZO 201) 4 

General Microbiology (MB 401-402) 4 

Plant Physiology (BO 442) 4 

Chem.istry: 

Organic Chemistry 4 

Analytical Chemistry 4 

Physical Chemistry 4 

MA 201 Anal. Geometry & Calculus II 4 

MA 202 Anal. Geometry & Calculus III 4 

Chemistry Elective 4 



Earth Science: 

GY 222 Historical Geology 3 

GY 208 Physical Geography and 

Meteorology 3 

or 

GY 486 Weather & Climate 2 

PY 223 Astronomy & Astrophysics 3 

Earth Science Electives 16-16 



Physics: 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calculus II 4 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calculus III 4 

PY 223 Astronomy & Astrophysics 3 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics ... 3 
Physics Electives 9-10 



GRADUATE PROGRAM 

The department offers the Master of Science or Master of Education and the 
Ph.D. degrees in mathematics education and in science education. Prospective 
applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



PSYCHOLOGY 

Clarence Poe Hall 

Professor H. G. MILLER, Head of the Department 

Professors: J. 0. Cook, H. M. Corter, D. W. Drewes, J. C. Johnson, S. E. 
Newman, R. G. Pearson; Professor Emeritus: K. L. Barkley; Adjunct 
Professor: R. M. Chambers; Associate Professors: J. L. Cole, J. W. 
Cunningham, R. E. Lubow, J. W. Magill; Clinical Associate Professors: 
R. B. Duke, B. A. Norton; Adjunct Associate Professor: Gilbert Gottlieb; 
Research Associate Professor: B. W. Westbrook; Assistant Professors: 
T. E. LeVere, J. E. LUGINBUHL, J. L. Wasik; Clinical Assistant Professor: 
Margaret N. Utley; Visiting Assistant Professors: T. D. Gardner, E. F. 
Maleski, Rachel F. Rawls; Adjunct Assistant Professors : Brenda C. Ball, 
R. W. Oppenheim - - 

Courses in psychology are designed to promote a broad understanding of 
behavior as a science and to cultivate the skills which may be useful in dealing 



140 



with human beings in social, educational, industrial or other situations. The 
department oflFers courses of interest to students in all schools of the University. 

A major in psychology leading to the Bachelor of Arts degree is offered 
in the School of Education. The student is required to take 27 hours 
in psychology, plus a three-hour statistics course. Of the 27 hours in psy- 
chology, 21 are required, namely. Psychology 200, 210, 300, 310, 320 and the 
seminar series Psychology 491, 492. In addition, two elective courses in psy- 
chology at or above the 300 level are required. 

In courses outside the major, the general requirements for arts degrees 
prevail except that the following courses are required for psychology majors: 
BS 100, MA 112, 212, 114 and a two-semester sequence in one of the physical 
sciences — physics or chemistry. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Psychology offers the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School 
Catalog. 



141 




The electron scanning microscope is a useful facility for engineering research. 



142 



ENGINEERING 

Riddick Hall 

Ralph E. Fadum, Dean 

Robert G. Carson, Jr., Associate Dean for Academic Affairs 

Henry B. Smith, Associate Dean for Graduate Studies and Research 

John R. Canada, Assistant Dean for Extension 

The engineer has the responsibility and obligation to use knowledge in his 
field for the benefit of mankind. Today, a new sense of responsibility has 
been imposed upon the engineer by the impact of science and technology. 

Engineering studies are important to those young men and women who look 
to industry, engineering education, or research and development for a career. 
These ambitions can well be furthered by the School of Engineering through its 
undergraduate or graduate programs, where students are offered technical in- 
struction and leadership guidance by an experienced staff of qualified engineers 
and educators. 

The School of Engineering is organized into 10 departments; biological and 
agricultural, chemical, civil, electrical, industrial, mechanical and aerospace, 
materials, nuclear, mechanics and research. Undergraduate degree programs are 
offered in the first nine departments listed. In addition, a degree in engineering 
operations is offered through a curriculum coordinator. All the teaching depart- 
ments offer advanced studies leading to the professional degree, the master's 
degree and the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

A placement oflfice is maintained by the University to assist graduating 
students and alumni with career development and associated problems. 

It is the policy of the School of Engineering to have its curricula more than 
meet the standards of the Engineers' Council for Professional Development. It is 
the ambition of the school that these curricula and programs meet the needs 
of the people and industries of the state and region through effective instruction, 
competent research and development, and worthwhile contributions to engineering 
knowledge. 

CURRICULA AND DEGREES 

The freshman year of the studies is the same for all the engineering curricula. 
All entering students are assigned to the freshman engineering division where 
each student is given advice in planning an appropriate program of study. 
Although the entering student may indicate a curriculum choice if he has one, 
he may wait until the end of his first year when he is in a better position to 
judge which engineering branch of study is most suited to his own interests and 
talents. 

Bachelor of Science in Engineering — The four-year program provides prepara- 
tion for graduate school or to meet the needs of young people who will go into 
industry in the fields of design, development, production, sales, application, and 
planning and operation of industrial units. 

The four-year curricula offer programs of study leading to a bachelor's de- 
gree in aerospace, biological and agricultural, ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, 
engineering mechanics, engineering operations, industrial, mechanical, materials 
and nuclear engineering. Construction engineering is an option in civil engineering. 
Graduation requirements are the satisfactory completion of the electives and 
required courses in any one curriculum which amount to 125 to 130 semester 
hours. A minimum scholastic record of a "C" average is also required. 

143 



Specialized Degree — A specialized Bachelor of Science degree is also offered 
through a program of study in furniture manufacturing and management. This 
four-year curriculum is offered through the Department of Industrial Engi- 
neering. 

Engineering Honors Program — The Engineering Honors Program is designed 
to challenge the talented student and to optimize the utilization of his and the 
University's resources. The features which distinguish the Engineering Honors 
Program from the standard B.S. program of study are 1) special Engineering 
Honors courses, 2) opportunities for independent study and original work, 
3) complete freedom of course substitution with adviser's approval, and 4) free 
access to library stacks and other opportunities normally available only to 
graduate students. In addition, with the instructors' consent, the program offers 
the opportunity to take any required course in depth and, thus, receive Engi- 
neering Honors credit. For details of the program contact the dean's office. 

Cooperative Education Program — A program of Cooperative Education was 
begun in the school year 1968-69 for the School of Engineering. The program, 
which is optional, is planned such that the student may alternate semesters of 
study with semesters of work during the sophomore and junior academic levels. 
The freshman and senior years are spent on campus while the sophomore and 
junior academic levels are spread over a three-year period to permit the 
sandwiching of the academic semesters with practical work experience semesters. 
The co-op plan requires five calendar years for completion during which time 
the student receives approximately 18 months of practical experience in his field. 
Students in all curricula in the School of Engineering may participate if they 
have a grade point average of 2.25 or better. After a student has been accepted, 
he is expected to maintain at least a 2.00 grade-point average to remain in 
good standing. Application for admission into the co-op program should be made 
early in the fall semester of the freshman year; however, later applications 
resulting in fewer work semesters prior to graduation will be considered. Further 
information may be obtained from the Director of Cooperative Engineering 
Education, 236 Riddick Building, School of Engineering. 

Joint Liberal Arts-Engineering Program — Students may wish to take ad- 
vantage of the opportunity to combine a B.S. in engineering with either a B.S. 
or B.A. in liberal arts. When the two are carried along together the double 
degree program can be completed in five years. Those interested should contact 
the Freshman Engineering Division and the Dean of Liberal Arts. 

Professional Degree in a Specialized Branch of Engineering — The professional 
degree in a specialized branch of engineering is an earned degree which can be 
obtained after the bachelor's degree. 

The curricula are especially designed to meet the needs of students desiring 
intensive specialization in a particular field or additional course work not 
ordinarily covered in the normal four-year undergraduate curricula. The pro- 
fessional program of study is offered in ceramic, chemical, civil, electrical, 
industrial, mechanical, materials and nuclear engineering. 

For detailed information concerning the requirements for the professional 
degree, turn to pages 173-174. 



GRADUATE STUDY 

A master's degree in a specialized branch of engineering is offered. These are 
in electrical, mechanical, civil, engineering mechanics, and industrial engineering. 
The Master of Science and Doctor of Philosophy degrees are offered in all 
departments of the school. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate 
School Catalog. 



144 



RESEARCH 

Research activities in the School of Engineering are, in general, related to the 
educational purposes of graduate studies. A broad spectrum of research ac- 
tivities are engaged in by all departments of the school. The major purposes 
of these research activities are those of contributing to the scholarly activities 
of our faculty and training graduate students in research. It is intended that 
these scholarly and research activities be of such a caliber as to result in useful 
and publishable results. 

The State of North Carolina provides research services in areas devoted 
toward greater utilization of the state's resources. This program is administered 
through the engineering research department. 

The State of North Carolina also supports a research program at the 
Minerals Research Laboratory in Asheville, North Carolina. The main purposes 
of this program are those of assisting in the development of North Carolina's 
mineral industries. This program is operated by the School of Engineering, but 
it does not engage in extensive graduate research activities. 

SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

The School of Engineering offers approximately 100 short courses, conferences, 
workshops, seminars and institutes each year both on the campus and at various 
centers throughout the State for adults and graduate engineers. Such courses 
vary in length from periodic evening meetings to full-time endeavors of several 
weeks; each year the courses offered are different and vary according to the 
public demand. The engineering faculty usually furnish a large portion of the 
instruction offered in these courses. 

These short courses offer real opportunity to practicing engineering personnel 
to follow a refresher program in their field of interest, as well as to become 
acquainted with the latest and most modern engineering procedures and equip- 
ment. 

HUMANITIES AND SOCIAL SCIENCES 

The educated engineer has a foundation in the humanities and social sciences 
as well as in his technical studies. Each student in the School of Engineering 
shall take a minimum of 18 credit hours of humanities and/or social science, 
approved by his adviser, made up as follows: 
One beginning course in economics 
One beginning course in literature, suggested courses are: 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 

ENG 262 English Literature II 

ENG 266 American Literature II 
One beginning course in history 
One course in history and philosophy of science, suggested courses are: 

HI 422 Rise of Modern Science 

PHI 405 Philosophy of Science 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 

SS 302 Science and Contemporary Civilization 
Two additional courses from the humanities-social sciences, 

suggested courses are : 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World 

EC 370 (HI 370) The Rise of Industrialism 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly, & Public Policy 

EC 431 Labor Economics 

EC 440 Economic Development 

145 



EC 448 International Economics 

EC 470 (HI 470) Evolution of the American Economy 

EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems 

EM 590 (PHI 590, REL 590) Technology and Human Values 

ENG 346 Comparative Literature I 

ENG 371 The Modern Novel 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature I 

ENG 399 Contemporary Literature II 

ENG 468 American Romanticism 

ENG 485 Shakespeare 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 

History, any 300 or higher numbered course 

MUS 200 Music in Contemporary Life 

MUS 210 A Survey of Music in America 

MUS 220 Music of the Romantic Period 

PHI 305 Philosophy of Religion 

PHI 306 Philosophy of Art 

PHI 307 Morality and Human Happiness 

PHI 310 Existentialism 

PHI 406 Contemporary Political Philosophy 

PS 401 American Parties and Pressure Groups 

PS 472 Soviet Politics 

PS 473 Political Systems of New States 

REL 300 Introduction to Religion 

REL 321 Religion in American Life 

REL 327 Contemporary Religious Thought 

SS 301 Science and Civilization 

SS 302 Science and Contemporary Civilization 

SS 401 Contemporary Issues: The Urban Crises 

SS 402 Contemporary Issues: The Arms Race 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociology 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 

SOC 303 Current Social Problems 

SOC 304 Contemporary Family Life 

SOC 305 Race Relations 

UNI 303 Man and His Environment 

UNI 323 The World Population and Food Crisis 



FRESHMAN ENGINEERING DIVISION 

Riddick Hall 

Associate Professor R. H. HAMMOND, Director 

Instructors: J. L. Crow, G. A. Finley, J. F. Freeman, G. K. Hilliard, Jr., 
H. B. LusK, E. H. Stinson, W. J. Vander Wall, B. D. Webb; Senior 
Adviser: B. HoucK, Jr.; Lecturer: D. L. Kelly 

All students in their first year in the School of Engineering are required to 
take the same general program of courses as listed below. The Freshman Engi- 
neering Division of the school advises all freshman students on academic affairs 
and arranges a program of courses which best suits his individual background 
and talents and permits him the greatest probability of academic success. This 
division also offers basic counseling services to the freshman student. 

Although an entering student may designate the department he proposes for 
his major, it is not necessary for him to decide upon his major until the end of 
his freshman year. Prior to the fall semester each student having earned 28 or 

146 



more credits is transferred to the department of his choice. 

The Freshman Engineering Division offers assistance to high schools on any 
problems involving engineering as a career. However, its major function is 
guiding and counseling each student throughout his freshman year in the School 
of Engineering. 

FRESHMAN YEAR IN ALL ENGINEERING CURRICULA 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 
CH 105 Chemistry — Principles and 

Applications* 3 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 

E 120 Engineering Concepts 3 

ENG 112H Composition and Reading** ... 3 

Humanities or Social Science*** 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 2 

32 

* Those students who intend to major in Chemical Engineering or who expect to take additional 
chemistry courses will take CH 107, Principles of Chemistry instead of CH 105. 
** If a grade of C or better is not achieved in ENG 112H an additional English course is required. 
*** The Humanities or Social Sciences courses usually suggested are HI 105, Modern Western 
World or EC 205, Economic Activity. 

The program above is shown only as a typical program. Other courses may be 
substituted, added, or deleted dependent upon each student's individual back- 
ground and talents. Individual programs might range from 28 credits to 35 credits. 

BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

David S. Weaver Laboratories 

Professor F. J. Hassler, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: H. D. Bowen, J. M. Fore, D. H. Howells, W. H. Johnson, C. W. 
Suggs; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Weaver, Jr.; Associate Professors : G. B. 
Blum. Jr., J. W. Dickens (USDA), E. L. Howell, B. K. Huang. E. G. 
Humphries, W. F. McClure, C. R. Willey (USDA), R. E. William- 
son (USDA), E. H. Wiser, J. H. Young; Assistant Professors: J. R. 
Hammerle, R. G. Holmes, F. J. Humenik, R. P. Rohrbach, R. W. Skaggs, 
R. S. SOWELL, T. B. Whitaker (USDA) ; Assistant Professor Emeritus: 
N. W. Weldon; Associate Members of the Faculty: D. D. Hamann, V. A. 
Jones (Food Science) 

EXTENSION 

Associate Professor G. J. Kriz, Associate Head in Charge of Extension 
Professor Emeritus: H. M. Ellis ; Associate Professors: L. B. Driggers, W. C. 
Warrick; Associate Professor Emeritus: J. C. Ferguson; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: E. 0. Beasley, J. W. Glover, R. W. Watkins; Instructor: R. E. 
Sneed 

Students in biological and agricultural engineering are educated and trained 
to deal with problems of agriculture that are engineering in nature. Involved are 

147 



the application of scientific and engineering principles to the conservation and 
utilization of water and soil, the development of power and labor-saving devices 
for all phases of agricultural production, the design of structures and equip- 
ment for housing and handling livestock and field products, and the processing 
and marketing of farm products. 



UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

This curriculum, offered in conjunction with the School of Agriculture and 
Life Sciences, is designed to develop young men capable of engineering leadership 
in agriculture. Emphasis is placed on basic science courses such as mathe- 
matics, physics, mechanics, biology, soils and thermodynamics, which provide a 
sound background for engineering and agricultural technology. Courses in 
biological and agricultural engineering are directed to those methods of thought 
and techniques whereby science can be applied with understanding and judgment 
to engineering situations in agricultural operations. General agriculture courses 
are provided in order that the student can better understand the agricultural 
industry with which he deals. 

Since training in biological and agricultural engineering involves two distinct 
technical fields — agriculture and engineering — this curriculum is a joint re- 
sponsibility of the two schools and is so administered. 



FACILITIES 

The Department of Biological and Agricultural Engineering is housed in the 
David S. Weaver Laboratories. This complex of buildings, completed in 1970, 
embodies the most advanced facilities for education and research in the applica- 
tion of engineering to the production and processing of biological material for 
food and fiber. Included are offices, classrooms, laboratories, shop facilities and 
space for the Agricultural Engineering Extension Service. 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Men trained in biological and agricultural engineering are qualified for posi- 
tions in design, development and research in public institutions and in industry, 
and for teaching and extension work in institutions of higher education. The 
curriculum also provides adequate training for postgraduate work leading to 
advanced degrees. Graduates in this program receive the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in biological and agricultural engineering. 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 251 Elements of Bio. & Agr. Engr. 3 BS 100 General Biology 4 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Lang. I. 2 EE 331 Princ. of Elect. Engr 3 

EM 205 Prin. of Engr. Mech. 3 EM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Humanities & SS 3 

Calculus III 4 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

FY 208 General Physics 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 



17 

148 



17 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 361 Analytical Methods 3 BAE 342 Agr. Processing 4 

BAE 391 Electiotechnology in Bio. BAE 381 Agr. Structures & Env. 3 

& Agr. Engr. 3 BAE 462 Functional Design of Field 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 Mach 3 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 Humanities & SS 3 

SSC 200 Soils 4 Free Elective 3 

16 16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BAE 451 Agr. Engr. Design I 3 BAE 452 Agr. Engr. Design II 3 

BAE 472 Agr. Water Management 4 Advised Tech. Elec 3 

Humanities & SS 6 Humanities & SS 6 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 16 

Total Hours— 129 

Humanities and social sciences will be taken according to the standard 
engineering school listing. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers programs of study for the Master of Science, Doctor of 
Philosophy and Master of Biological and Agricultural Engineering degrees. 
Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

Riddick Hall 

Professor J. K. Ferrell, Head of the Department 

Professors: K. 0. Beatty, Jr., W. L. McCabe, E. M. Schoenborn, Jr., V. T. 
Stannett; Professor Emeritus: R. Bright; Adjunct Professors: H. P. 
Kramer, D. M. Preiss, D. R. Squire; Associate Professors: R. P. Gardner, 
H. B. Hopfenberg, D. B. Marsland, D. C. Martin, J. F. Seely, E. P. 
Stahel; Assistant Professors: R. M. Felder, R. W. Rousseau 

Chemical engineering is concerned with the design, optimization and control 
of processes, equipment and plants in which chemical and physical transforma- 
tions of matter are carried out. Typical industries relying heavily upon chemical 
engineering include those producing chemicals, polymers, synthetic fibers, metals, 
drugs, glass, food, gasoline, rocket fuels, paper, soap and cement; those pro- 
ducing energy from nuclear fuels; and those processing materials by methods 
involving chemical reactions. The preparation of men qualified to pursue careers 
in such industries as these is the purpose of the curriculum in chemical engi- 
neering. 

CURRICULUM 

The work of the chemical engineer is extremely diversified and consequently 
his education must be along broad and basic lines. The spirit of research and 
experimentation is a vital part of the chemical industry and even those in the 
undergraduate curriculum need to acquire the sound scientific background 
essential to original thought and independent accomplishment. The undergraduate 
curriculum emphasizes the engineering, chemical and economic principles involved 
in chemical processes and operations. The work in chemistry including inorganic, 

149 



analytical, physical and orpranic chemistry is comparable to that usually given 
to chemists with the exception of a reduction of time devoted to laboratory 
work. The subjects in mechanics and materials are designed to supply the funda- 
mentals of these branches. The work in the chemical engineering subjects, 
although distinctly professional in application, is nevertheless basic in character. 
Since it depends upon a thorough background in mathematics and the sciences, 
it is postponed until the third and fourth years. It is designed to develop 
initiative, sound habits of thought and intellectual curiosity in the student. 

Chemical engineers have played a major role in the atomic energy field. The 
future of production of nuclear fuels, the operation and design of reactors, and the 
processing of irradiated materials present a multitude of chemical engineering 
problems. New demands require increasing application of chemical eneineering 
principles to the development of new and unique materials for special applications, 
new chemical processes for air and water pollution abatement, and new materials 
such as fuels, propellants, heat shields and fuel cells. 



FACILITIES 

The chemical engineering laboratories are provided with pilot plant-type 
equipment for studying the principles of fluid flow, heat transfer, distillation, 
absorption, drying, crushing and grinding, filtration, chemical reaction kinetics, 
etc. Much new equipment has been installed and new and special apparatus is 
added from time to time to keep the facilities abreast of recent developments in 
the field. Emphasis is placed on the use of both digital and analog computers 
in the solution of typical chemical engineering problems. Special equipment for 
research and instructional purposes is designed and built in the departmental 
laboratories. In this way students are given first-hand acquaintance with prob- 
lems relating to the actual design, construction and operation of typical equip- 
ment used in industry. 



OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities for employment in the chemical, atomic energy and allied fields 
upon graduation are numerous and varied. Graduates find employment in such 
fields as research and development; production, operation and maintenance; 
management and administration; inspection, testing and process control; tech- 
nical service and sales; estimation and specification writing; consulting and 
teaching, and many others. Students desiring to pursue careers in research and 
development or in teaching and consulting work are strongly advised to consider 
graduate training. In fact, the need for persons who have had advanced training 
in the field beyond the regular four-year program is continually increasing. 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Princ. 3 CHE 225 Chemical Proc. Systems 3 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 EM 205 Princs. of Engr. Mechs 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

and Calculus III 4 MA 301 Applied Diflerential Equations I . . 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 17 

18 

150 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 CHE 315 Chem. Proc. Thermodynamic ; H 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Lab 1 CHE 327 Separation Processes I 3 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 CHE 431 Chemical Engr. Lab. I 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 Chemistry Elective 3 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

Engr. Materials I 3 — 

Free Elective 3 15 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chem. CHE 451 Chem. Engr. Design 3 

and Phase Equilibria 3 Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

CHE 432 Chemical Engr. Lab. II 3 Technical Elective 3 

CHE 495 Seminar 1 Free Elective 6 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 — 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 IB 

Technical Elective 3 

16 

Total Hours — 130 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Mann Hall 

Professor D. L. Dean, Head of the Department 

Professor Paul Z. Zia, Associate Head of the Department 

Professor C. Smallavood, Jr., Graduate Administrator 

Professors: M. Amein, W. F. Babcock, C. R. Bramer, P. D. Cribbins, R. E. 
Fadum, C. L. Heimbach, J. W. Horn, A. I. Kashef, W. G. Mullen, M. E. 
Uyanik, H. E. Wahls; Adjunct Professor: C. L. Mann, Jr.; Associate 
Professors: J. F. Ely, W. S. Galler, K. S. Havner, L. J. Langfelder, 
J. F. MiRZA, G. R. Taylor, C. C. Tung; Adjunct Associate Professor: 
C. P. Fisher, Jr.; Assistant Professors: N. V. Colston, Jr., W. J. Head, 
F. J. Humenik, J. L. Machemehl, J C. Smith; Extension Specialist: R. F. 
DeBruhl; Environmental Extension Specialist: D. R. Johnston 

Civil engineering is one of the broadest of the various fields of engineering. 
It deals with the planning, design and construction of buildings, dams, bridges, 
harbor works, water works, water power facilities, sewage disposal works, 
nuclear waste facilities, missile launch facilities and transportation facilities in- 
cluding highways, railways, waterways, airports and pipe lines. Graduates in 
civil engineering are in demand by public agencies as well as by private enter- 
prise. The activities of the civil engineer are such that opportunities are 
available for office-type as well as field-type employment and for employment in 
small communities as well as in large industrial centers. 

OBJECTIVES 

It is the primary mission of the Department of Civil Engineering to offer 
programs of study designed to provide adequate academic preparation to those 
contemplating a career in the civil engineering profession. To this end, course 
work at both the baccalaureate and the graduate levels is offered. The under- 
graduate program is designed to provide a sound general education and at the 
same time to nrepar-^ the student for advanced study in engineering either by 
the continuation of formal education at the graduate level or by self-study. 

161 



FACILITIES 

The Department of Civil Engineering is located in Mann Hall. This building 
provides offices, drafting rooms and classrooms, as well as laboratory facilities 
the continuation of formal education at the graduate level or by self -study, 
for testing structural materials, large models or full-scale structures, soils 
and bituminous products, for hydraulic experiments, for studies in airphoto 
interpretation and photogrammetry, for analysis of small structural models, for 
chemical and biological tests pertaining to sanitary engineering, and for the 
investigation of transportation problems. In addition the facilities of Mann 
Hall include a student lounge, a computation and cardpunch room, and a de- 
partmental library. All of these facilities have been designed to provide for 
effective teaching and laboratory instruction and to create a scholarly environ- 
ment. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULA 

The Department of Civil Engineering offers two four-year undergraduate 
curricula: the one, leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in civil 
engineering; the other, to the degree of Bachelor of Science in civil engineering, 
construction option. Both of these curricula have been accredited by the Engi- 
neers' Council for Professional Development. 

The civil engineering curriculum is a well-balanced program of study providing 
academic discipline in the pure and applied physical sciences, the humanities 
and social sciences, and the professional aspects of civil engineering including 
structural, transportation and sanitary engineering, and soil mechanics and 
foundations. 

The curriculum in civil engineering construction option is designed to suit 
the needs of students who are especially interested in the construction phases of 
civil engineering. It includes the core course requirements in the physical sciences 
and the social sciences and humanities as established for all engineering curricula 
at North Carolina State University. It differs from the civil engineering curricu- 
lum in that special emphasis is given to the construction aspects of civil 
engineering. To this end, the curriculum includes a four-semester sequence of 
courses in estimates and costs and construction planning and organization. The 
courses unique to this curriculum are designed to provide academic discipline 
in the engineering, planning and management aspects of construction. 

CIVIL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fail Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 202 Intro, to C.E 2 EM 301 Solid Mech. I 3 

EM 200 Intro, to Mechanics 3 GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 3 Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 3 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4 MA 301 Applied DifE. Equations I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MAT 200 Mech. Prop, of Stru. Materials . . 2 

Physical Education 1 Free Elective 3 

— Physical Education 1 

17 — 

18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 301 Engr. Surveying 3 CE 305 Transp. Engr. I 4 

CE .'?82 Hydraulics 4 CE 326 Struct. Engr. I 4 

CE 332 Matls. of Constr 3 CE 342 Soil Engineering I 4 

CE 382 Hydraulics 3 CE 383 Water Res. Engr. I 4 

IE 311 Engr. Project Analysis 3 — 

— 16 
16 

152 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

Civil Engineering Electives** 6 

Engr. Science Elec.*** 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci* 3 

Free Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 450 Civil Engr. Design 3 

Civil Engr. Elective 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 6 

Free Elective 3 

16 



* Humanities and Social Science courses to be selected from the standard school pattern. 
** Two courses selected from 

CE 406 Transp. Engr. II 
CE 427 Struct. Engr. II 
CK 443 Soil Engineering 11 
CE 484 Water Res. Engr. II 
*** Thermodynamics, engineering mechanics, electrical engineering or materials engineering. 

Total Hours — 129 

CONSTRUCTION OPTION CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 202 Intro, to C. E. 2 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Cal. Ill 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

EM 200 Intro, to Mechanics 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

MAT 200 Mech. Prop, of Str. Materials .... 2 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 

MA 301 Diflf. Equations 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 301 Engr. Surveying 3 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 

CE 332 Matls of Constr 3 

CE 382 Hydraulics 4 

IE 311 Engineering Project Analysis 3 

16 



Spring Semester 

CE 305 Transport. Engr. I 

or 
CE 383 Water Res. Engr. I . 
CE 326 Structural Engr. I . 
CE 342 Soil Engineering I 
CE 365 Construction Engr. I 



18 



Credits 



16 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control 3 

CE 466 Construction Engr. II 3 

Engr. Science Elec.** 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 3 

Free Elective 3 



Total Hours— 129 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CE 460 Construction Engr. Project 3 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 

Hum. and Soc. Sci.* 6 

Free Elective 3 

16 



* Humanities and Social Science courses to be selected from standard school pattern. 
** Thermodynamics, engineering mechanics, electrical engineering or materials engineering. 

PROFESSIONAL STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 

Fifth-year programs of study leading to the professional degree of Civil Engi- 
neer are offered in the following specialty fields: sanitary engineering, soil 
mechanics and foundation engineering, structural engineering, and transportation 
engineering. The fifth-year curricula, which are made up of advanced course 
work, are offered as a continuation of the four-year undergraduate program and 
are designed for students who are desirous of becoming technically proficient in 
one of the specialty fields of civil engineering. The following curricula are 



153 



illustrative of the fifth-year program of study. It is to be understood, however, 
that a curriculum for a given student is designed in consultation with his 
adviser to suit his particular interests. 

Regulations governing the professional program are shown on pages 173-174. 

SANITARY ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 571 Theory of Water & Waste CE 572 Unit Operations & Processes in 

Treatment 3 Wastes Engineering 3 

CE 573 Analysis of Water & Wastes 3 CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 2 

CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 2 CE 672 Advanced Water & Wastes 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply & Treatment 4 

Waste Water Disposal 4 Electives 6 

Elective 3 

— 15 

16 

SOIL MECHANICS AND FOUNDATION ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 524 Analysis & Design of CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 

Masonry Structures 3 CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II . . 3 

CE 525 Advanced Structural Analysis 1.3 CE 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I . . 3 MA 405 Introduction to Matrices 

CE 641 Advanced Soil Mechanics 3 and Linear Transformations 3 

Electives 3 Elective 3 

15 15 

STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CE 525 Advanced Structural Analysis 1.3 CE 526 Advanced Structural Analysis II ... 3 

CE 625 Advanced Structural Design 13 CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 CE 626 Advanced Structural Design II 3 

MA 405 Introduction to Matrices EM 552 Elastic Stability 3 

and Linear Transformations 3 Elective 3 

Elective 3 

15 

TRANSPORTATION ENGINEERING 



15 



FaU Semester Credits Spring Sem.ester Credits 

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3 CE 516 Transportation Design 3 

CE 517 Water Transportation 3 CE 601 Transportation Planning 3 

CE 603 Airport Planning & Design 3 CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning ... 3 

Electives 6 Electives 6 

15 15 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The graduate degrees offered by the civil engineering department are the 
Master of Civil Engineering, the Master of Science in civil engineering and the 
Doctor of Philosophy. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School 
Catalog. 

POST-BACCALAUREATE STUDY IN CIVIL ENGINEERING 
RELATED TO OTHER FIELDS 

Transportation Engineering and City and Regional Planning — There exists a 
growing need for the coordination of transportation facilities and land planning 
and for individuals with competence in both fields. To fulfill this need, an 
advanced program leading to a post-baccalaureate degree in engineering with a 
major in transportation engineering, and to the degree of Master of Regional 
Planning is offered through the combined resources of the Department of Civil 
Engineering at North Carolina State University and the Department of City and 
Regional Planning at the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill. Qualified 
students have the opportunity to schedule their courses of instruction to enable 

154 



them to pursue the dual degree. 

The program is designed for students who are desirous of becoming technically 
proficient in both the fields of transportation engineering and city and regional 
planning. The minimum residence requirements include two academic years plus a 
summer internship. The curriculum includes the major core courses for both the 
advanced transportation engineering program and the city and regional planning 
program, plus supplementary courses important to both endeavors and a thesis. 
A bachelor's degree in engineering, including a knowledge of transportation 
engineering, from an institution of recognized standing is required for ad- 
mission to the program. Applicants who do not meet these requirements in full 
may submit their credentials for examination and consideration. 

Further information concerning the joint program may be obtained from the 
Department of Civil Engineering at North Carolina State University or from 
the Department of City and Regional Planning at the University of North 
Carolina at Chapel Hill. 

Water Resources — To meet the need by industry for personnel with training 
in water supply and the abatement of water pollution, students in the many 
curricula leading to positions in industry (food processing, textile chemistry, 
pulp and paper technology, chemical engineering, zoology and others) may 
consider courses of instruction in sanitary engineering for advanced under- 
graduate electives and for minor sequences for advanced degrees. Among the 
courses appropriate for such students are the follo\\ing: CE 484, Water Re- 
sources Engineering II; CE 571, Theory of Water and Waste Treatment; CE 
573, Analysis of Water and Wastes; CE 673, Industrial Water Supply and 
Waste Disposal; CE 674, Stream Sanitation. 

In addition to the traditional program in water supply and pollution control, 
it is possible for students to major in the areas of hydraulics and hydrology. 
These programs are developed in conjunction with the engineering mechanics and 
agricultural engineering programs. Further information may be obtained by 
writing to the Department of Civil Engineering. 



ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

Daniels Hall 

Professor G. B. Hoadley, Head of the Department 

Professor W. D. Stevenson, Jr., Associate Head of the Department 

Assistant Professor W. P. Seagraves, Undergraduate Administrator 

Professors: W. J. Barclay, A. R. Eckels, W. A. Flood, D. R. Rhodes, J. Staud- 
hammer, F. J. Tischer; Adjunct Professors: G. K. Megla, Carmen J. 
Palermo; Professor Emeritus: A. M. Fountain; Associate Professors: 
N. R. Bell, A. J. Goetze, J. R. Hauser, M. A. Littlejohn, E. G. Manning, 
N. F. J. Matthews, L. K. Monteith, J. B. O'Neal, Jr., W. C. Peterson; 
Adjunct Associate Professors: E. Christian, J. J. Wortman; Visiting 
Associate Professor: Y. N. Patt; Associate Professor Emeritus: E. W. 
Winkler; Assistant Professors: W. T. Easter, J. W. Gault, T. H. Glisson, 
L. R. Herman, R. W. Stroh; Adjunct Assistant Professor: C. C. Tappert; 
Instructors: G. G. Reeves, A. T. Shankle, M. G. Zaalouk 

The purpose of the undergraduate curriculum is to train young people, either 
for active work in a challenging and diversified field or for further study on the 
graduate level. To achieve this a thorough grounding is given in engineering 
science, followed by a solid foundation in fundamental electrical theory, and by 
advanced subject matter of sufficient breadth to insure adequate preparation for 

155 



a dynamic profession. This background is essential for success, whether the 
particular field be antennas, radio propagation, automatic control, computers, 
communications, telemetering, electronics, the design of electrical equipment, 
the manufacture of electrical equipment, electrical power production, the 
utilization of electric power, electronics in medicine, instrumentation, solid- 
state devices or any other one of the vital, fast developing fields using 
electricity as either muscles or nerves. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum in electrical engineering includes comprehensive training in 
mathematics and physics— the fundamental sciences — and adequate training in 
allied branches of en.yineerine. Most courses are accompanied by coordinated 
work in the laboratory and drill in the application of theory by means of care- 
fully planned problems. 

Each student has a choice of elective courses in his program. This allows 
the student to direct his program to suit his own individual and special needs 
and interests. Students who may be qualified for graduate study have an even 
wider choice and may coordinate their senior year with a plan for graduate 
study later. Near the end of the sophomore year, each student is asked to 
consider his electives and to plan a coordinated program of courses suited to 
his particular needs and interests. 

Examinations are given each week to sophomore students in the electrical 
engineering course. In the junior year, examinations are given every three 
weeks; and in the senior year, they are given about every five weeks. This 
decreasing frequency of examinations is intended to encourage the student to 
assume more and more responsibility for the success of his own program. 

FACILITIES 

The Department of Electrical Engineering is housed in Daniels Hall. In 
addition to offices and classrooms this building provides laboratories for the 
study of servomechanisms and control, electronics and communications, circuits, 
instrumentation, computers, microwaves, antennas, electromagnetic fields and 
waves, electric filters and electrical machinery. There are also a student 
study room, a shop and a number of research laboratories, especially in semi- 
conductor materials and devices, and in electromagnetics. 

Also available to the student are the services of a digital computer. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

Requirements for graduation are passing grades in the courses listed in the 
electrical engineering curriculum, passing of 124 credit hours and a grade-point 
average of 2.00 or better. 

Attendance at two professional electrical engineering society meetings, one 
in the junior year and one in the senior year, is required. 

Also a minimum of six continuous weeks of gainful employment is required. 
This employment may be as laborer, subprofessional or professional assistant 
in any of the following fields: industrial manufacturing, repair service or 
sales; industrial engineering; scientific research; engineering or architectural 
design and drafting; engineering exploration, surveying or reconnaissance; 
construction of engineering works. Technical work while in military service or 
for a school does not satisfy this requirement. The student is responsible 
for obtaining his employment and supplying satisfactory evidence thereof to the 
department. This evidence will consist of a letter from the employer to the 
undergraduate administrator setting forth inclusive dates of employment, char- 
acter of work performed and an evaluation of the student's work. 

156 



STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Close coordination with the work of the professional electrical engineering 
societies is maintained through the IEEE Student Branch which meets monthly. 
Faculty advisers assist the student in bringing to these meetings practicing 
engineers. The Student Branch also sponsors departmental activities such as 
an annual student papers contest and departmental participation in the engineers' 
fair. 

An active chapter of Eta Kappa Nu, the national honorary electrical engi- 
neering fraternity, undertakes numerous important projects in addition to holding 
two initiation banquets yearly. 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I 4 EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 

Humanities & Soc. Stud.* 3 EM 205 Prin. Engr. Mechanics 3 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. and Calc. Ill 4 Humanities & Soc. Stud.* 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 301 Applied Diff. Equations I 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 14 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 303 Electromag. Fields I 3 EE 304 Electromag. Fields II 3 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 EE 305 Electromechanical Syst 4 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I EE 401 Advanced Elec. Cir 3 

or Humanities & Soc. Stud.* 3 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 Free Elective 3 

Humanities & Soc. Stud.* 3 — 

Free Elec. or Humanities* 3 16 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 440 Fund, of Digital Syst 3 ENG 321S The Comm. of Tech. Info 3 

Departmental Elective** 3 Departmental Elective** 3 

Humanities & Soc. Stud.* 3 Humanities & Soc. Stud.* 3 

MA, PY or ST Elective 3 MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 IB 

Total Hours— 124 



* A total of 21 hours in the humanities and social sciences, including either SS 401 or SS 401, is 
required. The other hours will be according to the standard school program. 
*■' Chosen from an approved list of EE 400- and 500-level course sequences. 

PROFESSIONAL DEGREE 

A fifth or professional year of study is offered in electrical engineering as a 
continuation of the four-year undergraduate program. This fifth year of study 
offers specialized and advanced course work leading to the degree of Electrical 
Engineer. Each student taking this fifth year work plans his program of 
courses to meet his individual needs. Regulations governing the professional 
degree are shown on pages 173-174. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers the Master of Science, the Master of Electrical Engi- 
neering, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should 
consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

157 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

Riddick Hall 

Professor P. H. McDonald, Jr., Head of the Department 

Professor R. A. Douglas, Associate Head of the Department 

Professors: T. S. Chang, J. A. Edwards; Professor Emeritus: A. Mitchell; 
Associate Professors: W. L. Bingham, M. H. Clayton, J. F. Ely, E. D. 
GURLEY, E. G. Humphries, C. J. Maday, F. Y. Sorrell, Jr.; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: C. M. Chang, R. P. Gogolewski, T. E. Smith, Jr.; Visiting Assis- 
tant Professor: Y. HORIE; Instructors : S. T. Lew, R. M. Sexton; Extension 
Specialist: H. M. Eckerlin 

In the contemporary world there is clear need for persons well founded in 
the disciplines of engineerino: and science, with technical abilities developed 
deliberately to analyze and synthesize the complex systems characteristic of 
our age. At the same time, we recognize the responsibility that the educations 
of these persons must prepare them, as well, to undertake engineering works in 
a way mindful of the larger consequences of those works to the economy, to the 
environment and to the framework of society itself. And we recognize that the 
individual student should have the opportunity to build a program of studies 
reflecting his own interests and aspirations. 

In the face of these requirements, the faculty of this department have 
developed a new curriculum that is expected to be more successful in addressing 
those sometimes conflicting needs than were the highly structured curricula of 
the past. 

At the heart of the curriculum are courses in the engineering sciences, 
courses treating subjects expected to be as viable to engineering practice in 
the year 2000 as now. To insure the opportunity for individual development in 
both an engineering sense and a broader sense, the curriculum has been made 
very flexible through the introduction of a large number of electives. Each 
student is encouraged and aided in developing a program most suited to his own 
needs and desires while carefully planned sequences of electives insure that 
strength of total program is not sacrificed to momentary interest. 

Graduates of this program in the engineering sciences will discover vistas of 
professional opportunity perhaps unmatched. Graduates may look to careers in 
management, in government, in applied research and development or in funda- 
mental engineering research. Further, those who wish to pursue their formal 
educations to the master and doctoral levels will find that this program provides 
a particularly sound basis for the advanced studies off"ered in this department. 



CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate curriculum involves study of the behavior of particles 
and systems of rigid and deformable solids. It treats fluids, the microscopic 
and macroscopic behavior of materials, thermodynamics and transport phenom- 
ena. Supporting courses introduce electromagnetic circuits and electronics in 
addition to establishing a strong foundation in mathematics, classical and 
modern physics, chemistry, and humanities and social studies. 

For the senior year, this broad program is topped off by any unusual group 
of synthesis courses in which the student conducts independent studies of his 
choice in real engineering systems bearing high relevance to the profession 
and to society. 

158 



LABORATORY FACILITIES 

This department is located in the Riddick Laboratories Building. The depart- 
ment has its own precision machine shop in which to make the new devices 
called for by students in their independent research. 

The departmental laboratories have become unique in the Southeast for the 
ultramodern facilities and instrumentation used to demonstrate, explain and 
explore the phenomena of engineering interest and study. 

One example is a hypervelocity gun, capable of accelerating projectiles to 
velocities near five miles per second, used to study the impact of particles 
in space. Another is an electromagnetically driven linear pinch device for 
producing high temperature plasma flows in the Mach,, to Mach level. 

Emphasis is placed on modern instrumentation and the use of such devices as 
accelerometers, hot wire anemometers, pressure probes, strain gages and asso- 
ciated recording equipment. Interferometry and birefringence, and other optical 
techniques are used for study of the behavior of solids, fluids and plasmas. 
The laboratories are equipped with the latest models of pulsed and continuous 
wave lasers as well as the most modern ultra high speed cameras capable of 
"freezing" impact phenomena in solids and shock wave radiation phenomena in 
plasmas. 

ENGINEERING MECHANICS CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 201 Electrical Circuits I 4 EM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 

EM 205 Principles of Engineering Humanities and Social Science** 3 

Mechanics 3 MA 301 Applied Differential Equations 1.3 

EM 206 Introductory Applications in MAT 201 Structure and Properties of 

Mechanics 1 Engineering Materials I 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and PY 207 General Physics 4 

Calculus III 4 Physical Education 1 

PY 206 General Physics 4 — 

Physical Education 1 17 

17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

FM Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 Humanities and Social Science** 3 

EM 307 Mechanics of Solids 3 Tech. Elective (Stem A)* 3 

EM 311 Exp. Engineering Science I 3 Tech. Elective (Stem B)* 3 

Humanities and Social Science** 3 Tech. Elective (Stem C) * 3 

MA 401 Appl. Differential Equations II ... 3 Free Elective 3 

15 IB 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fail Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EM 411 Engineering Cybernetics I 3 EM 412 Engineering Cybernetics II 3 

Humanities and Social Science** 3 EM 415 Engineering Science in 

Tech. Elective ( Stem A)* 3 Contemporary Design 2 

Tech. Elective (Stem B)» 3 Humanities and Social Science** 3 

Tech. Elective ( Stem C)* 3 Free Elective 6 

16 14 

Total Hours— 125 



* Technical Elective Stems: 
These courses will be selected in consultation with the adviser, from several broad interdepart- 
mental groups, according to the individual student's educational objectives. The grouped subject 
areas include 

Stem A: Fluid mechanics, thermodynamics, heat and mass transfer. 
Stem B: Solid mechanics, dynamics, materials. 

Stem C: General, such as; mathematics, electronics, electromagnetics, systems, structures, 
biomechanics, geosciences. 
** See pages 145-146 for information about the humanities and social science sequence. 

159 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Engineering Mechanics offers the Master of Engineering 
Mechanics degree, the Master of Science degree, and the Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



ENGINEERING OPERATIONS 

Riddick Hall 

Assistant Professor W. T. Easter, Director 

An Advisory Committee, made up of representatives from engineering depart- 
ments concerned, serves to set overall policies for the curriculum, which is 
administered by the director. 

The Bachelor of Science program in engineering operations is designed for 
students with talents and motivations in the directions of the engineering 
functions of production, plant operations, technical sales and the other activities 
needed to support the modern-day economy in an industrial society. The program 
has the same freshman year as other engineering curricula, the same humanities- 
social science stem included in other engineering programs, a grounding in the 
basic engineering sciences and a specialization sequence. The specialization 
sequence consists of 18 semester hours spread over the junior and senior years. 
The student need not make a choice of his specialization sequence until his 
junior year. Three sequences — ceramics, production and electrical — are available. 
Additional sequences may be developed in other areas from time to time. 

Since this program is directed more toward industrial production and 
operations than some of the other engineering programs, it includes more 
courses on economics, materials, processes and manufacturing controls. The 
student is to choose one of the technical elective sequences listed on page 161. 



ENGINEERING OPERATIONS CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EM 211 Introduction to 

Applied Mechanics 3 

Humanities or Social Science 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry 

& Calculus III 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

E 207 Engineering Graphics III 2 

EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering 

Materials 8 

Humanities or Social Science 3 

MAT 201 Structures & Properties 

of Engr. Materials I 3 

Physical Education 1 

14 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

EC 206 The Price System 



Credits 



EC 426 Personnel Management 3 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization in 

Manufacturing Processes 3 

Humanities or Social Science 3 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes 3 

ST 361 Introduction to Statistics 

for Engineers I 8 

16 



Spring Semester 

EC 312 Accounting I 

IE 301 Engineering Economy 
MAE 307 Energy and Energy 
Transformations 



Credits 

3 

3 



160 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spritig Semester Credits 

Humanities or Social Science 3 Humanities or Social Science 3 

EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost .3 IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 

EO 491 Seminar 1 — 



TOTAL CREDIT REQUIREMENTS 

Industrial 

Ceramics Production Electrical 

Basic Curriculum Requirements 98 98 95 

Free Electives 12 11 12 

Technical Sequence 18 19 18 

Hours Required for Graduation 128 128 125 

TECHNICAL ELECTIVE SEQUENCE 

Junior Year Senior Year 

F S F S 

1. Industrial Ceramics: (total 18 credits) MAT 311 Ceramic Processing I 4 
MAT 218 Introduction to MAT 312 Ceramic Processing II . . . 3 

Ceramic Engineering 4 MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem 

— — Design 3 

4 MAT 493 Ceramic Field Exercises II 

Technical Elective 3 

8 6 

2. Production: (total 19 credits) EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 

IE 332, Motion & Time Study 4 IE 343 Plant Layout & 

Technical Elective 3 Materials Handling 3 

IE 443 Quality Control 3 

Technical Elective 3 



Electrical: (total 18 credits) EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 

EE 350 Electrical Power Utilization EE 336 Industrial Power and 

in Mfg. Processes, will not be Control Systems 

taken (3) EE 440 Fundamentals of 

EE 201, 202 Electric Digital Systems 

Circuits I, II 4 4 — 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

Riddick Engineering Laboratories 

Professor C. A. Anderson, Head of the Department 

Professors: J. R. Canada, R. G. Carson, Jr., S. E. Elmaghraby, R. W. 
Llewellyn, R. G. Pearson; Associate Professors: R. E. Alvarez, R. H. 
Bernhard, J. J. Harder, A. M. Kamal, Anco L. Prak, S. M. Soliday; 
Assistant Professors: G. E. Bennington, M. J. Magazine, H. L. W. 
NUTTLE, G. E. Tucker; Assistant Professor Emeritus: R. L. Cope; Visiting 
Lecturers: J. F. Biggane, J. W. Siphron; Furniture Manufacturing Ex- 
tension Specialist: E. L. Clark 

The industrial engineer designs, improves and installs integrated systems of 
men, materials and equipment. He draws upon specialized knowledge and skill in 
the mathematical, physical and social sciences, together with the principles and 
methods of engineering analysis and design to specify, predict and evaluate the 
results to be obtained from these systems. The industrial engineer may design 
work and control systems for many diverse activities, such as a hospital, a 
department store, an industrial enterprise, an insurance office or government 
functions. His position in an organization is usually as an adviser to management 
and as such he is brought into contact with every phase of the organization. 

161 



The industrial engineering curriculum has been carefully planned with these 
functions in mind to prepare the student for both present and future oppor- 
tunities in the field. 



CURRICULUM 

The curriculum blends a basic group of technical courses common to all 
engineering with specialized courses in the two major areas of industrial engi- 
neering — the design of man and machine systems and the design of management 
control systems. The departmental course offerings stress the mathematical 
and statistical techniques of industrial systems analysis; the quantitative 
methodologies of operations research ; the use of digital and analog computers 
as a tool for problem solving and simulations ; the economic considerations of 
alternatives; the control of product quality and production; the specifications 
of the manufacturing process including the equipment and tooling; and the 
utilization of biobehavioral engineering principles. This curriculum is accredited 
by the Engineers Council for Professional Development. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

A minimum of six weeks of continuous, gainful employment is required. This 
employment may be any level but should be related to industrial engineering 
activities. The student assumes responsibility for obtaining his own employment 
and making arrangements with his employer to provide evidence thereof to 
the head of the Department of Industrial Engineering. A letter from the 
employer stating the extent and dates of employment, a description of work 
performed and an evaluation of the student's performance is suitable evidence. 
In general the student should plan to take such employment between his junior 
and senior years. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

Student organizations within the department include a chapter of the American 
Institute of Industrial Engineers. This student function has demonstrated its 
caliber by ranking high in the Annual Student Award in competition with the 
AIIE chapters at other institutions. Departmental and student activities of a 
professional and social character are sponsored by the organization. 

An active chapter of Alpha Pi Mu, the industrial engineering honor society, 
gives recognition to the outstanding students in the junior and senior classes. 
The membership annually undertakes projects of value to industrial engineering 
students and the department. 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities and Social Science* 3 EM 205 Principles of Engr. Mech 3 

MA 202 Analy. Geom. & Calc. IH 4 Humanities and Social Science* 3 

MAT 201 Str. & Prop, of Engr. Mtl. I .... 3 IE 311 Engineering Proj. Analy 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 MA 301 Apld. Diff. Equations I 3 

Physical Education 1 ST 371 Intro, to Prob. & Stat 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



15 



162 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 EC 312 Accounting I 3 

Engineering Mechanics Elective 3 IE 352 Work Analysis & Design 4 

Humanities and SucipI Science* 3 IE 354 Human Factors Engr 3 

IE 351 Product & Process Engr 3 IE 401 Industrial Engr. Analy. I 3 

IE 353 Stat. Quality Control 3 Free Elective 3 

IE 361 Quan. Meth. in Ind. Engr 3 



— 16 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EE 331 Principles of Elec. Engr 3 Enginesring Science Elective 3 

EE 339 Prin. of Elec. Engr. Lab 1 Humanities and Social Science 3 

Humanities and Social Science 3 IE 421 Data Proc. & Prod. Cont. 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 Systems 3 

Advised Technical Elective 3 Advised Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 

16 16 



* See pages 145-146 for information about the humanities sequence. 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth, or professional year of study is offered in industrial engineering by 
means of specialized and advanced course work. A student may elect a 
speciality area in consultation with his adviser and then develop a program of 
study which suits his interests. A student may specialize in production engi- 
neering, in decision-making processes as related to industrial engineering or in 
administrative engineering. Typical programs in each of these areas are pre- 
sented below. This fifth year of study leads to the professional degree in 
industrial engineering. Regulations concerning the professional program are 
shown on pages 173-174. 

PRODUCTION ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 409 Introductio.i to Prod. Cost 3 IE 517 Automatic Processes 3 

IE 441 (PSY 441) Human Factors IE 521 Contr. Sys. & Data Proc 3 

& Equip. Dsn. 8 IE 543 Standard Di-ta 3 

IE 511 Adv. Engr. Project Analy 3 ST 516 Expr. Stat, for Engrs 3 

IE 515 Process Engineering 3 Elective 3 

ST 515 Expr. Stat, for Engrs 3 — 



— 15 

15 

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Sejnester Credits 

IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) IE 509 (OR 509) Dynamic Programming .. 3 

Mathematical Programming I 3 IE 522 (OR 522) Dyn. of Ind. Sys 3 

IE 511 Adv. Engr. Project Analy 3 IE Elective 3 

IE 521 Contr. Sys. & Data Proc 3 ST 516 Expr. Stat, for Engrs 3 

ST 421 Introduction to Math. Stat 3 Elective 3 

ST 515 Expr. Stat, for Engrs. 3 — 

— 15 
15 

ADMINISTRATIVE ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 525 Mgt. Policy & Dec. Making 3 EC 501 Price Theory 3 

Economics Elective 3 Economics Elective S 

IE 522 (OR 522) Dyn. of Ind. Sys 3 IE Elective 8 

IE 511 Adv. Engr. Project Analy 3 IE 521 Contr. Sys. & Data Proc 3 

ST 515 Expr. Stat, for Engrs. 3 ST 516 Expr. Stat, for Engrs 3 

15 15 

163 



FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND MANAGEMENT 

James T. Ryan Associate Professor Anco L. Prak, In Charge 

In North Carolina, the furniture industry ranks third in terms of its dollar 
volume of sales and second in terms of its employment. In order to meet the in- 
creasing demand for furniture products the industry is rapidly changing towards 
mechanization and more sophisticated management controls. 

The furniture manufacturing and management program is the only one of its 
kind in the United States. The generous support and cooperation of the industry 
during plant and market field trips gives students an in-depth understanding 
of manufacturing. The faculty in the furniture program is keeping abreast 
of industry problems through frequent contacts and through service on com- 
mittees of the Southern Furniture Manufacturers Association. 

Because of the nature of the industry and the excellent cooperation from the 
manufacturers, the cooperative education program is particularly well suited 
to the FMM curriculum. 

CURRICULUM 

It is the purpose of the curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of 
Science in furniture manufacturing and management to prepare graduates for 
technical and managerial positions in the industry. 

The curriculum stresses the application of engineering and technology to 
furniture manufacturing. Related subjects such as management, accounting and 
economic analysis cover the business side of modern furniture production systems. 

GRADUATION REQUIREMENTS 

In addition to the academic course work a minimum of six weeks of continuous, 
gainful employment in a furniture manufacturing plant is required. In general 
the student should plan to take such employment between his junior and senior 
years. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The industrial engineering department sponsors the Furniture Club, which 
is operated by the students. All students in the curriculum are eligible for 
membership in the organization. The club brings in speakers from industry 
and holds social gatherings for the students. 

FURNITURE MANUFACTURING AND MANAGEMENT 

For the freshman year see page 147. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

E 240 Furniture Graphics 3 CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 

Humanities and Social Science 3 Humanities and Social Science 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 IE 241 Furn. Mfg. Proc. I 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 ST 361 Intro, to St. for Engr. I 8 

Physical Education 1 WPS 201 Wood Struc. & Prop. 3 

— Physical Education 1 

16 



14 

Summer Practicum WPS 205, 206. 207. 208, 209 



164 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 312 Accounting I 8 IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 

Humanities and Social Science 3 IE 341 Furn. Plant Layout & Design 3 

IE 321 Bus. Data Processing 3 IE 443 Quality Control 3 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 Advised Elective 3 

IE 340 Furn. Mfg. Proc. II 3 Free Elective 3 

16 IB 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities and Social Science 3 EC 426 Personnel Management 

IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 or 

IE 440 Furn. Management Analy 3 EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 

Advised Elective 4 Humanities and Social Science 3 

— Advised Elective 8 

13 Free Elective 6 

15 



* See pages 145-146 for information about the humanities sequence. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers advanced deg'rees in industrial engineering including 
the Master of Science, the Master of Industrial Engineering and the Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. 

For further information concerning graduate study in industrial engineering, 
please consult the current Graduate School Catalog. 

MATERIALS ENGINEERING 

Page Hall 

Professor W. W. Austin, Jr., Head of the Department 

Professors: J. R. Beeler, Jr., A. A. Fahmy, W. W. Kriegel, K. L. Moazed, 
H. Palmour, III, H. H. Stadelmaier; Research Professor: R. F. Stoops; 
Adjunct Professors: H. M. Davis, J. K. Magor; Associate Professors: R. B. 
Benson, Jr., J. V. Hamme, G. O. Harrell, C. R. Manning, Jr.; Adjunct 
Associate Professor: G. Mayer; Assistant Professor: J. C. Hurt; Instructor: 
J. M. Waller 

The primary objectives of the Department of Materials Engineering are 
the education and professional development of qualified technical and administra- 
tive leaders for industries and government agencies involved with the design, 
development, selection and processing of engineering materials. Typical of the 
industries served by materials engineers are : aerospace, electrical and electronics, 
construction, nuclear power and transportation. 

CURRICULA 

Undergraduate curricula in the department are comprised of a common 
three-year program of fundamental courses followed by a fourth year in which 
the student may choose to specialize in ceramic engineering or in materials 
engineering. Fifth year professional programs are available for advanced 
work and further specialization in both of these fields. 

The graduate program is designed to permit students from a variety of 
materials-related undergraduate disciplines to engage in advanced study and 
research leading to the M.S. or Ph.D. degrees. Graduate degree research and 
specialization may be in ceramics, metallurgy or in a broad-based combination 

165 



of materials-oriented disciplines including materials physics, materials processing 
or polymeric materials. 

FACILITIES 

The facilities of the Department of Materials Engineering are housed in 
Page Hall, and in the Engineering Research complex. They include departmental 
offices, classrooms and extensive laboratory facilities for instructional work and 
research in the areas of study covered by the department. Typical of the 
numerous well-equipped laboratories are those for instruction in the following 
subject areas: X-ray diffraction, differential thermal analysis, thermogravi- 
metric analysis, electron microprobe analysis, radiography, metallography, elec- 
tron microscopy, mechanical behavior of materials and nuclear fuel research. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The student branches of the American Ceramic Society, and the American 
Society for Metals, through monthly meetings provide an effective medium for 
the professional growth of the students. Programs include presentation of 
student papers, guest speakers and social contact between students and staff. 
Participation in student technical societies acquaints the student with parlia- 
mentary and organization procedures which are of great importance to 
professional, industrial and civic life. Students are encouraged to attend local, 
section and national meetings of their respective societies. Keramos, the oldest 
professional engineering fraternity, and Alpha Sigma Mu, honorary metallurgical 
fraternity, have active chapters in the department. These fraternities are dedi- 
cated to the promotion of scholarship, mental achievement and general service 
to their professional disciplines. 



MATERIALS ENGINEERING AND CERAMIC ENGINEERING 
CURRICULA 

For the freshman year see page 147. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



EE 331 Prin. of Electrical 

Ensineeiinj; 

EE 339 Principles of Electrical 

Engineering Laboratory 

EM 205 Principles of Engineering 

Mechanics 

Humanities and Social Sciences* .... 3 
MA 202 Analytic Geometry & 

Calculus III 4 

MA 301 Applied Differential 

Equations 

MAT 201 Structure & Properties of 

Engineering Materials I 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Elective 

Physical Education 1 



Credits 
3 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits 
CH 331 Introductory Physical 

Chemistry 4 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 3 

MAT 301 Equilibrium and Rate 

Processes in Materials Science .... 3 
MAT 310 Physical Examination of 

Materials 3 

MAT 450 Mechanical Properties of 

Materials 3 

MAT 411, 412 Physical Principles in 

Materials Science I, II 3 3 

Elective 3 3 



16 16 



15 17 



Six weeks industrial employment 



SENIOR YEAR 
CERAMIC ENGINEERING 



Humanities and Social Sciences 
MAT 311, 312 Ceramic Processing 

I, II 4 

MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem 

Design 

MAT 435, 436 Physical 

Ceramics I, II 4 



Credits 
3 3 



MAT 437 Introduction to the 

Vitreous State 3 

MAT 493, 494 Ceramic Field 

Exercises I, II 1 

Elective 



15 16 
Total Credits— 127 



166 



SENIOR YEAR 
MATERIALS ENGINEERING 

Credits MAT 435, 436 Physical Ceramics 



CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3 



I, II 4 



Humanities and Social Sciences 3 3 Elective Z 

MAT 423, 424 Materials Factors „ ,„ 

in Design I II 3 4 16 16 

MAT 431, 432 'Physical Metallurgy Total Credits— 128 

1, II 3 8 



* Humanities and Social Science courses will be taken according to the standard pattern for the 
School of Engineering. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Opportunities open to graduates in materials engineering and ceramic 
engineering are virtually unlimited. A graduate materials engineer may choose 
from a wide selection of companies, locations and types of work. Among the 
more important job opportunities open to materials engineers are those in 
research and development of new materials urgently needed in the rapidly 
expanding fields of chemical, mechanical, aerospace, electronic and nuclear 
technology. With the rapid industrialization of the South and particularly 
the State of North Carolina, new opportunities are constantly developing for 
materials engineers who will play a vital role in maintaining the foward 
progress of the state and region. 

Professional training in ceramic engineering provides opportunities for 
employment in industries producing a wide variety of essential products in- 
cluding glass in all its forms, enamels and protective coatings for metals, 
structural clay products such as brick and tile, refractories for furnace linings, 
thermal insulators, electrical insulators, dielectric components, Portland cement, 
gypsum products, abrasives, pottery products and hundreds of other items. 
In addition to these "end products" ceramics are finding ever increasing appli- 
cations as components in the electronic, aerospace, automotive and atomic 
energy fields. Initial employment upon graduation may be in the fields of 
research and development, in-plant operation and control, and in technical 
sales and service. Such employment may lead to positions as directors, superin- 
tendents, production managers and finally, administrative officers. 

PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth or professional year of study is offered in materials engineering and 
in ceramic engineering as a continuation of the undargraduate programs. This 
professional year of study offers specialized advanced course work leading to 
the professional degrees of Materials Engineer or Ceramic Engineer. It is 
especially designed for students planning careers in industrial production activi- 
ties, or in technical service and sales. Each program of study is designed to 
suit the needs of the individual student. The curriculum shown below is 
typical of these programs. 

Regulations covering professional study are shown on pages 173-174. 

TYPICAL PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN MATERIALS 
ENGINEERING 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 CHE 540 Electrochemical Engineering .3 

MAT 495 Experimental Engineering 1.3 MAE 515 Experimental Stress Analysis .3 

MAT 506 Electron Microscopy 3 MAT 496 Experimental Engineering II 3 

MAT 521 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I 3 MAT 522 Advanced Physical 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 Metallurgy II 3 

— MAT 529 Properties of High 

16 Temperature Materials 8 

16 

167 



MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 

Broughton Hall 

Professor R. W. Truitt, Head of the Department 

Professor C. F. ZOROWSKI, Associate Head of the Department 

Professors: N. W. Conner, B. H. Garcia, Jr., F. J, Hale, F. D. Hart, H. A. 
Hassan, R. B. Knight, M. N. Ozisik, J. N. Perkins, F. O. Smetana, 
J. E. Sunderland, J. C. Williams, III, J. Woodburn; Professor and 
Graduate Administrator: J. S. Doolittle; Visiting Professor: W. C. 
Griffith; Adjunct Professors : R. M. Chambers, R. W. Graham; Professors 
Emeriti: H. B. Briggs, R. M. Pinkerton; Associate Professors: W. E. 
Adams, J. A. Bailey, R. F. Barrett, F. R. DeJarnette, H. A. Mackie, 
C. J. Moore, Jr., L. H. Royster, J. K. Whitfield; Visiting Associate Pro- 
fessor: E. M. Afify; Adjunct Associate Professors: S. Kumar, J. J. Murray, 
E. C. Yates, Jr.; Associate Professor Emeritus: W. S. Bridges; Assistant 
Professors: D. W. Cott, J. A. Daggerhart, Jr., T. B. Ledbetter, J. C. Mul- 
ligan, L. J. Pavagadhi; Adjunct Assistant Professor: G. L. Smith; Assis- 
tant Professor Emeritus: T. J. Martin, Jr.; Instructor: G. 0. Batton; 
histructors Emeriti: M. Lewis, T. L. Nash; Extension Specialist: A. S. 

BOYERS 

Engineers are motivated by a desire to satisfy human needs through the 
application of scientific principles in such a manner as to place the fruits of 
their work within the economic reach of vast segments of humanity. To identify 
and evaluate human needs, modern engineers must have a sound education 
in the basic sciences, mathematics and the humanities. The gap between the 
discoveries of basic science and their application in the satisfaction of human 
needs is provided by an area of science known as the engineering sciences. 
It is with education in the engineering sciences and the development of talent 
in applying the principles of engineering sciences that departments of engi- 
neering are principally concerned. 

Mechanical engineering covers a broad spectrum of engineering responsibility 
in such areas as nuclear and conventional power generation, missiles, rockets, 
jet engines, propulsion systems for land, sea and air vehicles, refrigeration, air 
conditioning, combustion of fuels, instrumentation of industrial processes, solar 
energy and the design of a wide variety of technical systems. Aerospace engineer- 
ing shares responsibility with mechanical engineering for many of the areas 
described above but is principally concerned with the analysis and design of 
modern aircraft and space vehicles and with the phenomena of air and space 
flight. 

Because of the close relationship between mechanical and aerospace engi- 
neering, both curricula are administered by the Department of Mechanical and 
Aerospace Engineering at North Carolina State University. There is close 
cooperation between the facilities of the two disciplines in which responsibility 
for such engineering sciences as thermodynamics, heat and mass transfer, gas 
dynamics, aeroelasticity, vibrations, fluid mechanics, magnetohydrodynamics, 
plasmagasdynamics, aerodynamics, propulsion and instrumentation theory are 
shared. 

CURRICULA 

The curricula in mechanical and aerospace engineering are based on a firm 
foundation in mathematics, physics, chemistry, humanities and social sciences. 
The student's knowledge in the basic engineering sciences germane to mechanical 
and aerospace engineering is carefully developed in the courses offered in this 

168 



department and other departments of the School of Engineering. Finally, 
the curricula provide an active experience in which the student's creative 
talents and imagination are challenged in several areas of application. This 
experience is gained through a choice of courses and project work in the 
senior year. 

The four-year undergraduate curricula in both mechanical and aerospace 
engineering prepare graduates who are equipped to profit from their experience 
in the practice of engineering and to become early contributors in the solution 
of engineering problems of scientific and economic complexity. Both curricula 
offer a firm basis for further advanced study in graduate schools. 



MECHANICAL ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 



Credits 
3 



EM 205 Princ. of Engineering Mechanics 
Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 3 

MA 202 Anal. Geometry and Cal. Ill 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Algor. Languages I 2 

EM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 3 

MA 301 Appl. Diff. Equations I 3 

MAE 216 Elements of Mech. Engr 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Credits 
3 



Fall Semester 

EE 331 Princ. of Elec. Engr. 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 



Free Elective 3 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 

MAE 305 Mech. Engr. Lab. I 1 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 

MAT 201 Struc. and Prop, of Engr. 

Materials I 3 



16 



Credits 

3 

3 



Spring Semester 
EE 332 Princ. of Elec. Engr. 
EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I . . 
Humanies, Social Sciences* 



Free Electives 6 

MAE 302 Eng. Thermodynamics II 3 

MAE 306 Mech. Engr. Lab. II 1 

MAE 316 Strength of Mech. Comp 3 

16 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Seynester Credits 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Electives 6 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion 3 

MAE 415 Mech. Engr. Analysis 3 

MAE 405 Mech. Engr. Lab III 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 3 

MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 

MAE 416 Mech. Engr. Design 4 

16 

Total Hours— 126 



Students may elect to take PY 205, 206 and 207 in place of PY 205, 208. Re- 
arrangement of the schedule of courses to accomplish this will be worked out in 
consultation with the student's adviser. 



See pages 145-146 for information concerning the humanities, social science sequence. 



169 



AEROSPACE ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147, 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Credits 

of Engr. Mechanics 3 

Social Sciences* 



Fall Semester 
EM 205 Princ 
Humanities 
or 

Free Elective 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus III 4 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Algor. Languages I 2 

EM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Elective 3 

MA 301 Appl. Diff. Equations I 3 

MAE 250 Intro, to Aerospace Engr 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I 4 

or 

EE 331 Princ. of Elec. Engr 3 

and 

EE 339 Princ. of Elec. Engr. Lab 1 

MAE 301 Engr. Thermodynamics I 3 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I 4 

MAE 361 Aerospace Vehicle 

Performance 3 

MAT 201 Struc. & Properties of 

Engr. Materials I 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

EE 332 Princ. of Elec. Engr 3 

EE 333 Princ. of Elec. Engr. Lab 1 

Humanities. Social Sciences* 



Free Elective 

MAE 356 Aerodynamics II 

MAE 365 Air-Breathing Propulsion 
Systems 



MAE 371 Aerospace Vehicle Struc. I 3 



18 



Fall Semester 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 



SENIOR YEAR 
Credits 



Free Electives 6 

MAE 462 Flight Vehicle Stability 

and Control 3 

MAE 467 Rocket Propulsion 3 

MAE 472 Aerospace Vehicle Struc. II 4 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

Departmental Elective 3 

Humanities, Social Sciences* 
or 

Free Electives 9 

MAE 479 Aerospace Vehicle Design 4 

16 



Total Hours — 129 



* See pages 145-146 for information concerning the humanities, social science sequence. 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth or professional year of study is offered in mechanical engineering for 
graduates who desire to return to the University for a program of concentrated 
study in a selected area. This program is intended primarily for practitioners 
and is, in no sense, a graduate program leading to the usual advanced degrees. 
The degree of Mechanical Engineer is conferred upon graduates of the fifth-year 
program. 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Mechanical and Aerospace Engineering offers the Master 
of Mechanical Engineering degree, the Master of Science degree and the Doctor 
of Philosophy degree. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate 
School Catalog. 



170 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

Burlington Nuclear Laboratories 

Professor R. L. Murray, Head of the Department 

Professors: J. R. Beeler, T. S. Elleman, R. P. Gardner, R. F. Saxe, L. R. 
ZUMWALT; Associate Professors: J. R. Bohannon, Jr., A. Carnesale, 
W. E. Kiker, C. E. Siewert, K. Verghese; Visiting Assistant Professor: 
E. Stam; Nuclear Engineering Extension Specialist: J. Kohl; Reactor and 
Applications Engineer: J. P. F. Lambert; Reactor Health Physicist: D. W. 
Morgan, Jr.; Nuclear Instruvientation Engineer: J. T. Beard 
The field of nuclear engineering is concerned with the engineering aspects of 
the control, release and utilization of nuclear energy. Nuclear reactors serve 
many functions — they serve as heat sources for economical electric power plants, 
are the basis of modern propulsion systems for ships and submarines, and 
produce fissionable and radioactive isotopes for a variety of peaceful applications. 
Nuclear devices supply auxiliary power and propulsion energy for space 
vehicles in operation and under development. The purpose of the nuclear engi- 
neering program is to educate the individual in those scientific and engineering 
principles essential for effective and productive contributions in industrial, 
university and government service. 

CURRICULUM 

Nuclear engineers have the opportunity to work in the areas of nuclear 
systems research, design, development, testing, operation and marketing. The 
Bachelor of Science degree program is designed to prepare graduates for 
positions in industry or government laboratories or for graduate study in the 
field. The curriculum incorporates basic sciences and engineering, with special 
emphasis on mathematics and physics, followed by coursework in nuclear science 
and technology. Attention is given to the engineering design of nuclear reactors, 
radiation facilities and associated systems. 

FACILITIES 

Facilities available on campus for nuclear education at the undergraduate 
level as well as at the graduate level include : heterogeneous enriched uranium 
reactor, 10 kilowatt, with beam ports, a fast sample transport system, thermal 
column, and irradiation volume; Cobalt-60 gamma source, 50,000 curies; multi- 
channel analyzers for gamma ray analysis; solid state detectors; Van de Graaff 
positive ion accelerator with pulsed source; natural uranium, water-moderated 
subcritical assembly; digital computer, IBM System/360, Model 75; analog 
computer; pulsed neutron source; radiation detection and control laboratory; 
activation analysis laboratory; high- and low-level radiochemistry laboratories; 
a 1-MW, pulsing "PULSTAR" research reactor is currently under construction 
with operation scheduled for early 1971. 

This new heterogeneous enriched uranium reactor provides high steady state 
fluxes and 2200 MW pulses. The reactor facility includes thermal column, bulk 
irradiation facility, sample irradiation tubes, pneumatic tubes and a neutron 
diffractometer. The reactor is used for student laboratory courses, research and 
services. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Although the nuclear industry is relatively young, it already represents a 
major national effort. Reactor development and construction have proceeded at a 

171 



remarkable pace and will continue to grow as we become increasingly reliant 
upon nuclear energy as a substitute for energy from fossil fuels. Industrial 
applications of radiation will accelerate as the economic potential of such methods 
becomes even more firmly established. There continues to be a substantial need 
for nuclear engineers, and prospects for the future are promising. 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 147. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 



Credits 

2 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry 

and Calculus III 4 

MAT 201 Structures and Properties 

of Engineering Materials I 3 

PY 206 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 
NE 201 Applications of Nuclear Energy .3 

PY 207 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EE 331 Principles of 

Electrical Engineering 3 

EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I . . 3 

NE 301 Fundamentals of Nuclear Energy 4 

Free Elective 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

EE 332 Principles of 

Electrical Engineering 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II . . 3 
MAE 303 Engineering 

Thermodynamics III 3 

NE 302 Fundamentals of 

Nuclear Engineering 4 

16 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design 4 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering 4 

Advised Technical Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

Advised Nuclear Engineering Electives 6 

Humanities and Social Sciences* 3 

NE 403 Nuclear Engineering 

Design Projects 2 

Free Elective S 

14 



* Humanities and Social Sciences sequence to be taken according to standard pattern for School 
of Engineering. 



PROFESSIONAL STUDY 

A fifth-year professional curriculum leading to the degree Nuclear Engineer 
is offered. This program emphasizes course work rather than research, and is 
designed to suit the needs and objectives of the individual student. A suitable 
course of study may be arranged for a student holding a bachelor's degree in 
any branch of engineering. 

Information on professional study is also given on pages 173-174. 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Nuclear Engineering offers the Master of Science and 
Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate 
School Catalog. 



172 



PROFESSIONAL PROGRAM IN ENGINEERING 

The School of Engineering offers professional curricula leading to the degrees 
Ceramic Engineer, Civil Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, 
Industrial Engineer, Mechanical Engineer, Materials Engineer and Nuclear 
Engineer. A program of studies is tailor-made to fit the particular needs of each 
student to help him prepare for a professional career in engineering. 

It is the intent of the program to emphasize professional course work rather 
than research. The curriculum consists of a minimum of 30 credits of course work 
making up a planned program designed to fit the student's objective. Samples of 
typical programs may be found under the appropriate departmental curricula. 

ADMISSION 

Applicants who hold the bachelor's degree in engineering from recognized 
colleges will be admitted to the professional program of the School of Engineer- 
ing upon presentation of official credentials. For unconditional admission, these 
credentials must show the completion, with a minimum grade-point average of 
2.5 (C-f), of an amount of undergraduate work in the proposed field of pro- 
fessional study corresponding to that normally required for a bachelor's degree 
in that field. 

Admission on a provisional basis may be granted applicants who do not meet 
the formal requirements. In case of insufficient preparation, prerequisite courses 
will be prescribed in addition to the normal program requirements. 

Application should be filed in the office of the dean of the School of Engineer- 
ing at least 30 days in advance of the semester in which admission is sought. 

GENERAL REGULATIONS 

The following regulations of the School of Engineering will be observed: 

1. An undergraduate enrolled at North Carolina State University, who plans 
to undertake a professional program and who has fulfilled all requirements for 
the bachelor's degree except for a few courses, may be permitted to enroll in 
courses for credit toward the professional degree provided the student has given 
notice of his purpose to the dean of the School of Engineering. 

2. A limited amount of credit to be applied toward the requirements for the 
professional degree may be transferred to North Carolina State University 
from recognized institutions of university grade offering advanced work in 
engineering and related fields. Such a transfer of credit must be recommended 
by the head of the department in which the student does his major work and 
approved by the dean of the School of Engineering. 

3. Professional students are classified as post-baccalaureate students and 
are subject to rules and regulations as established and administered by the dean 
of the School of Engineering. 

4. Grades for such completed course are reported to the dean of the School 
of Engineering and to the Office of Registration. A minimum grade of "G" 
must be made in each course to obtain credit. A quality point average of 2.5 
(C + ) in all course work must be attained to satisfy requirements for a pro- 
fessional degree. 

5. Work completed more than six years prior to the date, on which the pro- 
fessional degree is to be granted may not be used as credit toward the 
professional degree, unless approved by the head of the department concerned 
and the dean of the School of Engineering. 

6. Each professional student will be assigned an adviser in the area of the 

173 



work in which he is majoring. The function of the adviser is to assist the student 
in preparing a program of study and to counsel him in his academic work. The 
student will be required, with the assistance of his adviser, to prepare a complete 
plan of study before the end of his first semester in residence. This program of 
study is subject to the approval of the dean of the School of Engineering. 



ENGINEERING RESEARCH 

Riddick Laboratories Building 

Research Professor R. F. Stoops, Acting Head 

Research Professors : H. Palmour, III, H. H. Stadelmaier; Research Associate 
Professor: Frances M. Richardson; Assistant Professor: J. C. Hurt; 
Research Associates: K. R. Brose, A. E. LuciER; Research Assistant Tech- 
nologist: B. M. Gay; Research Assistants: Maria L. Fiedler, L. T. Jordan, 
G. S. Sheffield 

Engineering Research was originally established in 1923 as the Engineering 
Experiment Station and was funded through a special appropriation of the 
General Assembly. The program was established to serve the following purposes: 
(1) to support fundamental research in the field of applied sciences, (2) to 
develop new or improved processes that will provide wider utilization of the 
natural resources of the State, and (3) to offer to industry, both large and 
small, research services devoted to the solution of technical problems and the 
development of new products. To accomplish these objectives Engineering 
Research operates a metallurgical and a ceramic engineering research group, 
a pyrochemical research group and specialized service laboratories. These provide 
special services such as electron microscopy, electron microprobe analysis, x-ray 
diffraction and fluorescent analyses, precision machine shop work, electronic 
equipment repairs, mechanical testing, etc. The department's research activities, 
particularly those involving metals and ceramics, have received national and 
international recognition. The applied research of the department has provided 
much needed assistance to existing industries in the state and has resulted in 
the establishment of new industries in North Carolina. 

Engineering Research also provides administrative and general services to 
support the research programs in the academic departments of the School of 
Engineering. The department operates an administrative and services unit 
which administers all of the School of Engineering's research contracts and 
grants. These had a value of $2,014,000 during the 1968-69 fiscal year, and the 
total expenditures for all research activities in the School of Engineering was 
$3,461,000 during the period. This research resulted in 270 scientific and technical 
publications. 



INDUSTRIAL EXTENSION SERVICE 

Riddick Building and Daniels Hall 

J. R. Canada, Assistant Dean of Engineering for Extension 

Director of Field Services: J. R. Hart; Field Representative in Charge: M. R. 
Sparks; Engineering Extension Coordinator: C. S. Cooper; Media Training 
Coordinator: J. E. Kimbrell; Marine Sciences Project Director: N. B. 
Angel; Departmental Extension Specialists: R. F. DeBruhl, D. R. John- 
ston (Civil Engineering); H. M. Eckerlin (Engineering Mechanics); 
E. L. Clark (Industrial Engineering) ; A. S. Boyers (Mechanical and Aero- 

174 



space En8:ineering) ; J. Kohl (Nuclear Engineering) ; Field Representatives: 
W. W. Erwin, D. E. Harrell, T. W. Stephenson, J. B. Travis; Industrial 
Specialists: S. D. COWARD, F. L. Eargle; Extension Training Specialist: 
R. G. Smith; Mechanical Engineer: H. L. Mudge; Furniture Extension 
Specialist: E. L. Briggs, Jr.; Director of Greensboro Graduate Engineering 
Program: J. W. Joseph; Consultant: L. E. Gates 

The Industrial Extension Service is the organization designated by the 
University's School of Engineering to provide educational, informational, referral 
and technical assistance services to the industrial community in the state. It 
provides extension education and field services in direct response to expressed 
industrial needs. 

EXTENSION EDUCATION 

The objective of this program is to serve the needs of North Carolina's 
industry for continuing education through the offering of short courses and 
conferences, supervisory development workshops, evening certificate courses and 
correspondence and evening courses for credit, and ETV courses. Also, technical 
bulletins, directories and packaged in-plant training course materials are pre- 
pared and distributed. 

FIELD SERVICES 

The objectives of the Field Services Program are to determine the needs and 
interests of North Carolina's industry and to provide appropriate liaison, refer- 
ral, informational and technical assistance services. This includes training and 
technical assistance to small industry, the maintenance and operation of a film 
lending library, and the maintenance and operation of a leading library of 
programmed instruction material. 



MINERALS RESEACH LABORATORY 

180 Coxe Avenue 

Asheville, North Carolina 

W, T. McDaniel, Jr., Chief Engineer 

Ore Dressing Engineer: I. H. Redeker; Mineral Dressing Engineers: E. H. 
Bentzen, III, R. D. Kauffman, R. M. Lewis; Ore Dressing Specialist: 
J. P. Neal; Chemical Engineer: P. N. Sales 

The Minerals Research Laboratory is operated by the School of Engineering. 
The primary objectives of the laboratory are: (1) to supply technical assistance 
to mineral producers of North Carolina through research and development, 
(2) to aid in establishing new industries in the State, and (3) to develop, 
conserve and enhance the value of the mineral resources of North Carolina. 
Since it was established by the General Assembly in 1946, the laboratory 
has made important contributions toward the above objectives. An estimated 
$100,000,000 has been invested in plants in the State using processes developed 
at the laboratory. 

The principal efforts of the laboratory are in the area of mineral recovery, 
and in recent years emphasis has been on recovery of valuable minerals from 
wastes. For example, successful waste utilization programs for the mica and 
feldspar industries have improved the competitive position of these companies, 
have reduced pollution, and have resulted in conservation of the State's mineral 

175 



resources. Improved beneficiation methods are being developed for mica, feld- 
spar, phosphate, olivine, chromite, kyanite, limestone, clay, pyrophyllite, talc and 
ilmenite. 

The facilities of the laboratory include the latest equipment for separation 
and improving the quality of minerals. Materials may be processed in the 
laboratory in small batches or on a full pilot-plant scale. 



176 



FOREST RESOURCES 

Biltmore Hall 

Eric L. Ellwood, Dean 

L. C. Saylor, Assistant Dean 

The products and services dependent upon the forests of the South offer many 
opportunities for challenging and rewarding careers to young people. Our 
forests provide timber and water, a habitat for wildlife and an environment 
for outdoor recreation, each a vital factor in the economy and well-being of 
North Carolina. Students graduating from one of the school's programs are 
qualified for professional positions managing forest lands, or harvesting and 
manufacturing the products or providing the services developed from these lands. 

North Carolina is one of the nation's most important forest states. Its 20 
million acres of commercial forest land form the base for manufactured pro- 
ducts valued at nearly two billion dollars each year, support a $400 million tourist 
industry, and provide employment for nearly 20 percent of the industrial 
labor force. 

The forests of the South support the region's largest industry. New wood- 
using industries are moving into the South on an unprecedented scale, and 
existing industries employ more than 650,000 persons and have an annual 
output in excess of six billion dollars. Outdoor recreation in the United States 
is a multi-billion dollar industry and is expanding at an explosive rate as a 
result of our growing population, affluence, mobility and leisure time. The forest- 
based industries, together with government agencies, demand a large number 
of well-educated, technically competent men with a wide variety of specialized 
training, and interdisciplinary background. 

Many of the programs of the School of Forest Resources are not duplicated 
in other southern universities and for this reason the Trustees of the Uni- 
versity of North Carolina and the Southern Regional Education Board have 
designated the school's programs as regional in nature, imposing no limit to 
enrollment of qualified out-of-state students. 

CURRICULA 

The school, through its departments of forestry, recreation resources ad- 
ministration, and wood and paper science provides programs which offer a 
broad education in the biological and physical sciences, and the opportunity 
to develop a sound cultural background. Students work toward careers in the 
fields of conservation, forestry, natural resources recreation management, pulp 
and paper science and technology, recreation and park administration, and wood 
science and technology, 

A freshman enrolling in the school has a nearly common core of courses 
during his first semester, enabling him to defer final selection of a curriculum 
for two or three semesters without undue penalty. An introductory course during 
this first semester describas all the curricula within the school and the career 
opportunities each provides. 

DEGREES 

The Bachelor of Science degree is conferred upon the satisfactory completion 
of any of the curricula listed above. 

The Master of Science, Master of Forestry, Master of Recreation Resources, 

177 



Master of Wood and Paper Science and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees are 
offered. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

FACILITIES AND LABORATORIES 

The School of Forest Resources is now housed in three modernly equipped 
buildings on the west side of the campus. A new $1,700,000 facility, Biltmore 
Hall, provides classrooms, laboratories and a library. Two specialized buildings 
house programs unique in the Southeast. 

Hodges Wood Products Laboratory — One of the largest and most completely 
equipped laboratories for the conduct of training and research in wood technology, 
this structure houses machining, gluing, finishing, preserving, testing and re- 
search laboratories, as well as a sawmill, dry kiln and veneer lathe. 

Robertson Laboratory of Pulp and Paper — Unique to the South, this building 
contains wood preparation, chemistry, pulping, testing and coloring laboratories 
as well as digesters and a small paper machine. 

School Forests — The School of Forest Resources with five research and 
demonstration forests containing more than 80,000 acres has excellent facilities 
for field instruction. The Hofmann forest on the coastal plain and the Hill, 
Schenck, Hope Valley and Goodwin forests in the Piedmont provide a wide 
variety of forest types. The permanent Slocum summer camp for sophomores 
in forestry is located on the Hill Forest in Durham County. 

FIELD INSTRUCTION AND EXPERIENCE 

All students are required to present an equivalent of one summer of accept- 
able work experience in order to meet the graduation requirements. Students are 
required to consult with their advisers as to what type of employment will be 
acceptable. 

The sophomore summer camp is a requirement for students in forestry. This 
camp follows the sophomore year for resident students. Transfer students will 
attend the camp after completing the junior year at N. C. State. 

Recreation students are required to participate in an internship program 
following their junior year. 

Wood science and technology students are required to attend a summer 
practicum following the sophomore year (junior year for transfer students). 

Additional field instruction and scheduled trips to representative industries 
and agencies are required of all students as a part of their class assignments. 
All students enrolled in the School of Forest Resources pay a laboratory fee of 
$5 each semester to cover the costs of off-campus training and supplies. A 
maintenance and supply fee of $20 is charged at the time of attending the 
summer camp, the practicum or the internship. 

EXTENSION 

The Forestry Extension Program of the Agricultural Extension Service is 
a vital part of the school's forestry activities. This program serves the land- 
owners and wood industries of the State, being responsible for securing accep- 
tance, and speeding up application of new ideas and techniques developed 
through research and experience. The major fields of program emphasis include 
forest management and wildlife, where extension specialists train and work 
through the county agents, and wood products, where the specialists work more 
or less directly with wood industry owners and managers. 

In cooperation with the General Extension Division, short courses are offered 
in a number of fields to provide men in industry and government an opportunity 
to keep abreast of modern developments in techniques and equipment. 

178 



HONORS PROGRAM 

Students making exceptional academic records during their freshman and 
sophomore years may, with the approval of the faculty, elect to follow an 
honors program. These students must satisfy the core course requirement in 
any specific curriculum, but are otherwise free to use elective hours for de- 
veloping individual courses of study designed to meet their needs and to attain 
their educational goals, subject only to the approval of the honors adviser. 



CONSERVATION 

(Also see agriculture and life sciences.) 

M. G. Cook, Adviser, School of Agriculture and Life Sciences 

L, C. Saylor, Adviser, School of Forest Resources 

Faculty members in the Departments of Botany, Entomology, Forestry, Plant 
Pathology, Recreation Resources Administration, Soil Science and Zoology are 
directly involved in various aspects of education in conservation. 

Conservation involves the wise use of natural resources for the benefit of 
man, without waste. In this day of rapid industrialization, urbanization and 
population increase, there is a growing and pressing need for people who can 
make sound judgments in planning and directing management and use of re- 
newable natural resources. Such individuals, conservationists, must be able to 
view problems from several aspects rather than being narrow in vision. Con- 
servation has been rightly called a philosophy rather than a discipline. However, 
for the conservationist to apply this philosophy to problem-solving in a modern 
society, he must be well-trained in the basic concepts of several disciplines, 

CURRICULUM 

The program in conservation is offered jointly by the School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences and the School of Forest Resources. Students will enroll 
Initially in either of the schools depending on the area of conservation to be 
emphasized. All programs have a certain number of core subjects in common; 
the specialties are developed through the use of elective courses. For most 
students, the degree in conservation will be the only degree sought. By the 
proper choice of electives, however, it will be possible for students wishing 
stronger backgrounds in certain areas to obtain a dual degree by meeting 
the basic degree requirements in fields such as botany, forestry, liberal arts, 
recreation, soil science, wildlife management and zoology, as well as in 
conservation. 

CONSERVATION CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ALS 103 Orientation CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

or ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

FOR 101 (WPS 101) Introd. to Humanity and Social Science Elective 3 

Forest Res 1 Apprv. Math Elective 3 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 Physical Education 1 

or — 

BS 100 Gen. Biology 14 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

Hum. & Soc. Sci. Elec 3 

MA 111 Algebra & Trig 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 

179 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 Gen. Chemistry II 4 BO 200 Plant Life 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 or 

Hum. & Soc. Sci. Elec 3 ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

ZO 221 Conserv. of Nat. Res 3 English Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 Hum. & Soc. Sci. Elec 3 

Physical Education 1 SSC 200 Soils 4 

— Physical Education 1 

17 — 

16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Ecology .. 4 Biol. Sci. Elec 3 

Conservation Elective 4 Conservation Elec 3 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Mgt 3 Hum. & Soc. Sci. Elec 3 

Hum. & Soc. Sci. Elec 3 PY 221 College Physics 5 

ST 311 Introd. to Statistics 3 RRA 341 Recreation Resource 



17 



Relationships 3 

17 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Biological Sci. Elec 3 Biol. Sci. Elec. 3 

Conservation Elec 3 Conservation Elec 3 

English Elective 3 Hum. & Soc. Sci. Elec 3 

ZO 353 Wildlife Management 3 Free Electives 6 

Free Electives B 7~ 

— 15 

17 

Total Hours^l28 



FORESTRY 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor C. B. Davey, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: F. S. Barkalow, Jr., R. C. Bryant, A. W. Cooper, E. B. Cowlt u, 
J. W. DUFFIELD, J. W. Hardin, C. S. Hodges, Jr. (USDA), J. 0. Lammi, 
T. E. Maki, T. O. Perry, R. J. Preston, L. C. Saylor, B. J. Zobel; Adjunct 
Professors: G. H. Hepting, N. E. Johnson, L. J. Metz, T. H. Ripley; 
Professor Emeritus: W. D. Miller; Associate Professors: M. H. Farrier, 
W. L. Hafley, G. Namkoong (USFS) ; Adjunct Associots Professors: E. W. 
Clark, J. W. Koenigs, E. G. Kuhlman, C. G. Wells; Assistarit Professors: 
L. F. Grand, D. H. J. Steensen, B. F. Swindel (USFS), L. W. Tombaugh 
(USFS) ; Adjunct Assistant Professor: H. T. Schreuder; Instructors : A. G. 
MULLIN, J. H. Roberds; Liaison Geneticist: R. C. Kellison; Teaching 
Technician: T. V. Gemmer; Research Associates: L. W. Haines, L. G. 
Jervis; Research Assistants: J. B. Jett, Jr., W. D. Pepper (USFS), J. R. 
Sprague 

EXTENSION 

Professor W. M. Keller, In Charge of Forestry Extension 

Professor: J. C. JONES; Associate Professors: W. T. Huxster, Jr., F. E. Whit- 
field; Assistant Professors: R. S. Douglass, E. M. Jones, W. M. Stanton 

The forestry curriculum lays the foundation for a general education and 
provides training in management of forest land resources. This curriculum 

180 



requires knowledge of basic surveying and use of aerial photographs to prepare 
maps and to plan forest road locations; knowledge of biology to identify plants 
and animals and to control their growth and reproduction; knowledge of mathe- 
matics and biometry to sample and estimate timber and other resources of the 
forest; and knowledge of economics and business management to evaluate and 
handle forest properties as business enterprises, 

CURRICULUM 

The forestry curriculum is broad, but emphasizes a solid background in 
chemistry, physics, mathematics, biology, humanities and social science. It 
provides a core of general forestry, part of this core being a 10-week camp 
program in the summer immediately following the sophomore academic year 
conducted in the Piedmont and the mountains of North Carolina. In the junior 
and senior years, there are courses dealing directly with the growing of forests, 
the management of forest lands, and the economic use of the resources of the 
forest. At the end of the sophomore year, or the beginning of the junior year, 
the student chooses one of several areas of specialization and selects appropriate 
courses to satisfy the credit-hour requirements for that option. Thirty-two credits 
are provided for the option and free electives. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Graduates are in demand by state and federal land-managing agencies, by 
industrial concerns growing wood as a raw material, and by other organizations 
and agencies such as the agricultural extension service. Many graduates, after 
acquiring professional forestry experience, are self-employed as consultants 
and as operators or owners of forest-related businesses. 



FORESTRY CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 CH 103 General Chem. II*» 4 

CH 101 General Chemistry I* 4 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 FOR 210 Dendrology— Gymnosperms 2 

FOR 101 (WPS 101) Intro, to Hum. Soc. Sci. Elective*** 3 

Forest Res. 1 MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B 3 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Cal. A* 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 16 
17 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spriyig Semester Credits 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 EC 212 Economics of Agri 3 

FOR 211 Dendrology — Angiosperms 2 FOR 272 Forest Mensuration 3 

PY 211 General Physics 4 PY 212 General Physics 4 

WPS 202 Wood Structure & Props 3 SSC 200 Soils 4 

Free Elective 3 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 — 

— 15 
16 

SUMMER CAMP 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 

FOR 263 Dendrology 1 

FOR 264 Forest Protection 2 

FOR 274 Mapping & Mensuration 4 

FOR 284 Utilization 1 

10 

ALL STUDENTS SELECT AN OPTION BY THE BEGINNING OF THE JUNIOR YEAR AT 
THE LATEST 

181 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENT 301 Intro, to For. Insects 3 FOR 452 Silvics 4 

ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 Hum. — Sec. Sciences Electives*** 6 

FOR 219 (WPS 219) Forest Ec. & Option Requirements 4 

Its Oper. 3 Free Elective*** 3 

Hum.— Soc. Sci. Elective*** 8 — 

Option Requirements 4 1 ' 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management 5 FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory 

Option Requirements 8 and Planning 6 

Free Electives*** 3 PP 318 (FOR 318) Forest Pathology 3 

Option Requirements 7 



16 



16 
Total Hours— 139 



* The freshman year course offerings as shown here assume that entrance test scores suggest 
readiness for MA 112 and CH 101. Appropriate substitutions will be made where test scores 
indicate the need to start at a different level. 
** Students planning to take full-year courses in advanced chemistry will take CH 107 in place 
of CH 103. 
*** Electives must include at least 12 credits in humanities or social science; nine credits are 
completely free of restriction. 

FORESTRY FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The fields of specialization (options) in forestry include (a) general forestry, 
(b) business operations, (c) forest biometry, (d) watershed management, 
(e) forest biology, (f) wildlife management, (g) harvesting operations, (h) 
recreation and (i) conservation. 

A student selects one of the above fields and schedules the approved courses 
in that specialization. 

DUAL DEGREE PROGRAMS 

Programs have been worked out with the Departments of Entomology, 
Recreation Resources Administration, Soil Science, Zoology, Civil Engineering 
and Economics whereby interested students can obtain, in addition to the 
Bachelor of Science degree in forestry, a second Bachelor of Science degree in 
entomology, natural resource recreation management, soil science, wildlife man- 
agement, agricultural economics or conservation. These joint programs usually re- 
quire some additional credits above the option and free elective credits in the 
forestry curriculum. Superior students can carry these additional credits in the 
regular four-year program and average students usually can qualify for both 
degrees by enrolling for an extra semester or equivalent summer sessions. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

An honors program is also available for students with outstanding records, 
who may, with the approval of the faculty, substitute a program of advanced 

studies in lieu of option requirements and certain core courses. 

RECREATION RESOURCES ADMINISTRATION 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor Thomas I. Hines, Head of the Department 

Professor: W. E. Smith; Adjunct Professor: T. H. Ripley; Associate Pro- 
fessors: G. A. Hammon, L. L. Miller, C. C. Stott, R. E. Sternloff; 

182 



Adjunct Associate Professor: J. S. Stevens, Jr.; Assistant Professors: 
L. W. MONCRiEF, L. W. TOMBAUGH (USDA), M. R. Warren, Jr.; Adjunct 
Assistant Professors: J. H. Brendle, Jr., J. H. Moses, E. H. Stone, Jr. 

Standards that have been adopted by the recreation profession make college 
graduation a requirement for professional employment in the expanding fields 
of recreation. It is vitally important for the high school graduate who is 
planning to enter the recreation profession to select wisely the college or 
university — one that has the facilities, staff, curriculum, program and an 
established reputation for comprehensive professional education in recreation 
and parks education. 

The curricula of the Department of Recreation Resources Administration 
offer a broad general education background, basic professional and technical 
courses, and the opportunity for a student to specialize in a particular field 
of recreation. Two curricula are available: Recreation and Park Administration 
and Natural Resources Recreation Management, 



RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION 

Professor Thomas I. Hines, In Charge 

The curriculum of recreation and park administration is designed to fulfill 
the needs of the graduate who will be employed by municipalities, governmental 
agencies, private agencies, industry and business, and other private groups. The 
general education requirements include courses in biology, psychology, history 
and government, English, mathematics, chemistry and economics. Other courses 
of a more special nature consist of accounting, statistics, research methods, 
landscape gardening and design. Professional courses, applying directly to the 
needs of the recreator and his profession cover such topics as recreation, phi- 
losophy, management techniques and skills, fiscal operation, supervision, site 
planning, programming, administration and more. 

To provide a student with the opportunity to study the application of recrea- 
tion to a particular environment, the following options are available. 

Employee Option — A background in economics, personnel management and 
industrial psychology is necessary. 

Municipal Parks — Additional courses in applied biology, municipal government 
and community organization are required. 

Institutional — Youth service agencies, corrective institutions and private agen- 
cies require that a graduate have emphasis in sociology and psychology. 

Public — To satisfy the needs of students planning to be employed by munici- 
palities or counties, additional courses are required in government, community 
organization and leadership. 



RECREATION AND PARK ADMINISTRATION 

freshman year 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

FOR 101 (WPS 101) Intro, to SOC 202 Prin. of Sociology 3 

Forest Res 1 ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

MA 122 Math of Finance and Elective 3 

Elem. Statistics 4 Physical Education 1 

RRA 152 Intro, to Recreation 3 — 

Physical Education 1 17 

16 

183 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 111 Foundation of Chem 5 FOR 273 (WPS 273) Quant. Methods in 

English Elective 3 For. Res 3 

Humanity— Sjc. Sci. Elective 3 GY 208 Phy. Geog. & Met 8 

RRA 215 Main. & Oper. I 3 Humanity — Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

ZO 221 Conserv. & Nat. Res.* 3 PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 8 

Physical Education 1 RRA 216 Main. & Oper. II 8 

— Physical Education 1 

18 — 

16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

EC 312 Accounting I : . . . 3 HS 342 Landsc. Horticulture 3 

Humanities — Soc. Sci. Elective . 3 RRA 359 Rec. & Park Supervision 3 

LAR 211 Intro, to Lands. Arch 3 ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 

RRA 358 The Rec. Program 4 Option Elective 3 

Sociology Elective 3 Elective 8 

16 IB 

Summer Session (9 weeks) 

RRA 475 Internship 9 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Intro, to Ecology* 4 RRA 451 Fac. & Site Planning 3 

RRA 453 Adm. Poll. & Proc 3 RRA 454 Rec. & Park Finance 3 

SOC 416 Research Methods 3 RRA 491 Special Problems in Rec 3 

Option Elective 3 Option Elective 3 

Elective 3 Elective 3 

16 15 

Total Hours— 138 



* Studen+s enrolling in the institutional option must substitute ZO 212, Basic Anatomy and ZO 213, 
Basic Physiology for ZO 221 and BO 360. 



NATURAL RESOURCES RECREATION 
MANAGEMENT 

Biltmore Hall 

Associate Professor G. A. Hammon, In Charge 

CURRICULUM 

A strong upward trend in natural resource-oriented recreation is evident 
throughout the Nation. The demand is exceeding the supply in many localities 
under existing management conditions and constraints, while inadequately man- 
aged use in popular locations is contributing toward progressive and unacceptable 
depreciation of the physical environment and of the recreation opportunities. 

Growing pressure on the diminishing resources base is placing a premium 
on managers who can recognize opportunities, identify problems, conceptualize 
solutions and implement policies in this field. Specifically needed are highly 
motivated professionals with strong interdisciplinary backgrounds who are 
trained to understand the recreation wants and needs of people, and are compe- 
tent to make sound judgments in planning and managing renewable natural 
resources for the optimum output of recreation benefits. 

It is the intent of this curriculum to provide professional competence in the 
field of natural resource recreation management for the student who expects 
to serve with organizations, institutions, agencies or corporations concerned 
with the preservation, wise use and improvement of recreation resources and 

184 



opportunities as they occur in the general forest environment. Students will 
also be more prepared to serve with public or private agencies primarily con- 
cerned with the more intensive phases of public outdoor recreation as they occur 
on extensive parklands and on other nonurban lands managed for the optimum 
output of diversified recreation opportunities. 

NATURAL RESOURCES RECREATION MANAGEMENT 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

FOR 101 (WPS 101) Intro, to MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Cal B 3 

Forest Res. 1 ZO 201 Animal Life 4 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Cal. A 4 Physical Education 1 

RRA 152 Introd. to Recreation 3 — 

Physical Education 1 14 

16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 English Elective 3 

PS 201 The American Govt. System 3 FOR 273 (WPS 273) Quant. Meth. in 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 For. Res 3 

SOC 202 Principles of Sociol 3 PY 221 College Physics 6 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

17 16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Mgt. 3 BO 403 Systematic Botany . . 4 

RRA 341 Rec. Resource Relation 3 RRA 440 Rec. Res. Inv. & Plan 3 

SOC 301 Human Behavior 3 SSC 200 Soils 4 

ST 311 Intro, to Statistics 3 Controlled Elective 3 

Controlled Elective 3 Elective 3 

Elective 3 — 

— 17 

18 

Summer Session (9 weeks) 

RRA 475 Internship 9 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Intro, to Ecology 4 RRA 442 Wildland Rec. Environ 3 

RRA 441 Rec. Resource Develop 3 RRA 454 Rec. & Park Finance 3 

Controlled Electives 6 Controlled Electives 6 

Elective 3 Elective 3 

16 15 

Total Hours— 138 

WOOD AND PAPER SCIENCE 

Biltmore Hall 

Professor E. L. Ellwood, Head of the Department 

Professors: A. C. Barefoot, Jr., R. M. Carter, E. B. Cowling, C. A. Hart, 
R. G. HiTCHiNGS; Adjunct Professors: W. R. Smith, S. K. Suddarth; 
Professor Emeritus: A. J. Stamm; Associate Professors: K. P. Kringstad, 
C. G. Landes, W. T. McKean, R. G. Pearson. C. N. Rogers, R. J. Thomas; 
Adjunct Associate Professor: P. J. Kleppe; Extension Associate Professor: 
L. H. HOBBS; Assistant Professors : Hou-MiN Chang, R. C. Gilmore, D. H. 
Holley, D. H. J. Steensen; Assistant Professor Emeritus: H. D. CoOK; In- 

185 



stnictor: A. G. Mullin; Teaching Technician: T. Gemmer; Associate 
Member of the Faculty: V. T. Stannett (Chemical Engineering) ; A. Prak 
(Industrial Engineering) 

EXTENSION 

Instructors: S. J. Hanover, J. S. Hedgecock; Instructor and Extension Wood 
Products Specialist: E. L. Deal, Jr. 

The wood industries have been a vital part of the economy of North Carolina 
for over 300 years. North Carolina ranks first in the nation in the manufacture 
of hardwood, plywood and wooden furniture, first in the South in rough lumber 
and railroad tie production and among the leaders in the manufacture of pulp 
and paper. The value of forest products produced annually in the state exceeds 
1.8 billion dollars. Seventeen percent of the state's labor force is employed 
in the wood industries. 

The Department of Wood and Paper Science offers two curricula; wood 
science and technology, and pulp and paper science and technology, to educate 
men for careers in the wood based and allied industries or in government agencies 
concerned with wood resources. The program in wood science and technology is 
concerned with the technical aspects of wood and its processing into recon- 
stituted and manufactured products. The pulp and paper science and technology 
program is specifically concerned with wood fibers and their processing for 
paper and wood based chemicals. 



PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Robertson Laboratory 

Professor R. G. Hitchings, In Charge 

The curriculum in pulp and paper trains men for technical work in the 
rapidly growing pulp and paper industry. Graduates are prepared for careers 
as process engineers, product development engineers, technical service engineers, 
quality control supervisors, control chemists and production supervisors. After a 
thorough background in the basic sciences, the program offers laboratory work 
in the specialized Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory in wood pulp processes, 
chemical and by-products recovery, pulp bleaching and in the various paper- 
making operations, such as refining, sizing, filling, dyeing, formation, coating and 
the converting of paper. 

The pulp and paper industry ranks fifth among all American industries. In 
1966, pulp and paper products were valued at $17 billion and the industry em- 
ployed more than 640,000 employees. This is primarily a southern industry with 
over 60 percent of the nation's pulpwood produced in the South. 

Financially supported by over 75 company members of the Pulp and Paper 
Foundation, this program in pulp and paper was created to meet the critical need 
for trained men in the South. It is a regional program and has been approved by 
the Southern Regional Education Board as the undergraduate program to serve 
the Southeast in this field. Approximately 50 undergraduate scholarships are 
granted annually to students pursuing this field of study. The Reuben B. 
Robertson Pulp and Paper Laboratory provides this program with outstanding 
and unique facilities. 

All students majoring in this curriculum are required to spend at least 
one summer working in a pulp or paper mill where arrangements have been made 
by the University for such employment. Three hours of academic credit are 
granted the student after completion of 12 weeks of mill work and presentation 

186 



of a satisfactory report covering this work experience. In addition to this 
minimum summer work requirement, students are urged to work in mills the two 
remaining summers between academic years because of the great value of 
practical experience in this industry. 

This curriculum leads to a degree of Bachelor of Science in pulp and paper 
science and technology. A minimum of 139 credits is required for graduation. A 
fifth year program leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in chemical 
engineering is available for interested students. 



PULP AND PAPER SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 

CH 101 Gen. Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Comp. and Rhetoric 3 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math* 3 

WPS 101 (FOR 101) Intro, to Forest 

Res 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Princ. of Chemistry 4 

E 101 Eng. Graphics I 2 

EC 206 The Price System 3 

ENG 112 Comp. and Reading 3 

MA 112 Analytic Geo. & Calc. A* 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



* Students with adequate background in mathematics are urged to follow a sequence beginning with 
MA 102 then MA 201 and MA 202. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

English Elective 3 

MA 212 Analytic Geo. & Calc. B* 3 

PY 211 General Physics** 4 

Social Science Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

English Elective 3 

PY 212 General Physics** 4 

WPS 342 Fiber Analysis 3 

Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



SUMMER SESSION 



WPS 491 8 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fait Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

CHE 301 Elements of Ch. Engr 3 

MAE 307 Energy & Energy Trans 3 

Social Science Elective 3 

WPS 321 Pulp & Paper Tech 3 

16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 331 Intro. Physical Chem 4 

CHE 302 Elements of Chem. Engr. 3 

PSY 200 Intro, to Psychology 3 

WPS 322 Pulp & Paper Tech 3 

Elective 8 

16 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

WPS 411 Pulp & Paper Unit Processes 3 

WPS 413 Paper Properties & Additives .... 4 

WPS 471 Pulping Process Analysis 4 

WPS 491 (FOR 491) Senior Problems 1 

WPS 521 Chem. of Wood & Wood Prod. ... 3 
Electives 3 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

WPS 403 Paper Process Anal 3 

WPS 412 Pulp & Paper Unit Proces 3 

WPS 461 Paper Converting 1 

WPS 463 Plant Inspections 1 

WPS 482 Pulp & Paper Mill Mgment 2 

WPS 522 Chem. of Wood & Wood Prod. .3 
Electives 4 



Total Hours 



17 
-139 



Students with adequate backgrounds should take PY 205, 208. 



187 



WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY 

Professor E. L. Ellwood, In Charge 

CURRICULUM 

The purpose of the curriculum is to instruct students in the nature of wood 
as a natural resource and its processing by means of a systematic study of the 
properties of wood and the processes involved in its utilization and manufacture. 

The curriculum has been designed to provide a high degree of flexibility to en- 
able students to specialize in areas of their special interests as they apply to the 
wood science and technology field. Following a sound coverage in mathematics 
and the natural sciences, a materials science approach to wood is developed con- 
currently with training in the processing technology of wood and wood based 
products and in decision making applied to wood product manufacturing. 

At the end of the sophomore year students attend a six-week wood process 
laboratory practicum in the Brandon P. Hodges Wood Products Laboratory. 
Following this laboratory students undertake an internship in industry or in 
institutional research to develop practical experience. 

During the final two years of the program students choose a minor, or option, 
in another discipline outside of the department. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The curriculum prepares graduates for positions in the wood industries, trade 
associations, or government agencies in such areas as, technical service, research 
and development, qualitv control, marketing, or management in the production 
of lumber, veneer and plywood, particle and fiber boards, dimension stock, mill- 
work, furniture, and many other wood based enterprises. Additionally, oppor- 
tunities for graduates exist in associated and supplier firms to the wood in- 
dustries such as chemical and machinery companies. 

WOOD SCIENCE AND TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 

Freshman Year 

BS 100 General Biol. 

CH 101 General Chem. I 4 or 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhet 3 BO 200 Plant Life 4 

FOR 101 I WPS 101) Intro, to For Res. .1 CH 103 General Chem. II 4 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Cal. A* 4 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

Social Science Elec 3 MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B* 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 IB 

Sophomore Year 

EC 206 The Price System Social Science Elective 3 

or WPS 203 Wood Struct. & Prop. IT 3 

EC 212 Economics of Agri. 3 WPS 273 (FOR 273) Quantitative Meth. 

PY 221 College Physics 5 in Forest Resources 3 

Social Science Elective 3 Option Elective 3 

WPS 202 Wood Struct. & Prop. I 3 Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 16 

Summer Practicum 

WPS 205 Wood Machining Prac 1 

WPS 206 Wood Di-j'ing Prac 1 

WPS 207 Gluing Prac 1 

WPS 208 Wood Finishing Prac. 1 

WPS 209 Plant Inspections Prac. 1 

WPS 210 Forest Prod. Internship 1 



188 



Junior Year 

Social Science Elec 3 Social Science Elective 3 

ST 361 Intro, to Stat for Engr. I 3 WPS 302 Wood Processing II 3 

WPS 301 Wood Processing I 3 WPS 344 Intro, to Qua). Cont 3 

WPS 320 Wood Products Chem 3 WPS 491 (FOR 491) Senior Prob. 

Option Elective 3 in For. Res 1 

— Option Elective 8 

15 Free Elective 3 

16 



* Students with mathematical aptitude and interest are encouraged to substitute MA 102, MA 201 
and MA 202 for the mathematical sequence listed. 

Senior Year 

Social Science Elective 3 WPS 435 Systems Analysis in 

WPS 434 Wood Operations I 3 Forest Products 3 

WPS 441 Intro, to Wood Mech 2 WPS 442 Wood Mechanics & Design 3 

WPS 492 (FOR 492) Senior Prob. Option Electives 6 

in For. Resources 2 Free Elective 3 

Option Electives 6 — 

— 15 

15 

Total credit hours including summer practicum and internship — 129 

FIELDS OF SPECIALIZATION 

The program provides the opportunity for students to minor (option) in a 
discipline outside of the department to the extent of a minimum of 20 credit 
hours. These options enable the student to develop a second area of concentration 
of his choice which can be applied to the field of wood science and technology 
and which can also provide a base for subsequent graduate work in wood science 
and technology or in the option area selected. Options are available in, a) 
economics, b) quantitative analysis, c) biology and biochemistry, d) chemistry, 
e) harvesting operations and f) political science. Options other than those listed 
also may be arranged through the department. 

DUAL DEGREE PROGRAM 

A dual degree program has been prepared jointly with the Department of 
Economics whereby interested students can obtain, in addition to a Bachelor 
of Science in wood science and technology, a second Bachelor of Science in 
economics. 

This program does require some additional credits beyond those required for 
the regular single degree program but capable students can usually complete 
the necessary additional credits within the four years of the regular under- 
graduate program. 

HONORS PROGRAM 

An honors program is also available for students with outstanding records, 
who may, with the approval of the faculty, substitute a program of advanced 
studies in lieu of option requirements and certain core courses. 



189 




Through classroom tvork as well as individual studij, a liberal arts major can 

learn to apply his general knowledge. 



190 



LIBERAL ARTS 



Fred V. Cahill, Dean 

The School of Liberal Arts offers programs of study which lead to the bac- 
calaureate and advanced degrees in the disciplines comprising the humanities 
and social sciences and also offers courses in these areas which are part of the 
programs of all undergraduate students in the University. 

In making this work available to its students, the University provides an 
opportunity for its students to prepare for a full life in many professions and 
occupations which require flexibility, broad knowledge and a basic comprehension 
of human beings and their problems. 

Eight departments are included in the School of Liberal Arts: economics (also 
a department in the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences) , English, history, 
modern languages, philosophy and religion, physical education, politics, 
and sociology and anthropology (also a department in the School of Agriculture 
and Life Sciences). Areas of concentration (majors) on the undergraduate level 
are: economics, English, history, modern languages, philosophy, politics, sociology, 
and speech-communications. Degrees granted include the Bachelor of Arts, the 
Bachelor of Science, the Master of Arts and the Doctor of Philosophy, in addition 
to professional degrees in economics, politics and sociology. Teacher certification 
is available in the areas of English and social studies. 

In all undergraduate programs a minimum average of C in the major is re- 
quired and in the Bachelor of Science program the student must maintain a C 
average both in his major and in his scientific or technical option. 

Students transferring from junior colleges are limited to 64 transfer credits 
plus physical education. 



BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

A sample program of studies satisfying the requirements of the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts is set out below. Majors are available in economics, English, 
history, modern languages, philosophy, politics, sociology and speech-communica- 
tions. It should be emphasized that the program is illustrative only; with few 
exceptions the requirements can be satisfied in a variety of ways. In addition to 
the general University requirements, the student must present at least two units 
of a modern foreign language upon entrance. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhet 3 ENG 112 Comp. and Reading 8 

HI 101 History of Civ 3 HI 102 Hist, of Civ 8 

Mathematics* 8-4 Mathematics* 8-4 

Modern Language 201 (Interm.) 8 Modern Language 202 (Interm.) 8 

Social Science** 8 Social Science** 8 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16-17 16-17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Sem.ester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Literature*** 3 Literature*** 8 

Natural Science**** 4-5 Natural Science**** 4-5 

PHI 205 Prob. & Types of PhU 3 Social Science 8 

Social Science 8 Electives 8 

Elective 8 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

17-18 



17-18 



191 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credit* 

Natural Science**** 4 Major 9 

Major 6 Electives 6 

Electives 6 — 

^ 16 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Major 9 Major 6 

Electives 6 Electives 9 

16 16 

Total Hours — 124 



* MA 115, 116 or MA 111, 112 
** EC 205, 206; PS 201, 206, 301, 322; PSY 200, 210; SOC 202, 301: ANT 251, 252. Two of the 
i-equired four courses must be in departmental sequence. 
**• ENG 261, 262; 265, 266; ML 301. 302. 
*••* A three-semester program including PY 231, CH 111 and BS 100 or an equivalent program 
consisting of a two-semester sequence in physics, chemistry or biology (e.g., PY 211, 212, 
CH 101, 103, BS 100, ZO 201 or BO 200) plus one additional course in either of the two 
remaining disciplines. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The curriculum leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science features a double 
concentration: one in economics, English, history, philosophy, politics and another 
in a basic science, mathematics or technology. A "C" average must be attained 
in each. It will be to the advantage of the student to present at least four units 
of mathematics upon entrance. He must present at least two units of a modern 
foreign language. 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

FaU Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 111 Comp. and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. and Reading 3 

MA 111 Algebra and Trig 4 MA 102 Anal. Geo. & Calc. I 4 

Modern Language 201 (Interm.) 3 Modern Language 202 (Interm.) 3 

Physical Education 1 PHI 205 Problems and Types of Phil 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 History or Social Science 8 

History or Social Science 3 MA 202 Anal. Geo. and Calc. HI 4 

MA 201 Anal. Geo. and Calc. 11 4 PY 208 Gen. Physics 4 

PY 205 Gen. Physics* 4 or 

or PY 212 Gen. Physics 

PY 211 Gen. Physics* Elective 8 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 



16 16-16 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 Philosophy of Science*** 3 

History of Science 8 Course III — Humanities or Social 

Course I — Humanities or Social Science Concentration 3 

Science Concentration 3 Course IV — Humanities or Social 

Course II — Humanities or Social Science Concentration 3 

Science Concentration 3 Course II — Advanced Technical or 

Course I — Advanced Technical or Science Option 8-4 

Science Option 8-4 Zoology or Botany 4 

16-17 16-17 

192 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Course V — Social Sciences or Course VI — Social Sciences or 

Humanities Concentration 3 Humanities Concentration 3 

Course III — Advanced Technical or Course IV — Advanced Technical or 

Science Option 3-4 Science Option 3-4 

Humanities or Social Science Elective . 3 Humanities or Social Science Elective ... 3 

Elective 3 Elective 6 

Seminar 3 Seminar 3 

15-16 18-19 

Total Hours— 126-133 



• May be switched with biology if further work in biology is anticipated. 

** MA 112, 114, and 212 may be substituted for MA 102, 201, 202. 
*** SS 301, 302 satisfies this requirement. 

JOINT LIBERAL ARTS-ENGINEERING PROGRAM 

Some students may want to take advantage of the opportunity to combine a 
B.S. in engineering with either a B.S. or B.A. in liberal arts. When the two 
are carried along together the double degree program can be completed in five 
years. Those interested should contact the Freshman Engineering Division and 
the Dean of Liberal Arts. 



ECONOMICS 

(Also see agriculture and life sciences.) 

Patterson Hall 

Professor W. D. ToussAiNT, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: A. J. Bartley, A. J. CouTU, D. M. Hoover, L. A. Ihnen, H. B. 
James, P. R. Johnson, R. A. King, J. G. Maddox, B. M. Olsen, J. A. 
Seagraves, R. L. Simmons, T. D. Wallace, J. C. Williamson, Jr., T. W. 
Wood; Research Professor: J. G. Sutherland (USDA) ; Adjunct Professor: 
D. R. Dixon; Professor Emeritus: E. W. Swanson ; Associats Professors: 
D. S. Ball, J. S. Chappell, W. M. Crosswhite, M. M. El-Kammash, E. W. 
Erickson, R. M. Fearn, C. W. Harrell, Jr., E. W. Jones, C. H. Little, 
F. A. Mangum, G a. Mathia, E. C. Pasour, Jr., R. J. Peeler, Jr., R. A. 
Schrimper, R. E. Sylla, C. B. Turner, J. W. Wilson; Assistant Professors: 
J. B. Bullock, G. A. Carlson, L. M. Ennis, Jr., B. L. Gardner, H. C. 
Gilliam, Jr. (USDA), T. J. Grennes, D. N. Hyman, C. P. Jones, J. S. 
Lapp, J. C. Matthews, Jr., M. B. McElroy, D. F. Neuman, R. K. Perrin, 
J. C. Poindexter, H a. Sandman; Visiting Assistant Professor: R. L. 
Tinnermeier; Assistant Professor Emeritus: 0. G. Thompson; Instructors: 
J. D. Acker, C. H. Baker, A. M. Beals, Jr., R. B. McBurney, Jr., 
W. P. Pinna, R. C. Reinoso, Leah J. Smith, M. W. Smith, R. H. William- 
son, Ann D. Witte; Special Lecturers: M. A. Hunt, R. J. Szal; Research 
Assistant: F. V. Harrell, Jr. 

EXTENSION 

Professor C. R. Pugh, In Charge of Farm Management and Public Affairs 

Professors : W. L. Turner, C. R. Weathers; Associate Professors : J. G. Allgood, 
D. G. Harwood, H. L. Liner, R. C. Wells; Assistant Professor: P. S. Stone; 
Instructor: D. C. Pardue 

193 



Professor G. L. Capel, In Charge of Marketing Economics 

Professors: T. E. NICHOLS, Jr., E. A. Proctor; Associate Professors: R. S. BoAL, 
R. C. Brooks, L. H. Hammond, H. A. Homme ; Assistant Professors: J. E. 
IKERD, E. M. Stallings, Ruby p. Uzzle 

The general objective of the program in economics is to develop in the student 
such critical and analytical skills as underlie the ability to understand economic 
problems and institutions, both in their historical setting and under conditions 
of change. The curriculum furnishes the academic background necessary for 
many positions in industry, government service and graduate work in economics 
and the social sciences. Specifically, the program in economics seeks a) to impart 
an understanding of human and institutional economic behavior; b) to teach 
the student how to approach economic propositions through the use of theo- 
retical and empirical analysis, and c) to confront the student with contemporary 
issues and alternative socio-economic policy considerations. 

The Department of Economics offers programs in several fields of economics at 
both the undergraduate and graduate levels of study. The department is ad- 
ministered jointly by the School of Agriculture and Life Sciences and the 
School of Liberal Arts. For information on the field of agricultural economics see 
pages 91-94 under agriculture and life sciences. 

The department also has a major service function to perform for the various 
technical schools, and several curricula off'er a minor program in economics. 

FACILITIES 

The department has a modern and well-equipped library including technical 
reference books, major professionl journals and government publications. Re- 
search publications from other institutions throughout the United States are 
kept on file. Graduate students in economics are provided office space and research 
equipment. Computational facilities are available for students whose research 
problems involve extensive analysis of data, as well as for those students who 
want to learn to use computer facilities. The department has a well-trained 
clerical staff and maintains an IBM 1050 Terminal connected to an IBM 360 /Sys- 
tem Model 75 operated by the Triangle University Computational Center. Access 
is also available to an IBM 1130 and a 360/System Model 40 located on the 
University campus, 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics consists of 33 hours 
in the prescribed and elected courses. Of these 18 hours are required as the 
core. The remaining 15 hours of electives are divided between nine hours of 
restricted and six hours of unrestricted electives in economics. 

Credits Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 

EC 206 The Price System 3 Economic Analysis* 3 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 EC 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

EC 302 National Income and Economic Electives (Restricted 

Economic Welfare 3 and Unrestricted) 15 

TOTAL 33 



* ST 311, 361 or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE DEGREE 

The Bachelor of Science degree with a major in economics consists of 27 
hours in the prescribed and elected courses. Of these 15 or 18 hours are required 
as the core. Nine of the remaining hours must consist of restricted electives 
in economics. 

194 



Credits Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 EC 317 Introduction to Methods of 

EC 206 The Price System* 3 Economic Analysis** 3 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 EC 490 Senior Seminar in Economics 3 

EC 302 National Income and Economic Electives (Restricted) .9 

Economic Welfare 3 TOTAL 27 



* EC 206 may be waived subject to the approval of the student'^ faculty adviser. 
** ST 311, 361 or 371 may be substituted for EC 317. 

ELECTIVE COURSES 

Students must complete at least two courses selected from a specified list of 
restricted economics electives and one of the basic statistics courses before en- 
rolling in EC 490 in order to provide the tools and the broad perspective 
necessary for independent study. 

Restricted and unrestricted economics electives may be taken in a particular 
area of concentration, although a concentration is not mandatory, and the 
student and his adviser may work out a special group of electives. Some of the 
alternative concentrations are as follows : 

Managerial Economics — Accounting I; Industrial Management; Personnel 
Management; Industrial Relations, and Management Policy and Decision Making. 

Marketing and Demand — Marketing Methods; Agricultural Price Analysis; 
Labor Economics; International Economics, and Markets and Trade. 

Growth and Development — The Rise of Industrialism; Economics of De- 
velopment; International Economics; Evolution of the American Economy, and 
Comparative Economic Systems. 

Welfare and Policy — Competition, Monopoly and Public Policy; Labor Eco- 
nomics; Evolution of Economic Ideas; International Economics, and Public 
Finance. 

Finance — Accounting I and II; Financial Institutions; Tax Accounting, and 
Corporation Finance. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Economics offers programs of study leading to the Master 
of Economics, the Master of Arts in economics, the Master of Science in agricul- 
tural economics, and the Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants 
should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



ENGLISH 

Winston Hall 

Professor LoDWiCK HARTLEY, Head of the Department 

Professor Larry S. Champion, Associate Head of the Department 

Professors: H. G. Kincheloe, B. G. Koonce, Jr., F. H. Moore, Jr., G. Owen, 
Jr., C. a. Parker, R. G. Walser; Associate Professors: L. J. Betts, Jr., 
P. E. Blank, Jr., L. R. Camp, E. P. Dandridge, Jr., P. H. Davis, J. B. 
Easley, W. G. Franklin, M. Halperen, A. S. Knowles, Jr., N. G. Smith, 
L. H. Swain, W. B. Toole, III, R. B. White, Jr., P. Williams, Jr., R. B. 
Wynne; Assistant Professors: J. W. Clark, Jr., H. A. Hargrave, C. P. 
Heaton, R. a. Lasseter, III, W. E. Meyers, Catherine E. Moore, D. K. 
Orban, Cora L. Robey, S. Scoville, Jean J. Smoot, A. F. Stein, T. N. 
Walters, H. C. West, Mary C. Williams; Instructors: Judith H. Bolch, 
E. G. Cone, Virginia C. Downs, D. M. Goldsberry, W. E. Raskin, E. L. 

195 



Head, L. L. Hogue, Del Marie Hunt, Margaret A. Jackson, Sherrolyn 
Maxwell, M. S. Reynolds, Nancy B. Rich, J. M. Robertson, D. D. Short, 
Marilyn M. Upchurch; Special Lecturers: G. W. Barrax, Audrey H. 
Bradley 

The Department of English offers both basic and advanced courses in 
composition, speech, language and literature. The freshman courses, common 
to all curricula and prerequisite to all advanced courses in English, are designed 
to give intensive training and practice in written communication, plus an 
introduction to literary types. Courses in communication of technical informa- 
tion, in creative and advanced expository writing, and in speech are offered to 
meet course requirements in special curricula and to provide electives for 
interested students. Advanced courses are available for a major in literature, a 
major in speech-communication in the Bachelor of Arts program, and a 
concentration in literature and in communications in the Bachelor of Science 
program, as well as for general electives, 

MAJOR IN ENGLISH 

For the English major in the Bachelor of Arts program the student must 
schedule 30 semester hours beyond the usual six hours in freshman composition. 
Basic requirements include the sophomore survey of English literature, a 
course in Shakespeare, and at least one course in American writers. Beyond 
these courses, the student may pursue his special interests within the limits of 
two recommended categories. In the final semester, a special seminar will serve 
as a capstone to his study. For a teaching certificate, 18 hours in professional 
courses and practicum must be included. 

For students electing the Bachelor of Science program with English as an 
area of concentration, eight courses and seminars above the basic freshman and 
sophomore courses will be selected with the aid of departmental advisers. 

MAJOR IN SPEECH-COMMUNICATION 

The major in speech-communication in the Bachelor of Arts program includes 
30 semester hours. SP 230, Fundamentals of Speech, may be taken for credit, 
but cannot be counted for the major. The curriculum in speech-communication 
requires four prescribed courses in speech and the usual senior seminar designed 
to culminate study in the discipline. In addition, the student may elect courses 
within the field from among offerings in rhetoric and public address, oral 
interpretation, drama and radio-television to complete the 30-hour requirement. 
For a teaching certificate, a more prescribed curriculum is necessary and in 
addition 18 hours in professional courses and practicum must be included. 

GRADUATE STUDY IN ENGLISH 

In addition to the Bachelor's programs above, the Department of English 
offers the Master of Arts degree with concentration in English or American 
literature. The program is designed either to provide the student with a 
terminal course of study or to serve as the first year toward the doctorate. 
Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

HISTORY 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor R. W. Greenlaw, Head of the Department 

Professor L. W. Seegers, Assistant Department Head 

Professors: B. F. Beers, M. L. Brown, Jr., Doris E. King, S. M. Noblin; 

196 



Adjunct Professor: H. G. Jones; Associate Professors: M. S. Downs, 
R. N. Elliott, W. C. Harris, J. M. Riddle, S. S. Suval; Assistant Profes- 
sors: D. C. Bailey, C. H. Carlton, J. P. Hobbs, C. F. Kolb, Judith P. 
Pulley, R. A. Rotz, Jr., Edith D. Sylla, Mary E. Wheeler; Instructors: 
J. R. Banker, G. Gran, H. D. Metzgar, Jr. 

An understanding of the historical background of our times is expected of the 
educated man. The Department of History makes it possible for students to 
gain this understanding by oflFering a wide range and variety of courses at all 
levels from introductory through graduate. Appropriate selection of these may 
be made for a major program. Most of them can be selected as electives in the 
various curricula of the University. 

Students who demonstrate a satisfactory proficiency in World history are 
permitted to take 200-level courses in history instead of the 100-level introductory 
courses required by the Schools of Engineering, Liberal Arts, Agriculture and 
Life Sciences, and Physical and Mathematical Sciences. Students may qualify 
for exemption from 100-level courses and substitution of 200-level courses by 
attaining a satisfactory score on the College Entrance Examination Board 
European History and World Cultures Achievement Test, or on a placement test 
administered by the history department at summer orientation sessions. 

The department also participates in the Fort Bragg program and cooperates 
with the Division of Continuing Education by making selected courses available 
to adults who do not reside on the North Carolina State campus. 

MAJOR IN HISTORY 

B.A. Degree Program — A history major must take 30 hours of course work 
in history in addition to the six hours required of all students in the School of 
Liberal Arts. These 30 hours must include at least six hours of United States 
history as well as the senior history seminar, HI 492. At least 18 hours of 
the 30 must be at the 300 level or above, and at least 15 hours must be taken 
in residence at North Carolina State University. 

TEACHING MAJOR IN HISTORY 

B.A. Program with Teacher Certification — The requirements for the teaching 
major in history are the same as those for the regular major, except for the 
addition of the professional courses in education required for teacher certification. 
Those desiring to enter this program should declare their intention by the spring 
of the sophomore year. Recipients of B.A. degrees under this program receive 
state certification as teachers of social studies at the secondary level. 

CONCENTRATION IN HISTORY 

B.S. Program — A concentration in history will involve 18 hours of course 
work beyond the six hours required of all students in the School of Liberal 
Arts, plus the senior seminar, HI 492. Of the 18 hours, six must be in United 
States history, and at least 12 must be at the 300 level or above. 



MODERN LANGUAGES 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor G. W. Poland, Head of the Department 

Professor: E. M. Stack; Associate Professors: F. J. Allred, Gloria M. Fry, 
Mary Paschal, H. Tucker, Jr.; Assistant Professors: T. P. Feeny, G. Gon- 

197 



ZALEZ, D. R. Kloe, Virginia M. Prichard, C. R. Reynolds, E. W. Rollins, 
Jr., S. E. Simonsen, Virginia S. Smith; Ivstructors: E. E. Bean, N. T. 
Dill, W. M. Holler, Kaye Hughes, J. L. Ivey, W. Kosmin 

The Department of Modern Languages provides instruction in French, 
German, Spanish, Italian and Russian as well as special instruction in English 
for foreign students. In addition to elementary grammar, courses are offered in 
the literature and culture of these language areas. A language laboratory 
provides further opportunity to students to improve aural-oral skill in a target 
language. 

For a major in French or Spanish in the Bachelor of Arts program, 30 hours 
beyond the six hours of elementary language are required. There is an additional 
requirement of a minimum of 12 hours in a second language. Aside from this 
12-hour requirement, the normal requirements for a Bachelor of Arts in liberal 
arts must be met. Majors desiring a teaching certificate must take required 
courses in education and psychology. 

There are also special courses for graduate students preparing to fulfill 
language requirements for advanced degrees. For graduate students already hav- 
ing a reading knowledge of a foreign language, examinations for certification 
are given, 

PHILOSOPHY AND RELIGION 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor R. S. Bryan, Head of the Department 

Professor: P. A. Bredenberg; Professor Emeritus: W. N. HiCKS; Associate 
Professors: W. L. Highfill, R. S. Metzger, J. L. Middleton; Visiting 
Associate Professor: D. W. Shriver, Jr.; Assistant Professors: W. C. Fitz- 
gerald, Jr., T. H. Regan, A. D. Vandeveer; Instructors: W. Kurylo, M. P. 
O'Neil 

The function of the Department of Philosophy and Religion at North Carolina 
State University is twofold. (1) It serves the needs of the University at large 
by providing courses devoted to the discussion of the great philosophic ideas of 
western civilization and of the religious notions which have had an impact on 
all of civilization, and (2) it provides an opportunity for extensive technical 
study in philosophy for those students who wish to concentrate in this field either 
for its own sake or as an ideal intellectual foundation for subsequent graduate 
or professional study. 

Programs leading to two degrees in philosophy, the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science, are offered by the department. Candidates for the Bachelor 
of Arts degree in philosophy must complete 30 hours in philosophy beyond the 
introductory course. Problems and Types of Philosophy (PHI 205). These must 
include either Elementary Logic (PHI 201) or Symbolic Logic (PHI 401) ; the 
courses in the development of western philosophic thought (PHI 300, 317, and 
318); and a seminar (PHI 490 or 491). Candidates for the Bachelor of Science 
degree must include PHI 401. 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

Carmichael Gymnasium 

Professor F. R. Drews, Head of the Department 

Professors Emeriti: P. H. Derr, J. F. Miller; Associate Professors: J. L. 
Clements, J. B. Edwards, Jr., A. M. Hoch, H. Keating, W. R. Leonhardt, 

198 



W. H. SONNER; Assistant Professors: D. C. Adkins, N. E. Cooper, J. M. 
Daniels, W. P. Marley, M. S. Rhodes, W. M. Shea, Elizabeth A. Smaltz, 
R. G. Weaver; Instructors: J. W. Barker, G. R. Boettner, J. Candler, 
R. G. GWYNN, J. W. ISENHOUR, JR., Bertha E. Palmateer; Lecturer: 
Margaret G. Wescott 

North Carolina State University requires from two to four semesters in 
physical education to be taken consecutively during the freshman and sophomore 
years. The specific number of semesters of required physical education is de- 
termined for each student by the Department of Physical Education based on 
physical fitness testing and individual interests. Insofar as staff, facilities and 
allotment of time will permit, each student is guided into courses which will 
best meet his individual needs. 



PRESCRIBED COURSES 

Prescribed courses are designed to meet the specific needs of the students as 
determined by tests. The prescribed courses offered are : Health and Physical 
Fitness, Beginning Swimming I, Beginning Swimming II, Restricted Activity I 
and Restricted Activity II. The Health and Physical Fitness course is required 
of all new freshmen. The Department of Physical Education also requires a 
demonstrated survival swimming ability or placement in the appropriate Be- 
ginning Swimming course. 



CONTROLLED ELECTIVE COURSES 

All elective courses are grouped under one of the following areas : aquatics, 
combatives, developmental activities, individual sports and team sports. Students 
are encouraged to develop proficiency in at least two vigorous life-time sports. 



POLITICS 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor W. J. Block, Head of the Department 

Professors: F. V. Cahill, J. T. Caldw^ell, A. Holtzman; Visiting Professor: 
B. Hays; Associate Professors : H. G. Kebschull, K. S. Petersen; Assistant 
Professors: L. E. Bennett, W. G. Ellis, J. H. Gilbert, J. M. McClain; 
Visiting Assistant Professor: EvA R. Rubin; histructors : Hope M. Brogden, 
T. M. Brow^nlee, J. P. Mastro, M. S. Soroos, J. O. Williams, D. R. Wire 

The Department of Politics offers both basic and advanced courses in all 
major fields of the discipline: American government and politics (local, state 
and national), comparative government and politics, international relations and 
organizations, political theory, public administration, and scope and methods 
of political science. Although the department provides an area in which students 
may concentrate their major efforts, it also affords opportunities for the study 
of government and administration to students in other curricula and schools 
and to students at Fort Bragg. Graduate courses in politics are available to 
students seeking advanced degrees in other curricula. 

The department conducts a State Legislative Internship Program in alternate 
years. It also participates in the State Government Internship Program, which 
functions under the sponsorship of the Institute of Government at Chapel Hill. 

199 



MAJORS IN POLITICS 

B.A. Program — A major in politics requires 30 hours of course work in 
the discipline, including PS 200, Introduction to Politics; PS 491, 492, Seminar 
in Politics, and a course in early or modern political theory. Students are 
expected to include in their programs advanced courses in at least three of the 
fields in the discipline, although they may concentrate their work in one field. 

The department recommends that its majors, whenever practicable, take 
MA 111, 112 in fulfillment of the two-semester mathematics requirement in 
the School of Liberal Arts. 

CONCENTRATION IN POLITICS 

B.S. Program — A concentration in politics requires 24 hours of course 
work in the discipline, including PS 200, Introduction to Politics, and PS 491, 
492, Seminar in Politics. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Politics offers the Master of Arts degree in politics 
and the Master of Public Affairs degree. Prospective applicants should consult 
the Graduate School Catalog. 



SOCIOLOGY AND ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see Agriculture and Life Sciences) 

1911 Building 

Professor S. C. Mayo, Head of the Department 

TEACHING AND RESEARCH 

Professors: C. H. Hamilton, C. P. Marsh, G. C. McCann, J. N. Young; 
Associate Professors: H. G. Beard, A. C. Davis, L. W. Drabick, C. V. Mer- 
cer, H. D. Rawls, M. M. Sawhney, Odell Uzzell; Visiting Associate 
Professor: H. D. Holder; Adjunct Associate Professors: W. J. Buffaloe, 
R. L. Rollins, Jr.; Assistant Professors: R. C. Brisson, T. E. Clark, W. B. 
Clifford, III, D. F. Collins, C. G. Dawson, G. L. Faulkner, T. M. Hyman, 
R. L. MoxLEY, R. D. MusTiAN, Elizabeth M. Suval, Patricia L. Tobin; 
Visiting Research Assistant Professor: Idonna E. Russell; Instructors: 
Helen P. Clarkson, G. S. Nickerson, J. G. Peck, Betty H. Wiser; 
Associate Members of the Faculty: R. J. Dolan (Adult Education) ; 
L. W. Moncrief (Recreation Resources Administration) 

EXTENSION 

Assistant Professor J. K. Collins, In Charge of Community Development 

Professor: J. D. George ; Professor Emeritus: J. W. Crawford; Assistant Pro- 
fessors: T. N. Hobgood, Jr., C. E. Lewis, P. P. Thompson; Community 
Development Specialists: V. E. Hamilton, D. R. Proctor 

The major aim of this department is to teach students the principles and 
techniques for understanding human group behavior. More specifically the 
department seeks: (1) to train students to become leaders in organizing groups 

200 



and communities and in administering their programs; (2) to qualify exceptional 
students on the undergraduate and graduate levels for sociological research, 
teaching and extension work; (3) to solve problems in human group relations 
through scientific research and (4) to extend research results to the people of 
the State. 

BACHELOR OF ARTS DEGREE 

The follow^ing departmental requirements must be met by all students majoring 
in sociology: a minimum of 30 hours in the major field including SOC 202, Prin- 
ciples of Sociology; SOC 301, Human Behavior; SOC 315, Social Thought; 
SOC 416, Research Methods; a minimum of five electives on the 300 or higher 
level in sociology; and one semester of SOC 490, Senior Seminar. The department 
also requires ANT 252, Cultural Anthropology, at least one course in psychology 
and one elective in statistics. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Master of Science, Master of Sociology and Doctor of Philosophy degrees 
are offered by this department. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate 
School Catalog. 

SPEECH-COMMUNICATION 

(See English) 

UNIVERSITY STUDIES 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor J. R. LAMBERT, Jr., Acting Head 

Associate Professor: J. C. Wallace; Assistant Professor: R. M. Cornish; 
Visiting Assistant Professor: R. J. Clack; Instructors: R. L. Hoffman, 
R. T. Scott, C. L. Stalnaker 

University Studies is a nevi^ly-instituted educational program offering under- 
graduate courses that are problem or issue oriented and that are taught in an 
interdisciplinary format. Courses are open on an elective basis to students in 
all curricula without course prerequisites. Faculty is drawn from the various 
disciplines directly concerned with the problems or issues under consideration. 

For the present the Division of University Studies will offer the courses 
previously taught by the Department of Social Studies. 



201 




•^ 






r/ie new nine-story Dabnei/ Hall provides modern equipment for the study of 

chemistry. 

202 



PHYSICAL AND 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Cox Hall 

Arthur Clayton Menius, Jr., Dean 

Jasper Durham Memory, Assistant Dean 

The demand for high caliber scientists, mathematicians and engineers con- 
tinues to outpace the national supply. The need for persons trained in these areas 
has been a contributing factor in the growth of the School of Physical and 
Mathematical Sciences since its inception in 1960. The school performs a three- 
fold function: the training of potential scientists and mathematicians; the tech- 
nical support of curricula in agriculture and life sciences, design, education, 
engineering, forest resources, liberal arts and textiles; and research in physical 
sciences and mathematics. These activities are carried out by the seven academic 
Departments of Biochemistry, Chemistry, Computer Science, Statistics, Geo- 
sciences. Mathematics and Physics. The Institute of Statistics (Raleigh section), 
and the Department of Physical Sciences Research are also associated with the 
School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences. The graduates of the school 
are actively recruited for technical and administrative positions in industrial 
research and development laboratories, universities and colleges, nonprofit re- 
search organizations and government agencies. A large percentage of the grad- 
uates undertake advanced study leading to the Master of Science and Doctor 
of Philosophy degrees. A lifetime of challenge and opportunity is offered to 
students who choose these curricula of study. 

The high-school student with an above-average performance in mathematics, 
chemistry or physics, and a basic interest in natural phenomena and their 
mathematical descriptions, is encouraged to consider a career in physical sciences 
or mathematics. Both ability and motivation are essential prerequisites for 
successful completion of the bachelor's degree requirements. The school has 
consistently attracted outstanding students, as evidenced by the fact that ap- 
proximately one-third of its students graduate with honors or high honors. 

FACILITIES 

The offices of the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences are located 
in the seven-story Cox Hall, together with the Departments of Physics and 
Statistics. The adjoining Harrelson Hall, with its 77 classrooms, has as one 
of its occupants the Department of Mathematics and provides additional class- 
room space for the school. The new nine-story Dabney Hall, which is adjacent 
to Cox Hall, houses the Departments of Chemistry and Computer Science. 
Facilities for geosciences instruction are provided in Withers Hall, a four story 
structure near the center of the campus. Physics research laboratories are located 
in Daniels Hall and the Nuclear Science Building and at the Triangle Univer- 
sities Nuclear Laboratory in Durham. Biochemistry research is underway in 
Polk Hall and Withers Hall. 

The school is fully equipped for instruction and research. Special equipment 
and laboratories associated with the school include a plasma physics laboratory 
supported by a research tube-making facility; a complete radio-chemistry labora- 
tory; a one-million volt Van de Graaff accelerator; analog and ambilog com- 
puters; an IBM 1130 digital computer; a laser research laboratory; a Varian 
Associates HA-100 high resolution nuclear magnetic resonance spectrometer; an 

203 



upper atmosphere laboratory; a biomathematics and biophysics laboratory; 
undergraduate and graduate desk computing laboratories; biochemical research 
and teaching laboratories; and an ultraviolet-infrared-visible spectroscopic labo- 
ratory. Other facilities on the campus available for teaching and research are 
electron microscopes, a heterogeneous nuclear recator designed for operation at 
100 kilowatts, complete x-ray laboratories with diffraction and radiographic 
equipment, a Beckman Model E analytical ultracentrifuge, precision instrument 
shops, and an IBM 360 Model 40 digital computer connected by telecommunication 
lines to the Model 75 at the Triangle Universities Computation Center. North 
Carolina State University also participates in the Triangle Universities Nuclear 
Laboratory, which has a 0-35 Mev. cyclo-graaff accelerator. 

CURRICULA 

The school offers undergraduate programs of study leading to the Bachelor of 
Science degree, with a major in mathematics, chemistry, computer science, 
statistics, geology or physics. These curricula have essentially a common freshman 
year, thereby enabling a student to change, without loss of time, from one 
department to another in the school during the freshman year. A year of 
foreign language is required of all students except computer science majors. At 
least one course each semester must ba selected from the offerings of the School 
of Liberal Arts. These courses serve the dual purpose of developing the 
student's communication skills and helping him become a responsible citizen. 

SHORT COURSES AND INSTITUTES 

The School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences offers several short courses 
and specialized institutes throughout the academic year and during the summer 
months in chemistry, physics, mathematics, computer science, geology and 
statistics for high-school teachers and college professors. For more information, 
write to the dean of the school. 

In addition, certain regular courses may be taken for credit through Corre- 
spondence or at the Evening College of the Division of Continuing Education in 
Raleigh, Charlotte or in the Greensboro-Burlington-Winston-Salem area. For a 
listing of these courses, write to the North Carolina State University Division 
of Continuing Education at Raleigh. 

SUPERIOR STUDENT AND HONOR PROGRAMS 

For several years, exceptional students have been selected to participate in 
the Superior Student Program during their freshman and sophomore years. 
Enriched courses in mathematics, chemistry, physics and English have been 
developed specifically for the participants in this program. At the beginning of 
the junior year, the most promising may select special courses, participate in 
undergraduate research, and receive some graduate credit toward the Master of 
Science degree during the senior year. 

Well-prepared students entering the school may seek advanced placement in 
mathematics, chemistry, physics or history by passing qualifying examinations. 

STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

In addition to the University-wide extracurricular activities and honor organi- 
zations, the School of Physical and Mathematical Sciences has student chapters 
of the following professional and honor organizations: Society of Physics 
Students; Pi Mu Epsilon; the American Chemical Society; and the Association 
for the Computing Machinery. 

204 



The Science Council, which is composed of elected students from the school, 
sponsors and participates in a wide variety of technical and social activities. 



FRESHMAN YEAR FOR PHYSICAL AND 
MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

Fall Semester 

MA 

Basic Science 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 

CSC 101 Intro, to Prosiammmc: 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

Humanities and Social Sciences 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 

PSM 100 Orientation 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Curriculum and Credits 
CH CSC ST GY 



4 




4 


4 


4 


1 
3 


3 

3 


3 
3 


3 


3 


3 






3 


3 


4 


4 


4 


4 


4 

















1 


1 


1 


1 


] 



Spring Semester 



Basic Science 

BS 100 General Biology 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 



CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 

CH 108 Laboratory Techniques TI 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 

CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization and 

Assembly Language 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 

Humanities and Social Sciences 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 

Py 205 General Physics 

Physical Education . 



GRADUATE STUDY 



MA 



Curriculum and Credits 
CH CSC ST GY 



PY 



The Master of Science degree is available with a major in biochemistry, bio- 
mathematics, chemistry, geology, statistics, mathematics, applied mathematics 
and physics. The Master of Applied Mathematics, Master of Biomathematics and 
Master of Teaching in Mathematics are offered. The Doctor of Philosophy degree 
is available in biochemistry, biomathematics, chemistry, statistics, mathematics, 
applied mathematics and physics. 



CHEMISTRY 

Dabney Hall and Withers Hall 

Professor Z Z. HUGUS, Jr., Head of the Department 

Professor R. H. Loeppert, Assistant to the Head of the Department 

Associate Professor F. C. Hentz, Jr., Director of General Chemistry 

Professors: H. A. Bent, L. H. Bowen, C. L. Bumgardner, G. O. Doak, L. D. 
Freedman, S. G. Levine, G. G. Long, W. J. Peterson, W. A. Reid, P. P. 
Sutton, R. C. White; Adjunct Professor: M. E. Wall; Professors Emeriti: 
C. C. Robinson, G. H. Satterfield; Associate Professors : H. H. Carmichael, 
A. F. Coots, M. K. DeArmond, F. W. Getzen, C. E. Gleit, L. A. Jones, 
M. L, Miles, C. G. Moreland, W. P. Tucker, G. H. Wahl, Jr.; Adjunct 



205 



Associate Professor: R. W. Morrison, Jr.; Associate Professor Emeritus: 
W. E. Jordan; Assistayit Professors: T. J. Blalock, J. Bordner, T. C. 
Caves, K. W. Hanck, W. P. Ingram, Jr., A. F. Schreiner, T. M. Ward, 
D. W.' Wertz; Instructors: W. R. Johnston, Elizabeth H. Manning, 
J. W. Morgan, G. M. Oliver, Graye J. Shaw, C. Woods, III; Teaching and 
Research Technicians: Margaret C. Bundy, Delores G. Knight; Associate 
Members of the Faculty: D. M. Gates, H. A. RUTHERFORD (Textile 
Chemistry) 

Chemistry is the science dealing with the composition of all substances and 
changes in their composition. It is involved with almost every aspect of modern 
life. Chemists have contributed in large measure to the synthetic fiber industry, 
petroleum products and fuels, plastics, the food processing industry, nuclear 
energy, and modern drugs and medicine. Today more than ever a chemist is 
concerned with the fundamental building blocks of all materials — atoms and 
molecules. This study is leading to a firmer basis for improving old materials, 
developing new ones, and controlling the environment in which we live. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The chemical industry is the nation's largest manufacturing industry. Chemists 
comprise by far the largest proportion of scientists in the United States, and 
every indication is that future demand for chemists will continue to grow. A 
wider variety of jobs is open to the chemist than any other scientist: from 
biochemistry to metallurgy, from space science to oceanography, from sales 
or management to pure research. The B.S. program in chemistry provides an 
excellent premedical curriculum. Chemists are employed in almost every field 
based on modern technology. Because of the demand for training in chemistry, 
opportunities for a chemist in the field of education are many and varied. 

UNDERGRADUATE CURRICULUM 

A chemist's training must be broad. The undergraduate curriculum, ac- 
credited by the American Chemical Society, includes a strong background of 
mathematics, physics and the liberal arts. The basic areas of organic, physical, 
inorganic and analytical chemistry are stressed. Laboratory and classroom work 
develop the skills, knowledge and inquiring spirit necessary for a successful 
career in chemistry. The minor field and elective credits allow individual 
diversity at the junior and senior levels. Many undergraduates participate in 
current research in the department through part-time employment or a senior 
research project. The curriculum prepares the student for the wide variety of 
jobs open to the B.S. chemist or for advanced work at the graduate level, 

CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM'^ 

freshman YEAR 

Fall Sementer Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 Calculus II 4 

Social Science 3 PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 17 

206 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

English Elective 3 English Elective 3 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and MA 301 Applied Differential Equations 1.3 

Calculus III 4 PY 207 General Physics 4 

PY 206 General Physics 4 P'lee Electives 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

16 18 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis ... 3 CH 401 Systematic Inorganic 

CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 Chemistry 3 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

Laboratory 1 CH 434 Physical Chemistry II 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 Laboratory 1 

MLG 101 Elementary German I 3 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Minor 3 MLG 102 Elementary German II 3 

Minor 3 

16 

SENIOR YEAR 



16 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 

Chemistry Elective 2 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 Minor 3 

Minor 3 Free Electives 6 

Free Electives 4 — 

— 16 

16 



* Chemistry majors are required to take CH 101, CH 106, CH 107 and CH 108. The minor may be 
in any field closely related to chemistry, such as mathematics, physics, computer science, geo- 
science, statistics, biological sciences, engineering or science education. A total of four courses in 
two such areas may constitute a "split" minor. The minor field should be chosen in consultation 
with the faculty adviser prior to or during the junior year. 

COMPUTER SCIENCE 

Dabney Hall 

Professor P. E. Lewis, Head of the Department 

Associate Professor: D. A. Link, Administrative Assistant 

Professor: L. B. Martin, Jr.; Adjunct Associate Professor: L. H. Williams; 
Assistant Professors: R. J. FORNARO, J. W. HANSON, T. L. HONEYCUTT, L. K. 
McDowell, J. D. Powell, W. A. Sillars, A. L. Tharp. N. F. Williamson, 
Jr.; Instructors: D. B. Flannagan, G. G. Phillips, D. W. Reid 

The discipline of computer science has arisen during the past 25 years as a 
direct consequence of the rapid growth of the electronic computer. No single 
technological development in history has had a greater impact on man and on 
the way he lives. The uses of modern computers are very diverse and new 
applications continue to arise. They are used to help make and operate our 
automobiles, airplanes and space ships; to design our highways, bridges and 
buildings; to handle banking transactions and make management decisions; to 
analyze farm production; as a research tool for the scientist; to monitor 
manufacturing processes, utilities and communication; and to provide a multitude 
of other services. Almost all areas of industry, education and business make use 
of the computer. 

The program of computer science at North Carolina State University is 
designed to train students to contribute to these applications and if they choose 

207 



to continue their training further through graduate study. Methods and tech- 
niques are stressed for using the computer in both scientific and business ap- 
plications. Students may elect to major in the field working toward the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in computer science. Students in other departments may 
select as electives certain courses in computer science to broaden their program 
of study. 

In addition to providing a sound background of core courses, the computer 
science curriculum also provides for more extensive training in several areas 
or tracks. At the beginning of the junior year, majors in computer science may 
elect to concentrate study for the last two years of the degree program in one 
of the following three tracks: 

1. Scientific Applications 

2. Management Decisions 

3. Programming Systems and Languages 

Twenty-four credits (called track requirements and restricted electives) may 
be selected from an approved set of courses appropriate to the track chosen 
by the student. 

There is a need for professionals who are trained in computer science. Salaries 
are good, and the variety of work is satisfying. 



COMPUTER SCIENCE CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 205. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 211 Programming Languages 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

MA 231 Intro, to Linear Algebra 3 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Free Electives 3 

Physical Education 1 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical 

Methods 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

English Literature Elective . 3 

MA 312 Introduction to 

Differential Equations 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fail Semester Credits 

CSC 311 Data Structures 3 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 4 

Restricted Elective 3 



16 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 312 Computer Organization 

and Logic 3 

CSC Track Requirement 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Restricted Elective 3 

Free Elective 6 

18 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation 3 

CSC Track Requirement 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Restricted Electives 6 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, 

Language and Automata 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Restricted Electives 6 

Free Elective 3 



Total Hours- 



15 

-126 



208 



GEOSCIENCES 

Withers Hall 

Professor C. J. Leith, Head of the Department 

Professors: H. S. Brown, J. Lyman, J, M. Parker, III, W. J. Saucier; Professor 
Emeritus: J. L. Stuckey; Associate Professor: C. W. Welby; Adjunct 
Associate Professors: A. V. Hardy, J. R. Smith; Associate Professor 
Emeritus: E. L. Miller, Jr.; Assistant Professors: R. J. Carson, III, 
V. V. Cavaroc, Jr., N. E. Huang, C. E. Knowles, W. H. Spence, A. H. 
Weber; Adjunct Assistant Professors: W. D. Bach, J. T. Peterson 

The geosciences includes all the overlapping divisions of the physical, chemical 
and biological earth sciences, such as geology, geophysics, geochemistry, pale- 
ontology, meteorology, hydrology and oceanography. The Department of Geo- 
sciences offers courses in each of the related disciplines. 

Geology is the professional field in which geological knowledge and tech- 
niques are focused on the solution of problems concerned with the occurrence, 
origin and distribution of rock and mineral deposits, raw material supplies and 
with a variety of engineering projects. Many of the larger engineering under- 
takings such as the construction of dams and reservoirs, tunnels, big buildings 
and highways depend for success in part on an exact knowledge of their geo- 
logical setting. Discovery, evaluation, development and conservation of mineral 
resources (including fossil fuels and ground water) also require the quantitative 
and analytical application of the findings of geological science regarding the 
constitution, structure and history of the earth's crust. The geology curriculum 
combines training in basic physical and engineering sciences with those aspects 
of geology that are most pertinent to human affairs. 

Meteorology is the science of the atmosphere, including the processes and 
the phenomena within the atmosphere, the interactions with earth's land and 
sea surface below, and with the solar atmosphere above. Its objectives are the 
understanding of the atmosphere and the complex processes occurring within it, 
and the application of this knowledge to benefit mankind in his welfare and 
various endeavors. The meteorology courses offered by the Department of Geo- 
sciences are designed to provide a basic training for roles in both theory and 
application, and to prepare the student for either research or the varied pro- 
fessional applications. 

One of the challenging fields in geoscience is weather modification and control 
to enhance water supplies, decrease lightning hazards, protect crops from storm 
damage and perhaps tame the hurricane and the tornado. The atmosphere has 
a major influence on radio communication, including rocket guidance and control 
and missile detection and interception. The problem of atmospheric pollution 
needs thoughtful and searching attention. 

In the past few years the physical and geological characteristics of the oceans 
have become the subject of major research programs in this and in other 
countries. The Department of Geosciences offers undergraduate and graduate 
courses and programs in geological, meteorological and physical oceanography. 

The theories, instruments and skills needed and developed to study the earth 
can now be applied to investigating the moon and planets. Conversely, improve- 
ments in instrumentation achieved to further the study of the planets has long 
been in the domain of astronomy. Now, as instruments reach these other bodies 
of the solar system, the investigation of them merges into the geosciences. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

A graduate in geology may follow one of several broad fields either in the 
United States or in foreign countries: for example, the application of geology 

209 



to engineering work; or, the application of geology in the mineral industries. 
Geologists are currently employed by oil companies and quarrying concerns; 
exploration companies; construction firms; railroads, public utilities, banks and 
insurance companies; iron, steel and other metal producers; manufacturers using 
nonmetallic raw materials, such as ceramics, cement and abrasives; municipal, 
state and federal government agencies; schools, colleges, museums and research 
institutes. The southeastern United States offers excellent opportunities. There 
is a growing need for the application of geological science to engineering con- 
struction in connection with highways, foundations, excavations, beach erosion 
control and water supply problems. The mineral industry of the Southeast 
has expanded substantially in the last decade; known deposits in the region, 
as yet only partially developed, include iron, nickel, copper, chromite, molybdenite, 
feldspar, mica, kaolin, kyanite, sillimanite, pyrophyllite, talc, barite, spodumene, 
sulphur (pyrite), coal, phosphate, granite, limestone and marl. 



GEOSCIENCES CURRICULUM 

LEADING TO B.S. DEGREE IN GEOLOGY 

FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semcstrr Credits 

CH 101 General Chem. I 4 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 

PSM 100 Orientation 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chem. II 4 

or 
CH 107 Prin. of Chem. 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 

Modern Language 3 

PY 20S General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

English Literature 3 

GY 222 Historical Geology 3 

GY 330 Crystallography & Min. 3 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I* 3 

Modern Language 3 

Physical Education 1 

16 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 
CH r.n Intro. Physical Chemistry** V 4 
GY :rn Opt. Micr. & X-Ray Diffr. 4 

GY 351 Tectonic Structures . . 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences . . 3 

Elective 3 



Spring Semester Credits 

GY 440 Igneous & Meta. Petrology 4 

GY 452 Exogenic Mat. & Proc 4 

GY 462 Geological Surveying 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Minor*** 3 

17 



SUMMER SESSION 



GY 465 Geological Field Procedures (or equivalent field camp) 



210 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

GY 323 Paleontology 3 

or 
GY 415 Min. Expl. & Eval. 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Minor*** 3 

Electives 6 



Total Hours — 129 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

Geology Elective 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Minor*** 3 

Elective 3 

12 



* Students electing a minor in statistics may substitute MA 405 for MA 301. 
** Students electing a minor in physical sciences (chemistry) will substitute CH 431 for CH 331 

and will graduate with a minimum of 129 credit hours. 
*** The minor may be in any field closely related to geology, such as engineering science (engi- 
neering mechanics, materials engineering), statistics, physical science (chemistry, physics, 
meteorology), or biological science (botany, genetics, zoology). The minor field should be 
chosen in consultation with the faculty adviser prior to or during the junior year. 



GEOSCIENCES CURRICULUM 

LEADING TO B.A. DEGREE IN GEOLOGY 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester 

ENG 111 Composition & Rhetoric 
HI 101 History of Civilization . . . 
Humanities — Social Sciences* .... 

MA 111 Algebra and Trig 

Modern Language (Inter.) 

Physical Education 



Credits 
3 

3 

3 

4 

3 

1 

17 



Sprinti Semester Credits 

ENG 112 Composition & Reading 3 

HI 102 History of Civilization 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences* 3 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. and Calc. A 4 

Modern Language (Inter.) 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester 

CH 101 General Chemistry I . 

GY 120 Physical Geology 

Humanities — Social Sciences* 

Literature** 

PHI 205 Prob. & Types of Phi. 
Physical Education 



Credits 

4 

3 

.3 

.3 

.3 

1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

GY 222 Historical Geology 3 

GY 330 Crystallography and Min 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences* 3 

Literature** 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Fall Semester 

GY 331 Opt. Micros. & X-Ray Diff. 

HI 422 Rise of Modern Science 



PHI 405 Phil, of Science 
PY 211 General Physics 
Elective 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

4 GY 440 Igneous & Meta. Petrology 4 

GY 452 Exogenic Mat. and Proc 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

3 Elective 3 

... 4 — 

3 15 

14 



Fall Semester 

GY 323 Paleontology 

GY 351 Tectonic Structures 

Electives 



Total Hours— 124 



SENIOR YEAR 

Credits Spring Semester Credits 

3 GY 492 Seminar on Sel. Geol. Top. 3 

3 Geology Elective 3 

9 Electives 6 

15 12 



* EC 205, 206; PS 201, 206, 301, 322; PSY 200, 210; SOC 202, 301; ANT 251, 252. Two of the 
required four courses must be in departmental sequence. 
** ENG 261, 262, 265, 266; ML 301, 302. The literature requirement is a six hour sequence in 
one literary tradition. 



211 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The department offers a graduate program leading to the Master of Science 
degree in geology and through its participation in the interdisciplinary marine 
sciences program offers work leading to the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees in marine sciences with specialization in physical oceanog- 
raphy and meteorological oceanography. Prospective applicants should consult 
the Graduate School Catalog. 



MATHEMATICS 

Harrelson Hall 

Professor N. J. Rose, Head of the Department 

Professor H. V. Park, Assistant to the Department Head 

Professor H. M. Nahikian, Graduate Administrator 

Professors: J. W. BisHiR, R. C. BuLLOCK, J. M. A. Danby, W. J. Harrington, 
K. KoH, J. Levine, p. E. Lewis, P. A. Nickel, H. Sagan, H. E. Speece, 
R. A. Struble, H. R. van der Vaart, 0. Wesler, L. S. Winton; Visiting 
Professor: M. Itoh; Adjunct Professor : I. N. Sneddon; Professors Emeriti: 
J. M. Clarkson, H. a. Fisher, H. P. Williams; Associate Professors: 
E. E. BuRNisTON, R. E. Chandler, H. C. Cooke, W. G. Dotson, Jr., R. O. 
FuLP, J. R. KoLB, C. H. Little, Jr., J. Luh, J. A. Marlin, A. R. Nolstad, 
D. M. Peterson, H. A. Petrea, J. W. Querry, G. C. Watson, J. B. Wilson; 
Assistant Professors: C. N. Anderson, V. R. Brantley, T. Joyce Caraway, 
H. J. Charlton, D. E. Garoutte, D. J. Hansen, R. E. Hartwig, Ruth B. 
Honeycutt, J. E. Huneycutt, Jr., C. F. Lewis, A. Maltbie, R. H. Martin, 
Jr., L. K. McDowell, C. D. Meyer, Jr., L. B. Page, C. V. Pao, R. T. 
Ramsay, R. G. Savage, R. Silber, J. L. Sox, Jr., G. S. Speidel, Jr., E. L. 
Stitzinger, D. F. Ullrich; Visiting Assistant Professor: R. Cellar; 
Assistant Professors Emeriti: R. A. MacKerracher, P. Shahdan; Instruc- 
tors: Dorothy L. Brant, H. L. Crouch, Jr., H. L. Davison, T. F. Gordon, 
G. F. Knight, D. W. Krider, Carlotta P. Patton 

Mathematics has long played an important role in the intellectual and tech- 
nological history of mankind. However, in recent years, there has been a truly 
dramatic expansion of the knowledge and applications of mathematics. There is 
consequently a large demand for people who are well versed in pure or applied 
mathematics. 



CURRICULUM 

The undergraduate major in mathematics provides a core of basic courses in 
mathematics together with a program of electives that is sufficiently flexible to 
prepare a student for graduate study in pure or applied mathematics, for careers 
in industry, business or government, or for teaching. A carefully selected set 
of required courses and electives in science, humanities and modern language 
provide a total program that is well adapted to the demands of modern day life. 

212 



MATHEMATICS CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 205. 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

Enslish Literature 3 

Humanities Elective* 3 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra ... 3 

Modern Language 3 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 

17 



Spring Semester Credits 

MA 232 Introduction to Multivariable 

Calculus 3 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential 

Equations 3 

Modern Language 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

Humanities Elective* 3 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra ... 3 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 3 

Restrictive Elective** 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



17 



Credits 



Spring Semester 

Humanities Elective* .... 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis 

Mathematics Elective*** 3 

Restricted Electives*** 6 



II 



15 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

Humanities Elective* 3 

Math Elective*** 3 

MA 421 Introduction to Probability 3 

or 
ST 421 Introduction to Mathematical 
Statistics 

Restricted Elective** 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities Elective* 3 

Math Electives*** 6 

Restricted Elective** 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Total Hours— 126 



* Humanities or Social Science. Six hours must be at junior-senior level. 
** Restricted electives are subject to departmental approval and are expected to be in fields such 
as physical science, life science, engineering, selected courses in economics, psychology, etc. 
*** Mathematics electives are chosen from approved 400-500 courses. These should be chosen to 
fulfill a career objective. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

Graduate programs are offered at both the masters and doctoral levels. The 
core of basic courses in algebra, analysis and topology are required of all 
students. The remaining program is quite flexible. The large variety of course 
offerings in the department in conjunction with the many other scientific and 
engineering departments allow for any desired degree of emphasis in either pure 
or applied mathematics. 

PHYSICS 

Professor L. W. Seagondollar, Head of the Department 

Professor J. T. Lynn, Assistant to the Head of the Department 

Visiting University Professor: L. H. THOMAS; Professors: W. H. Bennett, 
J. M. A. Danby, W. R. Davis, W. O. Doggett, G. L. Hall, A. W. Jenkins, 
Jr., H. C. Kelly, E. R. Manring, J. D. Memory, A. C. Menius, Jr., R. L. 
Murray, D. L. Ridgeway, A. W. Waltner; Professors Emeriti: F. W. 
Lancaster, J. S. Meares, R. H. Snyder; Associate Professors: G. C. Cobb, 



213 



Jr., F. G. Everling, G. H. Katzin, D. H. Martin, G. E. Mitchell, M. K. 
Moss, J. Y. Park, R. R. Patty, D. R. Tilley; Assistant Professors: 
K. T. Chung, R. E. Fornes, F. Lado, Jr., G. W. Parker, III, J. F. Schet- 
ZINA; Assistant Professor Emeritus: E. J. BROWN; Instructors: Janice M. 
BiRELiNE, W. B. Bowman, II, H. L. Owen; Instructor Emeritus: Minnie 
W. C. Harris 

Physics is a fundamental science of observations, measurements and the mathe- 
matical description of the particles and processes of nature. In addition to 
extending our basic knowledge of the universe, the science of physics provides 
the means for attacking problems of importance in modern technology. The 
variety of the contributions made by physicists is indicated by such typical 
recent activities as the discovery of new particles of nature, the invention and 
use of new instruments to probe interplanetary space, the study of processes 
fundamental to the release of thermonuclear energy, the development of lasers 
and solid state devices and research on missiles, satellites and space craft. 

PROGRAMS 

The physics department provides at both the graduate and undergraduate levels 
programs of studv in fundamental physics and in several areas of specialization, 
including relativity theory, nuclear physics, plasma physics, infrared spectro- 
scopy, magnetic resonance, atmospheric physics, solid state physics and lasers. 

UNDERGRADUATE STUDY 

The undergraduate curriculum in physics provides the basic training for a 
career in physics or for graduate study. 

PHYSICS CURRICULUM 

For the freshman year see page 205. 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

English Elective 3 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 MA 301 Applied Dif. Equa. I 3 

MA 202 Anal. Geo. & Calc. Ill 4 Modern Language 3 

Modern Language 3 PY 207 General Physics 4 

PY 206 General Physics 4 PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 

Physical Education 1 Physical Education 1 

18 17 

JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

PY 411 Mechanics I 3 Mathematics Elective 3 

PY 414 Elec. & Mag. I 3 PY 412 Mechanics II 3 

PY 451 Intermed. Exps. in Phys. I 2 PY 415 Elec. & Mag. II 3 

Free Elective 3 PY 452 Intermed. Exps. in Physics II .... 2 

Free Elective 3 

17 
SENIOR YEAR 
Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities — Social Sciences 3 Humanities — Social Sciences 3 

Mathematics Elective 3 PY 402 Modern & Quan. Physics II 3 

PY 401 Mod. & Quan. Physics I 3 PY 409 Ion & Electron Physics 3 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 PY 416 Physical Optics 3 

Free Elective 3 Free Elective 3 



14 



16 15 

Total Hours — 128 



214 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Physics offers the Master of Science and Doctor of 
Philosophy degrees. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School 
Catalog. 



STATISTICS 

Cox Hall 

Professor D. D. Mason, Head of the Department 

Professor R. G. D. Steel, Graduate Administrator 

Professor F. E. McVay, Undergraduate Administrator 

Professors: C. C. Cockerham, A. H. E. Grandage, R. J. Hader, D. W. Haynb, 
H. L. Lucas, Jr., R. J. Monroe, C. H. Proctor, C. P. Quesenberry, J. O. 
Rawlings, D. L. Ridgeway, J. A. Rigney, H. R. van der Vaart, T. D. Wal- 
lace, 0. Wesler; Adjunct Professors: A. L. Finkner, D. G. Horvitz, 
J. T. Wakeley; Professor Emeritus: Gertrude M. Cox; Associate Pro- 
fessors: B. B. Bhattacharyya, H. J. Gold, M. M. Goodman, W. L. Hafley, 
L. J. Herbst, C. H. Little, A. R. Manson, L. A. Nelson, J. A. Warren; 
Adjunct Associate Professor: D. W. Gaylor; Assistant Professors: T. M. 
Gerig, A. C. Linnerud, D. C. Martin, B. F. Swindel (USES), J. L. Wasik, 
Mary B. Williams; Adjunct Assistayit Professors: D. L. Bayless, H. T. 
Schreuder; Instructor: Jolayne W. Service; Senior Research Technol- 
ogist: F. J. Verlinden; Research Associate Technologist: A. J. Barr; Re- 
search Assistant Technologist: J. L. Christopher; Research Associates: A. 
Angelone, R. p. Geckler, J. Graham; Associate Statisticians: H, K. 
Hamann, R. E. Mason, B. J. Stines; Assistant Statisticians: J. H. Good- 
night, H. J. Kirk, Barbara D. Smith, D. W. Turner, F. T. Wang, Phyllis 
A. Webb 

Statistics is the body of scientific methodology which deals with the logic of 
experiment and survey design, the efficient collection and presentation of quanti- 
tative information, and the formulation of valid and reliable inferences from 
sample data. 

The Department of Statistics at Raleigh is part of the Institute of Statistics, 
which also includes a Department of Biostatistics and a Department of Statistics 
at Chapel Hill. The Department of Statistics provides instruction, consultation 
and computational services on research projects for other departments of all 
schools at North Carolina State University including the Agricultural Experiment 
Station; the department staff are also engaged in an extensive program of 
research in statistical theory and methodology. This wide range of activities 
furnishes an excellent professional environment for training students in the use 
of statistical procedures in such fields as the physical, biological and social 
sciences, and in industrial research, development and engineering. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

The graduate in statistics will find abundant employment opportunities that 
will be intellectually and financially rewarding. The importance of sound statis- 
tical thinking in the design and analysis of quantitative studies is generally 
recognized. Industry relies on statistical methods to control the quality of goods 
in the process of manufacture and to determine the acceptability of goods 
produced. Statistical procedures based on scientific sampling have become basic 
tools in such diverse fields as weather forecasting, opinion polling, crop and 

215 



livestock estimation, and business trend prediction. Because he can improve the 
efficiency of use of increasingly complex and expensive experimental and survey 
data, the statistician will continue to be in demand wherever quantitative studies 
are conducted. 



TYPICAL STATISTICS CURRICULUM 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fait Semextcr Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming .3 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus I 4 

PSM 100 Orientation 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

BS 100 General Biology 4 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and 

Calculus II 4 

Physical Education 1 

16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 

MA 231 Intro, to Linear Algebra 3 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

ST 371 Introduction to Probability 

and Statistics 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

EC 20G The Price System 3 

MA 232 Intro, to Multivariable Calculus .3 

PSY 200 Introduction to Psychology 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

Major Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

17 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester 

Biological Science Elective 



Credits 



3 

Humanities Elective 3 

Modern Language 3 

ST 421 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

Major Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



18 



Spring Semester Credits 

Humanities Elective 3 

Modern Language 3 

Major Elective 3 

ST 422 Introduction to Mathematical 

Statistics 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 



SENIOR YEAR 



Credits 



Fall Semester 

ENG 321 Communication of Technical 

Information 3 

Humanities Elective 3 

ST 501 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 

Major Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 



15 



Sjjring Semester Credits 

Humanities Elective 3 

SP 231 Expository Speaking 3 

ST 502 Basic Statistical Analysis 3 

Major Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 

15 

Total Houi-s — 126 



GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Statistics offers work leading to the Master of Science, 
Master of Statistics (nonthesis) and Doctor of Philosophy degrees. Prospective 
applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 



216 



TEXTILES 



Nelson Textile Building 

David W. Chaney, Dean 

W. E. Smith, Assistant to the Dean for Student Affairs 

James W. Klibbe, Academic Coordinator 

Malcom E. Campbell, Dean Emeritus 

The manufacture of textiles is one of the world's leading industries. North 
Carolina's textile industry now ranks among the first in the nation in terms of 
employment and value of manufactured products. Furthermore, the textile in- 
dustry of the State and the area is broadly diversified, ranging from production 
of man-made fibers to finished garments, from cotton spinning mills to finishing 
plants, from woven goods to all types of knitted materials, and from suppliers 
to machine manufacturers. 

In the past few years rapid technological and marketing changes have been 
taking place in the textile industry, placing a higher demand upon academic 
training, both specialized and industry-^^'ide. Opportunities have been created 
for the application of the latest developments in science and technology, com- 
puter science, marketing, merchandising, economics, business management, the 
creative and technical aspects of style and design, and new product development. 

In response to these revolutionary changes, the School of Textiles has 
greatly increased the scope of its educational program to offer opportunities for 
challenging careers in the modern textile industry. The purpose of the school 
is to educate men and women for professional activity in all phases of the 
textile industry and in so doing to develop their capacities for intelligent leader- 
ship. 

In the educational program, for administration, the School of Textiles is 
organized into two departments : textile technology and textile chemistry. 



CURRICULA 

The School of Textiles offers a broad choice of curricula depending upon the 
interests of the individual student. Terminal B.S. programs in textile tech- 
nology or in textile chemistry permit the broadest choice of courses in addition 
to the core courses that are required. For example a student may specialize 
in yarn or fabric structures, in textile economics and marketing, or fabric styling 
and design. The student's curriculum will include choices in the humanities, 
social sciences and basic sciences and, according to the emphasis he chooses, 
may result in a minor in economics, industrial engineering, languages, mathe- 
matics, physics, political science, statistics or textile chemistry (or technology). 
The structure of the minor sequence of courses may be such that a student can 
proceed to graduate study in either the minor field or in textile chemistry or 
technology. Alternatively it is possible, with only one summer of extra work, 
to obtain a double degree, for example in textile technology and textile chemistry. 

Curricula leading to graduate study, particularly to Ph.D. programs such as 
that offered by the School of Textiles in fiber and polymer science, differ from 
those of terminal B.S. programs primarily in the junior and senior year. While 
considerable latitude is still possible, there are a number of prescribed courses 
that must be taken. The nature of these will depend upon the type of graduate 
study anticipated. 

217 



Textile chemistry is designed to give the student a fundamental education in 
chemistry with special emphasis on the application of this science to textiles. 
The textile chemistry curriculum places emphasis on chemical fundamentals 
so that those students who complete this program with a high degree of excel- 
lence are adequately prepared for graduate study either in pure or applied 
chemistry. Similarly, students who complete the program in any one of the 
minors in textile technology with a high degree of excellence would be acceptable 
for graduate study in many different areas. 

Inasmuch as the professional work in textiles is concentrated to a great 
extent in the last two years of the student's program, it is quite possible for 
students from either junior or community colleges or other institutions of higher 
learning to transfer to the School of Textiles with a minimum loss of time. 

INSPECTION TRIPS 

For certain of the textile courses offered, it is desirable for the student to 
see the manufacturing process under actual operating conditions. When possible, 
trips are arranged for student groups to visit outstanding manufacturing plants. 
Participation in the trips is required; transportation costs and other travel 
expenses, while held to a minimum insofar as possible must be paid by the student. 

DEGREES 

Upon completion of programs in either textile technology or textile chemistry, 
the degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred. 

The School of Textiles offers the following degrees: Bachelor of Science in 
textile technology or textile chemistry; Master of Textile Technology; Master 
of Science in textile technology or textile chemistry; and Doctor of Philosophy 
in fiber and polymer science. For general requirements for graduate degrees, 
consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

By mutual agreement between the faculties involved, candidates for the 
Doctor of Philosophy degree in other schools of this institution may specialize 
in essentially textile related subjects. In such cases, it is often logical for the 
research involved to be done in the School of Textiles. 

THE FOUR-ONE PROGRAM 

The School of Textiles has developed a program designed to permit the 
student with a baccalaureate degree from an accredited college or university 
to complete the requirements for a B.S. degree in textile technology or textile 
chemistry after the satisfactory completion of one year of study. 

Students entering this program should have completed mathematics, physics 
and chemistry comparable to that required in the basic textile tech- 
nology or textile chemistry curriculum. Presuming that these conditions are met, 
the student can complete the degree requirements in two regular semesters and 
summer school. Students not meeting the minimum requirements in the sciences 
or applied mathematics could remove these deficiencies in the summer session 
prior to the fall semester, which would mean that completion of studies would 
be achieved at the end of the normal period or in the following summer sessions. 

The undergraduate program of each applicant is considered individually and, 
in general, a complete transfer of credits is possible. 

FACILITIES 

The Nelson Textile Building, erected in 1939 and greatly enlarged in 1950, 
was designed to coordinate teaching and laboratory facilities. It houses one of 

218 



the most modern and best-equipped textile institutions in the world. The 
Department of Textile Chemistry is housed in the Clark Laboratories, located 
south of the Nelson Textile Building. 

OPPORTUNITIES 

Technological advances in textile fibers and manufacturing techniques have 
created a tremendous demand for men educated in textile colleges. For the 
past several years, the School of Textiles has had a demand for graduates far 
greater than it could supply. Its graduates have entered the textile industry at 
salaries equal to or better than those offered in any other industry. 

Graduates of the school are equipped to enter the many expanding activities 
of the textile field; and alumni of the school hold responsible positions in the 
general areas of manufacturing, marketing, research and administration. Many 
are now plant managers, presidents and other top-level executives. 

To assist in the placement of students and alumni and to facilitate interviews 
by textile firms, the school maintains a fulltime director of student affairs and 
placement. 



TEXTILE CHEMISTRY 

David Clark Laboratories 

Professor H. A. Rutherford, Head of the Department 

Professor D. M. Gates, Graduate Administrator 

Professors : K. S. Campbell, R. D. Gilbert, G. Goldfinger; Adjunct Professors: 
A. E. Davis, Jr., H. F. Mark, A. M. Sookne; Associate Professors: J. A. 
CucuLO, T. H. GuiON, A. C. Hayes, L. L. Heffner (USDA), R. McGregor; 
Assistant Professors : M. H. Theil, W. K. Walsh; Adjunct Assistant Pro- 
fessors: K. K. Grosh, W. R. Martin, Jr.; Instructor: C. D. Livengood; 
Research Associate: C. E. Bryan; Research Assistant: Rosa D. Kirby 

The field of textile chemistry embraces a number of disciplines and is con- 
cerned, in part, with those industrial processes that constitute the final steps 
in the preparation of textile materials for the consumer. Common terms applied 
to these processes are scouring, bleaching, printing, dyeing and finishing. 
Textile chemistry is also concerned with fiber-forming polymers, both natural 
and man-made, and how the chemical and physical properties of such materials 
vary with fiber structure. The purpose of the department is to provide students 
with a fundamental knowledge of the underlying principles that relate to this 
derivative field, and a perspective that includes the many interacting factors 
involved in the preparation and conversion of polymeric materials to useful 
products. 

CURRICULA 

The department has two curricula, referred to below as Programs "A" and 
"B". "A" is specifically designed for those students who wish to take an ad- 
vanced degree in Fiber and Polymer Science. "B" is oriented toward a terminal 
B.S. degree. However, pursual of "B" by the undergraduate does not mitigate 
against the student's entering a graduate program; by proper choice of elec- 
tives beginning in the junior year a student may terminate program "B" 
with essentially the same background as one who takes "A" from the start. 

The essential difference between the two is that "A" requires more mathe- 
matics, chemistry and textile chemistry than "B". The course sequences required 



219 



are described in footnotes under each program. 

Although not indicated specifically in the curricula outlines below, the student 
may choose a minor in a number of different disciplines. Choice of course 
material is flexible and is made in consultation with the student's adviser. More- 
over, through the proper choice of electives a student may, in a four-year 
period, complete the requirements for two degrees: textile chemistry and 
textile technology; textile chemistry and chemistry; and textile chemistry and 
mathematics. Other combinations are possible, but may require a fifth year of 
study. 

FACILITIES 

Located in the David Clark Laboratories are departmental offices, classrooms, 
laboratories and pilot facilities for instruction and research. The departmental 
radiation laboratory is located in the Nelson Building. 

Equipment is available for ultra-violet, visible, infrared, nmr and esr spectro- 
scopy, reflectometry, colorimetry, viscometry, chromotography, differential 
thermal analysis, thermal gravimetric analysis, differential scanning calorimetry, 
instrumental measurement of color and computer color matching. Common text- 
ing equipment used for the evaluation of the physical properties of textile 
materials and for determining the color-fastness, wash-fastness, etc., of fibers 
and fabrics is also available. Complete pilot plant facilities are available for 
demonstration of all wet-processing operations used in the field of textiles. 

TEXTILE CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 

Program A 

FRESHMAN YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 107 Princ. of Chemistry 4 

ENG 111 Comp. and Rhetoric 3 ENG 112 Comp. and Reading 3 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calc. A* 4 MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B 3 

or or 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I 4 MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4 

T 101 Fund, of Textiles 2 TX 250 Fabric ForminK Systems 4 

TX 220 Yarn Forming Systems 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

— 15 or 16 

18 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Humanity or Social Science*** 3 Humanity or Social Science 3 

Humanity (English) 3 MA 301 Applied Diff. Equa. I 3 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 PY 211 General Physics** 4 

or or 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 PY 205 General Physics 4 

Physical Education 1 ST 361H Intro, to Stat, for Engrs. I 3 

Physical Education 1 



JUNIOR YEAR 

Fall Semextcr Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

PY 212 General Physics 4 Humanity (English) 3 

o*" Humanity or Social Science 3 

PY 208 General Physics 4 TC 303 Textile Chemistry III 4 

TC 461 (CH 461 ) Chem. of Fibers 3 TC 412 Tex. Chem. Analysis II 3 

TX 330 Tex. Meas. & Qual. Control 4 — 

15 

220 



16 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 

Humanity or Social Science 3 

TC 403 Textile Chemical Tech 3 

TC 405 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

Textile Chemistry Elective**** 3 

Free Elective 3 



17 



Spring Semester Credits 

TC 404 Textile Chemical Tech 3 

TC 406 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

TC 491 Seminar in Tex. Chem 1 

Textile Chemistry Elective**** 3 

Free Elective 6 



Total Hours- 



16 

-128-131 



One of the following mathematics sequences is required: MA 114, MA 112, and MA 212 or 

MA 102, MA 201 and MA 202. 

One of the following physics sequences is required: PY 211 and PY 212 or PY 205 and PY 208. 

The Humanity and Social Science electives must form a sequence of related courses and meet 

the approval of the student's adviser. Humanities means fine arts, history, literature, 

languages, philosophy and religion. Social Science means anthropology, economics, political 

science, psychology and sociology. 

Textile chemistry electives are: 

TC 400 The Science of Color 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

TC 505 Theory of Dyeing 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers 

Prerequisite: TC 461 or CH 331 or CH 431 

TC 562 (CH 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk Properties 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 223, CH 331, CH 431 



TEXTILE CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM 



Program B 



FRESHMAN YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 

ENG 111 Comp. and Rhetoric 3 

MA 112 Anal. Geom. & Calc. A* 4 

or 

MA 102 Anal. Geom. & Calc. I . 4 

TX 101 Fund, of Textiles 2 

TX 220 Yarn Forming Systems 4 

Physical Education 1 

18 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 107 Princ. of Chemistry 4 

ENG 112 Comp. and Reading 3 

MA 212 Anal. Geom. & Calc. B 3 

or 

MA 201 Anal. Geom. & Calc. II 4 

TX 250 Fabric Forming Systems 4 

Physical Education 1 

15 or 16 



SOPHOMORE YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 

Humanity or Social Science*** 4 

Humanity (English) 3 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Math 3 

or 

MA 202 Anal. Geom. & Calc. Ill 4 

Physical Education 1 



Spring Semester Credits 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 

Humanity or Social Science 3 

PY 211 General Physics** 4 

or 

PY 205 General Physics 4 

ST 361H Intro, to Stat, for Engrs. I 3 

Free Elective 3 

Physical Education 1 

18 



JUNIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 

PY 212 General Physics 4 

or 

PY 208 General Physics 4 

TC 461 (CH 461) Chem. of Fibers .. .. 3 
TX 330 Tex. Meas. & Qual. Control 4 

15 



Spring Semester Credits 

Humanity (English) 3 

Humanity or Social Science 3 

TC 303 Textile Chemistry III 4 

TC 412 Tex. Chem. Analysis II 3 

Elective from Schedule A 4 

17 



221 



SENIOR YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

TC 403 Textile Chem. Tech 3 Humanity or Social Science 3 

TC 405 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 or 

Textile Chemistry Elective**** 3 Textile Chemistry Elective**** 3 

Elective from Schedule A 3 TC 404 Textile Chem. Tech 3 

Humanity or Social Science 3 TC 406 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab 2 

Free Elective 3 TC 491 Seminar in Tex. Chem 1 

— Textile Chemistry Elective**** 3 

17 Free Elective 3 

15 
Total Hours— 129-131 

Schedule A — Schedule A comprises a two-course sequence totaling six semester 
hours. The sequence elected by the student must meet the approval of his 
adviser. One of the following sequences must be elected: 

PY 411 Mechanics I 3 CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 

PY 412 Mechanics II 3 CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 



MA 511 Adv. Calc. I 3 TX 431 Special Topics in Testing 3 

MA 512 Adv. Calc. II 3 TX 530 Textile Quality Control 3 



CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 

and choice of : 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I . . 3 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3 

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3 

CHE 501 Applications of Structure — 
Property Relationships of Chemical 

Engineering Materials 3 



* One of the following mathematics sequences is required: MA 114, MA 112 and MA 212 or 
MA 102, MA 201, and MA 202. 
** One of the following physics sequences is required: PY 211 and PY 212, or PY 205 and PY 208. 
*** The Humanity and Social Science electives must form a sequence of related courses and meet 
the approval of the student's adviser. Humanities means fine arts, history, literature, 
languages, philosophy and religion. Social Science means anthropology, economics, political 
science, psychology and sociology. 
**** Textile chemistry electives are: 
TC 400 The Science of Color 
Prerequisite: Junior standing 
TC 505 Theory of Dyeing 
Prerequisite: CH 433 

TC 561 Organic Chemistry of High Polymers 
Prerequisite: TC 461, CH 331 or CH 431 

TC 562 (CH 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers— Bulk Properties 
Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 223, CH 331, CH 431 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Textile Chemistry offers a master's degree in textile 
chemistry. Prospective applicants should consult the Graduate School Catalog. 

TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

Nelson Textile Building 

Professor J. F. Bogdan, Acting Head of the Department 

Professors: D. S. Hamby, S. P. Hersh, J. A. Porter, Jr.; Professors Emeriti: 
E. B. Grover, J. T. Hilton, W. E. Shinn; Associate Professors: A. H. M. 
El-Shiekh, T. W. George, J. W. Klibbe, P. R. Lord, W. E. Moser, J. E. 
Pardue, T. G. Rochow, W. C. Stuckey, Jr.; Research Associate Professor: 

222 



E. H. Bradford; Assistant Professors: P. Brown, W. D. Cooper, R. E. 
FoRNES, B. S. Gupta. W. K. Lynch*, H. M. Middleton, Jr., D. M. Powell; 
Research Assistant Professor: E. E. Hutchison; Instructors: P. L. Grady, 
Frances W. Massey, M. L. Robinson, Jr., G. W. Smith, P. A. Tucker, Jr.; 
Visiting Lecturer: M. H. M. Mohamed; Consulting Scientist: Robert Peel 

The purpose of the textile technology department is to instruct students in 
the theory and fundamental concepts of fiber properties and fiber processing 
into yarns and fabrics. This is accomplished through the systematic study of 
the basic properties of both the materials being processed and of the process 
involved in manufacturing. In addition, the department is engaged in research, 
with the support for certain work coming from University funds, and contract 
research through the industrial and governmental sponsors. Not only faculty, 
but graduate and, when practical, undergraduate students are encouraged to 
participate in the research programs. 

CURRICULUM 

The curriculum, during the student's first two years, is concerned primarily 
with the physical sciences, humanities and social sciences, with limited but very 
important basic studies in textile fundamentals. Following this phase of work, 
the student in his junior and senior year does his major work in textiles. 

The primary objective of the textile technology curriculum is to provide as 
general an education as possible and at the same time to prepare the graduate 
for a profitable and rewarding career in the textile industry. This is accomplished 
through an integration of the physical and social sciences and the application 
of these sciences and economics to the field of textiles. 

In addition to the wide selection of sciences, the student also has the oppor- 
tunity for diversification within the School of Textiles. The curriculum offers 
depth in such selected areas as fiber and yarn technology, fabric technology, 
knitting technology, general textiles and textile economics and marketing. 

MINORS 

For a student to develop a second field of interest, the Department of Textile 
Technology offers, in addition to the major field of study, an opportunity for the 
student to select a minor from a discipline outside the department. The student 
may, however, select to do most of his work in textile technology. 

These minors add two facets to the student's possible growth. Not only can 
strength be developed in a second discipline, but upon completion of the under- 
graduate work, a student may pursue a graduate program of study in textiles 
or in the discipline selected as the minor. 

Selection of the minor field of study can, in most cases, be delayed until the 
first semester of the junior year. This permits the student time to determine 
which minor subject holds the greatest interest. This timing is also appropriate 
for the transfer student on the University campus and from other schools 
such as the community colleges since most or all of the work in the other 
school can be applied to the requirements of the first two years of study in the 
department. If the transfer student has completed two full years at another 
institution, the amount of prerequisite work is minimized since the majority of 
the major and minor studies are concentrated in the junior and senior years. 

FACILITIES 

The facilities of the Department of Textile Technology are subdivided into 
laboratory areas for processing of cotton and other short staple fibers; woolen, 

* On leave. 

223 



worsted and long staple synthetic fibers, throwing and texturizing continuous 
filament yarns. Too, laboratories for the study of the formation of woven, 
knitted and nonwoven fabrics including tufting and yarn preparation systems 
are available. The knitting laboratories include a hosiery section, circular and 
double knitting, warp and flat knitting, and knit goods finishing. The depart- 
ment has extensive facilities for physical testing of fibers, yarns and fabrics. A 
textile physics laboratory includes equipment designed for specialized problems 
related to textiles. 

TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY CURRICULUM 

FRESHMAN YEAR 
FaU Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 

ENG 111 Comp. & Rhetoric 3 or 

Hum —Social Sci. Elective 3 CH 107 Pnnc. of Chemistry 

MA 111 Algebra & Trig.* 4 ENG 112 Comp. & Reading 3 

T 101 Fundam. of Textiles 2 MA 112 Anal. Geo. & Cal. A 4 

Physical Education 1 TX 220 Yarn Form. Systems 4 

— Physical Education 1 

17 — 

16 

SOPHOMORE YEAR 

Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Lang. I 2 Hum.— Soc. Sci. Elective 3 

Hum.— Soc. Sci. Elective 3 PY 211 General Physics 4 

MA 212 Anal. Geo. & Calc. B 3 TX 211 Fiber Science II 3 

TC 203 Fiber Science I 3 TX 320 Des. & Con. of Staple Yn. Sys 5 

TX 250 Fab. Form. Systems 4 Physical Education 1 

Physical Education 1 

16 

JUNIOR YEAR 



16 



FaU Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

PY 212 General Physics 4 TX 350 Wov. Fab. Struc 5 

ST 361H Intro, to Stat, for Engrs. I 3 TX 380 Man. & Con. of Tx. Sy 3 

TC 301 Tech. of Dyeing & Finishing 5 TX 460 Phys. Prop, of Tex. Fibers 3 

TX 340 Prin. of Knit. Fab. Struc 5 or 

— TX 560 Struc. & Phy. Prop, of Fib. 

17 Option Hours (Prog. A, B, C) 3 

Free Elective 3 



17 



SENIOR YEAR 



Fall Semester Credits Spring Semester Credits 

Humanity — Soc. Sci. Elec 3 Humanity — Soc. Sci. Elec 6 

TX 330 Tx. Mea. & Qual. Con 4 Option Hours (Prog. A, B, C) 6 

Option Hours (Prog. A, B, C) 6 Free Elective 3 

Free Elective 3 • — 

— 15 

16 

Total Hours— 130 

PROGRAM A 

Program A is designed for the student interested in pursuing advanced studies 
in the basic and applied sciences. The textile courses in the option emphasize 
the physics and mechanics of textile structures and materials. The program is 
ideally suited for but not limited to those interested in pursuing graduate 
studies in the M.S. or Ph.D. programs. The actual sequence of courses con- 
stituting the 15 hours in the option would be selected based upon the interest 
of the student with the approval of the faculty adviser. Typical courses from 
which the option may be structured are: MA 301, MA 511, EM 301, PY 411, 
PY 412, PY 413, TC 461, TX 465, TX 490, TX 500, TX 561. The student would 
be expected to select at least six hours of 400 or 500 level textile courses. 

224 



PROGRAM B 

Program B, consisting of 15 hours, is based upon a background in basic 
economics and is designed to develop an understanding of management control 
systems, decision-making theories and marketing, and distribution systems. Six 
hours of course work must be selected from EC 312, EC 411, EC 420, EC 425, 
MA 405, ST 421. Required courses in the option are TX 480, TX 482 and 
TX 484. 



PROGRAM C 

Program C provides an opportunity for students to elect advanced courses of 
study in the field of textiles. These courses may be selected from the elective 
offerings by the department and may be used to develop in-depth study in 
knitting, yarn forming systems, fabric forming systems, quality control or com- 
binations of these areas. 

For those students interested in developing a sequence of courses in a dis- 
cipline outside of the Department of Textile Technology, these 15 hours may be 
used in whole or in part for courses in computer science, mathematics, physics, 
industrial engineering, textile chemistry and statistics. The sequence of courses 
comprising the program of study will be planned by the student and faculty 
adviser. 

Those textile technology students interested in a sequence of courses in textile 
chemistry are encouraged to develop a program that will lead to a dual degree 
in textile technology and textile chemistry. 

Eighteen credit hours of humunity-social science electives are required. These 
18 hours are to include three credit hours each of political science, English and 
EC 206. When practical, students are to be encouraged to take a minimum of two 
courses in areas chosen to fulfill the humanity-social science requirement. The 
choice of course sequence and scheduling will be planned by the faculty adviser 
and the student. 



TYPICAL PROGRAM OF STUDY FOR THE FOUR-ONE BACHELOR 
OF SCIENCE CURRICULUM IN TEXTILE CHEMISTRY AND 
TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

TEXTILE CHEMISTRY TEXTILE TECHNOLOGY 

SUMMER SEMESTER 
First Session 

Credits Credits 

ST 361 Intro, to Statistics for TC 203 Fiber Science I 3 

Engineers I** 3 TX 220 Yarn Form. Systems 4 

TX 220 Yarn Form. Systems 4 — 



Second Session 

Credits Credits 

TX 250 Fab. Form. Systems 4 TX 211 Fiber Science II 3 

— TX 250 Fab. Form. Systems 4 



* MA 114 may, under certain circumstances, be substituted for MA 111. For students qualifying 
the math sequence shall be MA 102, Analytic Geometry and Calculus I, MA 201, Analytic 
Geometry and Calculus II, MA 202, Analytic Geometry and Calculus III. 

225 



Fall Semester 

Credits Credits 

TC 403 Tex. Chem. Tech 3 ST 361 Intro, to Statistics for 

TC 405 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab. 2 Engineers I** 3 

TC 461 (CH 461) Chem. of Fibers 3 TX 320 Design & Con. of Staple 

Textile Chem. Elective* 3 Yn. Systems 6 

TX 330 Tx. Mea. & Qua. Con 4 TX 340 Prin. of Knitted 

— Fabric Structures 6 

IB TX 350 Wov. Fab. Structures 6 

18 

Spring Semester 

Credits Credits 

CH 331 Intro. Phys. Chem 4 TC 301 Tech. of Dye. & Fin 6 

TC 404 Tex. Chem. Tech. 3 TX 330 Tx. Mea. & Qual. Con 4 

TC 406 Tex. Chem. Tech. Lab. 2 TX 380 Man. & Con. of Tx. Sy 3 

TC 412 Tex. Chem. Analysis II . . . 3 TX 460 Phys. Prop, of Tex. Fibers 3 

TC 491 Sem. in Tx. Chem 1 — 

Tex. Chem. Elective* 3 15 

16 



* May be chosen from TC 400, The Science of Color; TC 401, Sources & Cent, of Poll, from 
Tex. Ind.; TC 505, Theory of DyeinK; TC 561, Organic Chemistry of High Polymers; TC 562 
(CH 562), Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk Properties. 
** May be deleted if taken elsewhere. 

Students completing this program may continue to the graduate level if 
scholastic average is suitable. 

GRADUATE STUDY 

The Department of Textile Technology offers the Master of Science and the 
Master of Textile Technology degrees. Prospective applicants should consult 
the Graduate School Catalog. 



TEXTILE RESEARCH 

David Clark Laboratory 

Robert W. Work, Director of Research 

Although research projects associated with the granting of advanced degrees 
constitute a vital part of the educational program, they form only a segment 
of the total research activities carried on in the school. In keeping with similar 
trends in American universities, an increasing volume of research is done. This 
is supported by the state and federal governments or is sponsored by private 
industry. Such research covers a wide gamut of problems having to do with 
textiles, fibers and polymers and ranges from the basic areas to the somewhat 
more applied. Thus, an atmosphere of scientific study and research endeavor 
permeates and is integral with the educational function of the school. 

TEXTILES EXTENSION AND CONTINUING 
EDUCATION PROGRAM 

D. S. Hamby, Acting Director 

William H. Hard, Assistant to the Director 

The extension and continuing education program of the School of Textiles is 
designed to serve the needs of the textile industry by disseminating research 

226 



findings and offering short courses for executive and scientific personnel in the 
industry. 

The extension phase of the program is designed to form a close liaison 
between the research laboratories and programs of the School of Textiles and 
the management of the textile industry in the state. With the continued 
growth and expansion of research activities, it becomes increasingly important 
that these findings be transmitted to the industry as soon as possible for the 
most effective use of the scientific information. 

The continuing education activities of the school range from seminars to two- 
week short courses. They range in scope from the highly scientific to the more 
practical level. A number of these courses are offered on a regular schedule and 
others are arranged as the need arises. 



MACHINE DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT 

Paul D. Emerson, Head 

C. M. ASBILL, Jr., Professor Emeritus 

Engineering assistance to faculty and students of the School of Textiles is 
provided by Machine Design and Development. This function includes textile 
engineering aspects of fiber production and processing, textiles manufacturing 
and testing, and mechanical and electronic instrumentation, as well as textile 
machinery design and development. 

Complete facilities are available for design, construction and evaluation of 
experimental or developmental textile equipment. 

Assistance to industry is provided in the form of consultation on matters 
relating to textile engineering, particularly in the field of noise measurement 
and control. The department also endeavors to remain current with recent 
engineering advances applicable to textiles and maintains active liaison with 
industry and the scientific community. 



OFFICE OF STUDENT SERVICES 

William E. Smith, Director 

The Office of Student Services is responsible for the placement and financial 
aid programs of the School of Textiles. The placement function makes available 
to a potential employer the credentials of our students for permanent and 
summer employment and in a great number of cases performs equally for alumni. 

The financial aid function operates by committee and makes it possible for 
any North Carolina student to pursue an education in textiles through scholar- 
ships, loans or grants as long as he maintains the academic and moral standards 
of the University. 

The office is also responsible for representing the School of Textiles to the high 
schools in North Carolina through participating in the North Carolina Guidance 
and Personnel Association. 

The director of the Office of Student Services is a member of the Executive 
Committee of the School of Textiles and is, to a great extent, the liaison 
between the student body and the student government with the administration of 
the school. 

In general, it is the bridge between the academia and the extracurricular 
activities for the students. 

227 



BURLINGTON TEXTILES LIBRARY 

J, G. Baker, Librarian 

The School of Textiles library was originally organized in 1944 as a branch 
of the D.H. Hill Library. In 1951, as a result of a substantial gift by Burlington 
Mills Foundation, the library was relocated in the west wing of the Nelson 
Building, and in 1965 the library was expanded, doubling the original space. 
This expansion was again made possible through the generosity of Burlington 
Industries, Inc. 

Attractive furnishings and air-conditioning create an area conducive to study 
and research. The library has individual study carrels, a reading lounge, a 
reference /bibliography area and a seminar room. More shelving and storage 
have been provided for an ever-growing collection of textile books, journals, 
trade catalogs, patents and pamphlets. Typing facilities for students and photo- 
copy services for users of the collection are available. 

The library subscribes to various commercial indexing /abstracting services 
including Chemical Abstracts, Textile Technology Digest, and World Textile 
Abstracts. 

The library lends to students, faculty and research staff of the institution, and 
will also lend to textile industry personnel. Interlibrary loan services are avail- 
able to other institutions, and literature searching within reasonable limits is 
performed for qualified persons. 



228 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

William S. Wells, Vice-president — Academic Affairs, Chapel Hill 

Walter J. Peterson, Dean, North Carolina State University 

The Graduate School of the Consolidated University of North Carolina is 
composed of graduate divisions at campuses of the University located at Chapal 
Hill, Charlotte, Raleigh and Greensboro. Each division is administered by a 
graduate dean and an administrative board representing the various degree- 
granting areas. The Vice-president — Academic Affairs is the administrative 
officer of the Consolidated University who has responsibility for the development 
of policy in the graduate schools of the University system. 

MASTER'S DEGREES 

At North Carolina State University graduate instruction for the master's 
degree is offered in the fields of agriculture and life sciences and in various 
disciplines within design, education, engineering, forest resources, physical and 
mathematical sciences, and textiles. The Master of Science degree is offered in 
various disciplines within each of these areas. The professional master's degree, 
also offered in some of these fields, is intended for students who are interested 
in the more advanced applications of fundamental principles to specialized fields, 
rather than in the acquisition of the broader background in advanced scientific 
studies which fit them for careers in research. The Master of Arts is offered in 
economics, English, history and politics. 

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY AND DOCTOR OF 
EDUCATION DEGREES 

The Doctor of Philosophy degree is offered in the following fields: animal 
science, biochemistry, biomathematics, biological and agricultural engineering, 
botany, chemical engineering, chemistry, civil engineering, crop science, economics, 
electrical engineering, engineering mechanics, entomology, statistics, fiber and 
polymer science, food science, forestry, genetics, industrial engineering, 
mathematics, mechanical and aerospace engineering, microbiology, materials 
engineering, nuclear engineering, nutrition, operations research, physics, physiol- 
ogy, plant pathology, psychology, sociology, soil science and zoology. The Doctor 
of Education degree is offered in adult education and occupational education. 

Students interested in graduate study should consult the Graduate School 
Catalog which will be sent to them upon request. Inquiries should be addressed 
to: Dean of the Graduate School, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, 
North Carolina. 

DIVISION OF 
CONTINUING EDUCATION 

1911 Building 

E. Walton Jones, Acting Director 

David B. Stansel, Associate Director 

Assistant Directors: C. F. Kolb, M. E. Starnes; Assistant to the Director: 
H. H. Ethridge; Continuing Education Specialists: N. B. Broyles, K. R. 

229 



Crump, J. F. Cudd, Jr., C. C. Jones, M. E. Shields; Regional Planning 
Specialist: Josephine T. Grouse ; Urban Affairs Specialist: F. E. Emory; 
Technical Program Specialist: J. B. GORDON; Specialist in Aging: Sarah 
S. AUMAN; Social Services Specialist: Ann W. Turner 

The Division of Continuing Education of North Carolina State University is 
the statewide adult education service linking the University, its scholars, re- 
search and resources with the people and communities of the State. Varying in 
length and format from one-day conferences and short courses to regular 
semester-length classes and educational television, continuing education's phi- 
losophy and objectives rest upon four premises: 

To assist professional persons, scientists and engineers to stay abreast of the 
knowledge explosion in their particular fields. 

To make available to each individual the opportunity to continue his or her 
higher educational advancement — either graduate or undergraduate. 

To make available to each citizen the cultural advantages of the University 
so that each can broaden his horizons and make adjustments to our civilization. 

To meet the educational needs of all the people who are not already served by 
other state institutions in ways consonant with the high academic standards 
of North Carolina State University. 

Though increasingly designed for those who have been to college, many pro- 
grams are open to any adult who can benefit from university-level study. The 
instructional staff consists of faculty from the University, from other institutions 
and outstanding authorities in many specific fields. 

Only those programs appropriate to the standards of scholarship and instruc- 
tion of North Carolina State University are offered as continuing education 
programs. Both credit and noncredit programs are offered on the University 
campus, in communities throughout the state and by correspondence instruction 
throughout the world. 

CORRESPONDENCE COURSES 

The division offers more than 48 different courses through its Bureau of 
Correspondence Instruction. Credit courses are offered in the following subject 
areas: agriculture, economics, education, engineering, English, geosciences, his- 
tory, mathematics, modern languages, philosophy, political science, sociology and 
statistics. The correspondence bureau also has available high school review 
courses in English and mathematics. These courses can be utilized by persons 
who need to fulfill certain college entrance requirements, or by persons who have 
either scored poorly or need additional help on college entrance examinations. 

CREDIT AND NONCREDIT EVENING CLASSES 

The division offers, during the fall and spring semesters, a series of credit 
and noncredit courses on the University campus. The credit courses are spon- 
sored and taught by the academic departments of the University and are 
generally conducted in the late afternoon and evening. These courses are offered 
to the already occupied mature person who is unable to attend classes during 
daytime hours. Generally speaking, approximately 110 courses in a variety of 
subject areas are offered each semester. The noncredit classes are designed for 
cultural and professional enrichment. 

OFF-CAMPUS CREDIT CLASSES 

Extension classes are offered in all sections of the state. These offerings are 
mainly on a need basis or by request from organizations or special groups. 

230 



Courses are available in almost all subject matter areas from engineering to the 
social sciences. During the previous year the division administered 72 credit 
classes in 48 different locations with registrations totaling over 1,270. 

SHORT COURSES, INSTITUTES AND CONFERENCES 

Variety and the necessity for providing educational opportunities for all the 
people of the state are the keystone to the division's offerings of short courses, 
institutes, conferences, etc. These programs, more than any others, mark the 
University's efforts to meet its land-grant tradition of providing education to all 
the people. The scope of the programs include: agriculture, engineering, forestry, 
textiles, the physical sciences, economics, management, communications, educa- 
tion and recreation. During the year 1969-70, there w^ere 202 courses offered with 
registrations totaling over 11,250. 

The North Carolina Truck Driver Training School (classified as a short course 
program) annually offers 12 four-week courses for professional truck drivers. 
The school is sponsored by the North Carolina Motor Carriers Association. 



EDUCATIONAL TELEVISION 

Television Center 

Jack Porter, Director 

The North Carolina State University television facility is one of three edu- 
cational television production centers on three campuses of the consolidated 
University of North Carolina. It produces programs for broadcast on the state- 
wide television network which is known as University of North Carolina Edu- 
cational Television and which consists of WUNC-TV in the Central Piedmont, 
WUND-TV in Northeastern North Carolina, WUNG-TV in the Charlotte area, 
WUNE-TV in the Northwestern part of the state, and WUNF-TV in the 
Asheville area. Stations in other parts of North Carolina are under construction 
and expected to be operating by the time of publication. The NCSU ETV 
Center produces programs in agriculture, engineering, the arts, physical sciences 
and for special training of selected groups and individuals. 

SUMMER SESSIONS 

1911 Building 

E. Walton Jones, Acting Director 

Charles F. Kolb, Associate Director 

The Summer Sessions at North Carolina State University offers an extensive 
education program designed to meet the varied needs and interests of thousands 
of students who come to the campus each summer. 

Each of the University's eight schools — represented by more than 50 different 
departments — offers instruction in over 400 courses, over 40 percent of which 
are at the graduate level. A faculty of more than 500 teachers participates in 
programs for summer study. Six of the eight schools offer regular courses during 
the two five-week terms; however, the School of Design offers one nine-week 
program and the School of Forestry conducts a summer camp for sophomores 
and two five-week practicums. In addition, there are many special programs and 
institutes offered during the summer by the University. 

Summer courses and special programs are designed for the new student, the 

231 



undergraduate wanting to advance his academic standing at State, the graduate 
desiring to continue his study and research during the summer months, and the 
visiting student pursuing degrees at other institutions. The summer program 
can also be utilized by public school teachers who need to earn credit towards 
certificate renewal, and by persons in professional fields who simply wish to 
keep abreast of new developments and trends in their particular area of en- 
deavor. There is also the opportunity to take required subcollege level work 
in English and mathematics for those seeking to enroll at the University. 

Students seeking information regarding any of the University's summer 
activities should contact: Director of Summer Sessions, North Carolina State 
University, Post Office Box 5125, Raleigh, North Carolina 27607 



URBAN AFFAIRS AND COMMUNITY 
SERVICES CENTER 

1911 Building 

E. Walton Jones, Acting Director 

Associate Directors: W. L. Flowers, Jr., W. G. Roberts, Jr. 

The center is the focal point for a campus-wide research, education and 
community service program which is designed to enable North Carolina State 
University to respond more effectively to the problems of our urbanizing society. 
The program encourages multidisciplinary participation by faculty and students 
with a high priority bsing given to the service-learning concept. Through the 
auspices of the center, representatives from federal, state and local governmental 
units, as well as private agencies, can join with University personnel in working 
on problems of mutual concern. Program areas now receiving attention include 
housing, human resources development, volunteerism, child development, urban 
renewal, social services, environmental quality and regionalism. The center 
program is closely coordinated with the work being done at other branches of the 
University as well as that of other educational institutions. 

COMPUTING CENTER 

LeRoy B. Martin, Jr., Director 

North Carolina State University is one of the three universities participating 
in the Triangle Universities Computation Center (TUCC). This internationally 
known facility is located in the Research Triangle Park 15 miles from Raleigh. 
The other participating universities are The University of North Carolina at 
Chapel Hill and Duke University at Durham. 

The central equipment located at TUCC is an IBM System 360, Model 75 
with 3.0 million characters of memory. In addition, 452 million characters of 
on-line storage are available as well as extensive teleprocessing equipment for 
communication with the member universities and other institutions throughout 
the state. 

Each university has one high-speed terminal as well as several other medium 
and low-speed devices located in key positions on the campus. The input-output 
terminals are connected to the Model 75 by telecommunication lines. 

The high-speed terminal at North Carolina State University is an IBM 360, 
Model 40 located at the Computing Center in the Nelson Textile Building. It 
provides simultaneous local computing and communication with TUCC. Many 
other terminals, both small computers and typewriter-type, are located on the 

232 



campus. They and the Model 40 are used for faculty and student research and 
for instruction in scheduled credit courses and noncredit short courses. 

COMPUTER SERVICE 

The revolutionary effect of computers and information processing systems 
on our economy and society has become so great during the last decade that a 
corresponding gap in our educational program has become evident. Modern 
business, industry, military and government have been forced to reorganize 
their procedures and methods of operation in lines compatible with automation. 

The use of digital and analog computers is widespread and new applications 
appear at a very high rate. Because of the ever increasing importance of 
computers in business and industry there is an accelerating demand for college 
graduates who are capable and trained to handle the problems associated with 
computation. 

MILITARY TRAINING 

DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY ROTC) 

Professor: Colonel W. L. Boylston; Instructors : LTC D. F. Boyer, LTC R. E. 
CONROY, CPT R. G. Moore, Jr., CPT B. A. Sims, CPT P. J. Tuohig, CPT 
T. J. Young, Jr. 

DEPARTMENT OF AEROSPACE STUDIES (AIR FORCE ROTC) 

Professor: COLONEL 0. T. Reeves; Assistant Professors: Capt. A. G. Arnsdorfp, 
Jr.,- Instructors: Capt. H. M. Baddley, Jr., Capt. C. T. Farmer 

OBJECTIVES 

The Reserve Officers' Training Corps designates those students enrolled for 
training in the Department of Military Science (Army ROTC) or in the 
Department of Aerospace Studies (Air Force ROTC). These departments are 
integral but separate academic and administrative subdivisions of the in- 
stitution. 

The mission of the Army ROTC is to produce junior officers who by their 
education, training and inherent qualities are suitable for continued develop- 
ment as officers in the United States Army. 

The mission of the Air Force Reserve Officer Training Corps (AFROTC) 
is to produce officers of appropriate quality to satisfy stated Air Force 
officer requirements. 

COURSE OF INSTRUCTION 

Army ROTC — The program of instruction for the Army ROTC consists of a 
two-year basic course and a two-year advanced course. Also available is a two- 
year program is designed for junior college graduates, and students at four-year 
colleges who were unable to take ROTC during their first two years of college. 

Air Force ROTC — The program of instruction for the Air Force ROTC con- 
sists of a two-year General Military Course, Field Training Course and a two- 
year Professional Officer Course. 

The University provides, in cooperation with the Air Force and the Army, a 
flight instruction program. A limited number of highly qualified cadets from 
both ROTC units participate in this instruction which includes approximately 

233 



361/2 hours of flying in light aircraft plus ground school. Successful completion 
of this phase of the ROTC course will insure continued participation in military 
flying training programs and may qualify cadets for a Federal Aviation Agency 
private pilot's certificate. 

Satisfactory completion of the advanced courses qualifies a student for com- 
missioning as a second lieutenant in the Army or Air Force Reserve upon 
graduation from the University. A detailed description of all military courses 
is given under each of the departments in the section of the catalog which lists 
course descriptions. 

ARMY ROTC 

The selection of advanced-course students is made from applicants who are 
physically qualified and who have above average academic and military records. 
Veterans who have one year or more of service in the Armed Forces are eligible 
for enrollment in the Army ROTC advanced course upon reaching their junior 
year, provided they are in good academic standing, physically qualified, have not 
reached their 27th birthday and are selected by the PMS and the University 
administration. 

The Army ROTC course includes instruction in American military history, 
map reading, leadership, military teaching methods, military justice, troop 
movements, the role of the U. S. in world affairs, administration, operations and 
logistics. These subjects not only prepare students to be officers in the United 
States Army, but also awaken in them an appreciation of the obligations of 
citizenship and secure for them personal benefits resulting from practical appli- 
cation of organization and responsible leadership. An elective subject is chosen 
from general academic areas for utilization in the junior and senior years. 

AIR FORCE ROTC 

A student enrolled in the Air Force ROTC may pursue a four-year program 
with Air Force Scholarship, a four-year program without scholarship, or a 
two-year program. 

Freshman students may be required to meet certain Air Force prescribed 
physical standards for entry into the General Military Course. 

Students, to meet enrollment requirements, must achieve the minimum Air 
Force Officer Qualification Test (AFOQT) qualifying score required for entry 
into the Professional Officer Course, meet necessary physical requirements, and 
have above average academic records. Qualified veterans desiring a commission 
through the Air Force program are required to complete the two-year advanced 
program. Nonveterans must complete two years of General Military Studies, the 
two-year Professional Officer Course, and attend four weeks of field training 
AS 254 or successfully complete the six-week field training course, AS 256, and 
the two-year Professional Officer Course prior to their 30th birthday to qualify 
for a commission. 

UNIFORMS 

Uniforms for Army and Air Force ROTC are provided by the University from 
Commutation Funds paid by the Federal Government. 

CREDIT 

Credit is allowed for work at other institutions having an ROTC unit estab- 
lished in accordance with the provisions of the National Defense Act and 
regulations governing the ROTC. Record of a student's prior training in the 
ROTC is obtained from the institution concerned. 

234 



FINANCIAL AID 

Army ROTC — Two- and four-year scholarships are available to selected Army 
ROTC students who are strongly motivated toward a career in the Army. Each 
scholarship pays for tuition, books and laboratory expenses, and the student 
receives $50.00 a month for the duration of the scholarship. 

Air Force ROTC — A limited number of selected students enrolled in the 
Air Force ROTC program may qualify for scholarships. All scholarships pay 
$50.00 a month plus tuition, fees and a $75.00 per academic year book allowance. 
In addition there is a contract program; in this program, students in the last 
two years will receive a retainer fee of $50.00 per month. 

For summer training of four to six weeks, students will receive pay and 
travel allowance. Students in the basic or general course receive no monetary 
allowance. 

ORGANIZATION OF THE ROTC 

Army — The Army ROTC unit at North Carolina State University consists of 
a cadet brigade, commanded by a cadet colonel, and comprised of a support 
battalion and numbered battalions. The cadet colonel and all other cadet officers 
are selected from students enrolled in the second year advanced course. Cadet 
sergeant majors, first sergeants and sergeants first class are appointed from 
students enrolled in the first year advanced course. Certain specially selected 
students in the second year basic course also are appointed as cadet non- 
commissioned officers. Cadet officers and noncommissioned officers obtain inval- 
uable experience in leadership by being responsible for conducting all drill 
instruction. They are observed and supervised in this by the officers and 
noncommissioned officers of the Army assigned to the University. 

Air Force — The Air Force ROTC unit is organized as a cadet group (com- 
manded by a cadet colonel) with an appropriate number of squadrons; the 
squadrons are composed of flights and squads. The group, squadron and flight 
commanders and their staffs are cadet commissioned officers and are selected from 
cadets enrolled in the Professional Officers Course. All other positions are held 
by cadet noncommissioned officers who are selected from General Military Course 
cadets. Cadet officers and noncommissioned officers obtain invaluable experience 
in leadership bv being responsible for planning and conducting all aspects of the 
cadet group operations. They are observed and supervised by the officers and 
airmen assigned to the University. 

There is also an Army and Air Force Drum and Bugle Corps which is 
composed of cadets from each unit; the corps performs at ceremonies and 
drills for the Brigade and the group represents North Carolina State at selected 
public appearances. 

DISTINGUISHED STUDENTS 

The University is authorized to name outstanding students of the Army 
ROTC and Air Force ROTC as Distinguished Military Students or Distinguished 
Air Force ROTC Cadets. These students may, upon graduation, be designated 
Distinguished Military Graduates or Distinguished Air Force ROTC Graduates 
and may be selected for commission in the regular Army and Air Force, 
provided they so desire. 



235 





m 






10- 




COURSE DESCRIPTIONS 

In a typical course description, the semester hours of credit, the number of 
actual lecture and laboratory hours of meeting per week, and the term or terms 
in which the course is offered are shown in this manner: 2(1-2) F S Sum. or 
1-3 F S Sum. 

The 2 indicates the number of semester hours credit given for satisfactory 
completion of the course. The (1-2) indicates that the course meets for one hour 
of lecture and for two hours of laboratory work each week. The 1-3 indicates 
that a maximum of 3 and a minimum of 1 semester hours credit can be earned. 
This is to be arranged with the instructor. The F designates the course to be 
given the fall semester. Likewise, the S designates spring and the Sum., summer. 

Waiver of prerequisites is at the descretion of the instructor. 



CONTENTS 



Adult and Community College 

Education 238 

Aerospace Engineering 372 

Agricultural Education 239 

Agricultural Engineering 249 

Agriculture and Life Sciences 

(General Courses) 241 

Animal Science 241 

Anthropology 244 

Architecture 245 

Art 247 

Biochemistry 247 

Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 249 

Biological Sciences 252 

Biomathematics 253 

Botany 254 

Chemical Engineering 257 

Chemistry 261 

Civil Engineering 266 

Computer Science 274 

Crop Science 277 

Design 280 

Economics 281 

Education 289 

Electrical Engineering 297 

Engineering (General Courses) 303 

Engineering Honors 304 

Enginering Mechanics 305 

Engineering Operations 309 

English 309 

Entomology 314 

Food Science 318 

Forestry 320 

French 387 

Genetics 324 

German 388 

Geology 326 

Guidance and Personnel Services . 330 

History 332 

Horticultural Science 341 



Industrial and Technical 

Education 343 

Industrial Arts 346 

Industrial Engineering 349 

International Student 

Orientation 355 

Italian 389 

Landscape Architecture 356 

Marine Sciences 357 

Materials Engineering 359 

Mathematics 363 

Mathematics and Science 

Education 370 

Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering 372 

Meteorology 380 

Microbiology 382 

Military Training 383 

Aerospace Studies (Air ROTC) .383 

Military Science ( Army ROTC ) 385 

Modern Languages 386 

Music 391 

Nuclear Engineering 392 

Nutrition 317 

Operations Research 394 

Philosophy 395 

Physical and Mathematical 

Sciences 398 

Physical Education 399 

Physical Oceanography 402 

Physics 403 

Physiology 317 

Plant Pathology 408 

Politics 410 

Poultry Science 416 

Product Design 417 

Psychology 419 

Pulp and Paper Science 

and Technology 320 

Recreation Resources 

Administration 424 



237 



Religion 427 Textile Technology 446 

Russian 389 Textiles (General Courses) 451 

Science Education 370 Toxicology 317 

Social Studies 451 University Studies 451 

Sociology 429 Urban Design 452 

Soil Science 435 Vocational Industrial 

Spanish 389 Education 343 

Speech 437 Wood and Paper Science 

Statistics 439 and Technology 453 

Technical Education 343 Zoology 457 

Textile Chemistry 443 



ADULT AND COMMUNITY COLLEGE EDUCATION 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 501 (SOC 501) Leadership 3 (3-0) S 

(See sociology, page 431.) 

ED 502 (PS 502) Public Administration 3 (3-0) S 

(See politics, page 413.) 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites : ED 501, consent of instructor 

The principles and processes involved in programming, including basic 
theories and concepts supporting the programming process. Attention will be 
given to the general framework in which programming is done, the organization 
needed and the program roles of both professional and lay leaders. Mr. Boone 

ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary 

Nature 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A study of the historical and philosophical foundations of adult education from 
ancient times to the present, giving attention to key figures, issues, institutions, 
movements and programs, including consideration of the relationship between 
adult education's historical development and prevailing intellectual, social, 
economic and political conditions. Consideration of adult education's contemporary 
nature, presen1>day schools of thought on its objectives and trends. Mr. Russell 

ED 513 (SOC 513) Community Organization 3 (3-0) S 

(See sociology, page 433.) 

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours in education 

Principles involved in adult education programs including theories and concepts 
undergirding and requisite to these programs. Emphasis will be given to the 
interrelationship of the nature of adult learning, the nature of the subject matter 
and the setting in which learning occurs. The applicability of relevant principles 
and pertinent research findings to adult learning will be thoroughly treated. 

Mrs. Quinn 



238 



ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study and scientific analysis of problems in adult education, and preparation 
of a scholarly research type of paper. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Theory of Organization and Administration in 

Adult Education I 3 (3-0) F 

ED 601 Theory of Organization and Administration in 

Adult Education II 3 (3-0) S 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult Education 1 (1-0) F S 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Education 1 (l-O) F 

Designed to help the student understand the purpose of agricultural education 
at North Carolina State. Also provides an opportunity for students to develop 
an understanding of purposes of vocational agriculture and other programs of 
education in agriculture. Mr. Mercer 

ED 313 Contemporary Vocational Agriculture 3 (3-0) F S 

The contemporary program of vocational agriculture is examined in depth in 
relation to changing and expanding career opportunities in agricultural education. 
Study is directed to the continuing adjustment of the program objectives, curricu- 
lum organization, content of courses, teaching practices, instructional resources 
and evaluation emphasis in modern programs in vocational agriculture. Prere- 
quisite for student teaching in agricultural education. Mr. Bryant 

ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture 6(2-15)FS 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304, senior standing, admission to teacher education 
and an overall 2.0 average. 

The first part of the semester, six or seven vi^eeks, will be on campus. The 
remainder of the semester will be spent in a high school doing full-time student 
teaching. The student will get experience in all phases of the vocational agri- 
culture program, including community study, adult education and home super- 
vision. The student teacher will be supervised by the local teacher of agriculture 
and a member of the staff in agricultural education. Mr. Mercer 

ED 412 Teaching Adults 2(1-2)FS 

Principles of effective teaching applied to adults. Experience in organizing 

and conducting groups for discussion of local problems. Staff 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs 2 (1-2) F 

Principles of program planning applied to educational programs in agriculture. 

Resources needed for adequate planning. Field work in planning programs. Staff 



239 



ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) S 

An analysis of the opportunities and problems facing educational leaders in 

agriculture with particular emphasis upon current problems. Staff 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Consideration of the need for planning programs in education; objectives and 
evaluation of community programs; use of advisory group; organization and use 
of facilities. Mr. Bryant 

ED 565 Agricultural Occupations 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: ED 411 

The theory of education and work is related to the expanding field of agricul- 
tural occupations. Career development in agricultural occupations is associated 
with curriculum development needs. Occupational experience in agriculture is 
seen in relation to the curriculum and to placement in agricultural occupations. 

Messrs. Miller, Scarborough 

ED 566 Occupation Experience in Agriculture 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: ED 411 

A major and critical element in all programs of vocational education is the 
provision for appropriate student learning experiences in a real and simulated 
employment environment. Due to recent developments in education and agricul- 
ture, new and expanded concepts of occupational experience have been devised. 
Current research substantiates the need and desire of teachers of agriculture for 
assistance in implementing the new concepts. The course is designed not only to 
provide this aid but to develop a depth of understanding of the theoretical foun- 
dations underlying the new developments in occupational experiences to stimulate 
individual growth and creativity in implementing further developments. Mr. Miller 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Designed to meet the needs of leaders in adult education. Opportunity to study 
some of the basic problems and values in working with adult groups. Attention 
will be given to the problem of fitting the educational program for adults into 
the public school program and other educational programs as well as to the methods 
of teaching adults. Mr. Scarborough 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: ED 411 or equivalent 

Opportunities for students to study current problems under the guidance of the 
staff. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) S 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 689 Evaluation in Occupational Education 3 (3-0) F S 



240 



ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education Credits Arranged 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education 1 (l-O) F S 

Maximum 2 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

AGRICULTURE AND LIFE SCIENCES 

(General Courses) 



ALS 103 Orientation 1 (0-2) F 

An introduction to the scope and objectives of a university education with 

emphasis on the sciences particularly as related to biology and agriculture. Guest 

lecturers and laboratory demonstrations. Mr. Glazener 

ALS 299 Superior Student Seminar 1 S 

Maximum 2 
A seminar program open only to freshmen and sophomore students in the 
honors program. 

ALS 499 Honors Student Research 1-3 S 

Maximum 6 
A research program open only to students in the honors program. 

AC 311 Communications Methods and Media 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ENG 111, ENG 112 

Designed to give an insight into the communications process: written, 
oral and visual techniques of communications; a survey of the channels of com- 
munications available; principles and techniques for using these channels individ- 
ually or combined into a publicity, promotion, public relations, information or 
advertising program. Mr. Carpenter 



ANIMAL SCIENCE 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 200 Introduction to Animal Science 4 (3-3) FS 

A study of the fundamental principles of dairying and of meat animal pro- 
duction. The importance of dairy and meat products in the human diet and in 
the state and national economy is emphasized. Messrs. Goode, Rakes 

ANS 204 Livestock Feeds and Feeding 3(2-3)8 

An introduction to applied animal nutrition, including the structure and 

function of the digestive tract, the nutrient value and classification of feedstuffs 

and the nutrient requirements and formulation of livestock rations. Mr. Alsmeyer 

ANS 301 (FS 301, NTR 301) Nutrition and Man 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: Two years of college work 

The significance of nutrition in the health, welfare and behavior of man; 
a study of the basic principles relating to practical problems in the provision 

241 



and utilization of adequate nutrients for individuals and populations living 
under various environmental conditions. Messrs. Wise, Aurand 

ANS 302 Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals 2 (0-6) F 

Market classes and grades of beef cattle, swine and sheep are used to study 
live animal-carcass value interrelationships. Breed histories, pedigree evalua- 
tion and the desired characteristics of dairy cattle, meat animals and quarter 
horses are examined. Messrs. Harvey, Wilk 

ANS 308 Advanced Selecting Dairy and Meat Animals 1 (0-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 302 or consent of instructor 

An advanced study of dairy and meat animal selection, including the relation- 
ships between the live animal and its carcass. Included is intensive practice to 
develop proficiency in the selection of market and purebred livestock. Field 
trips are made to leading farms in order to study outstanding animals of the 
various breeds. Messrs. Harvey, Wilk 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 401 Reproductive Physiology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

A review of current concepts of physiology as they relate to mammalian 
reproduction. Emphasis is placed upon understanding physiological processes, 
how they are influenced by external forces and their importance in reproductive 
performance. The student may be required to select, design and conduct a 
special research project. Mr. Myers 

ANS 402 Beef Cattle Management 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of modern principles and practices in beef cattle care and manage- 
ment. Special emphasis is placed upon application of the principles of genetics, 
ruminant nutrition and animal health to cow-calf programs and to stocker and 
feeder cattle operations. Mr. Harvey 

ANS 403 Swine Management 3 (2-3) S 
Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of the economic, nutritional, genetic, physiological and managerial 

factors affecting the operation of modem swine enterprises. Mr. Clawson 

ANS 404 Dairy Cattle Management 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of practical dairy farm management, including feed acquisition 
and utilization, breeding and selection, health and sanitation, milking herd 
replacements and dairy farm buildings with particular emphasis on the conse- 
quences of management alternatives and the importance of herd and farm business 
records. (Offered spring 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Davenport 

ANS 405 Lactation 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 

An examination of the gross and microscopic anatomy of the developing and 
mature mammary gland. Physiological processes involved in milk secretion and 
the removal of milk from the gland are studied. A special research problem is 
requires. Mr. Mochrie 



242 



ANS 406 Sheep Management 3 (2-3) F 
Prerequisite: ANS 204 

A study of the economic, genetic, nutritional, physiological and managerial 

factors affecting the operation of the modern sheep enterprise. Mr. Goode 

ANS 409 (FS 409) Meat and Meat Products 3 (2-3) S 

(See food science, page 318.) 

ANS 410 Horse Management 2 (2-0) F 

The application of the fundamentals of selection, nutrition, breeding and 

animal health to light horses. Managemental details in caring for horses are 

covered. Mr. Barrick 

ANS 411 Breeding and Improvement of Domestic Animals 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

Genetic principles are stressed in relation to the improvement of economically 
important domestic species. Emphasis is given to the specific requirements of 
breeding plans for individual species. Mr. Legates 

ANS 415 (NTR 415, PO 415) Comparative Nutrition 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

A study of the fundamentals of animal nutrition, including the classification 
of nutrients; their requirement and general metabolism by different species for 
health, maintenance, growth and other productive functions. 

Messrs. Ramsey, Donaldson 

ANS 490 Animal Science Seminar 1 (1-0) S 

A review and discussion of special topics and current literature pertaining 
to all phases of animal science. Mr. Porterfield 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANS 502 (PHY 502) Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ZO 421 or consent of instructor 

Emphasis is placed upon discussion of mechanisms which control the repro- 
ductive processes. Mechanisms which are species limited are compared with 
those which are shared by all. Current knowledge of some subsystems is investi- 
gated in detail, while others are referred to in reviews of well-documented research 
findings. Mr. Ulberg 

ANS 505 Diseases of Farm Animals 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisites: CH 101, CH 103 

The pathology of bacterial, viral, parasitic, nutritional, thermal and mechani- 
cal diease processes is examined. Mr. Batte 

ANS 508 (GN 508) Genetics of Animal Improvement 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GN 411, ST 511 

Emphasis is placed upon the utilization of basic principles of population 
and quantitative genetics in animal improvement. Factors affecting genie and 
genotypic frequencies and methods of estimating genetic and nongenetic variance, 
heritabilities and breeding values are presented. The roles of mating systems 
and selection procedures in producing superior genetic populations are examined. 

Mr. Robison 



243 



ANS 590 Topical Problems in Animal Science Maximum 6 FS 

Special problems are selected or assigned in various phases of animal science. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ANS 603 (GN 603) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3 (3-0) F 

ANS 604 (PHY 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4 (2-4) F 

ANS 622 (ST 622) Principles of Biological Assays 3 (3-0) S 

ANS 653 (BCH 653) Mineral Metabolism 3 (3-0) F 

ANS 690 Seminar in Animal Nutrition 1 (1-0) FS 

ANS 699 Research in Animal Science Credits Arranged FS 



ANTHROPOLOGY 

(Also see Sociology) 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 251 Physical Anthropology 3 (3-0) F S 

The study of the development of man as a species; analysis of the formation 
and spread of races; introduction to archaeology as a study of the material remains 
of ancient man and his activities. 

ANT 252 Cultural Anthropology 3 (3-0) F S 

The analysis of various living societies and their cultures in terms of social 
adjustment to recurrent needs. 

ANT 305 Peoples of the World 3 (3-0) F S 

This course seeks to develop insights of wide applicability concerning human 
relationships and the adjustment of man to his geographical, social and cultural 
environments. The course is designed to demonstrate interrelationships among 
diverse factors affecting human behavior in all societies. 

ANT 410 Theories of Culture 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: Six hours sociology, ANT 252 or equivalent 

The study of major anthropological theories of culture with intensive analysis 
of their application. 

ANT 416 Field Methods in Cultural Anthropology 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours anthropology 

I. To provide a systematic experience with anthropological field techniques, i.e., 
community mapping; household census; kinship analysis; life-history recording; 
participant observation; inventory of material culture; child rearing observations. 
II. To furnish an opportunity to use conventional anthropological field tools, 
i.e., tape recorder, motion picture camei-a, still camera, fieldwork journal, un- 
structured interview. III. Through textbooks and supplementary reading, students 
will become familiar with anthropologists' reports of their own field methods and 
the problems they encountered. 

244 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ANT 512 Applied Anthropology 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: ANT 252 or consent of instructor 

The course includes a review of the historical development of applied anthrop- 
ology and a study of anthropology as applied in government, industry, community 
development, education and medicine. The processes of cultural change are 
analyzed in terms of the application of anthropological techniques to programs of 
developmental change. 



ARCHITECTURE 

ARC 300 Historic Architecture Research 2 FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 

Research and the recording of sites, monuments, buildings or artifacts of his- 
torical interest. Mr. Reuer 

ARC 331 Environmental Building Systems 2 (1-3) FS 

The establishment and development of the concept of building as an environ- 
mental control mechanism, i.e., as a barrier between the natural environment and 
the activities and human needs to be accommodated. A description of environmental 
factors upon which the science of building construction is based. An investi- 
gation of basic building materials, their properties, processes of production and 
principal systems of enclosure. Consideration will also be given to economic factors 
and legal controls. Mr. Kayari 

ARC 332 Environmental Control Systems 2 (1-3) FS 

A study of the basic systems used to control the environment: air, heat, 
light, sound and sanitation. Emphasis placed upon the principles and the con- 
ceptual understanding of each system through comparative analysis of the system's 
characteristics and the investigation of the effect of each system on architectural 
form. Mr. Barnes 

ARC 400 Intermediate Architectural Design (Series) 4 (1-9) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or consent of department 

Design investigations aimed at the development of an understanding of the 
major issues confronting the contemporary architect and at the expanding of 
problem solving abilities in architectural design. Students must complete four 
semesters to satisfy this requirement, selecting from a number of vertically 
organized workshops which offer on an optional basis a wide range of program 
emphases. Staff 

ARC 431 Industrialized System Building 2 (1-3) FS 

Prerequisite: ARC 331 

An analytic study of mass produced building systems to examine the implica- 
tions, limitations and potentials of this type of architecture. The analysis is to 
include design, factory processes, distribution methods, fabrication, erection and 
economic analysis. Mr. Kayari 

ARC 432 Climate Control Systems and Design 2 (1-3) F 

Prerequisite: ARC 332 

Further study of the mechanical systems used for heating, cooling, ventilating 
and conditioning the interior of buildings. The analysis and design of the climate 
control system for a small-scale building will be undertaken in this course. 

Mr. Barnes 

245 



ARC 433 Illumination Design 2 (1-3) S 
Prerequisite: ARC 332 

Examination of interior and exterior lighting design, including vision, color, 

sources and control. Mr. Barnes 

ARC 441 Design Methods 2 (2-0) FS 

Description, comparisons and testing of the various methods which are avail- 
able in architectural design with emphasis on problem-solving techniques. The 
method is primarily a means for integrating rational analysis and creative thought 
in the design act. Staff 

ARC 491 Special Projects in Architecture 1-4 FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Investigation of special projects by interdisciplinary g^roups or individuals in 
various phases of architecture. Staff 

ARC 495 Special Problems in Architecture 1-3 FS 
Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Special problems in various aspects of architecture developed under the 

direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. Staff 

ARC 499 Architecture Seminar 1-3 FS 
Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Presentations and discussions of special areas of interest in architecture and 

the allied design fields. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ARC 501, 502 Advanced Architectural Design I, II 6 (3-9) FS 

Prerequisites: (501) 16 credits of ARC 400 or equivalent; (502)ARC 501 

Advanced studies in architectural design in which are investigated large-scale 
architectural problems having complex functional, social and economic implications; 
special emphasis is given to problem identification, program formulation and 
application of advanced design methods. Messrs. Batchelor, Bums, Sanoff 

ARC 511 Professional Practice J 2 (2-0) F 

Prerequisite: Fourth year standing 

The evolution of architecture as a modern practical profession; obligations of 
the profession to society and to itself; the legal and ethical position of the archi- 
tect in practice; comparative study of documents; the architect's working organiza- 
tion; emerging techniques of office practice. Staff 

ARC 512 Professional Practice II 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisite: Fourth year standing 

Continuing study of standard documents and emerging techniques of practice, 
with emphasis on the principles and improved techniques of writing construction 
specifications; interrelationship of The Contract Documents; comparative study of 
techniques for controlling competitive bidding. Staff 

ARC 521, 522 Architectural Structures I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: (521) CE 339; (522) ARC 521 

Gravity and nongravity loads on structures; comparative behavior of structural 
materials; comparative behavior of simple structural systems; approximate and 
exact analysis procedures as applied to systems; principles of approximate and 



246 



exact design in timber, steel and reinforced concrete; architectural/structural/ 
mechanical compatibility in systems; basic principles of foundation analysis and 
design. Mr. Brantly 

ARC 531, 532 Advanced Building Technology I, II 2 (1-3) FS 

Prerequisites: ARC 331, ARC 332 

A synthesis of studies in building science undertaken in previous courses. 
Material assemblies in practical application, dimensional characteristics of 
mechanical and construction systems for buildings and special projects in selected 
areas of building science. 

ARC 551 Research Methods in Architecture 2 (2-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Seminar on the quantitative methods from various disciplines towards the 
scientific inquiry of knowledge. Analysis of techniques and instruments appro- 
priate in solving problems involving scaling, measurement, modeling and gaming 
within the scope of the physical environment. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ARC 601, 602 Advanced Architectural Design III, IV 6 (3-9) FS 

ARC 621, 622 Architectural Structures III, IV 2 (1-3) FS 

ARC 691, 692 Special Topics in Architecture 1-6 FS 



ART 

ART 200 The Visual Arts in Contemporary Life 3 (3-0) F 

The study of painting, sculpture, art, crafts and the useful arts of commerce. 
Also, the study of the aesthetic nature of man from the standpoint of creativity 
and appreciation; relation of present day creative efforts of man with those of 
the past — giving the student an understanding of today's visual arts. 

Mr. Cox 



BIOCHEMISTRY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 351 Elementary Biochemistry 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite or corequisite: CH 223 

An elementary survey of the chemistry of living systems. Mr. Armstrong 

BCH 452 Experimental Biochemistry 3 (1-6) F 

Prerequisite: BCH 351 or corequisite BCH 551; quantitative chemical analysis 

recommended 

An introduction to fundamental techniques of biochemistry and molecular 
biology involving experimental study of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, enzymes, 
nucleic acids, metabolism and metabolic controls. Mrs. Theil 



247 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BCH 551 General Biochemistry 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Three years chemistry, including CH 223; CH 431 strongly 
recommended 

Principles of modern biochemistry, including a study of structural and meta- 
bolic relationships of carbohydrates, lipids, proteins, nucleic acids, enzymes and 
coenzymes. Mr. Jones 

BCH 554 Radioisotope Techniques in Biology 2 (1-3) F 

Prerequisites: BCH 551 or CH 433 or CH 435 

The theory and application of the radioisotope techniques used in biology. 
The different modes of radioactivity are correlated with methods of measurement. 
Emphasis is placed on the use and limitations of various instruments and techniques 
and on their application to research problems. Mr. Sisler and Staff 

BCH 557 Introductory Enzyme Kinetics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551 and MA 201 or MA 212 

The basic principles of chemical kinetics applied to the development of 
enzyme kinetics. Limitations of the Michaelis equation are considered in the 
light of the general rate equation. Inhibition and activation, pH functions, effects 
of temperature, and elucidation of mechanisms are also considered. Mr. Main 

BCH 561 (GN 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisites: BCH 351 or BCH 551, GN 411 or GN 505, MB 401 or equivalent 
A study of the development of the fields of biochemical genetics and microbial 
genetics emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used in research 
in these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current research publications. 

Mr. Armstrong 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BCH 651 Physical Biochemistry 3 (3-0) S 

BCH 652 Biochemical Research Techniques 3-5 S 

BCH 653 (ANS 653) Mineral Metabolism 3 (3-0) F 

BCH 655 Intermediary Metabolism I 3 (3-0) S 

BCH 657 Intermediary Metabolism II 3 (3-0) F 

BCH 659 (CH 659) Natural Products 3 (3-0) F 

BCH 691 Seminar in Biochemistry 1 

BCH 695 Special Topics in Biochemistry Credits Arranged 

BCH 699 Biochemical Research Credits Arranged 



248 



BIOLOGICAL AND AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 211 Farm Machinery 4 (2-4) F S 

The study of farm machinery which begins with the materials of construction 
as they are related to design, cost, fabrication process, tools and techniques 
involved in construction, repair and maintenance, machine performance, reliabi- 
lity, machine capabilities and limitations. The operation, service and adjustment 
of the machine will be studied by an analysis of the requirements to do the job 
for which it was designed, and consideration of the conditions under which it 
must operate. The selection, management and economics of owning and operating 
machinery is emphasized. Mr. Howell 

BAE 251 Elements of Biological and Agricultural Engineering 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: Enrollment in SBE curriculum 

Elements of Biological and Agricultural Engineering is a course designed to 
introduce agricultural engineering students to pertinent topics basic to this 
field of study and to some of the current progress relating to the different subject 
areas. In addition students will be introduced to various engineering procedures, 
tool processes and materials utilized by the agricultural industries. Mr. Blum 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 303 Energy Conversion for Agricultural Production 2 (2-0) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, MA 112 or MA 201, PY 211 or PY 205 

Energy transformations and exchanges of plants and animals are studied on 
the basis of physical theories and principles. Specific examples in thermal radia- 
tion, convection, conduction, phase changes, muscle work, photosynthesis and 
respiration. Mr. Suggs 

BAE 321 Irrigation, Terracing and Erosion Control 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

A study of the principles of soil and water conservation engineering. Topics 
discussed are: surface and subsurface drainage, farm ponds, hydraulics of 
open channels, irrigation, soil erosion, conservation practices, and the use of 
basic surveying equipment. Staff 

BAE 331 (FS 331) Food Engineering 3 (2-3) F 

(See food science, page 318.) 

BAE 332 Farm Structures 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PY 211 or PY 221 

This course is designed to acquaint the student with the role of farm structures 
in a rapidly changing agricultural situation. This, in turn, requires study of environ- 
mental relationships, materials flow, structural features, design techniques, 
construction materials, and construction procedures. Emphasis is placed on relating 
the theory to practical applications encountered in problem situations. Mr. Blum 

BAE 341 Farm Electrification and Utilities 3 (2-3) S 

Corequisite: PY 212 or PY 221 

A brief review of the development and present status of farm and rural electri- 
fication introduces a study of simple but basic electricity and its safe application 



249 



through electric equipment and allied utilities to agricultural and farm enterprises. 
Fundamental farm wiring, circuit design, control and protection are carefully 
studied. Electric motors, water systems and the design of lighting, heating and 
ventilation systems for the farm and home are included in the course of study. 

BAE 342 Agricultural Processing 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MAE 301 

Theory and application of heat and mass transfer to processing of agricultural 
crops. Topics emphasized will include psychrometrics, thin layer and deep bed 
drying, continuous-flow drying, and principles of biochemical processing. Problem 
sessions will demonstrate principles of fluid flow, materials handling, process 
control and various drying systems. Messrs. Young, Johnson 

BAE 361 Analytical Methods 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: MA 301 
Corequisite: EM 301 

A course designed to develop the student's skill in problem solving, ranging from 
the standard approaches to the mechanical design of machine elements and 
mechanisms to innovative approaches to the design of whole machines and systems. 

Mr. Bowen 

BAE 381 Agricultural Structures and Environment 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisites: EM 307, MAE 301 

Principles of environmental control and structural analysis are combined with 
biological principles for the design of agricultural structures. Topics emphasized 
include physiological reactions of animals, plants and agricultural produce to 
their environment, applications of heat transfer and psychometrics in calculating 
ventilation requirements and heating or cooling loads, structural analysis, 
material selection, agricultural waste management and economic considerations 
of various structural alternatives. Mr. Holmes 

BAE 391 Electrotechnology in Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 331 

Basic concept for selecting and utilizing electromagnetic devices are covered in 
depth. Switching circuits and central circuits are discussed. Transducers and 
measurement techniques are related to agricultural problems. Mr. McClure 

BAE 411 Farm Power and Machinery 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BAE 211, PY 211 or PY 221 

This course covers the application of heat engineering principles in the develop- 
ment and utilization of power of internal combustion engines, both spark ignition 
and diesel. Included are thermodynamic principles and a classification of these 
to the actual design and construction of engines, together with principles of 
carburetion and ig^iition. Power transmission units, hydraulics and hydraulic 
controls are emphasized. Power measurement and testing, and the economic 
utilization of power units are brought into the context of modern agriculture. 

Mr. Fore 

BAE 433 Crop Preservation and Processing 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BAE 341 

This course deals with the physical and biochemical characteristics of harvested 
crops and crop products as they define the requirements for the best preservation 
of quality. The properties of air-water vapor mixtures, the application of heat to 
air and crops, the characteristics and use of fans and heaters, the air flow require- 
ments and measurement for crop preservation and materials handling will be 
studied. Feed preparation, mixing and handling are included in the course. 



250 



BAE 451, 452 Agricultural Engineering Design I and II 3 (1-6) F S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in SBE curriculum 

Design concepts are applied to current agricultural engineering problems. One 
major design project is combined with a variety of case studies and short term 
design problems to develop the students confidence in his ability to do design work. 

Mr. Holmes 

BAE 461 Analysis of Agricultural Production Systems 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 201, EC 205, ST 361 

Survey of methods of systems analysis for agricultural engineering students. 
Intermediate economics analysis, with particular emphasis on farm machinery 
economics; materials — handling problems; activity network and scheduling pro- 
blems; techniques of obtaining and processing systems data. Mr. Sowell 

BAE 462 Functional Design of Field Machines 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisites: BAE 361, MAE 301, SSC 200 

A study of the modern farni tractor and field machines. The emphasis of the 
course is on the translation of measurements of biological and physical factors of 
the agricultural production system into machine specifications that can be effectively 
converted into production machines by engineers of the manufacturing industry. 

Mr. Bowen 

BAE 472 Agricultural Water Management 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

Aspects of hydrology and soil-water-plant relationships as related to agricul- 
tural water management. Drainage and irrigation are discussed in depth. Water 
quality, agricultural related pollution and water laws are discussed. Mr. Skaggs 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BAE 552 Instrumentation for Agricultural Research and 

Processing 2 (1-3) S 

Prerequisites: EE 331, MA 301 

Theory and application of primary sensing elements and transducers, calibration 
and use of standards. Use of electronic and solid-state circuits in amplifiers, 
recorders and controllers. Use of specialized measurement systems for agricultural 
research and processing including an introduction to correlation and power spectral 
density measurements. Mr. Rohrback 

BAE 580 Analysis of the Physical Properties of Biomaterials 

3 (2-2) Alternate S 
Prerequisites: PY 205, PY 208 

Physical characteristics — shape and size, volume and density, and surface 
area — of biomaterials. Aerodynamic and hydrodynamic characteristics (drag 
coefficient and terminal velocity) and dimensional analysis. Friction (static 
and rolling), particle mechanics and gravity and forced particle flow. Thermal 
properties (expansion and conductivity, specific heat), electrical properties 
(resistance and conductance, dielectric and electrostatic behavior), optical pro- 
perties using transmittance and reflectance, and x-ray laser. Mr. Hammerle 

BAE 585 Biorheology 3 (2-2) Alternate S 

Prerequisites: PY 205, EM 301 

The concepts of strain, stress and the mechanical viscoelastic properties of 
biological solids, fluids and slurries. The time-dependent deformation and flow of 



261 



biomaterials, elements of strength of materials, rheological equations and model 
concepts, creep-relaxation and dynamic behavior, contact problems and the 
Boltzman superposition principle as a function of time, temperature and moisture 
content. Mr. Hammerle 

BAE 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged F S 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing in agricultural engineering 

Each student will select a subject on which he will do research and write a 
technical report on his results. He may choose a subject pertaining to his particular 
interest in any area of study in agricultural engineering. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BAE 654 NONEQUILIBRIUM THERMODYNAMICS IN B lOENGINEERING 3 (3-0) S 

BAE 661 Analysis of Function and Design of 

Biological and Physical Systems 3 (2-3) S 

BAE 671 (SSC 671) Theory of Drainage — Saturated Flow 3 (3-0) S 

BAE 674 (SSC 674) Theory of Drainage — Unsaturated Flow 3 (3-0) F 

BAE 681 Analysis of Function and Design of Farmstead Systems 4 (4-0) F S 

BAE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

BAE 699 Research in Biological and Agricultural 

Engineering Credits Arranged 



BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

BS 100 General Biology 4 (3-2) F S 

Basic principles and concepts of biology, including the structure and function of 
cells and organisms, the organization and requirements of living systems, develop- 
ment, heredity and evolution. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BS 500 (HI 500) The Development OF Contemporary Concepts in 

Biology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: General biology 

Selected contemporary concepts of biology are traced from their origins. Consi- 
derable attention is given to the lives of the men who have made important con- 
tributions to the biological sciences. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BS 590 Special Problems in Biological Instrumentation 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 



252 



BS 690 Seminar in Cell Biology 1 (1-0) S 

BS 696 Topics in Biological Ultrastructure 1 (1-0) F 

BIOMATHEMATICS 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

B MA 493 Special Topics IN Biomathematics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports at an introductory level 
as dictated by need and interest of student; new 400-level courses during the 
developmental phase. Staff 

BMA 501 Theoretical Biochemistry I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, CH 433, BCH 551 or consent of instructor 

Application of physical theory and mathematics to biochemistry. Examination 
of basic principles of molecular theory, reaction rate theory, statistical mechanics 
and nonequilibrium thermodynamics as applied to biochemical systems. (Offered 
fall 1971, and alternate years.) Mr. Gold 

BMA 502 Theoretical Biochemistry II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BMA 501 

Continuation of BMA 501. Coupling of diffusion and chemical reactions. Math- 
ematical description of enzyme control, coupled sequences of enzyme reactions, 
feedback loops and oscillatory reactions. Experimentally oriented topics include 
theoiy of chemical relaxation and tracer dynamics. (Offered spring 1972, and 
alternate years.) Mr. Gold 

BMA 571 (MA 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Advanced calculus, reasonable background in biology or consent 
of instructor 

The role of theory construction and model building in the development of experi- 
mental science. Induction vs. deduction. The historical development of mathema- 
tical theories and models for the growth of one-species populations (logistic and 
off-shoots), including consideration of age distributions (matrix theory, Leslie and 
Lopez; continuous theory, Lotka). Some of the more elementary theories on the 
growth of organisms (von Bertalanffy, with applications to ecology; allometric 
theories, cultures grown in a chemostat). Mathematical theories of two and more 
species systems (predator- prey, competition, symbiosis; ace. to the Volterra- 
Lotka schemes, including present-day research), and discussion of some related 
models for chemical reaction kinetics. Much emphasis is placed on scrutiny of the 
biological concepts as well as of the mathematical structure of the models in 
order to uncover both weak and strong points of the models discussed. Mathema- 
tical treatment of the differential equations in these models stresses qualitative 
and geometric aspects. Mr. van der Vaart 

BMA 572 (MA 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BMA 571, elementary probability theory 

Continuation of topics of BMA 571. Some more advanced mathematical tech- 
niques concerning nonlinear differential equations of the types encountered in 
BMA 571: several concepts of stability, asymptotic directions, periodic models. 
Comparison of deterministic and stochastic models for several biological pro- 



253 



blems, including birth and death processes. Certain aspects of linear system 
theory (time-invariant and variable models) used for the analysis of biological 
systems. Discussion of various applications of mathematics to biology, e.g., theories 
of aging, some recent research. Mr. van der Vaart 

BMA 591 Special Topics Maximum 3 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Directed readings, problem sets, written and oral reports as directed by need 
and interest of the student; new 500-level courses during the developmental phase. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BMA 691 Advanced Special Topics 1-3 F S 

BMA 694 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

BMA 699 Research Credits Arranged F S 

BOTANY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 200 Plant Life 4 (3-3) F S 

A survey of the types of plants and their diversities in structure, life cycle, 

habitat and economic importance. Messrs. Anderson, Koch, Schlichting 

BO 360 (ZO 360) Introduction to Ecology 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

The study of the relationships between organisms and their environment and 
of the interaction among organisms. A balanced perspective in the basic principles 
of ecology and in their importance to man and his environment is presented. Con- 
tent includes: ecosystems (energy flow and nutrient cycles); pollution; environ- 
ment-organism interactions; population dynamics; interspecies ecology; communi- 
ties; world biomes and paleoecology; and applied ecology. 

Messrs. Cooper, Seneca, Quay 

BO 400 Plant Diversity 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BO 200 or equivalent 

A comprehensive survey of the evolutionary diversity and phylogeny of the 
plant kingdom. Emphasis is placed on the evolutionary trends and the basis for 
assumed relationships, considering fossils as well as living forms. Mr. Hardin 

BO 403 Systematic Botany 4 (2-4) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or BO 200 

A systematic survey of vascular plants, emphasizing field identification, termino- 
logy and general evolutionary relationships. Mr. Koch 

BO 414 (ZO 414) Cell Biology 4 (3-3) F 

(See zoology, page 458.) 



254 



BO 421 Plant Physiology 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100 or BO 200, one year of college chemistry 

Physiology of the green plant emphasizing plant organization, water and solute 
relationships, organic and inorganic nutrition, growth and development. 

Messrs. Blum, Noggle, Troyer 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

BO 510 Plant Anatomy 4 (2-6) F 

Prerequisite: BO 200 

A study of the cells, tissues and organs of common flowering plants and gymno- 
sperms. Growth and differentiation patterns will be considered with emphasis on 
current research. (Offered fall, 1970 and alternate years.) Mr. Anderson 

BO 522 Advanced Morphology and Phylogeny of Seed Plants 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A comprehensive survey of the morphology and evolution of angiosperms and 
gymnosperms. Special emphasis is given to detailed vegetative and reproductive 
morphology of fossil and living forms, and to their presumed evolutionary rela- 
tionships. (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Hardin 

BO 524 Grasses, Sedges, and Rushes 4 (2-6) F 

Prerequisite: BO 403 

A course dealing with three large, economically and ecologically important 
plant families. A working familiarity with these three groups will be achieved 
through an introduction to the special terminology used in dealing with these 
plants, extensive field work emphasizing keying out plants collected, and a study 
of the recently developed modern classification of the grasses. (Offered fall, 1971 
and alternate years.) Mr. Koch 

BO 544 Plant Geography 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 403, BO 360, GN 411, or equivalents 

A course in descriptive and interpretive plant geography, synthesizing data from 
the fields of ecology, genetics, geography, paleobotany and taxonomy. The course 
will include a survey of the present distribution of major vegetation types through- 
out the world, a discussion of the history and development of this present pattern 
of vegetation, and a discussion of the principles and theories of plant geography. 
(Offered spring, 1971 and alternate years.) Mr. Cooper 

BO 551 Advanced Plant Physiology I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: General botany or biology, and biochemistry 

The first half of a two-semester sequence covering the current status of plant 
physiology. Topics will include plant organization, metabolism, water relations, 
solute relations, photobiology and respiration. Messrs. Noggle, Troyer 

BO 552 Advanced Plant Physiology II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: General botany or biology, and biochemistry 

The second half of a two-semester sequence covering the current status of plant 
physiology. Topics will include inorganic nutrition, nitrogen assimilation, plant 
growth substances, physiology of seeds, vegetative growth, reproductive growth, 
aging and senescence. Messrs. Noggle, Troyer 

BO 553 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology I . 1 (0-3) F 

Prerequisite or corequisite: BO 551 

Laboratory to accompany BO 551. Laboratory procedures in plant nutrition, 
plant structure and composition, water relations, respiration. Messrs. Noggle, Troyer 

255 



BO 554 Laboratory in Advanced Plant Physiology II 1 (0-3) S 

Prerequisite or corequisite: BO 552 

Laboratory to accompany BO 552. Laboratory procedures in enzymes, photo- 
synthesis, photobiology, plant growth substances. Messrs. Noggle, Troyer 

BO 560 (ZO 560) Principles of Ecology 4 (3-3) F 

(See zoology, page 461.) 

BO 574 (MB 574) Phycology 3 (1-4) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or BO 200 

An introduction to the classes of algae. The systematic position, life history and 
ecology of important genera in the local flora, both fresh-water and marine, are 
emphasized. Mr. Schlichting 

BO 575 (MB 575, PP 575) The Fungi 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 200 or equivalent 

An overview of the fungi within the framework of a survey of the major classes. 
Lectures while covering the major groups systematically will also include ancil- 
lary material on such aspects as ultrastructure, environmental adaptations, 
sexuality, ontogeny and economic, including historical, importance. Mr. Moore 

BO 576 (MB 576, PP 576) The Fungi— Laboratory 1 (0-3) S 
Corequisite: BO 575 

The course will provide illustrative material of the fungal assemblages dis- 
cussed in BO 575. Mr. Moore 

BO 590 Topical Problems 1-3 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Discussions and readings on problems of current interest in the fields of ecology, 
anatomy and morphology, taxonomy, and cell biology. May be repeated, with 
change in topic, for a maximum of six credits. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

BO 612 Plant Morphogenesis 4 (3-3) S 

BO 620 Advanced Taxonomy 3 (2-2) S 

BO 625 (PP 625) Advanced Mycology 4 (2-6) F 

BO 631 Water Relations of Plants 3 (3-0) S 

BO 633 Plant Growth and Development 3 (3-0) S 

BO 634 Introduction to the Thermodynamics of Biological 

Systems 3 (3-0) S 

BO 636 Discussions in Plant Physiology 1 (1-0) F S 

BO 660 (ZO 660) Advanced Topics in Ecology I 4 (3-3) S 

BO 661 (ZO 661) Advanced Topics in Ecology II 4 (3-3) S 

BO 691 Botany Seminar 1 (i-O) F S 



256 



BO 693 Special Problems in Botany Credits Arranged F S 

BO 699 Research Credits Arranged F S 

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 205 Chemical Process Principles 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 201 

The primary emphasis of the course is the chemical interactions of matter and 
the physical interactions of mutiphase system. The course introduces engineering 
methods of treating material balances, stoichiometry, thermophysics, thermo- 
chemistry and first law thermodynamics. Mr. Hopfenberg 

CHE 225 Chemical Process Systems 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

Physical measurement of importance in chemical engineering. Temperature, 
pressure, pH, concentration, etc. including dynamic response of measuring elements. 
Control element, electronic, pneumatic, etc. Introduction to Process Control. 

Mr. Martin 

CHE 301, 302 Elements of Chemical Engineering 3 (3-0) F S 

An introduction to principles of chemical engineering including calculations 

involved in industrial processes and equipment. The course is designed for students 

not majoring in chemical engineering. Mr. Bright 

CHE 307 Introductory Chemical Engineering 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: CHE 205 

Basic principles of fluid flow, heat transfer and mass transfer with emphasis on 
application to design of chemical processes and equipment. Mr. Bright 

CHE 311 Transport Processes I 3 (2-2) F S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 208, CHE 205 

An introduction to momentum, heat and mass transport processes, with emphasis 
on chemical engineering. Problems in fluid dynamics and heat transfer. 

Mr. Rousseau 

CHE 315 Chemical Process Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 431, CHE 205, MA 301 

A study of the laws of thermodynamics and their application to chemical engi- 
neering problems, both in theory and in practice. Criteria of equilibrium in physi- 
cal and chemical changes. Behavior of real fluids, including mixtures. Mr. Beatty 

CHE 316 Thermodynamics of Chemical and Phase Equilibria 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

Thermodynamics is the principal tool for systematic study of chemical reaction 
equilibria and phase equilibrium. The concepts of fugacity, activity and chemical 
potential as methods, for predicting the effect of temperature, pressure, etc. on 
equilibrium compositions will be studied in considerable detail. Methods for measur- 
ing and estimating thermodynamics properties important to equilibrium calcula- 
tion in real systems will be included. Mr. Beatty 



257 



CHE 325 Introduction to Plastics 3 (3-0) F S 
Prerequisite: CH 103 

A general survey of plastics and polymers. Emphasis is on types, applications, 

fabrication, processing and testing. Mr. Seely 

CHE 327 Separation Processes I 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

An application of the principles of transport phenomena to the unit operations 
of absorption, extraction, distillation, drying, filtration, etc. with emphasis on 
design procedures and economic consideration. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 412 Transport Processes II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

An intensive study of momentum, heat and mass transport processes, with empha- 
sis on chemical engineering. Problems in fluid, heat and mass transfer. 

Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 425 Process Measurement and Control I 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisites: CHE 225, CHE 327 

A study of the continuous control of typical chemical engineering processes 
including the techniques of feedback, cascade, feedforward and interacting systems. 
Dynamics, stability and control of heat exchangers, flow systems, distillation 
columns and chemical reactors are illustrated. Mr. Martin 

CHE 426 Process Measurement and Control II 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 425 or EE 435 or MAE 435 

An extension of the theory and application of process control techniques to the 
analysis of physical systems. This course covers sampled data and nonlinear 
systems and includes an introduction to optimum control techniques and adaptive 
control. Mr. Martin 

CHE 428 Separation Processes II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

An intensive study of the principles (diffusion and interphase mass transfer) 
underlying such unit operations as distillation, drying, absorption, etc., with 
emphasis on procedures and economic problem. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 431 Chemical Engineering Laboratory I 3 (1-5) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 311 

Laboratory work on typical apparatus involving unit operations. Experiments 
are designed to augment the theory and data of lecture courses and to develop 
proficiency in the writing of technical reports. Mr, Seely 

CHE 432 Chemical Engineering Laboratory II 3 (1-5) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 431 

A continuation of CHE 431. This course will consist of a small number of group 
projects in research, design or development. Mr. Seely 

CHE 446 Chemical Process Kinetics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

. A basic study of homogenous and heterogeneous chemical reactions, and of 
catalysis. Mr. Stahel 

CHE 451 Chemical Engineering Design 3 (2-2) F S 

Prerequisites: CHE 315, CHE 327, CHE 432 

A general treatment of chemical process design and optimization. The interplay 
of economic and technical factors in process development, site selection, project 

258 



design, construction and production management. Applications of cost accounting, 
cost estimation for new equipment, measures of profitability. Case studies, read- 
ings, design problems and reports. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 495 Seminar in Chemical Engineering 1 (1-0) F S 

Professional aspects of chemical engineering; topics of current interest in chemi- 
cal engineering. Staff 

CHE 497 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 F S 

Introduction to research through experimental, theoretical and literature studies 
of chemical engineering problems. Oral and written presentation of reports. 

Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CHE 501 Applications of Structure — Property Relationships of Chemical 
Engineering Materials 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CHE 315, CH 431, CH 223 

A survey of the relationship between molecular structure and bulk properties 
of nonmetallic materials as applied in chemical engineering processes. Special 
attention will be directed at the application of surface and colloid chemistry as 
well as polymer science. Mr. Hopfenberg 

CHE 511 Problem Analysis for Chemical Engineers 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CHE 428, MA 301 

The application of the methods of mathematical analysis to the formulation and 
solution of problems in transport phenomena, transient phenomena in unit opera- 
tions, process dynamics and thermodynamics. Study and use of analog computer 
solutions of these problems. Mr. Ferrell 

CHE 513 Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 315 

An intermediate course in thermodynamic principles and their application to 
chemical and phase equilibria. The course is largely from a macroscopic viewpoint 
but consideration will be given to some aspects of the statistical viewpoint. 

Mr. Beatty 

CHE 515 Transport Phenomena 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CHE 327 

A theoretical study of transport of momentum, energy and matter with emphasis 
on the latter two. The diffusional operations, including coupled heat and mass 
transfer, are introduced in the light of the theory. Mr. Marsland 

CHE 517 Kinetics AND Catalysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CHE 446 

An intensive study of homogeneous and heterogeneous kinetic reactions. Emphasis 
will be placed on fundamental approaches, experimental methods and mathematical 
techniques in engineering analysis of chemical reaction systems. Mr. Stahel 

CHE 527 (OR 527) Optimization of Engineering Processes 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, CSC 111 or equivalent 

Mathematical methods for the optimization of engineering processes are deve- 
loped, and illustrative applications of these methods are presented and discussed. 
Specific topics covered are drawn from a list which includes mathematical program- 
ming, geometric programming, sensitivity analysis, direct search and elimination 
techniques, variational techniques and the minimum principle, quasilinearization 

259 



and dynamic programming. The emphasis throughout the course is on applications 
of the techniques discussed rather than fully rigorous development of the theory. 

Mr. Felder 

CHE 540 Electrochemical Engineering 3 (3-0) S 
Prerequisite: Physical chemistry 

The application of electrochemical principles to such topics as electrolysis, 

electroanalysis, electroplating, metal refining, etc. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 541 Cellulose Industries 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

Methods of manufacture and application of cellulose chemical conversion pro- 
ducts. Emphasis is placed on recent developments in the field of synthetic fibers, 
films, lacquers and other cellulose compounds. Mr. Seely 

CHE 543 Technology of Plastics 3 (3-0) S 
Prerequisite: Organic chemistry 

The properties, methods of manufacture and applications of synthetic resins. 

Recent developments in the field are stressed. Mr. Schoenborn 

CHE 597 Chemical Engineering Projects 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A laboratory study of some phase of chemical engineering or allied field. Staff 

CHE 598 Special Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CHE 610 Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) F 

CHE 621 Mass-Transfer Operations II 3 (3-0) F 

CHE 622 Chemical Reaction Engineering 3 (3-0) S 

CHE 623 Fluid and Particle Dynamics 3 (3-0) S 

CHE 624 Process Dynamics 3 (3-0) F 

CHE 625 Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) F 

CHE 631 Chemical Process Design 3 (3-0) S 

CHE 671 (TC 671) Special Topics in Polymer Science 1-3 F 

CHE 690 Readings in Chemical Engineering Credits Arranged 

CHE 693 Advanced Topics in Chemical Engineering 1-3 



260 



CHE 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

CHE 699 Research Credits Arranged 

CHEMISTRY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 101 General Chemistry I 4 (3-3) F S 

Fundamental concepts in chemistry, including atomic and molecular structure, 
states of aggregation of matter, chemical reactions and stoichiometry. Should be 
followed by CH 103, CH 105 or CH 107. 

CH 103 General Chemistry II 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

A continuation of CH 101, designed as a terminal course in chemistry and for 
students in curricula which do not require full-year chemistry courses beyond the 
freshman level. The major part of the course is devoted to descriptive inorganic, 
organic and nuclear chemistry. 

CH 104 Experimental Chemistry 1 (0-3) F S 

Corequisite: CH 105 

A laboratory course to supplement the lecture course CH 105. Required for stu- 
dents who take CH 105 and who intend to take additional chemistry courses. 

CH 105 Chemistry — Principles and Applications 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

A continuation of CH 101, intended primarily for engineering students, with 
emphasis on introductory chemical thermodynamics, equilibrium, electrochemistry, 
chemical kinetics, and the application of basic chemical principles to the treatment 
of organic and inorganic systems. CH 105 will serve as a prerequisite for additional 
chemistry courses only if accompanied by CH 104. 

CH 106 Laboratory Techniques I 1 (0-3) F 

Corequisite: CH 101 

Laboratory work to supplement the laboratory of CH 101. 

CH 107 Principles of Chemistry 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisite: CH 101 with a grade of C or better 

A continuation of CH 101, designed for students who plan to take full-year 
courses in advanced chemistry and for any qualified student desiring a more 
quantitative course than CH 103. The major part of the course is devoted to the 
detailed quantitative aspects of stoichiometry, kinetics, equilibrium and electro- 
chemistry, and the treatment of chemical reactions in terms of acid-base concepts. 

CH 108 Laboratory Techniques II 1 (0-3) S 

Corequisite: CH 107 

Laboratory work to supplement the laboratory of CH 107, including some ele- 
mentary quantitative analysis and inorganic preparations. 

CH 111 Foundations of Chemistry 5 (5-0) F S 

A one-semester course in general chemistry designed primarily for students in 

liberal arts. Topics include atomic and molecular structure, periodic classification. 



261 



gas laws, chemical equilibrium, and elementary descriptive inorganic and organic 
chemistry. 

CH 220 Introductory Organic Chemistry 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisites : CH 103 or CH 107, or CH 104 and CH 105 

An introduction to the fundamental principles of organic chemistry included in 
the study of the hydrocarbons, alcohols, ethers, aldehydes, ketones, acids and their 
derivatives, esters, phenols, fats, carbohydrates, amino acids, proteins and a selected 
group of natural and synthetic products. 

CH 221 Organic Chemistry I 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisite: CH 107 

CH 221 and CH 223 cover the fundamentals of organic chemistry, including 
both aliphatic and aromatic compounds. 

CH 223 Organic Chemistry II 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisite: CH 221 
A continuation of CH 221. 

CH 315 Quantitative Analysis 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisites: CH 103 or CH 107, or CH 104 and CH 105 

A one-semester course in volumetric and gravimetric analysis including tech- 
niques, stoichiometry and principles of neutralization, oxidation-reduction and 
precipitation methods. 

CH 331 Introductory Physical Chemistry 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisites: CH 103 or CH 107, or CH 104 and CH 105; MA 102 or MA 112 

Designed for students whose background in mathematics and physics is not 
sufficient to meet the requirements of CH 431, CH 433, but who desire instruction 
on chemical principles in addition to that provided at the freshman level. 

CH 401 Systematic Inorganic Chemistry 3 (3-0) S 

Corequisite: CH 433 

A survey of the chemical elements based on atomic structure and the periodic 
system, also introducing newer concepts of structure and symmetry. A knowledge 
of basic physical chemical principles is prerequisite. 

CH 411 Analytical Chemistry I 4 (2-6) F 

Prerequisites: CH 431, CH 432 
Corequisite: CH 433 

, An introduction to analytical chemistry, including the design, execution and 
interpretation of quantitative chemical measurements. Chromatographic, gravi- 
metric and related techniques of separation are presented. 

CH 413 Analytical Chemistry II 4 (2-6) S 

Prerequisite: CH 411 

Methods of quantitative analysis based on solution chemistry, electrochemistry 
and the interactions of radiation with matter. Specific topics include acid-base, 
potentiometric, and coulometric titrations, and absorption spectroscopy. 

CH 428 Qualitative Organic Analysis 3 (1-6) F 

Prerequisite: CH 223 

An introduction to the identification of organic compounds by means of physical 
properties (including infrared spectra), chemical classification tests and prepara- 
tion of derivatives. 



262 



CH 431 Physical Chemistry I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CH 107, MA 202, PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

CH 431, CH 433 and CH 435 provide an intensive study of physical chemical 
principles. CH 431 emphasizes states of matter, thermodynamics, and physical 
and chemical equilibrium. 

CH 432 Physical Chemistry I Laboratory 1 (0-3) F 

Corequisite: CH 431 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 431. 

CH 433 Physical Chemistry II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CH 431, MA 301 

A continuation of CH 431, emphasizing properties of solutions, electrochemistry 
and reaction kinetics. 

CH 434 Physical Chemistry II Laboratory 1 (0-3) S 

Corequisite: CH 433 

Laboratory course to accompany the lecture work in CH 433. 

CH 435 Physical Chemistry III 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites : CH 431, MA 301 

A continuation of CH 431, emphasizing molecular structure and chemical 
bonding. 

CH 441 Colloid Chemistry 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CH 220, CH 315 

Adsorption, preparation, properties, constitution, stability and application of 
sols, gels, emulsions, foams and aerosols; dialysis; Donnan membrane equili- 
brium. (Offered spring 1971 and alternate years.) 

CH 461 (TC 461) Chemistry OF Fibers 3(3-0) 

(See textile chemistry, page 445.) 

CH 490 Chemical Preparations 3 (1-6) F S 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

Lectures and laboratory work in preparative chemistry. Synthetic procedures 
will be selected to illustrate advanced methods and techniques in both inorganic 
and organic chemistry. 

CH 491 Reading in Honors Chemistry 2-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A reading course for exceptionally able students at the senior level. The students 
will do extensive reading in areas of advanced chemistry and will present written 
reports of their findings. 

CH 493 Chemical Literature 1 (1-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

A systematic introduction to the location and retrieval of information required 
for the solution of chemical problems. 

CH 499 Senior Research in Chemistry 1-3 F S 

Prerequisite: Three years of chemistry 

An introduction to research. Independent investigation of a research problem 
under the supervision of a member of the chemistry faculty. 



263 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CH 501 Inorganic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Modern inoi'ganic chemistry from the point of view of the chemical bond. Chemi- 
cal periodicity and its origins in atomic structure, the ionic bond and electrone- 
gativity, crystal structure and bonding in ionic solids, the metallic state, conduction 
and semiconductors, and the preparation and properties of illustrative compounds. 

CH 503 Inorganic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 501 

The hydrogen molecule-ion and the theory of the covalent bond, molecular 
orbitals and hybridization, dipole moments and magnetic properites, the theory 
of acids and bases, nonaqueous solvents, coordination compounds, carbonyl and 
quasiaromatic compounds, and the chemistry of the transition metals, lanthanides 
and actinides. 

CH 511 Chemical Spectroscopy 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 

Theory, analytical applications and interpretation of spectra as applied to chem- 
ical problems. Major emphasis w^ill be placed upon ultraviolet, visible and infra- 
red spectra. 

CH 515 Chemical Instrumentation 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 431 
Corequisite: CH 411 

Basic electronic components and circuits, the response of laboratory instruments, 
design and modification of typical electronic control and measurement systems. 
Emphasis will be placed on the transducers and control elements utilized in chemi- 
cal research. (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) 

CH 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 or CH 435 

Structure, stereochemistry and reactions of the various classes of hydrocarbons. 
The molecular orbital treatment of bonding and reactivity of alkenes, the confor- 
mational interpretation of cycloalkane and cycloalkene reactivity, and the applica- 
tion of optical isomerism to the study of reaction mechanisms will be emphasized. 

CH 523 Advanced Organic Chemistry II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 521 

An introduction to acid-base theory and mechanistic organic chemistry as ap>- 
plied to synthetically useful organic reactions. 

CH 525 Physical Methods in Organic Chemistry 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 223, CH 433 or CH 435 

Application of physical methods to the solutions of structural problems in organic 
chemistry. Emphasis will be on spectral methods including infrared, ultraviolet, 
nuclear magnetic resonance, mass spectrometry, electron paramagnetic resonance, 
x-ray and electron diffraction, and optical rotatory dispersion. 

CH 531 Chemical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An extension of elementai-y principles to the treatment of ideal and real gases, 
ideal solutions, electrolytic solutions, galvanic cells, surface systems, and irre- 



264 



versible processes. An introduction to statistical thermodynamics and the esti- 
mation of thermodynamic functions from spectroscopic data. 

CH 533 Chemical Kinetics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the basic principles of chemical kinetics with emphasis 
on experimental and mathematical techniques, elements of the kinetic theory, and 
theory of the transition state. Applications to gas reactions, reactions in solution, 
and mechanism studies. 

CH 535 Surface Phenomena 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CH 433, MA 301 

An intensive survey of the topics of current interest in surface phenomena. Form- 
ulations of basic theories are presented together with illustrations of their current 
applications. (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) 

CH 537 Quantum Chemistry 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, CH 433 or PY 407 

The elements of wave mechanics applied to stationary energy states and time 
dependent phenomena. Applications of quantum theory to chemistry, particularly 
chemical bonds. 

CH 545 Radiochemistry 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

The applications of radioactivity to chemistry and the applications of chemistry 
to the radioactive elements, particularly the transuranium elements and fission 
products. 

CH 562 (TC 562) Physical Chemistry of High Polymers — Bulk 

Properties 3 (3-0) S 

(See textile chemistry, page 445.) 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CH 623 Valence and the Structure of Organic Molecules 3 (3-0) F 

CH 625 Organic Reaction Mechanisms 3 (3-0) S 

CH 627 Chemistry of Metal — Organic Compounds 3 (3-0; F 

CH 631 Chemical Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) S 

CH 659 (BCH 659) Natural Products 3 (3-0) F 

CH 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

CH 693 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemistry 3 (3-0) F S 

CH 695 Special Topics in Chemistry Maximum 3 F S 

CH 699 Chemical Research Credits Arranged F S 



265 



CIVIL ENGINEERING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 201 Engineering Measurements in Surveying 3 (2-3) F S 

Pi-erequisite: MA 201 

Not for civil engineering or civil engineering-construction option students. 

The general theory of engineering measurement, errors, significant figures, 
repeated observations, precision ratios and accuracy of measurements are presented. 
Other lecture topics include horizontal and vertical control, stadia theory, con- 
cepts of area measurements, elements of simple curves, photogrammetry and 
introduction to machine computation. 

CE 202 Introduction to Civil Engineering 2 (1-3) F 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

An introduction to civil engineering through the use of computers to solve typi- 
cal problems in each subject area. 

CE 301 Engineering Surveying 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 202 

The principles and applications of engineering surveying in solving civil engi- 
neering problems in planning, design and construction; including horizontal and 
vertical control; topographic maps, photogrammetry and elements of geodesy. (Not 
available until fall, 1971.) 

CE 305 Transportation Engineering I 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: CE 301 

An integrated approach to the planning, design and operation of transportation 
systems. Engineering and economic aspects of the basic transport modes, includ- 
ing highway, rail, water and air facilities, are investigated from the viewpoint of 
the civil engineer. (Not available until spring, 1972.) 

CE 324 Structural Analysis I 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 200 
Corequisite: EM 301 

Stress analysis of statically determinate beams and framed structures under 
fixed and moving loads; influence line treatment for moving loads; analysis of 
displacements; energ>' principles. (Not available after spring, 1971.) 

CE 325 Structural Analysis 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Stress analysis of statically determinate beams and framed structures under 
fixed and moving loads; analysis of displacements by methods of conjugate beam 
and virtual work; indeterminate structural analysis of both rigid frames and 
trusses by virtual work and by stiffness method. (Not available until fall, 1971.) 

CE 326 Structural Engineering I 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 325 

Fundamental principles of elastic, inelastic and ultimate strength analysis and 
proportioning of sti"uctural members in metal, concrete and timber. (Not available 
until spring, 1972.) 

CE 332 Materials of Construction 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 200 

Manufacture and properties of calcareous and bituminous cements and mineral 



266 



aggregates. Mechanical properties of the following structural materials: Portland 
cement concrete, bituminous concrete, masonry materials and timber. Materials 
testing for research. 

CE 338 Structures I 4 (3-3) F 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

Analysis of simple structures, reactions, shear and moment diagrams; stress in 
members of framed structures, graphic states. 

CE 339 Structures II 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 338, EM 212 

Analysis of indeterminate structures; slopes and deflections; analysis of indeter- 
minate frames by moment distribution. 

CE 342 Soil Mechanics 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: EM 301 
Corequisite: CE 331 

An introduction to the engineering behavior of soils. A study of physical and 
mechanical properties of soils, identification and classification, fundamental stress 
relations, ground water hydraulics, compressibility, shear strength, earth pressure 
theories, slope stability and bearing capacity. Laboratory periods divided among 
soil testing, recitation and problem solving. (To be revised as Soil Engineering I 
in spring, 1972.) 

CE 362 Estimates and Costs II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 361 

Preparation of complete cost estimates of construction projects; bidding proce- 
dures and preparation of bids. (Not available after spring, 1971.) 

CE 365 Construction Engineering I 4 (3-3) S 

Corequisite: CE 326 

A construction operations course with emphasis on the organization of the 
construction industry; construction methods, equipment, productivity and safety; 
project planning, scheduling and control. (Not available until spring, 1972.) 

CE 382 Hydraulics 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Properties of fluids and mechanics of fluid flow in pipes and open channels; 
theory of design and characteristics of pumps and hydraulic motors; measurement 
of fluid flow. (To be revised in fall, 1971.) 

CE 383 Water Resources Engineering I 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 382 

The study of the application of natural science, physics and chemistry in the 
engineering or urban water and waste systems. Case studies are utilized to illu- 
strate the applications and the relationship of these systems to the management of 
environmental quality in urban areas. (Not available until spring, 1972.) 

CE 405 Transportation Engineering I 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisite: CE 201 

An integrated approach to the planning, design and operation of transportation 
systems. Engineering and economic aspects of the basic transport modes, including 
highway, rail, water and air facilities, are investigated from the viewpoint of the 
civil engineer. (Not available after fall, 1971.) 



267 



CE 406 Transportation Engineering II 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Continuation of CE 405. (To be revised in fall, 1972.) 

CE 421 Structural Design I 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

An introduction to basic concepts of structural design. Elastic and inelastic 
analysis and design of structural members and connections in metal. Application 
of the principles in a design project of metal structure. (Not available after spring, 
1972.) 

CE 422 Structural Design HA 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421, CE 425 

Principles of design and analysis of reinforced concrete members with emphasis 
on the ultimate strength theory. Application of the principles in a design project 
of a reinforced concrete structure. (Not available after spring, 1973.) 

CE 425 Structural Analysis II 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 324, EM 301 

A treatment of classical theories of indeterminate structural analysis with an 
introduction to relaxation and matrix methods, and nonlinear analysis. (Not avail- 
able after spring, 1972.) 

CE 427 Structural Engineering II 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 326 

Basic concepts of structural design. Criteria for safety and serviceability. Struc- 
tural connections. Analysis and design of complete structural systems. (Not avail- 
able until fall, 1972.) 

CE 429 Structural Design IIB 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 332, CE 421 

Principles of structural design in reinforced concrete and timber with application 
to a design project including construction falsework. (Not available after spring, 
1972.) 

CE 443 Foundations 3 (3-0) S 

Corequisite: CE 422 or CE 429 

Identification and classification of soils, geological aspects of foundation engi- 
neering; methods of investigating subsoil conditions; control of water; types of 
foundations; legal aspects of foundation engineering. (To be revised as Soil 
Engineering II in fall, 1972.) 

CE 450 Civil Engineering Design 3 (1-6) S 

Prerequisites: CE 406, CE 427, CE 443 or CE 484 

An integrated team approach is used to a major civil engineering project involv- 
ing planning, design and analysis under realistic conditions including consideration 
of environmental factors. (Not available until spring, 1973.) 

CE 460 Construction Engineering Project 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: CE 463, CE 466 

A study of the planning, design, construction and management of a constniction 
project. (Not available until spring, 1973.) 

CE 461 Project Planning and Control I 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 362 

Project costs and estimates; analysis of construction plant layout requirements 
and performance characteristics of equipment. (Not available after fall, 1971.) 

268 



CE 462 Project Planning and Control II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 461 

Scheduling, analysis and control of construction projects, including critical path 
techniques. (Not available after spring, 1972.) 

CE 463 Cost Analysis and Control 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 365 

Principles of cost engineering, project estimating, bid procedures, construction 
cost analysis and control. (Not available until fall, 1972.) 

CE 464 Legal Aspects of Contracting 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Legal aspects of construction contract documents and specifications; owner- 
engineer-contractor relationships and responsibilities; bids and contract perform- 
ance; labor laws. 

CE 466 Construction Engineering II 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CE 326, CE 365 

An introduction to construction of building systems, with emphasis on the plan- 
ning, analysis, design and construction of structural subsystems. (Not available 
until fall, 1972.) 

CE 483 Water Resources Engineering I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 382 

The hydrological cycle is studied with particular emphasis on those phases that 
are of engineering signilicance. The occurrence and distribution of water; rainfall, 
runoff, ground water. The development and control of water resources. (Not 
available after fall, 1971.) 

CE 484 Water Resources Engineering II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 383 

The study of the occurrence, flow and control of natural and impounded waters. 
Case studies of storm drainage, flood control and stream sanitation are utilized to 
illustrate the use of these principles in the management of river basin water re- 
sources. (Not available until fall, 1972.) 

CE 485 Applied Hydraulics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Elements of fluid mechanics, hydraulics and hydrology, with application to 
problems in construction engineering. (Not available after fall, 1971.) 

CE 487 (OY 487, MAS 487) Physical Oceanography 3 (3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 402.) 

CE 498 Special Problems in Civil Engineering 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in CE or CEC 

Study and investigation of special problems in some phase of civil engineering. 
The course may consist of directed reading in the literature of civil engineering, 
introduction to research methodology, seminar discussions, dealing with special 
civil engineering topics of cuiTent interest. 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CE 507 Airphoto Analysis I 3 (2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and concepts for engineering evaluation of aerial photographs, including 
analysis of soils and surface drainage characteristics. 

269 



CE 508 Airphoto Analysis II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 507 

Continuation of CE 507 with applications to highway and airport projects. 

CE 509 Photogrammetry 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 201 

Elements of aerial photogrammetry as applied to civil engineering, surveying 
and mapping, geometry of aerial photographs, flight planning for aerial photo- 
graphy and stereoscopic plotter instruments, especially the Kelsh Plotter. 

CE 514 Municipal Engineering Projects 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in CE 

Special problems relating to public works, public utilities, urban planning and 
city engineering. 

CE 515 Transportation Operations 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The analysis of traffic and transportation engineering operations. 

CE 516 Transportation Design 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 406 

The geometric elements of traffic and transportation engineering design. 

CE 517 Water Transportation 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 405 

The planning, design, construction and operation of waterways, ports, harbors 
and related facilities. Development of analytical techniques for evaluating the 
feasibility of piers, ports and multipurpose river basin projects. The design of 
marine structures and civil works that are significant in civil engineering, includ- 
ing locks, dams, harbors, ports and contractive and protective works. 

CE 524 Analysis and Design of Masonry Structures 3 (3-0) F 

Corequisite: CE 425 

Theory and design of masonry arches, culverts, dams, foundations and masonry 
walls subjected to lateral loads. 

CE 525, 526 Advanced Structural Analysis I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

A study in depth of classical structural theories, including generalized stiffness 
and flexibility methods. Treatment of secondary stresses and highrise structures. 

CE 527 Numerical Methods in Structural Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Numerical solution of problems in structural mechanics, including matrix opera- 
tions, relaxation, iteration, numerical integration, finite difference and finite ele- 
ment methods. 

CE 531 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 425 

Theoretical and experimental techniques for the analysis of strain and stress 
including mechanical and electrical strain gages, brittle coating, grid method and 
an introduction to photoelasticity. Structural analysis by indirect and direct models. 

CE 534 Plastic Analysis and Design 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 421 

Theory of plastic behavior of steel structures; concept of design for ultimate load 



270 



and the use of load factors. Analysis and design of components of steel frames 
including bracings and connections. 

CE 536 Theory and Design of Prestressed Concrete 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 422 

The principles and concepts of design in prestressed concrete including elastic 
and ultimate strength analyses for flexural, shear, bond and deflection. Principles 
of concordancy and linear transformation for indeterminate prestressed structures. 
Application of prestressing to tanks and shells. 

CE 541 (MAS 541, OY 541) Gravity Wave Theory I 3 (3-0) F 

(See marine sciences, page 358.) 

CE 544 Foundation Engineering 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

Subsoil investigations; excavations; design of sheeting and bracing systems; 
control of water; footing, gi'illage and pile foundations; caisson and cofferdam 
methods of construction. 

CE 547 Fundamentals of Soil Mechanics 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Physical and mechanical properties of soils governing their use for engineer- 
ing purposes; stress relations and applications to a variety of fundamental 
problems. 

CE 548 Engineering Properties of Soils I 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 342 

The study of soil properties that are significant in earthw^ork engineering, includ- 
ing properties of soil solids, basic physiochemical concepts, classification, identifi- 
cation, plasticity, permeability, capillarity and stabilization. Laboratory work 
includes classification, permeability and compaction tests. 

CE 549 Engineering Properties of Soils II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CE 548 

Continuation of CE 548, including the study of compressibility, stress-strain 
relations and shear strength theories for soil. Laboratory work includes consoli- 
dation and shear strength tests. 

CE 551 Theory of Concrete Mixtures 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CE 332 

Course work consists of study in depth of the theory of Portland cement concrete 
mixtures including technology development and published research. Study includes 
types and properties of Portland and special cements including chemical reactions; 
brief examination of history of mixture design; detailed study of current design 
methods including water-cement ratio, fineness modulus, B/Bo, American Concrete 
Institute, and Portland Cement Association procedures; properties of fresh and 
hardened concretes; strength- age-curing relationships, durability; admixtures; 
special concretes; production; and quality control. 

CE 553 Asphalt and Bituminous Materials 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: CE 332 

Course work consists of study in depth of properties of asphalts and tars for use 
in waterproofing and bituminous materials and study of the theories of design of 
bituminous mixtures for construction and paving uses. Study includes types and 
properties of asphalt cements, cutbacks, emulsions, blown asphalts and tars; 
brief examination of historical developments; detailed study of bituminous mixture 
design; properties of bituminous mixtures; and current research. Laboratory work 



271 



includes standard tests on asphalts, tars and road oils; design, manufacture and 
testing of trial batches; and current research techniques. 

CE 570 (MB 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MB 401 or equivalent 

Fundamental aspects of microbiology and biochemistry are presented and related 
to problems of stream pollution, refuse disposal and biological treatment. 
Laboratory exercises present basic microbiological techniques and illustrate from 
a chemical viewpoint some of the basic microbial aspects of waste disposal. 

CE 571 Theory of Water and Waste Treatment 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Study of the physical, chemical and biological principles underlying water and 
waste treatment processes; including diffusion of gases, solubility, equilibrium 
and ionization, aerobic and anaerobic stabilization processes, sludge conditioning 
and disposal. 

CE 572 Unit Operations and Processes in Wastes Engineering 3 (1-6) S 

Prerequisite: CE 571 

Processes and operations in wastes engineering; including sedimentation, coagu- 
lation, filtration, adsorption, biological treatments, softening and new developments. 

CE 573 Analysis of Water and Wastes 3 (1-6) F 

Corequisite: CE 571 

Chemical and physical analysis of water and wastes and interpretation of results. 

CE 574 Radioactive Waste Disposal 3 (2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 407 

Unit operations and processes employed in treatment and disposal of radio- 
active wastes. 

CE 575 Civil Engineering Systems 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

An examination of civil engineering systems and their design optimization. The 
systems to be studied include water resources engineering, structural engineering, 
transportation engineering and construction. 

CE 576 Atmospheric Pollution 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate or advanced undergraduate standing 

A survey of the problem of atmospheric pollution. Topics to be discussed include: 
pollutant sources; effects on man and other animals, vegetation, materials and 
visibility; meteorological factors; air sampling, control devices; air quality and 
emission standards; and legal, economic and administrative aspects. 

CE 580 Flow in Open Channels 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: CE 483 

The theory and application of flow in open channels, including dimensional 
analysis, momentum-energy principle, gradually varied flow, high-velocity flow, 
energy dissipators, spillways, waves, channel transitions and model studies. 

CE 581 (MAS 581) Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

A rigorous treatment of the engineering aspects of physical oceanography. The 
theory for the propagation of waves, methods of wave forecasting and the analysis 
of wave spectra are presented. The applications of physical oceanography to the 
design of marine and coastal installations are shown. 



272 



CE 591, 592 Civil Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) FS 

Discussions and reports of subjects in civil engineering and allied fields. 



CE 598 Civil Engineering Projects 

Special projects in some phase of civil engineering. 



1-6 FS 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

CE 601 Transportation Planning 

CE 602 Advanced Transportation Design 

CE 603 Airport Planning and Design 

CE 604 Urban Transportation Planning 

CE 605 Traffic Flow Theory 

CE 623 Theory and Design of Arches 

CE 624 Analysis and Design of Structural Shells and 
Folded Plates 

CE 625, 626 Advanced Structural Design I, II 

CE 627 Design of Structures for Dynamic Loads 

CE 631 Field Analysis of Structural Systems 

CE 635 Advanced Theory of Concrete Structures 

CE 641, 642 Advanced Soil Mechanics 

CE 643 Hydraulics of Ground Water 

CE 644 Ground Water Engineering 

CE 646 Dynamics of Soils and Foundations 

CE 651 Theory of Limit Analysis 

CE 652 Inelastic Solids and Structures 

CE 671 Advanced Water Supply and Waste Water Disposal 

CE 672 Advanced Water and Wastes Treatment 

CE 673 Industrial Water Supply and Waste Disposal 

CE 674 Stream Sanitation 

CE 698 Special Topics in Civil Engineering 

CE 699 Civil Engineering Research 



3 (3-0) S 
3 (2-3) F 
3 (2-3) F 
3 (3-0) S 
3 (3-0) F 
3 (3-0) F 

3 (3-0) S 

3(2-3) FS 

3 (3-0) S 

3 (3-0) F 

3 (3-0) S 

3 (3-0) FS 

3 (3-0) FS 

3 (3-0) F 

3 (3-0) F 

3 (3-0) F 

3 (3-0) S 

4 (3-3) F 
4 (3-3) S 

3 (3-0) FS 

3 (3-0) FS 

1-3 FS 

Credits Arranged 



273 



COMPUTER SCIENCE 

CSC 101 Introduction to Programming 3 {6-1) F S 

Understanding algorithms, programs and computers. Basic programming and 
program structure. Programming and computing systems. Debugging and verifi- 
cation of programs. Data representation. Organization and characteristics of com- 
puters. Survey of computers. Languages, systems and applications. Computer 
solution of several numerical and nonnumerical problems using one or more pro- 
gramming languages. 

CSC 111 Algorithmic Languages I 2 (2-1) F S 

Corequisite: MA 102 

Introduction to a problem-oriented computer language for use in problem solu- 
tion using digital computers. This language currently is FORTRAN IV. This 
course is designed as a two hour service course for scientifically oriented students, 
primarily for the School of Engineering. Programs to be written for this course 
will be slanted toward engineering applications. 

CSC 112 Basic Computer Organization AND Assembly Language 3 (3-0)F S 

Prerequisite: CSC 101 or CSC 111 

Brief historical background of computers and computing. Computer structure, 
machine language, instruction execution, addressing techniques and digital repre- 
sentation of data. Computer systems organization. Symbolic coding and assembly 
systems. Introduction to macros, program segmentation, linkage and programming 
techniques. 

CSC 211 Programming Languages 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: CSC 101 or CSC 111 

Formal definition of programming languages including specification of syntax 
and semantics. Simple statements including precedence, infix, prefix and post- 
fix notation. Global properties of algorithmic languages including scope of declara- 
tions, storage allocation, grouping of statements, binding times of constituents, 
procedures, coroutines and tasks. Data structures and data management in a 
programming language. Language features for list-processing, string manipu- 
lation, data description and simulation. Compile-time features in a programming 
language. Run-time representation of program and data structures. 

CSC 301 Principles of Systems Programs 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: CSC 112 

Definition, call and expansion of macros. Job control language. Supervisory 
services. Program sectioning and linking in an assembler. Data management 
services. Data management processing procedures. Data set disposition and space 
allocation. Characteristics and use of tapes, disks, drums, cores, data-cells and 
other large-volume devices in storage hierarches. Loaders and link-editors. Account- 
ing programs. Program libraries. Multiple processor configurations, computer net- 
works and remote access terminals. 

CSC 302 Introduction to Numerical Methods 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: CSC 101 or CSC 111 
Corequisite: MA 301 or MA 312 

Computer techniques used to translate certain known computational algorithms 
into computer programs; practice in use of routines already available in the uni- 
versity program library. Areas of intei'est: linear systems of equations; curve 
fitting and interpolation; algorithms for differentiation; solution of nonlinear 
equations, and solution of ordinary differential equations. Elementary discussion 
of errors. 



274 



CSC 311 Data Structures 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CSC 112, CSC 211 
Corequisite: CSC 322 

Basic concepts of data. Linear lists, strings, arrays and orthogonal lists. Repre- 
sentation of trees and graphs. Storage systems and structures, and storage allo- 
cation and collection. Multilinked structures. Symbol tables and searching tech- 
niques. Sorting (ordering) techniques. Formal specification of data structures, 
data structures in programming, and generalized data management systems. 
Assigned problem set for course will include options which stress business data 
processing applications for those students interested in management science. 

CSC 312 Computer Organization and Logic 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: CSC 322 or equivalent 

Introduction to Boolean algebra, symbolic logic as used in computer organiza- 
tion, switching circuits, arithmetic circuits, application of logic to problem solving. 

CSC 322 Applied Algebraic Structures 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CSC 211, MA 231 

Naive set theory, order and equivalence relations, partitions and congruences. 
Lattices, Boolean algebra, semigroups, groups, rings, fields, graph theory. Logic 
of propositions, first order predicate calculus, models for a theory. Applications 
and examples of these algebraic structures in formal language description, data 
structures, file organization, information retrieval, games, switching circuits, 
neural nets, sequential machines, artificial intelligence, syntactic structure of 
arithmetic expressions and theory of algorithms. 

CSC 411 Introduction to Simulation 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: CSC 311 or equivalent 

This course is designed to introduce simulation concepts and methodology to 
computer science students and students from other curricula. Modeling and com- 
putational techniques, Monte Carlo methods and interactive simulation are dis- 
cussed. Applications from the areas of interest of the students are used to illus- 
trate the concepts presented in the lectures. In the laboratory, students will 
perform both analog and digital simulations and will be expected to complete 
an individual term project. 

CSC 412 Introduction to Computability, Language and Automata 3 (3-0) S 
Prerequisite: CSC 311 

Sequential machines as abstractions of digital computers described by state- 
transition graph. Sequential machines as language acceptors and as the finite 
control of a Turing machine. Chomsky classification of languages and machines. 
Universal Turing machines and the halting problem. Church's thesis. Recursive 
functions. Discussion with heuristic argument that a function is recursive if and 
only if it is Turing computable. Discussion of the semigroup word problem and 
tree searching algorithm. Applications to artificial intelligence, perception simula- 
tion, game playing, syntactic analysis algorithms. 

CSC 421 Computer Systems for Management 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CSC 311 

An introduction to the principles and techniques of systems design, integration 
and implementation related to the development of large scale management infor- 
mation structures. Decision criteria in the adaptation of a management system to 
, existing or proposed computer configurations. Updating and support of the systems 
management function. Model building. Planning and forecasting. 



275 



CSC 431 Information Retrieval 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CSC 311 

Structure of semiformal lan^ages and models for the representation of struc- 
tured information. The analysis of information content by statistical, syntactic 
and logical methods. Search and matching techniques. Automatic retrieval systems, 
question-answering systems. Production of secondary outputs. Evaluation of retrie- 
val effectiveness. Progi-amming exercises applying techniques discussed in lecture 
will be assigned. 

CSC 432 Introduction to Digital Signal Processing 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisites: CSC 302, ST 371 and MA 231 or MA 405 

This course is an introduction to the use of digital computers in the acquisition 
and analysis of data. Laboratory work will include hands-on computer experience. 
The methods developed will apply to both the biological and physical sciences. 

CSC 495 Special Topics in Computer Science 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

This course is designed to serve needs not covered by existing courses. It will 
consist of one or more of the following types of study. Readings in the literature 
of computer science, introductory research projects, major computer programming 
projects, seminars or new course development. Work may be done in any area of 
computer science such as software, hardware utilization, programming languages, 
numerical methods or telecommunications. 

CSC 501 Design of Systems Programs 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CSC 301, CSC 311, CSC 312 

Review of batch process systems programs, their components, operating charac- 
teristics, user services and their limitations. Implementation techniques for parallel 
processing of input^output and interrupt handling. Overall structure of multipro- 
gramming systems on multiprocessor hardware configurations. Details on address- 
ing techniques, core management, file system design and management, system 
accounting, and other user-related services. Traffic control, interprocess communi- 
cation, design of system modules and interfaces. System updating, documentation 
and operation. 

CSC 502 Computational Linguistics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Use of a symbol manipulation language (SNOBOL 4) in solving nonnumeric 
problems. Study of generative grammars, including finite-state, context-free, 
context-sensitive, and transformational grammars. Syntactic analysis by com- 
puters: algorithms and existing analysis systems for English. Computational 
semantics. Information retrieval and question-answering systems. This course is 
open to computer science students and those in other fields. 

CSC 504 Application of Linguistic Techniques to Computer 

Problems 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CSC 502 

Characterization of various programming languages according to the theory of 
transformational grammar. Automatic translations between these languages. 
Design of a formal language for semantics. Iconography. Design of a language 
for movements of artificial speech organs; automatic translation from phonetic 
transcriptions to expressions in such a language. 

CSC 511 Artificial Intelligence 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisite: CSC 311 

Definition of heuristic versus algorithmic methods, rational of heruistic 

approach, description of cognitive processes. Objectives of work in artificial 



276 



intelligence, simulation of cognitive behavior. Heuristic programming techniques. 
Survey of examples from representative application areas. The mind-brain pro- 
blem and the nature of intelligence. Individual projects to illustrate basic concepts. 

CSC 512 Metaprograms 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CSC 312 or consent of instructor 

The following course is intended to provide a detailed understanding of the 
techniques used in the design and implementation of compilers. Review of pro- 
gram language structures, translation, loading, execution and storage allocation. 
Compilation of simple expressions and statements. Organization of a compiler 
including compile time and run-time symbol tables, lexical scan object code 
generation, error diagnostics, object code optimization techniques and overall 
design. 

CSC 522 Formal Languages and Syntactic Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CSC 211, CSC 311, CSC 512 (recommended) 

Definition of formal grammars: Arithmetic expressions and precedence gram- 
mars, context-free and finite-state grammars. Algorithms for syntactic analysis: 
recognizers, backtracking, operator precedence techniques. Semantics of gram- 
matical constructs: Floyd productions, simple syntactical compilation. Relation- 
ship between formal languages and automata. 

CSC 527 (MA 527) Numerical Analysis I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CSC 101 or CSC 111, MA 301 or MA 312, MA 231 or MA 405 

Theory of interpolation, numerical integration, iterative solution of nonlinear 
equations, numerical integration of ordinary differential equations, matrix inver- 
sion and solution of simultaneous linear equations. 

CSC 528 (MA 528) Numerical Analysis II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 527 

Least squares data approximation, expansions in terms of orthogonal functions, 
Gaussian quadrature, economization of series, minimax approximations, Pade 
approximations, eigenvalues of matrices. 

CSC 532 Artificial Intelligence II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: CSC 511, course in mathematical logic 

A rigorous approach to artificial intelligence emphasizing pattern recognition, 
theorem proving, game playing, learning and heuristic programming. Students 
will be assigned computer projects illustrating theoretical concepts introduced 
in lecture. 

CSC 595 Special Topics 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Topics of current interest in computer science not covered in existing courses. 

CSC 603 Computational Semantics 3 (3-0) F 



CROP SCIENCE 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 211 Crop Science 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of the fundamental morphological, physiologfical and reproductive 
features of the higher plant which determine its value as a crop. The plant response 

277 



to the natural and artificial environments associated with modem cultural prac- 
tices will also be discussed. Mr. Emery 

CS 214 Crop Science Laboratory 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite or corequisite: Any crop science course 
Can be taken only once for credit. 

The laboratory course will evaluate methods of identifying and dealing with the 
problems of growing and managing crop plants. Messrs. Emery, Fike 

CS 311 Field Crop Production 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CS 211, SSC 200 or consent of instructor 

Crop characteristics and varieties, environmental factors, rotations, control of 
pests and other production practices associated with the major cash crops of 
North Carolina and the United States. Mr. Fike 

CS 312 Pastures and Forage Crops 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100, SSC 200 recommended 

A study of the production and preservation of the principal forage crops. Special 
attention is given to the development and maintenance of pastures. Mr. Chamblee 

CS 315 Turf Management 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

Basic principles of turf production and their practical application to establish- 
ment, maintenance, renovation and pest control of lawns, playgrounds, sports 
fields, road areas and similar specialized turf areas. Mr. Gilbert 

CS 413 Plant Breeding 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 411 

An appreciation course in plant breeding. Discussion topics include repro- 
ductive systems of higher plants; the evolution and utilization of natural and 
induced genetic variability; the development of appropriate selection and breed- 
ing methods; and the distribution and maintenance of improved varieties. 

Mr. Emery 

CS 414 Weed Science 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or equivalent 

Principles involved in cultural and chemical weed control. Discussions on chemis- 
try of herbicides and the effects of the chemicals on the plant. Identification of 
common weeds and their seeds is given. Mr. Worsham 

CS 490 Senior Seminar in Crop Science 1 (1-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

The collection, organization, written preparation and oral delivery of scientific 
information concerning tonics of interest in crop science. Mr. Emery 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

CS 511 Tobacco Technology 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisites: CS 311, BO 421 or equivalent 

A study of special problems concerned with the tobacco crop. The latest research 
problems and findings dealing with this important cash crop will be discussed. 

Mr. Collins 



278 



CS 513 Physiological Aspects of Crop Production 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

Discussion will emphasize pertinent physiological processes associated with 
crops and crop management such as plant growth, maturation, respiration and 
photoperiodism. Relationship of the environment to maximum crop yields will be 
discussed. jyjj. pij^g 

CS 514 (HS 514) Principles and Methods in Weed Science 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: CS 414 or equivalent 

Studies on the losses caused by the ecology of weeds, biological control, basic 
concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide 
development. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques and field research 
techniques. Messrs. Monaco, Schrader 

CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 506, ST 511 

An advanced study of methods of plant breeding as related to principles and 
concepts of inheritance. Messrs. Haynes, Wernsman 

CS 542 (GN 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2 (0-4) Sum. 

Prerequisite: CS 541 (GN 541, HS 541) 

Laboratory and field study of the application of the various plant breeding 
techniques and methods used in the improvement of economic plants. Mr. Harvey 

CS 545 (GN 545) Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisite: CS 541 or GN 540 

Discussion topics include: mankind as a potential cultivator; man's anatomy, 
physiology and alimentary needs; origins of cultivation; spread of agriculture in 
terms of various theories; interactions of crops and environments with reference to 
crop evolution; special attributes of cultigens; modern aspects of evolution (breed- 
ing). (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Lee 

CS 550 The Chemistry of Tobacco and Smoke i 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisites: BO 421 and CH 220 or equivalent 

The course emphasizes the composition of smoke, the combustion process and 
factors modifying the composition of smoke; the composition of tobacco and fact- 
ors affecting the composition of tobaccos during growth, curing and ageing. 

Mr. Weybrew 

CS 591 Special Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Special problems in various phases of crop science. Problems may be selected 
or will be assigned. Emphasis will be placed on review of recent and current 
research. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

Students are to consult the instructor before registration. 
CS 613 (GN 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) S 

CS 614 (HS 614, SSC 614) Herbicide Behavior in Plants and 

Soils 3 (3-0) F 



279 



CS 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

CS 699 Research Credits Arranged 

DESIGN 

DN 101. 102 Environmental Design I, II 4 (1-9) FS 

Prerequisites: (101) A major in the School of Design or consent of the dean; (102) 
DN 101 
Investigation of the sensory environment as a design determinant. Emphasis is 
centered on individual discovery by the student who must function in problem form- 
ulating and problem-solving processes. The course was designed to develop technical 
skills simultaneously with the development of conceptual models. Staff 

DN 111, 112 Perception and Communication I, II 2 (1-3) FS 

Prerequisites: (111) A major in the School of Design or consent of the dean; (112) 
DN 111 

Studies desigfned to increase perceptual awareness and communication skills 
through exercises in various communications media. Staff 

DN 121, 122 History of Design, I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: (122) DN 121 

A critical study of the related design fields from prehistoric periods to the modern 
era with reference to the social, political and technological movements which 
affected their development. Mr. Reuer 

DN 201, 202 Environmental Design III, IV 4 (1-9) FS 

Prerequisites: (201) DN 102; (202) DN 201 

An introduction to the disciplines of architecture, landscape architecture and 
product design through environmental studies and investigation of materials and 
processes. Emphasis is placed on organizing and solving design problems. Staff 

DN 211, 212 Visual Communication I, II 2 (0-6) FS 

Prerequisites: (211) DN 112; (212) DN 211 

Visual communications processes as they support desig:n activities. Two- and 
three-dimensional studies as related to conceptual and definitive aspects of the 
design process. Exercises are aimed at developing a mastery of both technical 
and nontechnical methods of visual communication. Staff 

DN 311, 312 Advanced Visual Laboratory I, II 2-4 FS 

Prerequisites: DN 111, DN 112, DN 211, DN 212 

Extension of problems introduced in first- and second-year drawing on a more 
advanced level. Problems will involve the human figure and its environment and 
investigate techniques to increase the ability of the student to express his ideas 
in varied forms. Staff 

DN 411, 412 Advanced Visual Laboratory III, IV 2-4 FS 

Prerequisites: DN311,DN312 

Advanced problems in the fields of painting, sculpture, graphics and photo- 
graphy. Staff 

DN 421, 422 History of Design III, IV 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 122 

Specialized historical studies in design fields. Staff 



280 



DN 481 History of Asian Design 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: DN 121, DN 122 for students in the School of Design 
No history prerequisite is required. 

A study of the historic and religious backg^rounds of the cultures of Asia and a 
consideration of architecture, landscape, painting, sculpture and the minor arts 
from prehistory to the present. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 



DN 511, 512 Advanced Visual Laboratory V, VI 2 (0-6) FS 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Advanced experimental studies in visual phenomena related to design. Staff 

DN 541 Seminar on Ideas in Design 2 (2-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

An examination of aesthetics and the relationships of philosophic thought to 

design. Dean Kamphoefher 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

DN 611, 612 Advanced Visual Laboratory VII, VIII 2 (0-6) FS 



ECONOMICS 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 205 Economic Activity 3 (3-0) F S 

An introductory study of economic activity with emphasis on national economic 
problems. 

EC 206 The Price System 3 (3-0) F S 

An introductory study of the determination of prices, wages and value; an analy- 
sis of the process and principles by which an economy allocates resources. 

EC 212 Economics of Agriculture 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

An introduction to the economic principles underlying agricultural production 
and marketing; organization for production in agriculture; consumers and their 
influence upon the demand for agricultural products; relationships between agri- 
culture and other segments of the economy; dynamic factors in the economy which 
affect agriculture. 

EC 301 Production and Prices 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 212 

An intensive study of the functioning of the market economy. An examination of 
the role of prices in determining the allocation of resources, the functioning of 
the firm in the economy, and forces governing the production of economic goods. 



281 



EC 302 National Income and Economic Welfare 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 205 

An intensive examination of factors determining the national income. The econo- 
mic and social effects of the level, composition and distribution of national income 
will be studied with reference to theories of economic welfare and to public policy. 

EC 303 Farm Management 3 (2-2) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 212 

An application of basic economic principles and techniques to the problems fac- 
ing a farm business; use of budgeting, programming, systems analysis and other 
modern techniques to determine what, how and how much to produce when faced 
with numerous alternatives; analysis of problems associated with farm size and the 
acquisition of adequate resources; use and analysis of farm records as an aid to 
better management. Two all-day Saturday field trips are required of all students. 

EC 310 Economics of the Firm 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 or EC 212 

An examination of the economic setting within which the business firm makes 
decisions, and an application of economic analysis to these decisions. Economics 
from the focal point of managerial decision-making. 

EC 311 Agricultural Markets 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: EC 212 

A study of the agricultural marketing system and the current economic forces 
affecting its structure and efficiency; decision-making by agricultural business 
firms, with some discussion of integration and interfirm relationships. Effects of 
monopoly in marketing relative to government policies of control. Classroom dis- 
cussion is supplemented by visits to marketing firms and by practical problems 
illustrating firm decisions. A laboratory period will be included in alternate weeks 
beginning with the second full week of classes. Students are expected to examine 
individually the marketing problems associated with the commodity of their choice. 

EC 312 Accounting I 3 (2-1) F S 

Introductory and problem materials designed to provide an uwaerstanding of 
accounting data, its accumulation and measurements as a tool of applied economics 
and its employment by management. This course deals with concepts and tools of 
analysis necessary for the selection, quantification and communication of business 
transactions through the accounting process. Individual ownerships, partnerships 
and corporations are studied, with emphasis on the corporate form of organization. 

EC 313 Accounting II 3 (2-1) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

A second semester course in accounting with emphasis on managerial use in 
decision-making. Concepts and methods pertinent to the accumulation, organization 
and interpretation of data useful in evaluating, planning and controlling the per- 
formances of the business enterprise. 

EC 317 Introduction to Methods of Economic Analysis 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

This course treats the fundamentals of quantitative methods and economic 
models in the application to economic and industrial problems. Through the study 
of economic variables and their parameters it lays the groundwork for later study 
of firm and consumer behavior. Analysis of the supply and demand sides of the 
market equation is emphasized. There is further examination of the economic 
structure from the standpoint of multiple markets and the general economy. 



282 



EC 370 (HI 370) The Rise of Industrialism 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 206, HI 102 

The pattern of historical development of the modern industrial economy is 
studied. Origins in 16th century England, the origins of capitalism are related to 
succeeding developments there in the overseas colonial empire and in the remainder 
of the areas influenced by that development. 

EC 402 Financial Institutions 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

An examination of the flow-of-funds among the principal financial institutions 
in the American economy; the behavior of the money and capital markets; and 
the allocation of savings flows into investment expenditures. 

EC 407 Business Law I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

A course dealing with elementary legal concepts, contracts, agency, negotiable 
instruments, sales of personal property and insurance. Uniform commercial code 
considered under all titles applicable. 

EC 408 Business Law II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 407 

Deals with real property, bailments, partnerships, corporations, chattel mort- 
gages, mortgages on real estate, landlord and tenant, insurance, wills, suretyship, 
conditional sales and bankruptcy. Uniform commercial code considered under all 
titles applicable. 

EC 409 Introduction to Production Cost 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An introduction to accounting for manufacturing, fabrication and construction 
type enterprises. The determination and allocation of costs of materials, labor and 
overhead. Special emphasis is placed on managerial analysis, interpretation and 
control of cost data. 

EC 410 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 206; EC 301 recommended 

An analysis of the economic effects of government taxation and expenditure 
decisions. Major attention will be given to current tax policy issues both at the 
federal level and at the state-local level. A description of different types of budgets 
and the effect of budgetary policy upon the level of economic activity will also be 
included. 

EC 411 Marketing Methods 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

Marketing institutions and their functions and agencies; retailing, market 
analysis; problems in marketing. 

EC 413 Competition, Monopoly, and Public Policy 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended but not required 

An analysis of the effect of modem industrial structure on competitive behavior 
and performance, in the light of contemporary price theory and the theory of 
workable competition. A critical evaluation of the legislative content, judicial 
interpretation and economic effects of the antitrust laws. 

EC 414 Tax Accounting 3 (2-1) F 

Prerequisite: EC 312 

An analysis of the Federal tax laws relating to the individual and business. 

283 



Determining and reporting income. Payroll taxes and methods of reporting them. 
Actual practice in the preparation of income tax returns. 

EC 415 Farm Appraisal and Finance 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

Examination of the source of the productivity and value of farm inputs; a criti- 
cal analysis of, and practice in the use of farm appraisal procedures currently used 
for land and buildings; review of the sources of, and repayment practices used in 
short and intermediate credit in agriculture; consideration of the forces operating 
in the whole economy with an examination of the implications of these changes 
for both the lender and borrower in agriculture. 

EC 420 Corporation Finance 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 312 

Financial instruments and capital structure; procuring funds; managing work- 
ing capital; managing corporate capitalization; financial institutions and their 
work. 

EC 425 Industrial Management 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Principles and techniques of modern scientific management; relation of finance, 
marketing, industrial relations, accounting and statistics to production planning 
and control; analysis of economic, political and social influences on production. 

EC 426 Personnel Management 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The scientific management of manpower, from the viewpoint of the supervisor 
and personnel specialist. A study of personnel policy and a review of the scientific 
techniques regarding the specific problems of employment, training, promotion, 
transfer, health and safety, employee service and joint relations. 

EC 430 Agricultural Price Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 311 

Principles of price formation; the role of price in the determination of economic 
activity; the interaction of cash and future prices for agricultural commodities; 
methods of price analysis, construction of index numbers, analysis of time series 
data including the estimation of trend and seasonal variations in prices. 

EC 431 Labor Economics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 recommended but not required 

An economic approach to the labor market and to labor market problems includ- 
ing unemployment and the determination of wages, hours and working conditions 
under various labor market structures. An examination of the economic effects of 
trade unions and an introduction to the theory of human capital. 

EC 432 Industrial Relations 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 212 

Collective bargaining. Analysis of basic labor law and its interpretation by the 
courts and governmental agencies. An examination of specific terms of labor 
contracts and their implications for labor and management. An examination of 
labor objectives and tactics and management objectives and tactics. Problems of 
operating under the labor contract. 

EC 440 Economic Development 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

An examination of the institutional background required for national economic 
development. The conditions apparent for past growth of nations are compared 



284 



with conditions obtained in presently retarded nations. Conclusions are drawn 
from this comparison to provide an introduction to the theoretical models of growth. 

EC 441 Agricultural Development in Foreign Countries 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 or EC 212 

Identification of agricultural problems in underdeveloped countries; a review of 
economic criteria for analyzing the problems of developing agriculture and the 
techniques of analysis for solving such problems. Case studies of development 
programs in various countries will be discussed. 

EC 442 Evolution of Economic Ideas 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An analysis of the development of economic thought and method during the past 
two centuries. Economics as a cumulative body of knowledge in a context of 
emerging technology, changing institutions, pressing new problems and the growth 
of science. 

EC 448 International Economics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EC 205, EC 206 or EC 212 

A study of international economics, including trade, investment, monetary 
relations and certain aspects of economic development. Emphasis upon analytical 
and policy approaches, although some institutional material is included. 

EC 451 Introduction to Econometrics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302, EC 317 or ST 311 

An introduction to the measurement, specification, estimation and interpreta- 
tion of functional relationships through single equation least-squares techniques. 
Simple and multiple regression, curvilinear regression and various transforma- 
tions will be used to measure: demand, cost, production, consumption and invest- 
ment relationships. 

EC 470 (HI 470) Evolution of the American Economy 3 (0-3) FS 

Prerequisites: EC 206; HI 112 or HI 348 or HI 412 

The continuing advances of modem industrialization are related to the 
development of the American nation. Contemporary problems and issues are 
analyzed with reference to the origins in the historical growth of the economy. 

EC 475 Comparative Economic Systems 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 205 or EC 206 

A general study of different economic systems. Concentration will be given to 
capitalist or market economies and these will be contrasted with collectivist types 
of systems. Emphasis will be given to the Soviet economy. 

EC 482 (TX 482) Sales Management for Textiles 3 (3-0) S 

(See textile technology, page 449.) 

EC 490, 491 Senior Seminars in Economics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302 

The terminal courses in undergraduate study of economics. The student is 
assisted in summarizing his training, and in improving his capacity to recognize 
problems and to select logically consistent means of solving the problems. This is 
done on a small-group and individual basis. 

EC 494, 495 (PS 494, 495, SOC 494, 495) Urban Seminar 3 (0-3) FS 

(See politics, page 413.) 



285 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EC 501 Price Theory 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An intensive analysis of the determination of prices and of market behavior, 
including demand, cost and production, pricing under competitive conditions, and 
pricing under monopoly and other imperfectly competitive conditions. 

EC 502 Income and Employment Theory 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 302 

A study of the methods and concepts of national income analysis with particular 
reference to the role of monetary and fiscal policy in maintaining full employment 
without inflation. 

EC 510 (PS 510) Public Finance 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 205 

A survey of the theories and practices of governmental taxing, spending and 
borrowing, including intergovernmental relationships and administrative prac- 
tices and problems. 

EC 515 Water Resources Economics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

The application of economic principles in the allocation of water resources. 
Attention is given especially to the basic issues of how to effect maximum econo- 
mic efficiency in the use of a resource that is no longer a free good, under the con- 
sideration of the goals of the public and private sectors of the enterprise economy. 
Both economic and political consequences of decision-making are studied. 

EC 521 Markets and Trade 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A study of marketing firms as producers of marketing services and their role 
in the pricing process; the influence of government policies on the behavior of 
marketing firms; methods for increasing the efficiency of marketing agricultural 
products. 

EC 523 Planning Farm and Area Adjustments 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: EC 303 

The application of economic principles in the solution of production problems on 
typical farms in the state; methods and techniques of economic analysis of the farm 
business; application of research findings to production decisions; development 
of area agricultural programs. 

EC 525 Management Policy and Decision Making 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review and consideration of modern management processes used in making 
top-level policies and decisions. An evaluation of economic, social and institu- 
tional pressures, and of the economic and noneconomic motivations, which impinge 
upon the individual and the organization. The problem of coordinating the object- 
ives and the mechanics of management is examined. 

EC 533 Agricultural Policy 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

A review of the agricultural policy and action programs of the federal government 
as regards both input supply and commodities; analysis of objectives, principal 
means and observable results as regards resource use and income distribution 
within agriculture, and between agriculture and the rest of the economy; appraisal 
of the effects alternative policy proposals would have on domestic and foreign 
' consumption. 

286 



EC 535 Social Science Concepts in Managerial Processes 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours in economics 

Interrelationships between concepts from economics and from other social 
sciences in managerial processes of clarifying goals, discovering alternatives 
and choosing courses of action. Cases are used to provide opportunities to com- 
pare contributions of theoretical concepts from economics, political science, social 
psychology, sociology and management science to managerial processes. Theoretical 
concepts are drawn from readings in the various disciplines. 

EC 550 Mathematical Models in Economics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 301, EC 302, MA 212 and MA 405 recommended but not required 
An introductory study of economic models emphasizing their formal properties. 
The theory of individual economic units is presented as a special case in the theory 
of inductive behavior. Mathematical discussions of the theory of the consumer, 
the theory of the firm and welfare economics will show the relevance of such 
topics as constrained maxima and minima, set theory, partially and simply 
ordered systems, probability theory and game theory to economics. 

EC 551 Agricultural Production Economics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 301 

An economic analysis of agricultural production including: production functions, 
cost functions, programming and decision-making principles and the applications 
of these principles to farm and regional resources allocation, and to the distribution 
of income to and within agriculture. 

EC 555 Linear Programming 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EC 301, MA 212, MA 405 

Recent developments in the theory of production, allocation and organization. 
Optimal combination of integrated productive processes within the firm. Applica- 
tions in the economics of industry and of agriculture. 

EC 561 (ST 561) Intermediate Econometrics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EC 501 and ST 501 or MA 112 

The formalization of economic hypotheses into testable relationships and the 
application of appropriate statistical techniques will be emphasized. Major 
attention will be given to procedures applicable for single equation stochastic 
models expressing micro- and macroeconomic relationships. The importance of 
special statistical considerations that are relevant in working with time series 
and cross sectional data in economic investigations is to be covered. The use of 
simultaneous equation models and the available estimation techniques will be 
surveyed. 

EC 570 Analysis of American Economic History 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EC 470 or graduate standing 

Stresses the application of economic analysis to the formulation and testing of 
hypotheses concerning economic growth and development in the historical context. 
Problems selected for analysis will be drawn primarily from American economic 
history. 

EC 585 (TX 585) Market Research in Textiles 3 (3-0) S 

(See textile technology, page 450.) 

EC 590 Special Economics Topics Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An examination of current problems in economics organized on a lecture- 
discussion basis. The content of the course will vary as changing conditions 
require the use of new approaches to deal with emerging problems. 



287 



EC 598 Topical Problems in Economics 1-6 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

An investigation of topics of particular interest to advanced students under 
the direction of a faculty member on a tutorial basis. Credits and content will 
vary with the needs of students. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EC 600 Advanced Price Theory 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 601 Prices, Value and Welfare 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 602 Advanced Income and Employment Theory 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 603 History of Economic Thought 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 604 Monetary Economics 3 (3-0) F 

EC 606 Industrial Organization and Control 3 (3-0) F 

EC 610 Theory of Public Finance 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 625 Long Range Planning in Business and Industry 3 (3-0) S 

EC 630 Labor Economics and Manpower Problems 3 (3-0) S 

EC 631 Human Capital 3 (3-0) F 

EC 632 Economic Welfare and Public Policy 3 (3-0) S 

EC 640 Analysis of Economic Development 3 (3-0) S 

EC 641 Agricultural Production and Supply 3 (3-0) S 

EC 642 Comsumption, Demand and Market Interdependency 3 (3-0) F 

EC 645 Planning Programs for Economic Development 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 648 Theory of International Trade 3 (3-0) F 

EC 649 Monetary Aspects of International Trade 3 (3-0) S 

EC 650 Economic Decision Theory 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 651 (ST 651) Econometrics 3 (3-0) F 

EC 652 (ST 652) Topics in Econometrics 3 (3-0) S 

EC 665 Economic Behavior of the Organization 3 (3-0) F S 

EC 699 Research in Economics Credits Arranged 



288 



EDUCATION 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education 2 (2-0) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 343.) 

ED 101 Orientation (1-0) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 370.) 

ED 102 Objectives in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) F 

(See agricultural education, page 239.) 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics and Science 2 (2-0) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 370.) 

ED 304 (PHI 304) Philosophy of Education 3 (3-0) F S 

(See philosophy, pa^e 39G.) 

ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education Programs and Course 

Construction 3 (3-0) S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 343.) 

ED 308 Visual Aids 2 (1-2) S 

Methods and techniques of visual instiniction; lettering; statistical illustration; 

chart, graph and poster making; photography, projector operation, care and use. 

Staff 

ED 313 Contemporary Vocational Agriculture 3 (3-0) S 

(See agricultural education, page 239.) 

ED 318 (SOC 318) Educational Sociology 3 (3-0) F S 

(See sociology, page 430.) 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of Industrla.l and Technical 

Education 3 (3-0) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 343.) 

ED 344 Secondary Education 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

An overview of secondary education, including development, problems, services, 
trends, teaching profession, role of school in the community; purposes and objec- 
tives; the development and status of secondary education in North Carolina. 

Messrs. Anderson, Shannon 

ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop and 

Laboratory Planning 3 (3-0) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 410 Driver Education 3 (2-2) S Sum. 

The principles of teaching basic driving skills, including the new concept of 

defensive driving, observance and interpretation of motor vehicle laws, adverse 

driving conditions, handling of accident situations and care of the car. Staff 



289 



ED 411 Student Teaching in Agriculture 6 (2-15) F 

(See agricultural education, page 239.) 

ED 412 Teaching Adults 2 (1-2) F 

(See a^icultural education, page 239.) 

ED 413 Planning Educational Programs 2 (1-2) F 

(See agricultural education, page 239.) 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 (2-0) F S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 330.) 

ED 421 Principles aistd Practices in Industrial Cooperative 

Training 3 (3-0) F S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects 3, 4 (3-2) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 423 Methods and Materials in Teaching Modern Languages 3 (3-0) F S 
Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher educa- 
tion with a major in modem languages and an overall 2.0 average 

A study of the methods of teaching modem languages including the use of 
appropriate instructional materials and audio-visual equipment. Mr. Reynolds 

ED 424 Student Teaching in Modern Languages 6 (2-15) F 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher educa- 
tion with a major in French or Spanish and an overall 2.0 average 

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with an opportunity to 
acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in teaching French or 
Spanish. Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks in a selected 
off-campus center. In addition to acquiring the competencies essential for teaching 
French or Spanish, the student teacher will also have an opportunity to become 
familiar with the total school program and to participate in as many school and 
community activities as time will permit during the period of student teaching. 

Mr. Reynolds 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study Materials 3 (3-0) F S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 (2-0) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects 6 (2-15) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 450 Methods and Materials in Teaching English 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher educa- 
tion with a major in English and an overall 2.0 average 

A study of the purposes, curricula, materials and methods of teaching the skills 
of reading, writing, speaking and listening in secondary schools. Mr. Betts 

ED 451 Teaching Secondary School Reading 2 (2-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Admission to teacher certification program 

A study of the nature of the reading process and of principles, methods and 



290 



materials for the development of effective reading attitudes and skills as applied 
both to developmental and remedial programs. Staff 

ED 454 Student Teaching in English 6 (2-15) F S 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher educa- 
tion with a major in English and an overall 2.0 average 

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with an opportunity 
to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in teaching English. 
Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks in a selected off-campus 
center. In addition to acquiring the competencies essential for teaching English, 
the student teacher will also have an opportunity to become familiar with the total 
school program and to participate in as many school and community activities as 
time will permit during the period of student teaching. Messrs. Betts, Walters 

ED 460 Methods and Materials in Teaching Social Studies 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher edu- 
cation with a major in social studies and an overall 2.0 average 

A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices 
appropriate for teachers of social studies at the secondary level. Mr. Thompson 

ED 462 (HI 462) History of Education 3 (3-0) S 

(See history, page 337.) 

ED 464 Student Teaching in Social Studies 6 (2-15) F S 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher edu- 
cation with a major in social studies and an overall 2.0 average 

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with an opportunity to 
acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in teaching social studies. 
Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks in a selected off-campus 
center. In addition to acquiring the competencies essential for teaching social 
studies, the student teacher will also have an opportunity to become familiar with 
the total school program and to participate in as many school and community activ- 
ities as time will permit during the period of student teaching. Mr. Thompson 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Mathematics 3 (3-0) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 370.) 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Mathematics 6 (2-15) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 370.) 

ED 472 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials in 

Mathematics 2 (2-0) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 370.) 

ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science 3 (3-0) F 

(See mathematics and science education, page 371.) 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science 6 (2-15) F 

(See mathematics and science education, page 371.) 

ED 477 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials in Science 2 (2-0) F 
(See mathematics and science education, page 371.) 

ED 480 Methods and Materials in Teaching Speech 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, ED 344, senior standing and admission to teacher 
education with a major in speech and a 2.0 overall average 



291 



A study of the purposes, curricula, materials and methods of teaching speech, 
including public speaking, discussion, debate, speech improvement, oral reading 
and play production. Mr. Orban 

ED 481 Student TEAcmNG in Speech 6 (2-15) F S 

Prerequisites: PSY 304, senior standing and admission to teacher education 
with a major in speech and a 2.0 overall average 
Corequisite: ED 480 

This course is designed to provide the prospective teacher with an opportunity 
to acquire experience in the techniques and skills involved in teaching speech. Each 
student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks in a selected off-campus cen- 
ter. Mr. Orban 

ED 482 Curriculum Problems in Industrial Arts 2 (1-2) S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 (1-2) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 344.) 

ED 490 Senior Seminar in Agricultural Education 1 (1-0) S 

(See agricultural education, page 240.) 

ED 501 (SOC 501) Leadership 3 (3-0) F S 

(See sociology, page 431.) 

ED 502 (PS 502) Public Administration 3 (3-0) F S 

(See politics, page 413.) 

ED 503 The Programming Process in Adult Education 3 (3-0) S 

(See adult and community college education, page 238.) 

ED 504 Principles and Practices of Introduction to Vocations 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: 12 hours in education 

This course is designed for teachers in the public schools of North Carolina 
who teach Introduction to Vocations. The course emphasizes the place of the Intro- 
duction to Vocations Program in the overall school curriculum, special methods 
of instruction, use of teaching aids and use of student evaluation instruments. An 
overview is also presented in the areas of community organization, job markets, 
group procedures, occupational and educational information, and the changing 
occupational structure in our society. Staff 

ED 505 Public Area Schools 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Junior and community colleges, technical institutes, vocational schools and 
branches of universities: their development, status and prospects; policy and 
policy-making, clientele, purposes, evaluation programs, personnel, organization, 
administration, financing, facilities, research and development functions. Staff 

ED 506 Education of Exceptional Children 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 

Discussion of principles and techniques of teaching the exceptional child with 
major interest on the mentally handicapped and slow learner. Practice will be 
given in curriculum instruction for groups of children, and individual techniques 
for dealing with retarded children in the average classroom. Opportunity for 
individual work with an exceptional child will be provided. Mrs. McCutchen 



292 



ED 507 Analysis of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 

A study of tests and techniques in determining specific abilities; a study of 

reading retardation and factors underlying reading difficulties. Mr. Rust 

ED 508 Improvement of Reading Abilities 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology 

A study of methods used in developing specific reading skills or in overcoming 
certain reading difficulties; a study of methods used in developing pupil vocabu- 
laries and word analysis skills; a study of how to control vocabulary burden of 
reading material. Mr. Rust 

ED 509 Methods and Materials — Teaching Retarded Children 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 506 

Emphasis on understanding and correlating developmental levels of mentally 
retarded children and appropriate educational methods and materials. Use of 
individual child's diagnostic data; consideration of long and short range educational 
goals; curriculum planning in terms of realistic usefulness; scheduling; teacher 
guidance of children toward social and emotional maturity. Mrs. McCutchen 

ED 510 Adult Education: History, Philosophy, Contemporary 

Nature 3 (3-0) F 

(See adult and community college education, pag-e 238.) 

ED 511 Implications of Mathematical Content, Structure, and Processes 
for the Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary School 3 (3-0) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 371.) 

ED 512 Active Learning Approaches TO Teaching Mathematics IN THE 

Elementary School 3 (3-0) F S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 371.) 

ED 513 (SOC 513) Community Organization 3 (3-0) F 

(See sociology, page 433.) 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 (2-0) S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

ED 517 Implications for Data Processing in Education 3 (3-0) F S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

ED 518 Principles of School Law 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate credit 

This course will be an intensive study of the legal rights, duties, privileges and 
responsibilities entailed in the educational enterprise. It will cover the essentials 
of school law in such a way that the student will be able to obtain both a general 
understanding of the processes of law as they affect American education and also 
important specific legal aspects which affect vocational education. Included are 
the secondary, post-secondary and adult vocational education laws and their 
implications. Mr. Nerden 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 (3-0) F S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 331.) 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and Personnel Services Credits Arranged 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 331.) 



293 



ED 522 (SOC 522) Social and Vocational Aspects OF 

Sensory Impairment 3 (3-0) Sum. 

This course is particularly concerned with the sensory processes and impair- 
ments as these affect occupational selection and placement and social adjustment. 
Consideration will be given to the socialization process both of persons with con- 
genital sensory defects and those to whom these deprivations occur later in life. 
Particular emphasis will be given to the visually impaired and the deaf. The 
multiply handicapped will be considered at length. Rehabilitation techniques and 
remediation procedures will be approached. Mrs. Rawls 

ED 523 Orientation and Mobility of the Visually Impaired 3 (3-0) Sum. 

The sensory processes and sensory cues on which independent mobility depends 
for the visually impaired person will be discussed. Various techniques and modes 
of travel will be considered. Particular emphasis will be given to instruction 
and background which will enable persons not teaching orientation mobility as a 
skill to reinforce the learning that takes place in other situations. Visiting Professor 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3 (3-0) S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 331.) 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3 (3-0) F 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

£D 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 3 (3-0) F S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3 (3-0) S 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 (3-0) F 

(See gfuidance and personnel services, page 331.) 

ED 531 (PSY 531) Mental Deficiency 3 (3-0) S Sum. 

Prerequisites: Nine hours psychology and special education 

This will be a course in description, causation, psychological factors and 
sociological aspects of mental retardation. Educational methods for the mentally 
retarded will be examined. The course is designed primarily for school psycholo- 
gists and special-class teachers of retarded children, both educable and trainable. 

Mr. Corter 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 3 (3-0) S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 331.) 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary Schools 3 (3-0) S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 331.) 

ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education 3 (3-0) F S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 332.) 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I 3 (3-0) F 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 332.) 

ED 542 Contemporary Approaches in the Teaching of Social 

Studies 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: Advanced undergraduate or graduate, must have completed student 
teaching 

294 



An analysis of the principles, strategies and applications of new teaching 
approaches. Team-teaching, programmed instruction, inductive and reflective 
oriented teaching, role-playing, simulation and gaming, independent study and block- 
time organization will be explored. Messrs. Dolce, Thompson 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 (3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: 12 hours education, consent of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals understand 
how tools, materials and industrial processes may be used to vitalize and supple- 
ment the elementary school child's experiences. Practical children's projects along 
with the building of classroom equipment. Staff 

ED 554 Planning Programs in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) F S 

(See agricultural education, page 240.) 

ED 555 Comparative Crafts and Industries 6 Sum. 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

ED 559 Principles of Adult Education 3 (3-0) F 

(See adult and community college education, page 238.) 

ED 560 (lA 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts Education 3 (3-0) F S 
(See industrial arts, page 349.) 

ED 563 Effective Teaching 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: 12 hours education including student teaching 

Analysis of the teaching-learning process; assumptions that underlie course 
approaches; identifying problems of importance; problem solution for effective 
learning; evaluation of teaching and learning; making specific plans for effective 
teaching. Staff 

ED 565 Agricultural Occupations 3 (3-0) F S 

(See agricultural education, page 240.) 

ED 566 Occupation Experience in Agriculture 3 (3-0) S 

(See agricultural education, page 240.) 

ED 568 Adult Education in Agriculture 3 (3-0) F 

(See agricultural education, page 240.) 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance Maximum 6 F S 

(See guidance and personnel services, page 332.) 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

(See industrial and technical education, page 345.) 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3 (3-0) S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 371.) 

ED 593 Special Problems in Agricultural Education Credits Arranged 

(See agricultural education, page 240.) 

ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3 (0-3) S 

(See mathematics and science education, page 372.) 



295 



ED 595 (lA 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 (3-0) Sum. 
(See industrial arts, page 349.) 

ED 596 Topical Problems in Adult Education Credits Arranged 

(See adult and community college education, page 239.) 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 600 Theory of Organization and Administration in Adult 

Education I 3 (3-0) F 

ED 601 Theory of Organization and Administration in Adult 

Education II 3 (3-0) S 

ED 602 Curriculum 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrlal Arts Education 3 (3-0) F 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Education Programs 3 (3-0) F 

ED 610 Administration OF Vocational AND Industrlal Arts 

Education 3 (3-0) S 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations and Poucies Affecting Vocational 

Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting AND Management OF Vocational 

Education Programs 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 614 Modern Principles and Practices in Secondary Education 2 (2-0) F S 

ED 615 Introduction to Educational Research 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 617 Philosophy of Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) S 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) F S 

ED 631 Vocational Development Theory 3 (3-0) F 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) F S 

ED 636 Observation and Supervised Field Work Maximum 3 

ED 640 Individual and Group Appraisal II 3 (3-0) F 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 2-6 FS 

ED 660 (lA 660) Industrial Arts Curriculum 3 (3-0) F S Sum. 

ED 664 Supervision in Agricultural Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 665 Supervising Student Teaching 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 666 Supervision of Counseling 3 (1-8) F S 



296 



ED 688 Research Application in Occupational Education 3 (3-0) F S Sum. 

ED 689 Evaluation in Occupational Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education Maximum 2 F S 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1 (1-0) F S 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 (1-0) F S 

ED 693 Advanced Problems in Agricultural Education Credits Arranged 

ED 694 Seminar in Agricultural Education Maximum 2 1 (1-0) F S 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education Maximum 2 

ED 696 Seminar in Adult Education 1 (1-0) F S 

ED 697 (PSY 697) Advanced Seminar in Research Design 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 698 Seminar in Occupational Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 201 Electric Circuits I 4 (2-5) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

Fundamental laws of electric circuits. Introduction to transient and steady- 
state sinusoidal analysis. Problem drill and laboratory exercises. 

EE 202 Electric Circuits II 4 (2-5) S 

Prerequisites: EE 201, MA 201 

A continuation of EE 201. Circuit analysis by complex frequency. Introduction 
to two-port networks and polyphase circuits. Problem drill and laboratory exer- 
cises. 

EE 211 Electric Circuits I, Theory 3(3-0) 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

Theory part of EE 201. Offered only by correspondence. Enrollment subject to 
approval of Electrical Engineering Department Undergraduate Administrator. 

EE 213 Electric Circuits I, Laboratory 1 (0-2) Sum. 

Prerequisite: EE 211 

Laboratory part of EE 201. Enrollment subject to approval of Electrical Engi- 
neering Department Undergraduate Administrator and limited to students who 
have passed EE 211. 

EE 303 Electromagnetic Fields I 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 201, PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

Basic principles of electromagnetic field theory in vector analysis formulation 
emphasizing static and quasi-static electric and magnetic fields. Maxwell's 
equations. 



297 



EE 304 Electromagnetic Fields II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: EE 303, MA 301 

Continuation of EE 303. Vector and scalar retarded potentials. Generation and 
propagation of energy by electromagnetic waves. Relationship between field 
theory and circuit theory. Applications of electromagnetic theory to devices and 
to distributed parameter systems. 

EE 305 Electromechanical Systems 4 (2-5) S 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 202, EE 303 

A classroom and laboratory study of the principles, performance and charac- 
teristics of direc1> current and alternating-current machinery. 

EE 314 Electronic Circuits 4 (2-5) F 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 202 

A study of active devices with emphasis on bipolar and field effect transistors 
as elements of electric circuits. Elementary physical electronics, linear and non- 
linear equivalent circuits, small signal amplifiers. 

EE 331 Principles of Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MA 201, PY 208 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering 

An introduction to the basic concepts, units and methods of analysis of electrical 
engineering. Current-voltage characteristics of linear and nonlinear electrical 
devices, analysis of d-c and ayC circuits, simple amplifiers and energy conversion 
devices. Demonstrations of equipment and procedures. 

EE 332 Principles of Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 331 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering 

Power distribution systems, motors, feedback, amplifiers, oscilloscopes, volt- 
meters, digital information, measurements by digital means, presented from the 
user's viewpoint. Demonstrations of equipment and procedures. 

EE 333 Principles of Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1 (0-3) S 

Corequisite: EE 332 

Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 332. 

EE 334 Electronics and Instrumentation 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 202 or EE 331 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering 

A survey of electrical and electronic circuits to provide nonelectrical engineering 
majors with a working understanding of electronic circuits and instruments which 
might be encountered in the practice of their own disciplines. Demonstrations of 
equipment and procedures. 

EE 335 Electronics and Instrumentation Laboratory 1 (0-3) S 

Corequisite: EE 334 

Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 334. 

EE 336 Industrial Power and Control Systems 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 331 

Study of applications of power generation and transformation in industry. 
Transformers, DC generators and motors, single- phase and polyphase motors, 
manual and automatic starting and control of motors with special emphasis on 
use of solid-state devices. 

EE 337 Industrial Power Laboratory 1 (0-3) S 

Corequisite: EE 336 

Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 336. 



298 



EE 339 Principles of Electrical Engineering Laboratory 1 (0-3) F S 

Corequisite: EE 331 

Laboratory work in the material covered in EE 331. 

EE 350 Electric Power Utilization IN Manufacturing Processes 3 (2-3) F S 

Prerequisites: PY 212, MA 201 

Not available to undergraduates in electrical engineering 

Introduction to basic electrical theory; d-c and a-c circuits and measurements; 
study of d-c motors and of single-phase and polyphase utilization equipment; 
basic control systems and brief introduction to principles of automatic control. 
Application examples will be drawn from the technologies of particular interest 
to the students in the class. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 401 Advanced Electric Circuits 3 (2-2) F S 

Prerequisites: EE 202, MA 301 

Transient analysis of electric circuits by the Laplace transform method, and the 
relationship of this method of analysis to steady-state performance, with emphasis 
on feedback systems. 

EE 403 Electric Network Design 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: EE 401 

The study of design methods for such electric networks as resonant systems, 
filters, feedback stabilizers, audio amplifier compensation and dividing networks. 

EE 430 Essentials of Electrical Engineering 4 (3-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 202 or EE 332 

Not available to undergraduates in EE. 

Essential theory of electric circuits, including solid-state devices, transformers 
and rotating machines as needed to supply the electrical background for instru- 
mentation and control theory. Intended primarily for graduate students who do not 
have an electrical engineering undergraduate degree. 

EE 431 Electronics Engineering 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: EE 314 

Comprehensive study of circuits using discrete and integrated electron devices:, 
amplifiers, oscillators, wave-shaping circuits, nonsinusoidal generators, feedback. 
Emphasis is on design of solid-state circuits through development of analytical 
methods using graphical, slide- rule and computer techniques. 

EE 432 Communication Engineering 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 431 

Application of electronic circuits to communication systems emplojring amplitude, 
angle and pulse modulation. Elements of complete systems: modulators, demodu- 
lators, transmitters and receivers. Introduction to information theory and noise. 

EE 433 Electric Power Engineering 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EE 305 or EE 332 

Electrical power supply for industrial and commercial applications; control of 
electrical motor drives; system safety and protection; practice in testing electrical 
machines. 

EE 434 Power System Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EE 305 

Analysis of problems encountered in the long-distance transmission of electric 
power. Line parameters by the method of geometric mean distances. Circle dia- 
grams, symmetrical components and fault calculations. Elementary concepts of 
power system stability. Applications of digital computers to power-system problems. 



299 



EE 435 Elements of Control 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, EE 305; or EE 430 

Introductory theory of open- and closed-loop control. Functions and performance 
requirements of typical control systems and system components. Dynamic analysis 
of error detectors, amplifiers, motors, demodulators, analogue components and 
switching devices. Component transfer chacteristics and block diagram representa- 
tion. 

EE 438 Electronic Instrumentation 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301; EE 430 or EE 314 or EE 334 

A survey of electrical-electronic measurement techniques and operating princi- 
ples of electronic instruments. Includes a study of signal sources and their equiva- 
lent circuits, basic electronics including junction and field effect transistors, opera- 
tional amplifiers, switching logic and data display. Applications including low- 
level phenomena and noise problems will be included, with many lecture demon- 
strations. 

EE 440 Fundamentals of Digital Systems 8 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EE 314 or EE 430 

The basic theory of digital computation and control. Introduction to number 
systems, data handling, relay algebra, switching logic, memory circuits, the 
application of electronic devices to switching circuits, and the design of computer 
control circuits. 

EE 441 Introduction to Electron Devices 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites : MA 301 ; PY 207 or PY 208 

A study of the basic physical principles necessary for understanding modern 
electronic devices. Quantum and statistical mechanic concepts are introduced at 
an elementary level, and these ideas form the basis for a discussion of a wide 
variety of devices which are used in modern engineering and instrumentation. 

EE 442 Introduction to Solid-State Devices 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 441 or PY 407; MA 301 

An introduction to the microscopic phenomena responsible for the operation of 
solid-state electronic devices. A qualitative description of the band model of 
solids is followed by a description of the transport properties of charge carriers. 
P-n junction diodes and transistors, solar cells, controlled rectifiers, tunnel diodes 
and unijunction transistors are treated along with more recently developed devices. 

EE 445 Introduction to Antennas 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: EE 304. EE 314 

An introduction to antenna engineering. Consideration will be given to radia- 
tion from single-element radiators, radiation patterns, directive properties 
aperture concepts, gain and impedances. Multielement antennas and arrays with 
various amplitude distributions and phasings, and thin linear antennas vdll be 
treated in some detail. Antennas of current usage. 

EE 448 Introduction to Microwaves 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: EE 304, EE 314 

A study of the elementary theory and special techniques required at microwave 
frequencies. Both passive and active circuits will be considered. Transmission 
elements, special-purpose components, generators, to include klystrons, magnetrons, 
traveling wave tubes, and solid-state devices will be discussed. The description of 
microwave networks by the scattering matrix will be presented. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EE 503 Computer-Aided Circuit Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, EE 401, B average in electrical engineering and mathe- 
matics 

300 



Analysis of electrical circuits with emphasis on computer methods. Steady- 
state and transient analysis of linear and nonlinear networks; tolerance analysis; 
programming considerations. Mr. Staudhammer 

EE 504 Introduction to Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 401, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

A study of the properties of network functions and the development of the 
methods of network synthesis of one-port and two-port passive structures. 

Mr. Stevenson 

EE 506 Dynamical Systems Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 202 or EE 331; EM 301; MA 301; B average in electrical 
engineering, engineering mechanics and mathematics 

A study of dynamic systems in various branches of engineering and science 
with emphasis on the similarities that exist among such integrated groups of 
devices. Analogous elements and quantities in these fields as determined from equa- 
tions basic to each. Analytical formulation of system problems in accoustical, 
electrical, mechanical and related fields and their solution by analog methods. 
Use of computers for the solution of system problems. Mr. Eckels 

EE 511 Electronic Circuits 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in electrical engineering and mathe- 
matics 

Electronic devices in amplifiers, feedback systems, oscillators, modulators, 
switching and wave-shaping circuits. Generation of nonlinear waveforms; 
electronic instruments; circuits basic to electronic computers. Use of complex 
frequency concepts to obtain generalized response. Communications, power and 
industrial applications. Synthesis of circuits to satisfy system requirements. 

Mr. Barclay 

EE 512 Communication Theory 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Material basic to information-bearing signals in linear systems. Signals in the 
frequency and time domains, probability and associated functions, random signal 
theory, modulation and frequency translation, noise, sampling theory and correla- 
tion functions. Principles of information theory including information measure, 
signal space and channel capacity. Fundamentals of encoding. Accent on methods 
and problems unique to the field of digital communication. (Offered fall every 
year and summer, 1972.) Mr. Barclay 

EE 516 Feedback Control Systems 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 435, or EE 401 and B average in electrical engineering and 
mathematics 

Study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quantities such 
as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Theory of regulating systems and 
servomechanisms. Steady-state and transient responses. Evaluation of stability. 
Transfer function loci and root locus plots. Analysis using differential equation 
and operational methods. System compensation and introduction to design. 

Mr. Peterson 

EE 517 Control Laboratory 1 (0-3) S 

Corequisite: EE 516 

Laboratory study of feedback systems for automatic control of physical quan- 
tities such as voltage, speed and mechanical position. Characteristics of regulating 
systems and servomechanisms. The laboratory work is intended to contribute to 
an understanding of the theory developed in EE 516. Mr. Peterson 

EE 520 Fundamentals of Logic Systems 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 314 or EE 430, B average in electrical engineering and 
mathematics 

A study of elementary machine language theory, computer organization and 
logical design, logical algebras and function minimization (map method empha- 
sized). Introductory combinational and sequential logic including circuits, basic 

301 



building blocks, and theory construction using electronic and core elements. 
(Offered fall every year and spring, 1972.) Mr. Bell 

EE 521 Digital Computer Technology and Design 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EE 520 

A study of the internal organization and structure of digital systems including 
gates, toggle circuits, pulse circuitry and advanced machine language theory. 
Analysis and synthesis of the major components of computers, including the 
loeic section, counters, storage devices, registers, input-output and control. 

Messrs. Bell, Patt 

EE 530 Physical Electronics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE ^04, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

A study of behavior of charged particles under the influence of fields and other 
charged particles. Ballistics, quantum mechanics, particle statistics, electron 
emission and properties of dielectric and magnetic materials. (Offered fall every 
year, spring, 1971 and summer, 1973.) Mr. Matthews 

EE 533 Integrated Circuits 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 314, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 
A study of the implementation of solid-state circuits in integfrated form. In- 
cludes characteristics of epitaxial, diffused, thin and thick film approaches. 
Digital and linear applications are examined. Mr. Manning 

EE 535 (MAE 535) Gas Lasers 3 (3-0) S 

(See mechanical and aerospace engineering, page 377.) 

EE 540 Electromagnetic Fields and Waves 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EE 304, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 
Laws and concepts of static electromagnetism. Fundamental equations and 
their applications. Fundamentals, forms and applications of Maxwell's equations. 
Vector and scalar potentials, relativistic aspects of fields, energy and power. 
Waves in unbounded and bounded regions, radiation, waveguides and resonators. 
(Offered fall every year, summer, 1971 and spring, 1973.) Mr. Tischer 

EE 545 Introduction to Radio Wave Propagation 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EE 304, B average in electrical engineering and mathematics 

Characteristics of plane electromagnetic waves in homogeneous and nonhomo- 
geneous media with application to tropospheric and ionospheric propagation. 
Relationships between electron density, collision frequency and complex refractive 
index, theory of the formation and dynamics of ionospheric layers and theorems 
for the prediction of ionospheric propagation. Mr. Flood 

EE 591, 592 Special Topics in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A two-semester sequence to develop new courses and to allow qualified students 
to explore areas of special interest. Graduate Staff 

EE 593 Individual Topics in Electrical Engineering 1-3 F S 

Prerequisite: B average in technical subjects 

A course providing an opportunity for individual students to explore topics 
of special interest under the direction of a member of the faculty. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EE 610 Non-Linear Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

EE 611, 612 Electric Network Synthesis 3 (3-0) F S 

EE 613, 614 Advanced Feedback Control 3 (3-0) F S 

302 



EE 616 Microwave Electronics 3 (3-0) S 

EE 617 Pulse and Digital Circuits 3 (3-0) S 

EE 618 Antennas and Radiation 3 (3-0) F 

EE 619 Guided Waves and Resonators 3 (3-0) S 

EE 622 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials I 3 (3-0) S 

EE 623 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Materials II 3 (3-0) F 

EE 624 Electronic Properties of Solid-State Devices 3 (3-0) S 

EE 625 Advanced Solid-State Device Theory 3 (3-0) F 

EE 640 Advanced Logic Circuits 3 (3-0) S 

EE 641 Sequential Machines 3 (3-0) F 

EE 642 Automata and Adaptive Systems 3 (3-0) S 

EE 643 Advanced Electrical Measurements 3 (3-0) Sum. 

EE 651 Statistical Communication Theory 3 (3-0) S 

EE 652 Information Theory 3 (3-0) F 

EE 653 Fundamentals of Space Communications 3 (3-0) S 

EE 654 Communication Systems Analysis 3 (3-0) S 

EE 655 Wave Phenomena in Plasma 3 (3-0) S 

EE 659 Pattern Recognition 3 (3-0) F 

EE 691, 692 Special Studies in Electrical Engineering 3 (3-0) F S 

EE 695 Electrical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

EE 699 Electrical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

ENGINEERING (General Courses) 

E 101 Engineering Graphics I 2 (1-2) F S 

The theory of graphically representing and solving spatial problems. Emphasis 
is placed on the development of a logical and analytical approach to problem 
solution. Conventional methods of graphically describing size and shape are 
presented and the representation of basical mechanical elements is introduced. 
Practical engineering applications are utilized. Staff 

E 120 Engineering Concepts 3 (2-1) F S 

An introduction to engineering concepts by student involvement in realistic 
freshman design projects. The history, fields and functions of engineering, com- 
putational skills, societal problems and case studies will be covered. Staff 

E 207 Engineering Graphics III 2 (1-3) F S 

Prerequisite: E 101 

A more exact presentation of engineering data in the graphical medium. Pro- 
duction dimensioning, production characteristics of various types, free-hand sketch- 
ing, production changes, and detail and assembly drawings will be covered. Special 
emphasis will be placed upon the use of freehand technical sketching in the commu- 
nication of engineering data. Staff 

303 



E 240 Furniture Graphics 3 (1-4) F 
Prerequisite: E 101 

Provides the student with an understanding of furniture drawing and its 

dimensioning. Special conventions applying to the furniture industry are covered. 

Freehand sketching is emphasized. Mr. Kelly 

E 492 Special Topics in Engineering 1-3 F S 
Prerequisite: Junior standing 

A course offered as needed to cover special subject matter of a nondepartmental 

nature. Staff 



ENGINEERING HONORS 

EH 345 Solid Mechanics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: EM 200; for members of the engineering honors program or consent 
of instructor 

Introduction to the behavior of deformable solids. Development of relationships 
among loads, stresses, strains and displacements. Mathematical representation 
and analysis of the behavior of shells, beams, shafts, columns, etc. 

EH 346 Fluid Mechanics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 200; for members of the engineering honors program or con- 
sent of instructor 

Study of the concepts and principles relating to fluid mechanics. Equilibrium 
of liquids and gases, kinematics and dynamics of frictionless fluids. Motion of 
viscous fluids. Dynamics of gases. Flow measurement techniques. 

EH 371 Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: For members of the engineering honors program or consent of 
instructor 

A study of the basic principles and concepts of thermodynamics. Particular 
emphasis is placed on first and second laws, their implications and applications. 
The properties of actual and real gases are investigated and also the interrelation- 
ships between the properties as given by the general equations of thermodynamics. 

EH 372 Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EH 371; for members of the engineering honors program or consent 
of instructor 

The statistical approach to thermodynamics and the application to determin- 
ation of specific heats. Entropy and probability. The thermodynamics of fluid 
flow including supersonic flow. The basic laws of heat transfer. Ideal gas and 
vapor cycles. Introduction to chemical thermodynamics. 

EH 395 Contemporary Trends IN Engineering and Science 1 (1-0) F 

Prerequisite: For members of engineering honors program or consent of instructor 

Representatives from various fields of engineering or science discuss topics 
of current significance in their areas of interests. 

EH 401 Special Topics in Engineering 1-4 F S 

Prerequisite: For members of the engineering honors program or consent of 
instructor 

Special projects in various phases of engineering, either of a research or design 
nature. 

EH 495 Engineering Honors Seminar 1 (0-1) S 

Prerequisite: For seniors in the engineering honors program or consent of instruc- 
tor 

Individual presentation by the students of their projects conducted in connection 
with the honors program. 

304 



EH 500 Engineering Analysis 1-4 F S 

This is an engineering "case method" experience, making use of the principles 
of engineering, physics and mathematics. Professors in engineering and certain 
key individuals from industry will work singly with the professor in charge 
to introduce challenging engineering situations and to stimulate student analysis. 



ENGINEERING MECHANICS 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

EM 200 Introduction to Mechanics 3 (3-0) F S 

Corequisite: MA 301 

An introduction to the principles and concepts which form the basis for studies 
in dynamics, solid mechanics and fluid mechanics. The nature and properties of 
force systems and stress fields. The motion of particles and description of deforma- 
tion of continuous media. The role of Newton's laws, the concepts of continuity and 
equilibrium, and the conservational principles in problems in mechanics. Staff 

EM 205 Principles of Engineering Mechanics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: PY 205 
Corequisite: MA 202 

Basic concepts, forces and equilibrium, distributed forces, virtual work, and 
inertial properties; application to mechanics, structures and systems. Staff 

EM 206 Introductory Applications in Mechanics 1 (0-2) F 

Corequisite: EM 205 

Principles of mechanics applied to practical problems of engineering science 
in which numerical techniques of computation are emphasized. Staff 

EM 211 Introduction to Applied Mechanics 3 (3-0) F S 

Corequisites: MA 212, PY 212 

This course is intended to acquaint the student with the concepts of particle and 
rigid body mechanics. The fundamentals of equilibrium, kinematics and kinetics 
are applied to engineering problems involving structures and machines. Staff 

EM 212 Mechanics of Engineering Materials 3 (2-1) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 211 

This course constitutes a study of the properties of engineering materials 
with special emphasis on the mechanical parameters. It is especially conceived 
to prepare the student for the selection and specification of materials common to 
engineering practice. A particular emphasis is given to mechanical aspects of 
materials employed in design. Staff 

EM 301 Solid Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 200 

Introduction to the mechanics of deformable solids. Development of the equa- 
tions which describe the linear elastic solid. Approximate solutions and solutions 
governed by the theory of elasticity to problems involving prescribed force 
systems, states of motion or energy inputs. Staff 

EM 302 Solid Mechanics II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Continuation of EM 301. Equations for thin plates. Introduction to the theory 
of plasticity. Theories of yielding, plastic stress-strain relationships and two- 
dimensional problems in plastic behavior. Staff 



305 



EM 303 Fluid Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 200 or EM 205 

Development of the basic equations of fluid mechanics in general and specialized 
form. Application of these specialized equations to a variety of topics including 
(1) fluid statics, (2) inviscid, incompressible fluid flow and (3) viscous, incompress- 
ible fluid flow. Staff 

EM 304 Fluid Mechanics II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

Continuation of EM 303. Further applications of the basic equations of fluid 
mechanics to (1) boundary layers and analysis, (2) laminar and turbulent flows 
and (3) compressible fluid flow. Introduction to experimental methods in fluid 
mechanics. Staff 

EM 305 Engineering Dynamics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 205 
Corequisite: MA 301 

Equations of motion; kinematics, kinetics of mass points and systems of mass 
points; kinematics and kinetics of rigid bodies; dynamics of nonrigid systems. 

Staff 

EM 307 Mechanics of Solids 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: EM 205 
Corequisite: MA 301 

Stresses, strains, constitutive laws, yield and fracture; application to axial, 
bending, torsional and plane stress states; deflection and stability analyses. 

Staff 

EM 311 Experimental Engineering Science I 3 (1-6) F 

Corequisites: EM 303, EM 307 

A course which deals from the outset with the experimental analysis concept 
starting with question of how observations and measurements are made. Illustra- 
tions follow of experimental methods which enable the inference of one physical 
variable by the observation of another but related one. Mr. Bingham 

EM 312 Experimental Engineering Science II 3 (1-6) S 

Prerequisite: EM 311 

The background in EM 311 is utilized in the study of broader problems which 
require the synthesis from several experimental methods as well as mathematical 
and/or numerical methods of an analytical system. Mr. Bingham 

EM 411, 412 Engineering Cybernetics I, II 3 (1-4) F S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering mechanics or equivalent background 

A year course to provide a forum for formal lectures on a range of common 
topics which would include, among others, the subjects of dynamics of linear 
and nonlinear systems; hereditary and feedback couplings; continuous, discrete, 
random and stochastic inputs; system stability; reliability; optimization; and 
the ultrastable autonomous system. A principal feature is student participation, 
in either individual or collective form, in extra-class work of personal character 
in the design of particular engineering systems. Mr. McDonald 

EM 415 Engineering Science in Contemporary Design 2 (1-3) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in engineering mechanics 

A course in which, drawing upon the student's background in engineering 
sciences, current problems are analyzed. Case histories and evaluations of 
selected designs are discussed. Mr. Douglas 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

EM 501, 502 Continuum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MAE 301, MA 405 

306 



The concepts of stress and strain are presented in^eneralized tensor form. 
Emphasis is placed on the discussion and relative comparison ofthe analytical 
models for elastic, plastic, fluid, viscoelastic, granular and porous media. The 
underlying thermodynamic principles are presented, the associated boundary value 
problems are formulated and selected examples are used to illustrate the theory. 

Mr. T. S. Chang 

EM 503 Theory of Elasticity I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 
Corequisite: MA 511 or MA 401 

The fundamental equations governing the behavior of an elastic solid are deve- 
loped in various curvilinear coordinate systems. Plane problems, as well as the 
St. Venant problem of bending, torsion and extension of bars are covered. Dis- 
placement fields, stress fields, Airy and complex stress functions are among the 
methods used to obtain solutions. Messrs. Douglas, Ely, T. E. Smith 

EM 504 Mechanics of Ideal Fluids 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 513 

Basic equations of ideal fluid flow: potential and stream functions; vortex 
dynamics; body forces due to flow fields, methods of singularities in two- 
dimensional flows; analytical determination of potential functions; conformal 
transformations; free-streamline flows. Messrs. C. M. Chang, Edwards, Sorrell 

EM 505 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Equations of motion of a viscous fluid (Navier-Stokes equations); general 
properties of the Navier-Stokes equations; some exact solutions of the Navier- 
Stokes equations; boundary layer equations; some approximate methods of solu- 
tion of the boundary layer equations; laminar boundary layers in axisymmetric 
and three-dimensional flows; unsteady laminar boundary layers. 

Messrs. C. M. Chang, Sorrell 

EM 506 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 304, MAE 302 
Corequisite: MA 532 

Introduction to the flow of a compressible fluid: thermodynamics and one- 
dimensional energy equation for a compressible gas. Acoustics, normal shock 
waves and expansion waves, shock tube theory, general _one-djniensional flow 
and flow in ducts and channels. Messrs. C. M. Chang, Sorrell 

EM 507 Systems Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, EM 303, MA 511 

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics dominates. 

Mr. McDonald 

EM 508 Systems Synthesis 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 507 

A course in the design of engineering systems in which mechanics dominates. 

Mr. McDonald 

EM 509 Space Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 302, EM 304 
Corequisite: MA 511 

The application of mechanics to the analysis and design of orbits and trajec- 
tories. Trajectory computation and optimization; space maneuvers; reentry 
trajectories; interplanetary guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 510 Space Mechanics II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 509, MA 511 

Continuation of EM 509. The analysis and design of guidance systems. Basic 

307 



sensing devices; the characteristics of an inertial space; the theory of stabilized 
platforms; terrestrial inertial guidance. Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 511 Theory of Plates and Shells 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 511 

Bending theory of thin plates; geometry of surfaces and stresses in shells. 
Various methods of analysis are discussed and illustrated by problems of practical 
interest. Messrs. Bingham, Clayton, Gurley 

EM 521 Properties of Solids 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MAT 201, PY 407 

Atomic and molecular principles are applied toward an introductory understand- 
ing of macroscopic material properties. The concept of the grand canonical ensemble 
average of atomic behavior is employed to unify the characterization and interrela- 
tionships of material properties. Finally, phenomenological behaviors and coupled 
effects are described within the continuum concept. Mr. Horie 

EM 551 Advanced Strength of Materials 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: EM 301 

Stresses and strains at a point; rosette analysis; stress theories, stress con- 
centration and fatigue; plasticity; inelastic, composite and curved beams; prestress 
energy methods; shear deflections; buckling problems and column design; and 
membrane stresses in shells. Mr. Gurley 

EM 552 Elastic Stability 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 551, MA 301, MA 405 

A study of elastic and plastic stability. The stability criterion as a determinant. 
The energy method and the theorem of stationary potential energy. The solution 
of buckling problems by finite differences and the calculus of variations. The appli- 
cation of successive approximations to stability problems. Optimization applied 
to problems of aeroelastic and civil engineering structures. Mr. Gurley 

EM 555 Dynamics I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The theory of vibrations from the Lagrangian formulation of the equations of 
motion. Free and forced vibrations with and without damping, multiple degrees of 
freedom, coupled motion, normal mode vibrations, wave propagations in solid bodies. 

Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 556 Dynamics II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 301, MA 405 

The dynamics of particles and rigid bodies by the use of formulations of the 
laws of mechanics due to Newton, Euler, Lagrange and Hamilton. Accelerated 
reference frames, constraints, Euler' s angles, the spinning top, the gyroscope, 
precession, stability, phase space and nonlinear oscillatory motion. 

Messrs. Clayton, Maday 

EM 590 (PHI 590, REL 590) Technology and Human Values 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: A baccalaureate degree in engineering, liberal arts, science or 
social science; or, for advanced undergraduates, two or more courses such as HI 341, 
SS 301, 302, SS 401, or six hours in philosophy 

An exploration from two or more disciplinary perspectives (notably those of 
ethical theory and cybernetic information theory) the range of ways of conceptua- 
lizing the relationship between the technologies of a society and the values of that 
society, and in areas of particular interest to students, a detailed analysis of con- 
temporary instances of the interrelation of technology and human values. 

Messrs. McDonald, Shriver 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

EM 601, 602 Unifying Concepts in Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) F S 

308 



EM 603 Theory of Elasticity II 3 (3-0) S 

EM 604 Theory of Plasticity 3 (3-0) S 

EM 605, 606 (MAS 605, 606, OY 605, 606) Advanced Geophysical 

Fluid Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) F S 

EM 611 Mechanics of Compressible Fluids II 3 (3-0) S 

EM 612 Mechanics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) F 

EM 613, 614 (MAS 613, 614, OY 613, 614) Perturbation Method 

IN Fluid Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) F S 

EM 621 Properties of Materials at Low Temperatures 3 (3-0) S 

EM 631 (OR 631) Variational Methods in Optimization Techniques I 3 (3-0) F 

EM 632 (OR 632) Variational Methods in Optimization 

Techniques II 3 (3-0) S 

EM 641 Optical Mechanics 3 (2-3) F 

EM 656 Nonlinear Vibrations 3 (3-0) S 

EM 695 Experimental Methods in Mechanics 3 (2-3) S 

EM 697 Seminars in Mechanics 1 (1-0) F S 

EM 698 Special Topics in Mechanics Credits Arranged F S 

EM 699 Research in Mechanics Credits Arranged F S 



ENGINEERING OPERATIONS 

EO 491 Seminar in Engineering Operations 1 (1-0) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

A seminar for engineering operations seniors to assist the transition from a 
college environment to that of industiy; lectures, problems, presentation of papers 
and outside speakers. 



ENGLISH 

(Also see Speech) 

FRESHMAN ENGLISH 
Required of all Freshmen 

ENG 111 Composition and Rhetoric 3 (3-0) FS 

Intensive study and practice in the basic forms and principles of expository 

communication; conferences. Staff 

ENG 112 Composition and Reading 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: ENG 111 

Continued practice in expository writing; introduction to literary types; 
collateral reading; conferences. Staff 

NOTE: Qualified students will be allowed to register for ENG 112H and will 
be given credit for 111 upon successful completion of the course. Eligibility for 

309 



112H is based on the student's predicted grade in English, employing a formula 
deteimined by Counseling, plus a composition to be written at the first or second 
class meeting of the 112H section. 

NOTE: The prerequisite for all advanced courses in writing, language, speech, 
or literature is the completion of ENG 111 and ENG 112 with a grade of C or better 
in at least one semester. Desirable preparation for literature courses of the 300 
level or above is ENG 205 or any semester of ENG 261, ENG 262 or ENG 265, 
ENG 266. 



WRITING 



FOR UNDERGRADUATES 



ENG 200 Writing Laboratory (0-3) F S 

A three-hour noncredit remedial course in composition designed for upperclass- 
men, chiefly juniors and seniors, who in any curriculum may be found deficient 
in composition. Mr. Easley 



ENG 215 Principles of News and Article Writing 
Introduction to the writing of news articles. 



3 (3-0) FS 
Mrs. Bradley 



ENG 321 The Communication of Technical Information 3 (3-0) FS 

Intensive training in the fundamentals of business and industrial expository 
and persuasive writing. Messrs. Dandridge, Davis, Heaton 

ENG 322 Advanced Expository Writing 3 (3-0) F 

A course for upperclassmen designed to examine the rhetoric of the sentence, 
the paragraph and the whole discourse in order to develop awareness of the 
relationship between structure and effect in expository writing. A section desig- 
nated ENG 322H is restricted to Teacher Certification English majors. 

Messrs. Dandridge, Meyers 

ENG 323 Creative Writing 3 (3-0) F 

Especially designed for students who have demonstrated ability; emphasis on 
short prose fiction. Mr. Owen 



LITERATURE 



FOR UNDERGRADUATES 



ENG 205 Reading for Discovery 3 (3-0) F S 

Selected masterworks drawn from American, English and European literature. 

Staff 



ENG 261 English Literature I (Beginnings to 1790) 

ENG 262 English Literature II (1790 to present) 

ENG 265 American Literature I (Beginnings to 1850) 

ENG 266 American Literature II (1850 to present) 



3 (3-0) F S 
Staff 

3 (3-0) F S 
Staff 

3 (3-0) F S 
Staff 

3 (3-0) F S 
Staff 



310 



ENG 346 Comparative Literature I 3 (3-0) F S 

Selected great books ranging from the earliest Hebraic and Greek literature 
to the beginnings of the Renaissance. Mr. Smith, Mrs. Smoot 

ENG 347 Comparative Literature II 3 (3-0) S 

Masterworks of Continental literature from the Renaissance to 1900. Mrs. Smoot 

ENG 369 American Novel of the 19th Century 3 (3-0) S 

Analysis of selected romantic, realistic and naturalistic novels. 

Messrs. Clark, Heaton, West 

ENG 370 The British Novel of the 18th and 19th Centuries 3 (3-0) F 

A study of the background of the English novel from its beginnings to the end 
of the 19th century, and an analysis of the novel as a form. 

Miss C. Moore, Mr. F. Moore 

ENG 371 The Modern Novel 3 (3-0) S 

A study of the background and patterns, and an analysis of major examples of 
the 20th century novel. Miss C. Moore, Messrs. Halperen, Reynolds 

ENG 372 Modern Poetry 3 (3-0) S 

An introductory course with the objective of defining the "modern temper" by 
comparison of contemporary poetry with that of the past. Reading and analysis 
of individual poems. Messrs. Lasseter, Owen 

ENG 382 Short Prose Fiction 3 (3-0) S 

Contemporary British and American short stories. (Offered in alternate years.) 

Mr. Kincheloe 

ENG 395 Black American Literature 3 (3-0) F S 

A survey of Black American literature from significant beginnings to the 
present. Mr. Barrax 

ENG 397 Literature of the Non-Western World 3 (3-0) F 

Selected translations from the literature of Persia, India, China and Japan. 
(Offered in alternate years.) Mr. Owen 

ENG 398 Contemporary Literature I (1900 to 1940) 3 (3-0) F 

A study of a broad range of imaginative literature from the period 1900-1940 
with emphasis upon themes and techniques rather than genre or nationality. 

Messrs. Knowles, Reynolds 

ENG 399 Contemporary Literature II (1940 to present) 3 (3-0) S 

The study of representative French, American and British writers of the period 
1940 to the present. Messrs. Knowles, Reynolds 

ENG 439 17th-century English Literature 3 (3-0) S 

An examination of the major nondramatic literary figures in England during 
the period 1600-1700. Messrs. Blank, White 

ENG 449 The Renaissance 3 (3-0) F 

A study of nondramatic prose and poetry of the 16th century, with considera- 
ation of literary types and movements, and with special emphasis on the works of 
major authors. Messrs. Blank, F. Moore 

ENG 451 Chaucer 3 (3-0) F S 

An undergraduate introduction to the study of Chaucer through an intensive 
reading of his masterpieces. The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde. 

Messrs. Koonce, Toole 



311 



ENG 453 The Romantic Period 3 (3-0) F 

The poetry of Wordsworth, Coleridge, Byron, Shelley and Keats, with readings 
in the prose of Lamb, DeQuincey and others. r, .Tr-,,- 

Messrs. Hargrave, P. Williams 

ENG 463 The Victorian Period 3 (3-0) S 

Major poets and selected prose writers studied against the social, economic, 
scientific and theological background of the century. 

Messrs. Hargrave, Lasseter 

ENG 468 American Romanticism 3 (3-0) F 

A study of major American Avriters from 1825 to 1865. 

Messrs. Kincheloe, Scoville, Stein, West 

ENG 469 American Realism and Naturalism 3 (3-0) S 

A study of major American writers from 1865 to 1935. 

Messrs. Kincheloe, Scoville, Stein, West 

ENG 480 Modern Drama 3 (3-0) F 1 

Major plays from Ibsen to Albee. Mr. Halperen 

ENG 485 Shakespeare 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of the principal plays with emphasis on the development of the play- 
wright. Messrs. Champion, Hartley, Toole, P. Williams 

ENG 496 Literary Analysis (Senior Seminar) 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

A flexible course in reading and criticism designed to synthesize some aspect 
of the student's preceding work in literature and to provide a capstone for his 
undergraduate program. A section designated ENG 496H, restricted to Teacher 
Certification English majors, will be offered each semester. Staff 

ENG 498 Special Topics in English 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of English above the freshman level 

A detailed investigation of a special topic in language or literature, the topic 
and mode of study to be determined by the faculty member in consultation with 
the head of the English department. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENG 504 Problems in College Composition 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor 

Directed study of the development of rhetorical skills in composition in class- 
room situations. Enrollment restricted to graduate assistants. 

Messrs. Betts, Walters 

ENG 524 Modern English Usage 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor 

An intensive study of English grammar, with attention to new developments 
in structural linguistics and with emphasis on current usage. Messrs. Meyers, Short 

ENG 526 History of the English Language 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing or consent of instructor 

A survey of the growth and development of the language from its Indo-European 
beginnings to the present. Messrs. Meyers, Short 



312 



ENG 561 Milton 3 (3-0) S 
Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

An intensive reading of Milton with attention to background materials in the 

history and culture of 17th-century England. Messrs. Blank, F. Moore 

ENG 562 The 18th Century 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

The major figures in English literature between 1660 and 1790 against the 
background of social, cultural and religious change. 

Messrs. Hartley, F. Moore, White 

ENG 575 Southern Writers 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 266 or equivalent 

A survey of the particular contribution of the South to American literature, 
with intensive study of selected major figures. Messrs. Clark, Kincheloe, West 

ENG 578 English Drama to 1642 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

Intensive study of the English drama from the beginnings to 1642. 

Messrs. Champion, Meyers 

ENG 579 English Drama of the Restoration and 18th Century 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

Intensive study of the English drama from 1660 to 1800. 

Messrs. F. Moore, White 

ENG 590 Literary Criticism 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ENG 261 or equivalent 

An examination of the critical process as it leads to the definition and analysis 
of literature, together with attention to the main literary traditions and conventions. 

Messrs. Halperen, P. Williams 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENG 608 Bibliography and Methodology 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 610 Middle English Literature 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 615 American Literature of the Colonial Period 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 620 16th-century Non-Dramatic English Literature 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 630 17th-century English Literature 3 (3-0) S 

ENG 650 19TH-CENTURY English Literature: The Romantic 

Period 3(3-0) F 

ENG 651 Studies in Chaucer 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 655 19TH-CENTURY American Literature: The Romantic 

Period 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 658 Studies in Shakespeare: The Tragedies 3 (3-0) F 

ENG 659 Studies in Shakespeare: The Comedies 3 (3-0) S 



313 



ENG 660 19TH-CENTURY English Literature: The Victorian 

Period 3 (3-0) S 

ENG 665 19th-century American Literature: The Period of Realism 

AND Naturalism 3 (3-0) S 

LNG 670A 20th-century British Literature (Prose) 3 (3-0) S 

(Offered in alternate years.) 



ENG 670B 20TH-CENTURY British Literature (Poetry) 
(Offered in alternate years.) 

ENG 675A 20th-century American Literature (Prose) 
(Offered in alternate years.) 

ENG 675B 20TH-CENTURY American Literature (Poetry) 
(Offered in alternate years.) 

ENG 680A 20TH-CENTURY Drama (British) 

(Offered in alternate years.) 
ENG 680B 20th-century Drama (American) 

(Offered in alternate years.) 

ENG 692 Special Topics in American Literature 
ENG 693 Special Topics in English Literature 
ENG 699 Research in Literature (Thesis) 



3 (3-0) S 
3 (3-0) F 
3 (3-0) F 
3 (3-0) S 
3 (3-0) S 

3 (3-0) FS 

3 (3-0) FS 

Credits Arranged F S 



ENTOMOLOGY 



FOR UNDERGRADUATES 



ENT 301 Introduction to Forest Insects 3 (2-2) F 
Prerequisite: FOR 264 

An introductory course covering the fundamentals of classification, develop- 
ment, habit and control of forest insects. Mr. Farrier 

ENT 312 Introduction to Economic Insects 3 (2-2) FS 

A basic course, covering the fundamentals of insect classification, develop- 

Mr. Brett 



ment, food habits and controls. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 401 (ZO 401) Bibliographic Research in Biology 1 (1-0) F 

A general course intended to acquaint students with literature problems of 
the scientist, mechanics of the library book classifications, bibliographies, 
abstract journals, taxonomic indexes and preparation of scientific papers in 
agriculture, forestry, biology and their subdivisions. (Offered fall, 1972 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Farrier 



314 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ENT 502 Insect Diversity 4 (2-4) F 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours of biology 

An introduction to the external morphology of insects and a survey of the bio- 
logy and identification of immature and adult insects. Evolutionary relationships 
of insects and other arthropods, speciation, insect zoogeography, nomenclature, 
and classical and recent approaches to systematics are also considered. 

Messrs. Axtell, Neunzig, Rabb, Young 

ENT 503 Functional Systems of Insects 4 (2-6) S 

Prerequisites: Twelve hours in biology, nine hours in chemistry, three hours of 
biochemistry, ENT 301 or equivalent 

Structure and morphological variations of organ systems in insects including 
considerations of their histology and function. Sensory and general physiology 
will then lead into basic elements of insect orientation and behavior. 

Messrs. Campbell, Hodgson, Yamamoto 

ENT 504 Insect Morphology 3 (1-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

Concerned with external morphology, primary and comparative phases, with 
emphasis on knowledge and techniques which can be applied to specific problems. 
(Offered fall, 1971 and alternate years.) Mr. Young 

ENT 511 Systematic Entomology 3 (1-4) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or equivalent 

A somewhat detailed survey of the orders and families of insects, designed to 
acquaint the student with those groups and develop in the student some ability 
in the use of the taxonomic literature. (Offered fall, 1972 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Young 

ENT 520 Insect Pathology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: Introductory entomology and introductory microbiology 

A treatment of the noninfectious and infectious diseases of insects, the etiolo- 
gical agents and infectious processes involved, immunological responses and appli- 
cations. (Offered spring, 1971 and alternate years.) Mr. Brooks 

ENT 531 Insect Ecology 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 

The environmental relations of insects, including insect development, habits, 
distribution and abundance. (Offered fall, 1971 and alternate years.) 

Messrs. Bradley, Rabb 

ENT 541 Immature Insects 2 (1-3) F 

Prerequisite: ENT 502 or equivalent 

An advance study of the immature stages of selected orders of insects with 
emphasis on generic and specific taxa. Primary consideration is given to the larval 
stage, but a brief treatment of eggs and pupae is also included. (Offered fall, 
1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Neunzig 

ENT 542 Acarology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 or ZO 201 

A systematic survey of the mites and ticks with emphasis on identification, 
biology and control of the more common and economic forms attacking material, 
plants and animals including man. (Offered spring, 1971 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Farrier 



315 



ENT 550 Fundamentals of Insect Control 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ENT 312 or ENT 301 and senior standing 

The course is divided into two phases. The first deals with the basic causes of 
insect problems, an evaluation of the biological and economic aspects of insect 
attack and the fundamental methods employed in insect control. The second part 
deals with the critical chemical, physical and biological properties of compounds 
used for insect control. The material presented in the course is directed toward 
obtaining fundamental knowledge of the scientific principles underlying modern 
methods of protection of food, clothing, shelter and health from arthropods. 

Mr. Guthrie 

ENT 551 Fundamentals of Insect Control Laboratory 2 (0-4) F 

Prerequisite or corequisite: ENT 550 

A laboratory course designed to supplement ENT 550. The student will be intro- 
duced to specific insect problems including recognition and evaluation of damage. 
Practical procedures for design of field plots and statistical procedures for sampling 
pest management practices will be included. Selected laboratory experiments 
and demonstrations will include determination of the LD-50, cholinesterase 
inhibition, residue analysis, mass rearing and evaluation of application equipment. 

Mr. Rock 

ENT 562 Agricultural Entomology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: ENT 301 or ENT 312 

A study of the taxonomy, biology and ecology of beneficial and injurious insects 
and arachnids of agricultural crops. Advantages and limitations of the advanced 
concepts for controlling insect and mite populations on different crops will be 
emphasized. (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) Messrs. Bradley, Rock 

ENT 575 (PHY 575, ZO 575) Physiology of Invertebrates 3 (3-0) S 

(See zoology, page 461.) 

ENT 582 (ZO 582) Medical and Veterinary Entomology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: ENT 301 or ENT 312 and ZO 315 or equivalent 

A study of the morphology, taxonomy, biology and control of the arthropod 
parasites and disease vectors of man and animals. The ecology and behavior of 
vectors in relation to disease transmission and control will be emphasized. (Offered 
spring, 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Axtell 

ENT 590 Special Problems Credits Arranged FS 

Prerequisites : Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Original research on special problems in entomology not related to a thesis 
problem, but designed to provide experience and training in research. 

Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ENT 602 Principles of Taxonomy 3 (1-4) S 

ENT 611 Biochemistry of Insects 3 (3-0) F 

ENT 622 Insect Toxicology 3 (2-3) S 

ENT 690 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

ENT 699 Research Credits Arranged F S 



316 



NUTRITION 

NTR 301 (ANS 301, FS 301) Nutrition and Man 3 (3-0) FS 

(See animal science, page 241,) 

NTR 415 (ANS 415, PO 415) Comparative Nutrition 3 (3-0) F 

(See animal science, page 243.) 

NTR 601 Amino Acids, Vitamins and Minerals in Nutrition 4 (4-0) S 

NTR 608 Energy Metabolism 3 (3-0) 



PHYSIOLOGY 

PHY 502 (ANS 502) Reproductive Physiology of Vertebrates 3 (3-0) 

(See animal science, page 243.) 

PHY 575 (ENT 575, ZO 575) Physiology of Invertebrates 3 (3-0) 

(See zoology, page 461.) 

PHY 590 Special Problems in Physiology Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing, consent of instructor 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PHY 604 (ANS 604) Experimental Animal Physiology 4 2-4) F 

PHY 690 Physiology Seminar 1 (1-0) S 

PHY 695 Selected Topics in Physiology 1-4 

PHY 699 Physiological Research Credits Arranged 

TOXICOLOGY 

TOX 510 Introduction to Biochemical Toxicology 2 (2-0) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing in biochemistry 

TOX 515 Environmental Toxicology 2 (2-0) 

Prerequisite: Two years of biology 

TOX 590 Special Problems in Toxicology 1-3 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

TOX 690 Toxicology Seminar 1 (1-0) 



317 



FOOD SCIENCE 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 201 Food Science and Technology 3 (2-3) F 

An introduction to the sciences involved in the processing of foods. The role of 
foods and the food industry in the development of man. The relationships between 
production, processing and consumption. Principles and methods of food preserva- 
tion. Laboratories and field trips will acquaint students with typical processing 
operations and representative food industries. Mr. Warren 

FS 301 (ANS 301, NTR 301) Nutrition and Man 3 (3-0) F S 

(See animal science, page 241.) 

FS 331 (BAE 331) Food Engineering 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: PY 211 or PY 221 

Engineering concepts and their application to the food industry will be pre- 
sented. Principles of thermodynamics, fluid flow, heat transfer, refrigeration and 
electricity will be emphasized. Mr. V. Jones 

FS 400 Foods and Nutrition 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the health of an individual as related to food and the ability of his 
body to use food. Evaluation of normal diets and factors that promote optimal 
nutrition throughout life, and the application of biochemistry to utilization of foods. 

Mr. Aurand 

FS 402 Food Chemistry 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 220 or CH 221 

An introduction to the biochemistry of foods with emphasis on the basic composi- 
tion, structure, properties and nutritive value of food. The chemistry of changes 
occurring during processing and utilization of foods will also be studied. 

Mr. Hansen 

FS 404 (PO 404) Poultry Products 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: CH 101, BS 100 

Biological principles of processing, preservation and marketing of poultry meat 
and eggs. Mr. Ball 

FS 405 (MB 405) Food Microbiology 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MB 301 or MB 401 

The microorganisms of importance in foods, and their cultural and metabolic 
activities in foods. The physical and chemical destiniction of microorganisms in 
foods and kinetics involved. The conversion of raw foods by microorganisms into 
altered foods and the nutrition, growth and preservation of the cultures involved. 
Foods as vectors of human pathogens. The evolution of microbiological standards 
for foods. Mr. Speck 

FS 409 (ANS 409) Meat and Meat Products 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: CH 220 

A study of the basic principles involved in processing of beef, pork and lamb from 
the live animal to the various representative cured, fresh, canned and comminuted 
meat items currently produced. Mr. Blumer 



318 



FS 432 Food Engineering II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: FS 331 

The theory and principles of evaporation, drying and distillation will be discussed 
with emphasis on applications in the processing of foods. Instrumentation and 
control systems used in the food industry will also be presented. Mr. V. Jones 

FS 490 Food Science Seminar 1 (1-0) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

A review and discussion of scientific articles, new developments and topics of 
current interest in the food industry. Messrs. Roberts, Warren 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FS 503 Food Analysis 3 (1-6) S 

Prerequisites: CH 315, BCH 351, FS 402 

A study of the principles, methods and techniques necessary for quantitative 
physical and chemical analyses of food and food products. Results of analyses will 
be studied and evaluated in terms of quality standards and governing regulations. 

Mr. Johnson 

FS 504 Advanced Food Chemistry 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BCH 551 

Studies on the molecular properties of food components, their interactions 
and reactions and the physico-chemical alterations occurring in the maturation, 
harvest, process and storage stages. Mr. Aurand 

FS 506 (MB 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3 (1-6) S 

Prerequisite: FS 405 or equivalent 

The interactions of microorganisms in foods and their roles in food spoilage 
and bioprocessing. Cellular and molecular relationships in bacterial injury, repair 
and aging resulting from environmental stresses. Bacterial sporulations, germina- 
tion and physiological properties of bacterial spores. Mr. Speck 

FS 511 Food Research and Development 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: FS 331, FS 402, FS 405 

A study of the scientific principles underlying the development of new and 
improved food products and processes. Special emphasis will be placed on the 
application of research and development principles to meat, poultry and fisheries 
industries. Mr. Webb 

FS 516 Quality Control of Food Products 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: FS 331, FS 402, FS 405 

A study of quality control fundamentals in the food industry including specifica- 
tions and standards, testing procedures, sampling, statistical and quality control, 
and organization. Food products and industry problems will be used in the presenta- 
tion with special emphasis on dairy products. Mr. Warren 

FS 521 (HS 521) Food Preservation 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: MB 401 or FS 405, FS 402 or BO 421 

An examination of principles and methods employed in the preservation of 
foods. Major emphasis will be focused on thermal, freezing, drying and fermentation 
processes and their relationship to physical, chemical and organoleptic changes in 
product. In addition, the relationship of these preservation techniques to the develop- 
ment of an overall processing operation will be considered. Mr. Carroll 



319 



FS 562 (HS 562) Post-Harvest Physiology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during handling, 
transportation and storage which affect the quality of horticultural crops. Consid- 
eration will be given to pre- and post-harvest conditions which influence these 
changes. Mr. Ballinger 

FS 591 Special Problems in Food Science Maximum 6 F S 

Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Analysis of scientific, engineering and economic problems of current interest 
in foods. Credit for this course will involve the scientific appraisal and solution of 
a selected problem. The problems are designed to provide training and experiences 
in research. Graduate Faculty 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FS 601 Theory of Physical Measurements of Biopolymers 3 (2-3) S 

FS 690 Seminar in Food Science 1 (1-0) F S 

FS 691 Special Research Problems in Food Science Credits Arranged 

FS 699 Research in Food Science Credits Arranged 



FORESTRY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 101 (WPS 101) Introduction to Forest Resources 1 (1-0) F 

The profession of forestry, its scope and opportunities; conservation of natural 

resources. Staff 

FOR 204 Silviculture 2 (0-6) Sum. 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in forestry 

Field exercises to enable the student to describe and measure factors of the 
forest environment, the ecology of forest communities, tree structure and growth, 
and tree and stand response to treatments which are normal parts of forest manage- 
ment operations. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 210 Dendrology — Gymnosperms 2 (1-2) S 

Prerequisite: BO 200 

Identification, relationships and distribution of gymnosperm trees, with emphasis 
on the characteristics of genera and higher taxonomic groups. Mr. Duffield 

FOR 211 Dendrology — Angiosperms 2 (1-2) F 

Prei-equisite: BO 200 

Identification, relationships and distribution of angiosperm trees, with emphasis 
on the characteristics of genera and higher taxonomic groups. Mr. Duffield 



320 



FOR 219 (WPS 219) Forest Economy and its Operation 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: EC 206 or EC 212 

Multiple use concept of forestry; economic principles underlying production; 
investment problems; factors which influence demand for forest products. 

Mr. Steensen 

FOR 263 Dendrology 1 (0-3) Sum. 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in forestry 

Identification of trees, shrubs and woody vines of the Piedmont and mountain 
regions of North Carolina, principally by bark, foliage, flowers and developing 
fruits. Mr. Perry 

FOR 264 Forest Protection 2 (0-6) Sum. 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in forestry 

Identification and control of forest insects and diseases. Behavior of fire and 
the meteorological factors affecting fire behavior. Suppression of a large simulated 
fire, including use of modern ground equipment, aircraft and communications 
systems. Staff 

FOR 272 Forest Mensuration 3 (2-2) S 

Scientific basis for the measurements and estimates required in the manage- 
ment of forest resources and the goods and services derived from forest land. 
Included are theory of measurements, the required procedures, instrumentation 
and statistical prerequisites, with emphasis on sampling problems. Mr. Steensen 

FOR 273 (WPS 273) Quantitative Methods in Forest Resources 3 (2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing 

Problem solving techniques in the areas of forestry, wood technology, pulp and 
paper technology and recreation resources. Historical development of past tech- 
niques, assessment of present technology, and an evaluation of problem solving 
tools, including an introduction to the use of computers. Mr. Gemmer 

FOR 274 Mapping and Mensuration 4 (0-12) Sum. 

Sophomore Summer Camp 
Prerequisite: FOR 272 

Use of surveying instruments and graphic methods in preparation of topographic 
and planimetric maps of forested areas. Measurement of height, diameter, bole 
form and age of trees. Study of stand density, growing stock levels and financial 
maturity. Stem analysis, sampling and site index determinations. Mr. Bryant 

FOR 284 Utilization 1 Sum. 

Sophomore Summer Camp 

Prerequisite: Junior standing in forestry 

Inspection of wood industries; expositions on manufacturing processes. Staff 

FOR 318 (PP 318) Forest Pathology 3 (2-3) Sum. 

(See plant pathology, page 408.) 

FOR 353 Air Photo Interpretation 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Theory, principles and techniques of utilizing air photos as data sources for 
planning and management of renewable resources. Particular attention will be 



321 



directed to stereoscopic identification and examination of the bioecological factors 
of terrain, plants, growing conditions, water, wildlife and the changes brought 
about by the activities of man. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 405 Forest Land Management 5 (2-6-2) F 

Prerequisites: FOR 272, FOR 452 

Management of forest lands for multiple benefits. The principles and techniques 
applied in regulating regeneration, species composition, growth and quality of 
woody vegetation; the use of planting, seeding, cutting, herbicides and fire in the 
management of vegetation. The application of financial principles in making deci- 
sions regarding investments in forest management. Messrs. Bryant, Duffield 

FOR 406 Forest Land Inventory and Planning 6 (2-12) S 

Prerequisite: FOR 405 

Applications of land management systems, including silviculture, protection, 
utilization and related problems in evaluation of assigned forest areas. Students 
complete a resource inventory and submit individual plans for management of the 
assigned tract. Mr. Bryant 

FOR 423 (WPS 423) Logging and Milling 3 (2-3) F 

(See wood and paper science, page 455.) 

FOR 452 SILVICS 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisites: BO 200, CH 103, PY 221 or PY 212, mathematics through calculus 
Physiological ecology of the plants composing forest communities, including con- 
sideration of genotypic and phenotypic variation. Plant responses to environmental 
factors, including plant interactions are emphasized as a basis for developing 
techniques of manipulating forest communities. Consideration is given to effects 
of ecosystem manipulation on aesthetic values and on wildlife habitats. Mr. Perry 

FOR 462 Artificial Forestation 2 (1-3) S 

Biologj' of seed production for forest trees; forest tree seed collection, extraction, 
storage and testing; biology of tree seedling growth; soil aspects of nursery 
management; forest nursery operation; soil aspects of site preparation, planting 
and direct seeding; reforestation operations. (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate 
years.) Messrs. Davey, Duffield 

FOR 472 Renewable Resource Management 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: A basic course in biology and economics; junior or senior standing 
The concepts and problems of coordinated use and management of the renewable 
resources namely soil, water, vegetation and fauna. Man as a biological factor 
interacting with other components of terrestrial ecological systems, particularly 
forests and related communities. Consideration is given to the interrelationships 
of forests, water, range-land, wildlife and outdoor recreation and their aesthetic 
and economic values. Inventory and management techniques and economic policies 
relating to renewable resources are examined and discussed. (Not open to forestry 
majors.) Staff 

FOR 491 (WPS 491) Senior Problems in Forest Resources Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or technology. 

Staff 

FOR 492 (WPS 492) Senior Problems in Forest Resources Credits Arranged 
Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Problems selected with faculty approval in the areas of management or technology. 

Staff 

322 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

FOR 501 Forest Influences and Watershed Management 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Study of the effects of woody vegetation on climate, water and soil, with appli- 
cations of the knowledge of forest influences to management of forest land 
resources, including conservation and yield of water, stabilization of streamflow 
and soils, reduction of sedimentation and general improvement of the environment. 

Mr. Maki 

FOR 512 Forest Economics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Basic course in economics or consent of instructor 

Economics and social value of forests; supply of, and demands for forest products; 
land use; forestry as a private and a public enterprise; economics of the forest 
industries. Staff 

FOR 553 Forest Photogrammetry 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Basic measurements course or consent of instructor 

The stereoscopic use of aerial photographs for land use and vegetation inter- 
pretation will be emphasized. Some developments in remote sensing of environment 
will be reviewed, including infrared light, thermal infrared, microwave and radar 
imagery. Laboratoiy exercises include identification of plant cover and culture, 
measurement of elevations and heights of objects, determination of tree cover den- 
sities and volumes, road location and rudimentary mapping. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 571 Advanced Forest Mensuration 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisites: FOR 272, ST 311 

Study of the development of mathematical models to describe forest resources 
phenomena; criteria for evaluating the "goodness" of such models; and methods 
of data collection for use in the evaluation. Mr. Hafley 

FOR 572 Conservation Policy Issues 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Seniors and graduates, or consent of instructor 

Analysis of the attitudes of selected private groups and public agencies toward 
multiple resource development. Special attention is directed to the trends in develop- 
ment of forest resource policies, timber management objectives, private industry 
activity in forestry development, recreation and multiple use, education, research, 
watersheds, governmental activity, interaction in international forestry affairs and 
the role of professional foresters and related specialists in multiple use resource 
management. Mr. Lammi 

FOR 591 (WPS 591) Forestry Problems Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Assigned or selected j)roblems in the field of silviculture, harvesting operations, 
lumber manufacturing, wood science, pulp and paper science, woo'd chemistry or 
forest management. Staff 

FOR 599 (WPS 599) Methods of Research in Forestry Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Senior or graduate standing 

Research procedures, problem analysis, working plan preparation, interpretation 
and presentation of results; evaluation of selected studies by forest research organ- 
izations; techniques and constraints in the use of sample plots. Staff 



323 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

FOR 611 (GN 611) Forest Genetics 3 (3-0) S 

FOR 612 (GN 612) Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics 3 (3-0) F 

FOR 613 Special Topics in Silviculture 3 (2-1) F 

FOR 614 Advanced Topics in Forest Land Management 3 (3-0) F 

FOR 691 (WPS 691) Graduate Seminar 1 (1-0) FS 

FOR 692 Advanced Forest Management Problems Credits Arranged 

FOR 699 (WPS 699) Problems and Research Credits Arranged 

GENETICS 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 301 Genetics in Human Affairs 3 (3-0) FS 

Fundamental principles of genetics will be presented at a level not requiring 
courses in biological sciences but sufficient for an understanding of the relation of 
genetics to society and technology. A survey will be given of current knowledge of 
inheritance of human traits. Messrs. Bostian, McKenzie 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 411 The Principles of Genetics 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: BS 100 

An introductory course. The physical and chemical basis of inheritance; genes 
as functional and structural units of heredity and development; qualitative and 
quantitative aspects of genetic variation. Mr. Johnson 

GN 412 Elementary Genetics Laboratory 1 (0-2) FS 

Prerequisite or corequisite: GN411 

Experiments and demonstrations to provide an opportunity to gain practical 
experience in crossing and classifying a variety of genetic materials including two 
generations of Drosophila. Mr. Johnson, Graduate Assistants 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GN 504 Human Genetics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GN 301 or GN 411 or equivalent 

The basic principles needed for an understanding of the genetics of man will be 
presented. Current knowledge and important areas of research in human genetics 
will be surveyed. This course will not be accepted in the core requirements for an 
advanced degree in genetics but is intended to serve the needs of advanced under- 
graduates and graduates other than majors in genetics. 

Messrs. Bostian, Schaffer 



324 



GN 505 Genetics I 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 411 or equivalent 

Part I of a course sequence designed to serve as a foundation for graduate pro- 
grams in genetics. As such, balanced and comprehensive survey of each of the major 
fields of genetics must be presented in integrated form. Concepts based upon family 
analysis and a study of individual organisms M^ill be presented here. Coverage will 
include general plant and animal genetics, biochemical and microbial genetics, and 
physiological and developmental genetics. Messrs. Grosch, Kloos 

GN 506 Genetics II 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: GN 505 or consent of instructor 

This course represents the second portion of a tw^o-semester sequence in General 
Genetics, which is presented at the intermediate level and directed primarily to 
beginning graduate students. Emphasis is placed on the basic principles and 
modern concepts of cytogenetics, population genetics and quantitative genetics. 
These subjects are intergrated with those of the first semester course as much as 
possible, with the primary synthesis being directed toward the dynamic aspects of 
evolutionary theory, including both intra- and interpopulational phenomena. 

Mr. Mettler, Staff 

GN 508 (ANS 508) Genetics of Animal Improvement 3 (3-0) FS 

(See animal science, page 243.) 

GN 513 Cytogenetics 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisite: GN 506 or consent of instructor 

Classical and contemporary problems of chromosome structure, behavior and 
transmission. Euchromatin and heterochromatin. Recombination. Structural and 
numerical aberrations of chromosomes and the effects upon breeding systems of plants 
and animals. Interspecific hybridization. Polyploidy. Messrs. Galletta, Gerstel 

GN 520 (PO 520) Poultry Breeding 3 (2-2) F 

(See poultry science, page 417.) 

GN 532 (ZO 532) Biological Effects of Radiations 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or GN 301 or consent of instructor 

Qualitative and quantitative effects of radiations (other than the visible spectrum) 
on biological systems, to include both morphological and physiological aspects in 
a consideration of genetics, cytology, histology and morphogenesis. Mr. Grosch 

GN 540 (ZO 540) Evolution 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GN 411; undergraduates need consent of instructor 

The facts and theories of evolution in plants and animals. The causes and conse- 
quences of organic diversity. Mr. Smith 

GN 541 (CS 541, HS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) F 

(See crop science, page 279.) 

GN 542 (CS 542, HS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2 (0-4) Sum. 

(See crop science, page 279.) 

GN 545 (CS 545) Origin and Evolution of Cultivated Plants 2 (2-0) S 

(See crop science, page 279.) 

GN 550 (ZO 550) Experimental Evolution 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GN 506 or consent of instructor 

Experimental evolution deals with processes examined at the inter- and intra- 
population levels. A review of the results from experimental population studies 

325 



and analyses of natural populations concerning variation patterns and adaptation, 
natural selection, polymorphism, hybridization, introgression, population breeding 
structure, isolating mechanisms, etc., is made and interpreted in relation to 
Darwinian and the modern synthesis concepts of the origin of species. 

Mr. Mettler 

GN 561 (BCH 561, MB 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: BCH 351 or BCH 551, GN 411 or GN 505, MB 401 or equivalent 
A study of the development of the fields of biochemical genetics and microbial 
genetics emphasizing both techniques and concepts currently used in research in 
these areas. Includes lectures and discussions of current research publications. 

Mr. Armstrong 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GN 603 (ANS 603) Population Genetics in Animal Improvement 3 (3-0) F 

GN 611 (FOR 611) Forest Genetics 3 (3-0) S 

GN 612 (FOR 612) Advanced Topics in Quantitative Genetics 3 (3-0) F 

GN 613 (CS 613, HS 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) S 

GN 626 (ST 626) Statistical Concepts in Genetics 3 (3-0) S 

GN 631 Mathematical Genetics 3 (3-0) F 

GN 633 Physiological Genetics 3 (3-0) S 

GN 641 Colloquium in Genetics 2 (2-0) FS 

GN 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) FS 

1 ^ FS 
GN 695 Special Problems in Genetics 

GN 699 Research Credits Arranged 



GEOLOGY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 101 Earth Science 3 (3-0) S 

Not to be taken after GY 120 

Introductory course in general geology; changes in the earth, and underlying 
physical and life processes. 

GY 120 Physical Geology 3 (2-3) F S 

Dynamic processes acting on and within the earth; materials and makeup of 
the earth's crust; emphasis on engineering and agricultural applications in the 
Southeast. Lectures, laboratories and field trips. 

GY 208 Physical Geography and Meteorology 3 (2-3) S 

Study of the physical conditions on the earth's surface that influence human 



326 



activities; factors of man's environment; including planetary conditions, geographic 
location, climate and weather, soils and land forms. 

GY 220 Physical- Historical Geology 4 (3-3) Sum. 

Prerequisite: CH 101 

A broad introductory survey of earth materials, processes and history. Common 
minerals and rocks. Effect of solar, gravitational, chemical and internal-thermal 
energy in transforming crustal constitution, structure, position and surface form. 
Measurement and subdivision of geologic time scale. The time scale, geosynclinal 
and tectonic cycles. Typical major geologic events in North America. Evolution of 
the main fossil groups. 

GY 222 Historical Geology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: GY 120 

Chronologic account of the geologic events during the development of the earth's 
crust, mainly in North America. Evolution and environmental significance of the 
principal fossil animal and plant groups. 

GY 323 Paleontology 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: GY 220 or GY 222 

Study of fossil life forms, with major emphasis on classification and structure of 
the invertebrate animals and their application to problems of correlation of strata. 
Lecture, laboratories and field trips. 

GY 330 Crystallography and Mineralogy 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: GY 120 

The elements of morphological crystallography. Space lattices, crystal symmetry, 
systems and classes. Stereographic projection of common forms. Identification of 
minerals by crystallographic features, cleavage, fracture, luster, color, streak, hard- 
ness, specific gravity, etc. Chemical composition, varieties, occurrence, associations, 
important localities and uses. Crystal structures of selected minerals. 

GY 331 Optical Mineralogy and X-Ray Diffraction 4 (2-4) F 

Prerequisite: GY 330 

Techniques and underlying optical theory for identifying minerals with the polar- 
izing microscope. Determination of index of refraction and birefringence; isotropic, 
uniaxial or biaxial character; optic sign and orientation. Adjunct apparatus for 
statistical and petrographic studies. Generation of x-rays, techniques and underly- 
ing theory for identifying by x-ray diffraction. 

GY 351 Tectonic Structures 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite : G Y 120 or GY 220 

Applications of the principles of mechanics to an understanding of rock deforma- 
tion. Analysis of fracture, solid flow and fluid flow structure imposed on igneous, 
sedimentary and metamorphic rock masses by internal crustal forces and gravi- 
tational movements. Stress-strain relations of rocks and minerals under surface 
conditions, and the modification of behavior which results from pore solutions 
and increase of confining pressure, temperature and time. 

GY 415 Mineral Exploration and Evaluation 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 440, GY 452 

Application of the principles of geology, geophysics and geochemistry to the 
discovery and evaluation of mineral deposits. Design of mineral exploration and 
development programs based on knowledge of the unique thermodynamic, geo- 
chemical and tectonic features that control mineral formation and concentrations 
in well-known mining districts, especially those yielding ferrous, base and precious 
metals. Review of economic and technological factors governing the value of mineral 
deposits. Field trips. 

327 



GY 440 Igneous and Metamorphic Petrology 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, GY 331 

Minerals, rocks and mineral deposits that are formed at high temperatures and 
pressures by crystallization or solidification of molten magma or by solid-state 
recrystallization of older rocks. Application of principles of therm odjTiamics and 
of phase-rule chemistry, and of the results of modern high pressure-temperature 
laboratory' research on the stability fields of crystalline phases, to an understanding 
of igneous and metamorphic rocks. Identification, classification, occurrence, origin 
and economic value of the principal igneous and metamorphic rocks. 

GY 452 Exogenic Materials and Processes 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: GY 120 or GY 220, GY 331 

Identification, classification, geologic occurrences, origin and economic value of 
minerals, rocks and mineral deposits formed by physical, chemical and biological 
processes at low temperatures and pressures at and near the earth's surface. 
HydrodjTiamics of sediment transport and deposition, settling velocities, and size 
sorting, chemical and biochemical precipitation from aqueous solutions. Principles 
of divisions of stratified terranes into natural units, correlation of strata, identi- 
fication of depositional environments, and facies analysis. 

GY 461 Engineering Geology 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 120 or GY 220 

The application of geologic principles to engineering practice; analysis of geologic 
factors and processes affecting specific engineering projects. (Offered fall, 1971 and 
alternate years.) 

GY 462 Geological Surveying 3 (1-5) S 

Prerequisite: GY 120 

Methods of field observation and use of geologic surveying instruments in surface 
and underground work; representation of geologic features by maps, sections and 
diagrams. Lectures, laboratories and field work. 

GY 465 Geological Field Procedures 6 Sum. 

Prerequisite: GY 351 or special consent 

A six week summer field course. Practical field procedures and instruments 
commonly used to procure geologic data for evaluating mineral deposits, solving 
engineering problems involving earth materials, and drawing scientific conclusions. 
Observation of geologic phenomena in their natural setting. Large and intermediate 
scale geologic mapping of surface features and large scale mapping underground in 
mine workings. 

GY 486 Weather and Climate 2 (2-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 102 or MA 112, PY 211, 212 or PY 221 

A discussion of basic principles of meteorology and climatology. Topics dis- 
cussed include the atmosphere, radiation, moisture, pressure and wind, atmos- 
pheric equilibrium, air masses and fronts. Macro- and microclimate and the 
climate of North Carolina are also covered. 

GY 491, 492 Seminar on Selected Geologic Topics 1-3 F S 

Reports and discussion of geological topics of current interest with attention to 
methodology, bibliography and research techniques. 



328 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

GY 522 Petroleum Geology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

Properties, origin and modes of occurrence of petroleum and natural gas. Geologic 
and economic features of the principal oil and gas fields, mainly in the United 
States. (Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) 

GY 532 Ore Microscopy 3 (0-6) F 

Prerequisite: GY 331 

The theory and technique of microscopic investigation of opaque ore minerals, 
ores and mill products produced by beneficiation of ores. Studies of compositions 
and textures of materials in polished surfaces are based on observations of optical 
and physical properties, etch reactions and microchemical tests. (Offered fall, 
1971 and alternate years.) 

GY 542 Microscopic Petrography 3 (1-4) S 

Prerequisites: GY 331, GY 440 

Systematic study by microscopic techniques of the constitution and origin of 
consolidated rocks. 

GY 545 Advanced Petrology 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: GY 331, GY 440 

Study of physiochemical principles related to igneous and metamorphic petro- 
genesis; consideration of general principles and specific problems such as differen- 
tiation, origin of magmas and metamorphism. (Offered fall, 1971 and alternate 
years.) 

GY 552 Exploratory Geophysics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: GY 351, PY 208 or PY 212 

Fundamental principles underlying all geophysical methods; procedure and instru- 
ments involved in gravitational, magnetic, seismic, electrical and other methods of 
studying geological structures and conditions. Spontaneous potential, resistivity, 
radioactivity, temperature and other geophysical logging methods. Study of appli- 
cations and interpretations of results. (Offered spring, 1971 and alternate years.) 

GY 563 Applied Sedimentology 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: GY 452, ST 361 

Extension of GY 452, with emphasis on coarser grained detrital and chemical 
sedimentary rocks. Sampling of sedimentary population, critical study of assumptions 
underlying standard measurement techniques; treatment, testing and evaluation 
of sedimentary data; application to problems in sedimentology. 

GY 564 Lithostratigraphy and Basin Analysis 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 or graduate standing 

Fabric of large sedimentary basins in terms of the spatial distribution of com- 
ponent major rock facies; current litho-genetic models illustrating internal lithic 
relationships, variability, and predictability; evolution of litho-genetic units; com- 
parison with recent equivalents; field trips. 

GY 565 Hydrogeology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

Occurrence and sources of surface and subsurface water. Relationships of sur- 
face water to subsurface water. Rock properties affecting infiltration, movement, 



329 



lateral and vertical distribution, and quality of ground water. Determination of 
permeability, capacity, specific yield and other hydraulic characteristics of aquifers. 
Principles of well design, legal aspects of water supplies. (Offered spring, 1971 and 
alternate years.) 

GY 567 Geochemistry 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 331 or CH 433 

The quantitative distribution of elements in the earth's crust, the hydrosphere 
and the atmosphere. Application of the laws of chemical equilibrium and resultant 
chemical reactions to natural earth systems. Geochemical application of Eh-pH dia- 
grams. Geochemical cycles. Isotope geochemistry. (Offered fall, 1972 and alternate 
years.) 

GY 571, 572 Mining and Mineral Dressing 3 (2-3) F S 

Prerequisite: GY 472 

Principles of the mineral industry; mining laws, prospecting, sampling, develop- 
ment, drilling, blasting, handling, ventilation and safety; administration; survey- 
ing, assaying; preparation, beneficiation and marketing. 

GY 581 Geomorphology 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: GY 452 

A systematic study of land forms and their relations to processes, stages of 
development and adjustment to underlying structure. Lectures, map interpretations 
and field trips. 

GY 584 (MAS 584) Marine Geology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: GY 452 or GY 120 plus appropriate background 

Morphology, structure and origin of ocean basins with their diverse features and 
their relations to the continents. Physical and chemical properties of the oceans, 
sedimentation in the marine environment and near-shore features. The economic 
potential of mineral resources derived from oceanic areas. (Offered spring, 1972 
and alternate years.) 

GY 593 Advanced Topics in Geology 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 

Special study of some advanced phases of geology. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

GY 611, 612 Advanced Economic Geology 3 (3-0) F S 

GY 695 Seminar 1 (l-O) F S 

GY 699 Geological Research Credits Arranged 

GUIDANCE AND PERSONNEL SERVICES 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 420 Principles of Guidance 2 (2-0) F S 

This is a course designed to provide basic principles of guidance for teachers, 

teacher-counselors, administrators and others in the school, as well as workers in 



330 



other areas such as the community agency, business, industry, group work and the 
like. 

Among the topics covered are need for guidance; basis of guidance services; pro- 
grams of studying the individual; counseling for educational, vocational, social and 
personal problems; group procedures in guidance. Emphasis is on the practical 
application of guidance principles and procedures. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 520 Personnel and Guidance Services 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of education or psychology 

An introduction to the philosophies, theories, principles and practices of personnel 
and guidance services; the relationship of personnel services with the purposes 
and objectives of the school and the curriculum. Graduate Staff 

ED 521 Internship in Guidance and Personnel Services Credits Arranged F S 
Prerequisite: 18 hours in department 

A continuous full-time internship of at least one-half semester. Framework of 
school and community. Work with students, teachers, administrators, guidance and 
pupil personnel workers, parents, and resource personnel in the community. Super- 
vision of intern by guidance personnel in a school as well as by course instructors. 

Graduate Staff 

ED 524 Occupational Information 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is intended to give teachers, counselors, placement workers and per- 
sonnel workers in business and industry an understanding of how to collect, classify, 
evaluate and use occupational and educational information. This will include a 
study of the world of work, sources of occupational information, establishing an 
educational-occupational information library, using educational, occupational and 
social information and sociological and psychological factors, influencing careeer 
planning. Staff 

ED 530 Group Guidance 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Six hours education or psychology, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed to help teachers, counselors, administrators and others 
who work with groups, or who are responsible for group guidance activities, to 
understand the theory and principles of effective group work, to develop skill in 
using specific guidance techniques, and to plan and organize group activities in 
the secondary school and other institutions. Staff 

ED 533 Organization and Administration of Guidance Services 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: Graduate standing, ED 520 or equivalent 

This course is designed for school guidance counselors, prospective counselors, 
personnel and guidance directors, and school administrators. The philosophy and 
scope of guidance and personnel services; the functions and responsibilities of 
personnel involved; basic principles and current practices in planning, developing, 
operating and supervising guidance and personnel services will be studied. Adminis- 
trative relationships, utilization of school staff, interrelationships of guidance ser- 
vices with instruction and evaluation of guidance services will be considered. 

Staff 

ED 534 Guidance in the Elementary School 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Nine hours psychology or consent of instructor 

Designed for acquainting elementary school teachers, counselors and adminis- 
trators with theory, practice and organization of elementary school guidance. 

Staff 

331 



ED 535 Student Personnel Work in Higher Education 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Nine hours psychology or consent of instructor 

Examines practices in various areas of student personnel work. Studies both 
structure and function of personnel programs in higher education. Staff 

ED 540 Individual and Group Appraisal I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 520, PSY 535, or equivalent 

Use of group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement in educational and 
career planning and in placement. Theories of intelligence and interest will be 
followed by laboratory in evaluating, administering and interpreting widely used 
group tests of intelligence, interest and achievement. Emphasis is on tlie use of 
group tests in group guidance. Staff 

ED 590 Individual Problems in Guidance Maximum 6 F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours graduate work in department or equivalent 

Intended for individual or group studies of one or more of the major problems in 
guidance and personnel work. Problems will be selected to meet the interests of 
individuals. The workshop procedure will be used whereby special projects, re- 
ports and research will be developed by individuals and by groups. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 631 Vocational Development Theory 3 (3-0) F 

ED 633 Techniques of Counseling 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 636 Observation and Supervised Field Work Maximum 3 F S 

ED 640 Individual and Group Appraisal II 3 (3-0) F 

ED 641 Laboratory and Practicum Experiences in Counseling 2-6 F S 

ED 666 Supervision of Counseling 3 (1-8) F S 

HISTORY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 101, 102 History of Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

A history of major civilizations from their ancient beginnings through modern 
eras. The evolution of significant political, economic, social, cultural and scientific 
ideas and institutions is stressed and emphasis is given to the interrelationships 
between European and other civilizations. The first semester covers to 1650, the 
second semester since that date. 

Required for all liberal arts students. HI 101 is a prerequisite for HI 102. HI 102 
is not open to students who have had HI 105. Students from other schools trans- 
ferring into liberal arts may substitute HI 105 for Hri02. Staff 

HI 105 Modern Western World 3 (2-1) F S 

A history of major movements in the Western World from the Renaissance to the 

present. Not open to students required to take HI 101, HI 102. Staff 



332 



HI 111 The United States Through Reconstruction 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of major historical developments in the growth of the American nation 

through the political phases of the Reconstruction period following the Civil War. 

Not open to students who have had HI 241 or HI 242. Staff 

HI 112 The United States Since Reconstruction 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of major historical developments in the growth of the American nation 
beginning with the economic and social phases of the Reconstruction period follow- 
ing the Civil War. Not open to students who have had HI 243 or HI 244. Staff 

NOTE: The prerequisite for all 200-level courses is three hours of history or 
advanced placement. 

HI 207 The Ancient World to 180 A. D. 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of the ancient cultures of the Middle East and Graeco-Roman civilzation. 

Staff 

HI 208 The Middle Ages 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of medieval civilization as it emerged from the declining Roman empire 

through its apogee in the 13th century. Staff 

HI 209 Renaissance to Waterloo 1300-1815 3 (3-0) F S 

A survey of all aspects of the period of transition from the medieval to the 

modern world. Staff 

HI 210 Europe Since 1815 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of the major political, economic and cultural developments in Europe 

since 1815. Staff 

HI 215 Latin America to 1826 3 (3-0) F 

A study of the origins and development of social, political, economic and religious 
institutions from preconquest times to the achievement of independence. The 
ancient American cultures; Spain and Portugal before 1492; the conquest and 
settlement; Spanish rule in theory and practice; economic life; the Church; 
land and labor; the African contribution; the Portuguese in Brazil; the independence 
movements. Mr. Bailey 

HI 216 Latin America Since 1826 3 (3-0) S 

A survey of social, political, economic and intellectual life in the 19th and 20th 
centuries. Major attention is given to Mexico, Argentina, Brazil, Peru and Cuba. 
The social structure of the new nations; 19th century liberalism; the force of 
tradition; relations with Europe and the United States; the Monroe Doctrine and 
U. S. intervention; economic change; caudillo rule; 20th century upheavals; 
the Mexican Revolution; Peron's Argentina; Castro and Latin America. Mr. Bailey 

HI 233 The World in the 20th Century 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of national and international problems in the Western and non-Western 

world. Staff 

HI 242 United States History, 1789-1865 3 (3-0) S 

Inauguration of the new nation; territorial expansion and the westward move- 
ment; growth of democracy and social reform; 19th century nationalism; sectional 
division and civil war. Not open to students who have had HI 111. Staff 



333 



HI 244 United States History, 1898 to Present 3 (3-0) S 

The emergence of the United States as a world power. Problems and achieve- 
ments in its 20th century development. Not open to students who have had HI 112. 

Staff 

HI 263 Traditional East Asia: Prehistory to 1800 3 (3-0) F 

An introduction to the civilizations of China, Japan and Korea prior to the pene- 
tration of Western institutions and ideas. Mr. Metzgar 

HI 264 Modern East Asia: 1800 to Present 3 (3-0) S 

An introduction to the western impact and the responses in China, Japan and 

the smaller nations of East and Southeast Asia. Mr. Metzgar 

HI 265 India from Antiquity to the Present 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Three hours history or advanced placement 

The course is designed to acquaint the beginning student with the bases of Indian 
civilization both in its traditional forms and its modern development. Mr. Metzgar 

HI 272 The Afro-American in America 3 (3-0) F 

After a brief consideration of his African background, the course considers the 

particular role, experience and influence of the Afro-American at various stages 

in the development of the United States. Staff 

Note: Unless particular prerequisites are specified, the prerequisite for European 
history courses at the 300-UOO level is HI 101-102 or equivalent (or consent of 

instructor) ; the prerequisite for American history courses at the 300-4.00 level is 
HI 111-112 or equivalent (or consent of instructor). 

HI 301 Ancient Greek Civiuzation 3 (3-0) F 

The history of the Hellenes is traced from the Minoan civilization through 

Alexander's legacy, with readings in Herodotus and Thucydides. Mr. Riddle 

HI 302 Rome to 180 A. D. 3 (3-0) S 

Tracing the development of Rome from the Etruscans through Emperor Marcus 
Aurelius (180 A.D.), this course examines critically the great political achievement 
which saw Rome rise from a cattle-town on the Tiber to the head of an Empire. 
This rise is examined through readings in Livy and Tacitus. Mr. Riddle 

HI 306 North Carolina History 3 (3-0) S 

A study of the history of North Carolina from the earliest period of exploration 

and colonization to the present. Mr. Noblin 

HI 321 International Relations Since 1870 3 (3-0) F 

A study of the relations between the major countries of the world since 1870. In 
addition to the history of actual diplomatic relations, crises and settlements, 
attention is given to the causes of the various international crises. The course also 
includes study of the development of international organizations and the various 
points of conflict between international law and organization and the sovereignty 
of independent governments. Mr. Brown 

HI 328 The Age of Absolutism 1650-1789 3 (3-0) S 

This course will concentrate on the development of royal absolutism in 17th cen- 
tury Europe, the nature of the institutions which supported it, the particular cultu- 
ral forms and patterns which it generated, and the reasons for its decline in the 
18th century. Mr. Greenlaw 



834 



HI 329 Revolutionary Europe, 1789-1815 3 (3-0) F 

A broadly based analysis of Europe's first revolutionary era. Starts with the 
revolution in thought called the Enlightenment, then examines the causes and 
character of the Revolution in France, and finally traces the impact of these events 
in France and Europe. Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 341 History of Technology 3 (3-0) S 

A survey of selected key developments in the field of technology from ancient to 

modern times. Staff 

HI 343 Colonial America 3 (3-0) F 

A study of the development of the American colonies in the 17th and 18th cen- 
turies with special emphasis on European backgrounds. Mr. Seegers 

HI 344 The United States: Revolution to Constitution 3 (3-0) S 

The historical steps in the establishment of the United States as an independent 
nation. The conflict with Great Britain after 1763 leading to the declaring of 
independence; the war for American independence in its military and diplomatic 
aspects; the domestic problems; the foreign relations in the post-war years; the 
establishment of government in the new nation. Mr. Seegers 

HI 345 The United States: The Early National Period 1789-1815 3 (3-0) F 
A study of the political, social, economic, intellectual and diplomatic aspects of 
the history of the United States from the adoption of the Constitution in 1789 
through the second Madison administration. The establishment of the federal 
government; the implementation of Hamilton's financial system; foreign affairs 
during the Wars of the French Revolution; the rise of political parties; the triumph 
of the Jeffersonian Republicans; the territorial expansion of the United States; 
the War of 1812. Mrs. Pulley 

HI 346 The United States: The Middle Period, 1815-1850 3 (3-0) S 

The major political, economic, social and cultural developments from the Era of 

Good Feelings through the Jacksonian period to the Compromise of 1850. The 

relationship of these developments to the evolution of sectionalism is emphasized. 

Staff 

HI 347 The United States: Civil War and Reconstruction 

1850-1877 3 (3-0) F 

A study of the period of sectional strife and war, with an examination of the 

impact of the war on the United States and the efforts to reconstruct the South 

on a national basis. Mr. Harris 

HI 348 Emergence of Modern America 3 (3-0) S 

An intensive study of the period from 1877 to 1914 with special emphasis on 
topics of lasting significance in United States history. Economic, social, cultural 
and political forces are balanced within a combined topical and chronological 
framework. Mr. Noblin 

HI 351, 352 English History 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of the history of England from the earliest time to the present, stressing 
the evolution of the English constitution and the political, social and economic 
background of English cultural development. The semesters divide at 1603 and 
may be taken separately. Messrs. Carlton, Downs 

HI 355 British Empire and Commonwealth 3 (3-0) S 

A history of the British Empire and Commonwealth in the 19th and 20th cen- 



335 



turies, stressing the evolution of colonial self-government and the transformation 
of imperial relationships in the former British dependencies in Canada, the West 
Indies, Africa, Asia and the Pacific Islands. Mr. Downs 

HI 356 Germany Since 1848 3 (3-0) F 

A history of Germany from the revolutions of 1848 to the present, concentrating 

on the problems of German nationalism and political and social reform. Mr. Suval 

HI 370 (EC 370) The Rise of Industrialism 3 (3-0) F 

(See economics, page 283.) 

HI 376 Modern Mexico 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: HI 215 

A study of the major developments in Mexican national life since 1821. The first 
half of the course will deal with the 19th century: the era of Santa Anna, the 
war with the United States, the Reform, the French intervention, and the dictator- 
ship of Porfirio Diaz. The second half will investigate the 1910 Revolution and 
the resulting transformation of Mexico's political, social and economic institutions. 
A reading knowledge of Spanish will be helpful but is not required. Mr. Bailey 

HI 401 History of Russia to 1881 3 (3-0) F 

The major trends in Russian social, political, economic and cultural history 
prior to 1881. Mrs. Wheeler 

HI 402 History of Russia Since 1881 3 (3-0) S 

This course surveys the history of Russia and the Soviet Union from the great 
reforms of the 19th century to modern times, with emphasis on the political, reli- 
gious and cultural trends that underlie the development of the Russian state and 
society and the position of the U.S.S.R. in the world today. Also includes Tsarist 
and Soviet foreign policy. Mrs. Wheeler 

HI 407 France Since The Revolution 3 (3-0) F 

An examination of the major trends in French history since the downfall of 
Napoleon I. Cultural, economic, social and intellectual trends are stressed as well 
as the political. The ways in which France has been a seedbed for new movements 
in Europe are particularly noted. Mr. Brown 

HI 408 A Century of Nationalism: East Central Europe, 

1848-1948 3 (3-0) S 

A study of nationalistic movements, largely within the Austro-Hungarian, 

Russian, Ottoman and German Empires, for independent sovereignty, and with 

the attainment of these goals their continuing conflicts within and between the 

successor states and their roles in the conflicts of the great 20th-century forces. 

Mr. Brown 

HI 412 Recent United States History 3 (3-0) S 

An examination of the major political, economic, social and diplomatic problems 

in American history since 1917. Mr. Hobbs 

HI 413 United States Foreign Relations Since 1898 3 (3-0) S 

An examination of the origins of American foreign policy and the conduct of 
diplomacy in the era since the United States became a world power. Stress is given 
to the complex array of personalities, ideas, institutions and forces involved in 
shaping and implementing policy. Mr. Beers 



336 



HI 421 Ancient and Medieval Science 3 (3-0) F 

An introduction to the concepts and theories providing the foundations of science 
from the classical age until the close of the Middle Ages. Basic scientific ideas 
and systems are examined and their developments traced. Besides reviewing the 
early traditions, special emphasis is given to Aristotle, Ptolemy, the Atomists 
and the Impetus Theorists. Both Christian and Arab influences on science are 
evaluated. The course concludes with an analysis of the revolutionary contributions 
of Copernicus. Mrs. Sylla 

HI 422 Rise of Modern Science 3 (3-0) F S 

The "Scientific Revolution" of the 16th and 17th centuries is presented, and 
Newton's System analyzed. The origins of modern chemistry, geology and evolu- 
tion theory are discussed, and the radical revision of Newtonian theory in the 20th 
century is briefly described. These developments are always considered within the 
context of the great historic movements of their time. Mrs. Sylla 

HI 423 United States Intellectual History 1600-1890 3 (3-0) S 

The history of ideas in America from the 17th century to 1890. A consideration 

of the main traditions of thought as reflected in the writings of significant American 

figures and their relationship to major historical events and cultural changes. 

Mrs. Pulley 

HI 425 From Reformation to Revolution: England 1529-1640 3 (3-0) S 

A study of the permanent political crisis set into motion by the Reformation 
which culminates in the English Civil War. Primary emphasis will be given to 
certain key developments in social, political and economic life such as the develop- 
ment of a new concept of kingship, the growing independence of Parliament, the 
search for religious uniformity and the changing status of the aristocracy and 
gentry. Mr. Carlton 

HI 427 European Intellectual History 3 (3-0) S 

Covering the period since the French Revolution this course examines major 
trends in European thought influencing the course of history. Special attention is 
given to the development of the social sciences. The growth of a distinct intellectual 
class and the role of its ideas in European political and social life is emphasized. 

Mr. Suval 

HI 462 (ED 462) History of Education 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: HI 101, 102 or equivalent with consent of instructor 

The course traces the development of educational institutions and practices and 
analyzes the ideas and influence of educational innovators and critics. Approxi- 
mately equal time is given to each of the follovdng areas: the Greeks to the 
Reformation, Modern Europe and the United States. Mr. Noblin 

HI 470 (EC 470) Evolution of the American Economy 3 (3-0) S 

(See economics, page 285.) 

HI 471 Revolutionary China 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: HI 263, HI 264 or consent of instructor 

An intensive examination of the destruction of traditional China and the emer- 
gence of modem nationalism. Mr. Metzgar 

HI 472 Modern Japan, 1850 to Present 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: HI 263, HI 2^4 or consent of instructor 

An intensive examination of Japan's emergence as a nation and world power. 

Mr. Metzgar 



337 



HI 474 Modern Indian History 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: HI 265 

The course will explore some of the major questions raised by the development of 
modern Indian and Pakistani society. The problems of transition from colonial to 
independent status and the new problems raised by independence will be stressed. 

Mr. Metzgar 

HI 491 Seminar in History 3 (3-0) F S 

Open to seniors majoring or concentrating in history. Open to other seniors and 

graduate students with departmental permission. Staff 

HI 492 Seminar in History 3 (3-0) F S 

Required of all history majors. Usually to be taken in the spring of the senior 

year. Staff 

HI 498 Special Topics in History 1-3 F S 

Prerequisites: Six hours history, consent of instructor 

Students in the course will read extensively on special predetermined topics 
focused around a central theme. The topics and themes will vary each year depend- 
ing on the particular interests and competence of the assigned professor. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HI 500 (BS 500) The Development OF Contemporary Concepts in 

Biology 3 (3-0) 

(See biological sciences, page 252.) 

HI 505 The Roman Revolution, 133 B.C.-27 B.C. 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or 
consent of department 

An analysis of the economic, cultural and political factors which caused a break- 
down of the Roman republican constitution. Mr. Riddle 

HI 506 History of the Roman Empire, 27 B.C.-180 A.D. 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

The course traces the evolutionary development of the government of the empire 
from Augustus through Marcus Aurelius. Mr. Riddle 

HI 529 Revolutionary Europe, 1760-1792 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An intensive study of the background of revolutionary ideas and events in Europe 
during the period indicated. Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 530 Revolutionary Europe, 1792-1815 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An intensive study of revolutionary events in France and especially of their 
impact upon Europe in this period. Mr. Greenlaw 

HI 531 History of Great Britain, 1714-1820 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

A study in depth of constitutional, religious and economic ideas and institutions 
in 18th century Britain. Mr. Downs 

338 



HI 532 History of Great Britain, 1820-1914 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or consent 
of department 

A study in depth of constitutional, religious and economic ideas and institutions 
of 19th century Britain. Mr. Downs 

HI 535 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1815-1878 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An analysis of the nature of European diplomatic relations from the Congress 
of Vienna to the Congress of Berlin. Mr. Brown 

HI 536 Diplomatic History of Europe, 1878-1939 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

A study of diplomatic history of Europe from the Congress of Berlin through 
the reemergence of the system of balance of power and the repercussions of imperial- 
ism, the diplomatic aspects of the World Wars, and the attempts at solving world 
problems by means of diplomacy. Mr. Brown 

HI 545 The American Civil War, 1849-65 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history 

The course traces and analyzes events that led to the disruption of the union and 
provides an intensive study of the war, with emphasis upon its nonmilitary aspects. 
Only the major military campaigns are discussed. Mr. Harris 

HI 546 The United States During The Reconstruction Era, 

1865-1880 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history 

This course is an in-depth study of the difficulties involved in the restoration and 
readjustment of American society after the Civil War. Special attention is given 
to social and economic conditions in the defeated South, military reconstruction 
and Republican ascendancy in the region. Mr. Harris 

HI 549 Recent U.S. History, 1912-33 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

An intensive examination of the major events in American life in the opening 
years of the 20th century. Mr. Noblin 

HI 550 Recent U.S. History, 1933-Present 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

An intensive examination of the major events in American life in the middle 
years of the 20th century. Mr. Noblin 

HI 551 History and Principles of the Administration of Archives 

AND Maistuscripts 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the nature, importance and use of original manuscript resources; 
the history and evolution of written records and the institutions administering 
them. Mr. Jones 

HI 552 Application of Principles of Administration of Archives 

AND Manuscripts 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

Internship training in the application of the principles and practices of archival 
management. Mr. Jones 



339 



HI 561 U.S. Far Eastern Policy, 1842-1922 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the character and development of the basic principles of American 
policy in the Far East from their origin to their incorporation in treaties at the 
Washington Disarmament Conference. Mr. Beers 

HI 562 U.S. Far Eastern Policy, 1922-Present 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite : Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the character and development of the basic principles of American 
policy in the Far East from the end of World War I to the present. Mr. Beers 

HI 563 Social and Economic History of the United States to 1860 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the social and economic ideas and institutions important in American 
life from the colonial period up to the Civil War. Miss King 

HI 564 Social and Economic History of the United States since 

1860 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of American history or consent of department 

A study of the social and economic ideas and institutions important in American 
life since the beginning of the Civil War. Miss King 

HI 565 The History of Urban Life in THE United States 1607-1865 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours U.S. history including HI 111 or consent of instructor 

The history of urban life in the United States, 1607-1865. This course is designed 
primarily to give the student an understanding of the historical background of 
today's urban problems. Miss King 

HI 566 The History of Urban Life in the United States, 1865- Present 3 (3-0) S 
Prerequisite: Six hours of U.S. history including HI 112 or consent of instructor 
The history of urban life in the United States, from 1865 to present. This course 
is designed primarily to give the student an understanding of the historical back- 
ground of today's urban problems. Miss King 

HI 571 History of Soviet Russu. to 1930 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An analysis of the origins and effects of the 1917 revolutions and the domestic 
and foreign policies of the new Soviet regime to 1930. Mrs. Wheeler 

HI 572 History of Soviet Russia since 1930 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of European history above the introductory level or con- 
sent of department 

An analysis of the domestic and foreign policies of the Soviet Union since 1930 
with special emphasis on the period since 1945. Mrs. Wheeler 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HI 601 Historiography and Historical Method 3 (3-0) F 

HI 602 Seminar in American History 3 (3-0) S 

HI 604 Seminar in European History 3 (3-0) S 



340 



HI 606 Seminar in Diplomatic History 3 (3-0) S 

HI 699 Research in History Credits Arranged 

Maximum 6 



HORTICULTURAL SCIENCE 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 201 Principles of Horticulture 3 (3-0) F S 

Attention will be directed to the basic principles involved in the application of 
these principles to the production, processing and utilization of fruit, vegetable 
and ornamental crops. Attention will also be given to the economic importance and 
distribution of horticultural enterprises. Mr. Cochran 

HS 211, 212 Ornamental Plants 3 (1-5) F S 
Prerequisite: BS 100 

Distribution, botanical characters and relationships, adaptation and usage of 

ornamental trees, shrubs, vines and herbaceous plants. Mr. Southall 

HS 301 Plant Propagation 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

A study of principles, methods and practices in seedage, cuttage, division, bud- 
ding, grafting and other methods of propagation. Consideration will also be given to 
scion and stock relationships and dormancy. Mr. Nelson 

HS 342 Landscape Horticulture 3 (2-3) F 

The application of the principles of design to the landscaping of small properties 
and the selecting and planting of trees, shrubs, flowers and lawn grasses. Students 
will be required to work out detailed landscape plans. Visitations will be made 
to outstanding homes and gardens. Mr. Halfacre 

HS 411 Nursery Management 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The principles and practices involved in the production, management and market- 
ing of field-grown and container-grown nursery plants. Field trips will be taken. 

Mr. Cannon 

HS 414 Residential Landscaping 4 (2-6) F 

Prerequisites: E 101, SSC 200, HS 211, HS 212 

The landscape planning and development of residential properties to create an 
aesthetical and functional landscape composition to complement the home. Students 
will be required to complete planting plans, including design, plant lists, planting 
details and technical specifications. Mr. Halfacre 

HS 421 Fruit Production 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of identification, adaptation and methods of production and marketing of 
the principal tree and small fruits. Modern practices as related to selection of sites, 
nutritional requirements, management practices and marketing procedures will be 
discussed. Mr. Correll 



341 



HS 432 Vegetable Production 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the origin, importance, distribution, botanical relationships and 
principles of production and marketing of the major vegetable crops. Mr. Miller 

HS 441 Floriculture 4 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

The scope and importance of the commercial flower industry; the basic prin- 
ciples and practices involved in the production and marketing of flowers grown 
in the greenhouse and in the field. (Offered fall, 1971 and alternate years.) 

Mr. Larson 

HS 442 Floriculture II 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

Principles and methods of production of commercial flower crops in the green- 
house and in the field including fertilization, moisture, temperature and light rela- 
tionships, insect and disease control, and marketing of cut flowers and pot plants. 
(Offered spring, 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Larson 

HS 471 Arboriculture 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, SSC 200 

A study of the principles and practices in the cai-e and maintenance of orna- 
mental trees and shrubs, such as pruning, fertilization, control of insects and 
diseases, and tree surgery. Field trips will be taken. (Offered spring, 1972 and 
alternate years.) Mr. Cannon 

HS 491 Senior Seminar IN Horticultural Science 1 (1-0) F S 
Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Presentation of scientific articles, progress reports in research, and special 

problems in horticulture and related fields. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

HS 514 (CS 514) Principles and Methods in Weed Science 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: CS 414 or equivalent 

Studies of the losses caused by weeds, the ecology of weeds, biological control, 
basic concepts of weed management, herbicide-crop relationships and herbicide 
development. Introduction to greenhouse and bioassay techniques used in herbi- 
cide work and to field research techniques supplemented by laboratory and field 
exercises. Messrs. Monaco, Schrader 

HS 521 (FS 521) Food Preservation 3 (2-3) F 

(See food science, page 319.) 

HS 541 (GN 541, CS 541) Plant Breeding Methods 3 (3-0) F 

(See crop science, page 279.) 

HS 542 (GN 542, CS 542) Plant Breeding Field Procedures 2 (0-4) Sum. 

(See crop science, page 279.) 

HS 552 Growth of Horticultural Plants 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of the effect of nutrient elements, water, light, temperature and growth 
substances on horticultural plants. Mr. McCombs 



342 



HS 562 (FS 562) Post-Harvest Physiology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: BO 421 

A study of chemical and physiological changes that occur during handling, 
transportation and storage which affect the quality of horticultural crops. Consider- 
ation will be given to pre- and post-harvest conditions which influence these 
changes. Mr. Ballinger 

HS 599 Research Principles Credits Arranged 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Investigation of a problem in horticulture under the direction of the instructor. 
The students obtain practice in experimental techniques and procedures, critical 
review of literature and scientific writing. The problem may last one or two 
semesters. Credits vnll be determined by the nature of the problem, not to exceed 
a total of four hours. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

HS 613 (CS 613, GN 613) Plant Breeding Theory 3 (3-0) S 

HS 614 (CS 614, SSC 614) Herbicide Behavior in Plants and 

Soils 3 (3-0) F 

HS 621 Methods and Evaluation of Horticultural Research 3 (3-0) F 

HS 622 Mineral Nutrition in Plants 3 (2-3) S 

HS 691 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

HS 699 Research Credits Arranged 



INDUSTRIAL AND TECHNICAL EDUCATION 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 100 Introduction to Industrial Education 2 (2-0) F 

The place of vocational education in a program of public education and the funda- 
mental principles upon which this work is based. Mr. Miller 

ED 305 Analysis of Technical Education Programs and Course 

Construction 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: ED 100, advanced undergraduate standing 

Principles and techniques of selecting and analyzing suitable teaching activities 
and arranging such material into a functional instructional order. Instructional 
units prepared will be based on an analysis of a technical occupation or activity. 
A detailed course of study will be prepared. Mr. Shore 

ED 327 History and Philosophy of Industrial and Technical 

Education 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: ED 100 

Historical study of trade and technical education movement. Place, function and 
changing concepts of industrial and technical education in American education. 
Economic, sociological and psychological aspects. Mr. Nerden 



343 



ED 405 Industrial and Technical Education Shop and Laboratory 

Planning 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, six hrs. of drawing and design 

Principles and techniques to assist teachers in planning and organizing shop 
and laboratory facilities. Problems of locating and equipping vocational schools; 
the planning and layout of shops and related technology laboratories and class- 
rooms. Individual and group assignments on planning and layout of postsecondary 
school buildings. Mr. Shore 

ED 421 Principles and Practices in Industrial Cooperative 

Training 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: ED 327, ED 344 

A study of the developments, objectives and principles of industrial cooperative 
training. The organization, promotion and management of programs in this area 
of vocational education. Mr. Smith 

ED 422 Methods of Teaching Industrial Subjects 3, 4(3-2) F 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

A study of effective methods and techniques of teaching industrial subjects. 
Emphasis is given to class organization; student-teacher planning; methods of 
teaching manipulative skills and related information; lesson planning; shop safety; 
and evaluation. Teaching problems will be studied and analyzed following directed 
observations in the public schools. Staff 

ED 428 Organization of Related Study Materials 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: ED 327, ED 344 

The principles of selecting and organizing both technical and general related 
instructional material for trade extension and industrial cooperative training 
classes. Mr. Smith 

ED 440 Vocational Education 2 (2-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

A comprehensive study of the types of vocational education of less than college 
grade, provided for through federal legislation; an evaluation of the effectiveness 
of the program; and a detailed study of the North Carolina Plan. Staff 

ED 444 Student Teaching in Industrial Subjects 6 (2-15) F 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304, senior standing, admission to teacher education 
and an overall 2.0 average. 

Students in the industrial arts, vocational industrial education and technical edu- 
cation curricula will devote 10 weeks during the fall semester to full-time, off- 
campus student teaching in selected public schools throughout the State. They 
will be assigned to their teaching center in the preceding spring and will report 
to their supervising teachers when the public schools (to which they are assigned) 
open in the fall. Ituring the remainder of the term, additional courses will be taken 
in concentrated form. Staff 

ED 482 Curriculum Problems in Industrial Arts 2 (1-2) S 
Prerequisite: PSY 304 or six hours education 

This course is devoted to planning and organizing learning units in industrial 

arts. Staff 

ED 483 Instructional Aids and Devices 2 (1-2) F 

Prerequisite: PSY 304 or six hours education 

Analysis of learning units and the preparation of industrial instructional aids 
and devices. Staff 



344 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 516 Community Occupational Surveys 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisites: Six hours education, consent of instructor 

Methods in organizing and conducting local surveys and evaluation of findings 
in planning a program of vocational education. Graduate Staff 

ED 517 Implications for Data Processing in Education 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CSC 111; ED 529 or consent of instructor 

An intensive study of current attempts to apply new technologies to education. 
Attention will be given to research findings related to Computer Assisted Instruc- 
tion, gamed instructional simulation, approaches to guidance and prescription learn- 
ing as well as administrative problems pertaining to student scheduling, pupil 
transportation and data reporting systems. Graduate Staff 

ED 525 Trade Analysis and Course Construction 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304 

Principles and practices in analyzing occupations for the purpose of determining 
teaching content. Practice in the principles underlying industrial course organiza- 
tion based on occupational analysis covering instruction in skills and technology 
and including course outlines, job sequences, the development of industrial materials 
and instructional schedules. Graduate Staff 

ED 527 Philosophy of Industrial and Technical Education 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: ED 422, ED 440 

A presentation of the historical development of industrial and technical educa- 
tion; the types of programs, philosophy, trends and problems of vocational- 
industrial education; study of federal and state legislation pertaining to industrial 
education, practical nurse education and technical education. Mr. Nerden 

ED 529 Curriculum Materials Development 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: ED 525 

Selection and organization of curricula used in vocational-industrial and tech- 
nical education; development of curricula and instructional materials. 

Mr. Hanson 

ED 552 Industrial Arts in the Elementary School 3 (3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisites: 12 hours education, consent of instructor 

This course is organized to help elementary teachers and principals understand 
how tools, materials and industrial processes may be used to vitalize and supple- 
ment the elementary school child's experience. Practical children's projects along 
with the building of classroom equipment. Staff 

ED 555 Comparative Crafts and Industries 6 Sum. 

Prerequisites: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing, consent of instructor 
A travel seminar as a cultural appreciations course involving study of indigenous 
crafts and industries, their materials, processes, products and design in foreign 
countries. Mr. Olson 

ED 591 Special Problems in Industrial Education Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Six hours graduate credit, consent of department head 

Directed study to provide individualized study and analysis in specialized areas 
of trade, industrial or technical subjects. Graduate Staff 



345 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 608 Supervision of Vocational and Industrial Arts 

Education 3 (3-0) F 

ED 609 Planning and Organizing Technical Education 

Programs 3 (3-0) S 

ED 610 Administration of Vocational and Industrml Arts 

Education 3 (3-0) S 

ED 611 Laws, Regulations, and Policies Affecting Vocational 

Education 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 612 Finance, Accounting and Management of Vocational 

Education Programs 3 (3-0) F S 

ED 630 Philosophy of Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) F S 

ED 635 Administration and Supervision of Industrial Arts 2 (2-0) 

ED 691 Seminar in Industrial Education 1 (i-O) 

ED 692 Seminar in Industrial Arts Education 1 (i-O) F S 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

INDUSTRIAL ARTS 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

lA 100 Introduction to Industrial Arts 1 (1-0) F 

A basic course designed to orient the student to college life and to introduce him 
to the philosophy, objectives and scope of industrial arts as related to teacher edu- 
cation and industrial employment. A study of the problems and opportunities in 
the profession. Staff 

I A 102 Fundamentals of Materials and Processes 4 (2-4) F S 

A systematic study of the structure and characteristics of selected materials and 
the processes utilized in shaping, forming, cutting, machining and finishing them 
into products. Attention will be given to the requirements of manufacturing of 
products. Experiences in graphic communication, demonstrations of hand and 
machine tools, and student participation in laboratory problems in the identification 
and testing of materials will be provided. Staff 

lA 103 Drafting I 3 (1-4) S 

Service course for agricultural education. 

Graphical communication encompassing sketching and instrument drawing. 
Theory and practice taught through the medium of freehand sketching involving 
oblique, isometric, perspective, exploded, assembly, sections and orthographic pro- 
jection typte drawings. Also included is blackboard sketching. Mr. Troxler 

lA 105 Drafting 4 (2-4) F S 

Prerequisite: I A 102 

This course covers theory and practice in the area of technical communication 
346 



through the sketching and drafting media. The student will get practice in both 
sketching and instrument drawing in the orthographic projection, pictorial draw- 
ing, sections, revolutions and sheet metal development. Mr. Troxler 

I A 203 Technical Sketching 2 (1-2) S 

The application of drawing practices for the layman. Freehand sketching, 

pictorial representation, production sketches, template drawing, exploded views, 

shades and shadows. Individual problems and selected graphic representation. 

Mr. Troxler 

I A 205 Industrial Arts Design 3 (1-4) F S 

Prerequisites: lA 100, lA 209, lA 210 

A study of design as related to industry and the industrial arts laboratory. Crea- 
tive design and individual expression through problems involving utilization of 
industrial material for human needs. Mr. Troxler 

lA 209 Wood Processing 4 (2-4) F S 

Prerequisite: I A 102 

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the processes of designing, 
developing and producing wood products through lectures, discussions and planned 
experiences in the various woodworking areas. Emphasis will be on planning and 
developing wood products in the industrial arts laboratory, together with an analy- 
sis of typical products and industrial practices. A research report will be required. 

Staff 

I A 210 Metal Technology 4 (2-4) F S 

Prerequisites: lA 102, lA 105 

This course is designed to provide an orientation to the process of designing, 
developing and producing metal products. Instruction will be given through lec- 
tures, discussions and planned experiences in the basic metal-working areas. 
Emphasis will be on planning and developing of metal products in the industrial 
arts laboratory, coupled with analysis of typical products and industrial practices. 
A research report will be required. Mr. Moeller 

lA 230 Drafting II 3 (1-4) S 

Prerequisite: I A 105 

This is a depth course in drawing. The student will have laboratory exercises 
in problem solutions through the drawing method. The skill of application and utili- 
zation of drawing as a means of communication will be emphasized. Mr. Troxler 

lA 304 General Shop Organization 2 (1-2) S 

Prerequisites: lA 105, lA 209, lA 210, lA 312 

Application of principles of general shop organization and operation. Analysis of 
products. Methods and techniques of production of laboratory projects including a 
variety of materials suitable to varying educational levels. Mr. Young 

lA 306 Graphic Arts 4 (2-4) S 

Prerequisite: lA 102 

An introduction to the basic printing areas of letterpress, offset, photography, silk 
screen and bookbinding with emphasis on course outline and subject matter for 
the secondary schools. Mr. Moeller 

lA 312 Electricity-Electronics 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisites: PY 211, PY 212 or consent of instructor 

A study of the principles of electricity and electronics, basic principles; AC and 
DC circuits; electrical machinery; and electronics, including power supplies, 
amplifiers, oscillators and tuned circuits. Applications and examples of the com- 

347 



mon experiences which the student encounters such as power and light circuits, 
motors and controls, measuring and servicing instruments, power supplies, ampli- 
fiers, radios and electronic control circuits. Mr. Young 

I A 315 General Ceramics 3 (1-4) S 

This course is designed to give the student an opportunity to work with ceramic 
materials as a medium of expression and to get experience in the basic manufac- 
turing processes of the ceramic industry. Emphasis will be given to a study of the 
sources of clay, designing, forming, decorating and firing of ceramic products. 

Mr. Olson 

lA 321 Materials Technology 3 (1-4) F S 

Prerequisites: lA 102, lA 210 

An overview of selected industrial processes and new developments in materials 
and process application. Emphasis is given to fundamental principles of industrial 
practices concerned with manufacturing. A research problem involving individual 
investigation in a specific process and materials area is required. Mr. Moeller 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

lA 412 Electrical Practicum 3 (1-4) S 

Prerequisite: I A 312 or equivalent 

A study of design, layout and construction of basic apparatus in the fields of 
electricity and electronics. Special emphasis upon the use of the tools and hardware 
used in the electrical trades. Mr. Young 

lA 465 Independent Study in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

A course designed to develop problem-solving ability through research activities 
in industrial arts. Problems in industrial arts curriculum, method and content are 
carefully selected, designs or plans of action are prepared, and final papers are 
presented and defended before a faculty committee. Staff 

lA 480 Modern Industries 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

An overview of the function and organization of modem industry. Principles of 
work simplification, motion economy, processing and scheduling are reviewed. 
The effects of technological change on labor, management and consumer are con- 
sidered. Attention will be focused on contributions of technology to specific indus- 
trial processes in machining, forming, fabricating in relationship to principles, types 
of equipment and usage areas. Mr. Young 

lA 484 School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection 3 (3-0) F 

The physical planning of school shops and laboratories; selection of tools and 

equipment. Whenever possible, actual contemplated school buildings will be used 

for class work. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

lA 510 Design for Industrial Arts Teachers 3 (2-2) Sum. 

Prerequisites: Six hours drawing, lA 205 or equivalent 

A study of new developments in the field of design with emphasis on the rela- 
tionship of material and form in the selection and designing of industrial arts pro- 
jects. Graduate Staff 



348 



lA 560 (ED 560) New Developments in Industrial Arts 

Education 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: 12 hours education, teaching experience 

This course is a study of the new developments in industrial arts education. It is 
designed to assist teachers and administrators in developing new concepts and new 
content based on the changes in technology. They will be required to reevaluate 
their programs in the light of these new concepts and the new content. Mr. Olson 

lA 590 Laboratory Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisites: Senior standing, consent of instructor 

Courses based on individual problems and designed to give advanced majors in 
industrial arts education the opportunity to broaden or intensify their knowledge 
and abilities through investigation and research in the various fields of industrial 
arts, such as metals, plastics or ceramics. Graduate Staff 

I A 592 Special Problems in Industrial Arts Maximum 6 

Prerequisite: One term of student teaching or equivalent 

The purpose of these courses is to broaden the subject matter experiences in the 
areas of industrial arts. Problems involving experimentation, investigation and 
research in one or more industrial arts areas will be required. Graduate Staff 

lA 595 (ED 595) Industrial Arts Workshop 3 (3-0) Sum. 

Prerequisite: One or more years of teaching experience 

A course for experienced teachers, administrators and supervisors of industrial 
arts. The primary purpose will be to develop sound principles and practices for 
initiating, conducting and evaluating programs in this field. Enrollees will pool 
their knowledge and practical experiences and will do intensive research work on 
individual and group programs. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

lA 645 Technology and Industrial Arts 3 (3-0) 

lA 660 (ED 660) Industrial Arts Curriculum 3 (3-0) 



INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING 

IE 241 Furniture Manufacturing Processes I 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: E 240 

A survey of furniture manufacturing technology. Emphasis is on equipment and 
its relationship to furniture product engineering. Mr. Clark 

IE 301 Engineering Economy 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Not open to students scheduling IE 311. 

Criteria and techniques of engineering economy for management decisions in 
relation to economy of design, economy of selection and economy of operation. Study 
of effects of depreciation policies and machine replacement considerations. Emphasis 
on problem solving and development of detailed project economy studies. 

Staff 

IE 311 Engineering Project Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Sophomore standing 

An introduction to the organizational and production problems of industry with 

349 



emphasis on the development and use of analytical methods for the evaluation of 
engineering alternatives. Mr. Bemhard 

IE 321 Business Data Processing 3 (2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: CSC 111 

The nature, flow, characteristics and handling of business data; classifying, sort- 
ing and calculating using unit record and simple business machines; collection for 
processing data on digital computers; information storage and retrieval, filing 
systems; computer programming of business problems, report generation, integra- 
tion of data flows. Course will emphasize programming of several small projects 
and one major project on the campus computer equipment. Selection and balanc- 
ing of computer systems. Mr. Llewellyn & Staff 

IE 322 Furniture Design and Construction I 2 (0-6) F 

Prerequisites: IE 224, WPS 201 

An introduction to furniture drawing and construction. Detailed drawings and 
bills of material are made by the students from samples and from designer's 
sketches. In construction, emphasis is placed upon satisfactory performance under 
variable atmospheric moisture, upon adequate strength and rigidity and upon low 
cost. (This course will be phased out by June 1972.) 

IE 326 Furniture Manufacture and Processing 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: IE 322, WPS 301 
Corequisite: IE 332 

A study of the production methods of the furniture industry. Class work includes 
the production procedures from the yard through the machine, cabinet, finishing, 
upholstering and shipping departments. The laboratory period is supplemented by 
visits to furniture plants. Particular attention is paid to production rates by depart- 
ments, based on number of men and supervisors, the quality of products produced, 
and equipment used. (Not available after spring, 1971.) 

IE 328 Manufacturing Processes 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

The forming, finishing and joining operations used in the manufacture of 
industrial products of metallic and nonmetallic materials are treated. Principles 
and methods of measuring and gaging for quality assurance and for interchange- 
ability in volume production are discussed. Laboratory work deepens the under- 
standing of the lecture material and guides the student toward analytical thinking 
and reporting. Throughout the course the technical, supervisory and economic 
functions of the manufacturing engineer are emphasized. Mr. Kamal 

IE 332 Motion and Time Study 4 (3-3) F S 

Prerequisite: ST 361 

Principles and techniques of motion and time study; detailed study of charting 
operator movements; micromotion study. Predetermined time data and its applica- 
tions; stopwatch time study with emphasis on rating, allowances and standard 
data theory and practice. Mr. Siphron 

IE 340 Furniture Manufacturing Processes II 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisites: IE 241, WPS 209 

A survey of furniture manufacturing technology. Emphasis is on sequence of 
operations, production rates and the integration of many types of equipment into 
a manufacturing system. Mr. Prak 

IE 341 Furniture Plant Layout and Design 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: IE 326 

Problems in industrial plant design with special reference to furniture manu- 
facture; building structures, equipment location, space utilization, layout for opera- 

350 



tion and control; allied topics in power utilization, light, heat, ventilation and 
safety. Mr. Prak 

IE 343 Plant Layout and Materials Handling 3 (i-4) FS 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 332 

Problems in plant arrangement and layout to obtain most effective utilization of 
men, materials and machines as related to space and costs. Includes consideration 
of heat, light ventilation, organization, control, material flow and handling, work- 
ing conditions, safety and other factors as they affect the most satisfactory layout 
of the plant. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 345 Principles of Upholstering 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 322 

Properties of seating equipment: evaluation of these properties. Introduction in 
the technology of flexible foam materials; slab foam; molded foam; stress-strain 
diagrams; compression set; evaluation tests. Properties of coil springs. Properties 
of fibrous filling materials. Upholstering constructions. Testing of upholstered 
furniture. Manufacturing procedures. Cost aspects. Mr. Prak 

IE 346 Furniture Design and Construction II 2 (2-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 322 

Lecture and laboratory work on the design and construction of modem and 
period furniture. The course emphasizes construction features that are economical 
of labor and materials and are adaptable to mass production. The course covers the 
use of new engineering materials and their effect on furniture construction. 

Mr. Clark 

IE 351 Product and Process Engineering 3 (2-3) F 

A study of the selection of materials and processes required in the manufacture 
of component parts and assembled products. Included will be the study of the inter- 
relationship of product design, materials selected and processes employed in man- 
ufacturing operations. Project work will include application of basic principles in 
typical manufacturing processes. Capabilities and limitations of typical manufac- 
turing equipment and processes will be stressed. Mr. Harder 

IE 352 Work Analysis and Design 4 (2-6) S 

Prerequisite: A course in mathematical statistics 

A study of the production processes and work methods for the purpose of improv- 
ing manpower utilization, reducing human effort and reducing the costs of pro- 
duction. This includes techniques successfully applied in industry such as opera- 
tions sequencing, operations analysis, man-machine combinations, motion economy, 
predetermined motion standards, time study, elemental standard data, production 
line balancing, manufacturing progress function, lot evaluation, wage incentives 
and administrative functions. Mr. Biggane 

IE 353 Statistical Quality Control 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: A course in mathematical statistics 

An introduction to statistical techniques applied to industrial problems, includ- 
ing control of industrial systems, and decision-making under uncertainty. Included 
will be a thorough discussion of control chart techniques applied to control of 
industrial processes as well as an introduction to the extension of these techniques 
to the control of other industrial systems. Mr. Prak 

IE 354 Human Factors Engineering 3 (2-2) S 

Corequisite: IE 352 

The course is designed for IE majors. The material covers basic anatomy and 
physiology with emphasis on how to use this knowledge in designing equipment; 

351 



systems analysis from the standpoint of the operator; the use of anthropometric 
data in designing equipment; and design and layout of displays, controls and work- 
spaces. Mr. Soliday 

IE 361 Quantitative Methods in Industrial Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Introduction of the mathematical tools used in the formulation and solution to 
problems arising in industrial engineering. Topics include linear algebra, techniques 
in maxima and minima and the use of Laplace and Z-transforms. Applications of 
these techniques will be stressed. Mr. Magazine 

IE 401 Industrial Engineering Analysis I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 353; IE 361 or MA 405 

A study of linear programming methods and their applications in industrial 
engineering; the transportation method with applications to scheduling in trans- 
portation and production problems; the simplex method and its application in pro- 
duction planning, production scheduling and allied fields; upper bound, integer, 
parametric and primal-dual methods with their typical applications; the interrela- 
tionships between linear programming and game theory. Mr. Nuttle 

IE 402 Industrial Engineering Analysis II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods with 
emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; replacement theory, 
sequencing problems, inventory control methods and dynamic programming and 
their applications. Mr. Nuttle 

IE 403 Industrial Engineering Analysis III 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 401 

An introductory study of several aspects of operations research methods with 
emphasis on their industrial engineering applications; continuous and discrete 
cybernetics with emphasis on Markov processes; finite and infinite queuing models; 
industrial control methods and industrial dynamics. Mr. Magazine 

IE 408 Production Control 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Planning, scheduling and dispatching of production in manufacturing operations; 
conversion of sales requirements into production orders; construction of production 
budgets and their relation to labor, materials and machines; laboratory project 
involving the development and operation control system of a typical plant. 

Mr. Bennington 

IE 420 Manufacturing Controls 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: IE 301 

Theory and methodology for developing and maintaining profitable manufactur- 
ing operations. Development of principles and procedures for control of materials, 
manpower and costs. Special attention to production and inventory control, equip- 
ment utilization, wage classification and cost reduction progframs. Mr. Tucker 

IE 421 Data Processing and Production Control Systems 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: CSC 111, IE 352 

This course is an introduction to the design of integrated control systems necessary 
for effective management of production. It will include the methods of systems 
design, the basic concepts of computer processing systems, the design of control 
procedures and reports, and their application to mechanized and electronic data 
processing equipment. Major emphasis will be placed on the design of control 
procedures for production scheduling, labor performance, quality control. Systems 



352 



flow charts, block diagrams and program statements in compiler form will be used 
for each system application. Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 440 Furniture Management Analysis 3 (i-4) f 

Prerequisite: IE 341 

A course in economic decision making applied to the furniture industry. The selec- 
tion of equipment, materials, methods and strategy, from several feasible alterna- 
tives is studied with the aid of actual case histories. Mr. Prak 

IE 441 (PSY 441) Human Factors in Equipment Design 3 (2-2) F S 

(See psychology, page 420.) 

IE 443 Quality Control 3 (2-2) FS 

Prerequisite: ST 361 

Economic balance between cost of quality and value of quality, and techniques 
for accomplishing this balance. Organization for, specification and utilization of 
quality controls. Statistical theory and analyses as applied to sampling, control 
charts, tolerance determination, acceptance procedures and control of production. 

Mr. Anderson 

IE 453 Operations Planning and Plant Layout 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: IE 352 

This course will provide an opportunity for the student to apply the basic prin- 
ciples contained in the prerequisite courses to the design of plant-wide production 
programs with emphasis placed on planning, arrangement layout and implementa- 
tion of such programs. It will include operations sequencing, tooling and equipment 
selection, materials handling, systems design, manpower and facilities forecasting. 
Suitable cases will be drawn from both mass production and jobbing operations. 

Mr. Biggane 

IE 491, 492 Seminar IN Industrial Engineering 1 (1-0) FS 

A weekly meeting of senior students to assist the transition from a college envir- 
onment to that of industry. Lectures, problems, presentation of papers and outside 
speakers. Employment practices and procedures useful in job finding. (Not avail- 
able after spring, 1972.) Mr. Anderson 

IE 495 Project Work in Industrial Engineering 2-6 FS 
Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Special investigations and research related to furniture construction and pro- 
cessing, and other assigned problems. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

IE 505 (MA 505, OR 505) Mathematical Programming I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear pro- 
gramming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire 
to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete 
development of the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as well 
as a discussion of a number of applications. Messrs. Alvarez, Llewellyn 

IE 509 (OR 509) Dynamic Programming 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 421 

An introduction to the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming 
and its application to sequential decision problems. Mr. Nuttle 

353 



IE 511 Advanced Engineering Project Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 311, ST 421 

Analysis of project economy models with certainty assumed; advantages and 
limitations of models, effects of income tax and depreciation methods. Risk analyses 
employing probability concepts; sensitivity studies and measure of utility. Estima- 
tion techniques and use of accounting information, time series analysis and judg- 
ment factors. Planning and uses of capital funds. Mr. Bernhard 

IE 515 Process Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

The technical process of translating product design into a manufacturing pro- 
gram. The application of industrial engineering in the layout, tooling, methods, 
standards, costs and control functions of manufactuHng. Laboratory problems 
covering producer and consumer products. Mr. Harder 

IE 517 Automatic Processes 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 328, IE 443 

Principles and methods for automatic processing. The design of product, pro- 
cess and controls. Economic, physical and sociological effects of automation. 

Mr. Harder 

IE 521 Control Systems and Data Processing 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

This course is designed to train the student in the problems and techniques 
required for systematic control of the production process and the business enter- 
prise. This includes training in the determination of control factors, the collection 
and recording of data, and the processing, evaluation and use of data. The course 
will illustrate the applications and use of data processing equipment and informa- 
tion machines in industrial processes. Case problems will be used extensively. 

Graduate Staff 

IE 522 (OR 522) Dynamics of Industrial Systems 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 421 

A study of the dynamic properties of industrial systems; introduction of servo- 
mechanism theory as applied to company operations. Simulation of large nonlinear, 
multiloop, stochastic systems on a digital computer; methods of determining modi- 
fications in systems design and/or operating parameters for improved system 
behavior. Mr. Llewellyn 

IE 540 (PSY 540) Human Factors in Systems Design 3 (3-0) F 

(See psychology, page 422.) Mr. Soliday 

IE 541 Research Methods in Accident Study 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisites: IE 441, ST 421 

Consideration of the methods used in accident^injury study, including field inves- 
tigation, experimental engineering and biomedical research, statistical studies, and 
computer simulation. (Offered in alternate years.) Mr. Pearson 

IE 543 Standard Data 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: IE 332 

Theory and practice in developing standard data from stopwatch observations 
and predetermined time data; methods of calculating standards from data; appli- 
cation of standard data in cost control, production planning and scheduling, and 
wage incentives. Graduate Staff 



354 



IE 546 Advanced Quality Control 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: IE 353, ST 421 

The statistical foundations of quality control are emphasized in this course as 
well as its economic implications. Mathematical derivations of most of the formulae 
used are given. Sampling techniques are treated extensively and many applications 
of this powerful technique are explained. Mr. Alvarez 

IE 547 Engineering Reliability 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: ST 421, IE 353 

The methodology of reliability including application of discrete and continuous 
distribution models and statistical designs; reliability estimation, reliability 
structure models, reliability demonstration and decisions, and reliability growth 
models. Examples of reliability evaluation and demonstration programs. 

Graduate Staff 

IE 591 Project Work 2-6 FS 
Prerequisite: Graduate or senior standing 

Investigation and report on an assigned problem for students enrolled in the 

fifth- year curriculum in industrial engineering. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

IE 608 Linear Programming Applications 

IE 609 (OR 609) Advanced Dynamic Programming 

IE 611 The Design of Production Systems 

IE 621 (OR 621) Inventory Control Methods I 

IE 622 Inventory Control Methods II 

IE 640 (PSY 640) Skilled Operator Performance 

IE 641 Biotechnology in Systems Engineering 

IE 651 Special Studies in Industrial Engineering 

IE 692 (MA 692, OR 692) Special Topics in Mathematical 
Programming 

IE 693 Seminar in Systems Safety Engineering 

IE 694 Advanced Problems in Human Factors Engineering 

IE 695 Seminar 

IE 699 Industrial Engineering Research 



3 (3-0) S 
3 (3-0) F 
3 (3-0) F 
3 (3-0) FS 
3 (3-0) F 
3 (3-0) S 
3 (3-0) F 
Credits Arranged 

3 (3-0) S 

1(1-0) S 

3 (3-0) S 

1 (1-0) FS 

Credits Arranged 



INTERNATIONAL STUDENT ORIENTATION 

ISO 100 An Introduction to the United States 1 (1-0) FS 

An orientation course required of all foreign students, new to the United States, 

which serves to acquaint them with the Raleigh Community, American culture, 



355 



University academic procedures, and U. S. Government regulations. Undergraduates 
should enroll for credit and graduates for audit. Mr. Weaver 



LANDSCAPE ARCHITECTURE 

LAR 201 Fundamentals of Landscape Design 3 (1-6) FS 

Introductory' exercises in landscape design. Site development and organization 

as related to climate, topography and prevalent social criteria. Staff 

LAR 211 Lntroduction to Landscape Architecture 3 (3-0) FS 

A survey course of the profession of landscape architecture for majors in the 
related fields of RRA, CE, FOR and HS, including the function, responsibilities 
and training of the landscape architect; the design process (criteria, approaches, 
sequence), office procedures and practices; formulation, presentation and interpre- 
tation of contract documents; and the relationship of landscape architecture to 
related fields. Staff 

LAR 312 Site Planning 3 (1-6) S 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

The course is an introduction into the problems of small scale design and techni- 
cal operations such as grading, alignment, controls will be covered. Staff 

LAR 321, 322 Landscape Materials L H 3 (1-4) FS 

Prerequisites: Science electives 

A professional option for those students wishing to concentrate on small scale 
physical design. The course will cover identification and properties of materials. 
Exercises in design will stress implementation and use of materials for particular 
situations. Staff 

LAR 400 Intermediate Landscape Architecture Design 

(Series) 4 (1-9) FS 

Prerequisite: DN 202 or equivalent or consent of department 

The LAR 400 Series is intended to permit students a flexibility in scheduling. 
The courses will cover small scale design, urban landscape architecture, public 
and institutional design. Each course will be conducted as a workshop/studio to 
study the problems of project organization, design and execution. The course may 
be scheduled four times. Staff 

LAR 411, 412 Landscape Technology 3 (1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Junior standing 

Techniques and procedures of constiniction drawing. Contracts, specifications 
and office practices. Consolidation of previous technical course work by case study 
projects of various scales. . Staff 

LAR 491 Special Projects in Landscape Architecture 2-4 FS 

Prerequisites: Senior standing and 3.0 G.P.A. 

The course is intended as a special projects framework for advanced undergrad- 
uates to do research on a tutorial basis. The course may be scheduled two times. 

Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

LAR 501, 502 Landscape Design I, II 6 (3-9) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

356 



Regional research and analysis. Social criteria of urban and regional design. 
Transportation systems, land use determination and the design of large scale envi- 
ronmental complexes. Open to graduate students in related fields. Evaluation of 
nonmajors based on contribution of their discipline to group effort. 

LAR 503 Regional Design Workshop I 3 (0-9) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

LAR 504 Regional Design Workshop II 3 (0-9) S 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

LAR 512 Physical Systems 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisites : Graduate standing, consent of instructor 

Analysis of physical systems and methods of determining relationships between 
systems with particular reference to natural systems, managed resource systems, 
development systems and their relationship to development objectives. Staff 

LAR 521 Introduction to Regional Design 3 (2-2) F 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

A perspective of the measures man has taken to ensure his relation to the general 
environment. Ecologic determinism, economic and political functionalism and 
aesthetic movements will be developed in an historical context. Staff 

LAR 591, 592 Special Projects 4 (2-6) FS 

Prerequisite: Graduate standing 

Student-evolved projects with emphasis on utilization and expansion of technical 
processes and techniques to reinforce design solutions. Introduction and investiga- 
tion of experimental methodology. Development of student-evolved interest in specif- 
ic areas. Open to graduate students in related fields. Evaluation of nonmajors 
based on contribution of their discipline to group effort. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

LAR 603 Regional Design III 3 (0-9) F 

LAR 604 Regional Design IV 3-6 S 

LAR 611 Physical Design Policy 3 (2-2) FS 

LAR 691 Degree Seminar 



MARINE SCIENCES 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAS 200 (OY 200) Introduction to the Marine Environment 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: High school physics, chemistry, algebra, trigonometry and biology 
or equivalent 

A descriptive account of the ocean as a part of our environment; subjects covered 
include interactions between atmosphere and ocean, ocean circulation, physical and 
chemical properties of sea water, marine geology and marine biology. 

MAS 471 (MAE 471) Undersea Vehicle Design 3 (3-0) F S 

(See mechanical and aerospace engineering, page 376.) 

357 



MAS 487 (CE 487, OY 487) Physical Oceanography 3 (3-0) S 

(See physical oceanography, page 402.) 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAS 529 (ZO 529) Biological Oceanography 3 (3-0) Sum. 

(See zoology, page 460.) 

MAS 541 (OY 541, CE 541) Gravity Wave Theory I 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 or PY 411 

Classical gravity wave theoiy with emphasis on the basic mechanics of wave 
motions, mass transport induced by waves and various conservation laws with 
their applications in wave study. 

MAS 551 (OY 551) Ocean Circulation 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 or PY 411 

Basic study of the mechanics of ocean circulation with emphasis on various sim- 
ple models of circulation systems. 

MAS 581 (CE 581) Introduction to Oceanographic Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

(See civil engineering, page 272.) 

MAS 584 (GY 584) Marine Geology 3 (3-0) S 

(See geology, page 330.) 

MAS 591, 592 Marine Sciences Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

A seminar designed to give perspective in the field of oceanology. Topics vary 
from semester to semester. In order to obtain credit a student must deliver a 
seminar. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAS 601 (OY 601) Advanced Physical Oceanography I 3 (3-0) F 

MAS 602 (OY 602) Advanced Physical Oceanography II 3 (3-0) S 

MAS 605 (OY 605, EM 605) Advanced Geophysical Fluid Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F 

MAS 606 (OY 606, EM 606) Advanced Geophysical Fluid 

Mechanics II 3 (3-0) S 

MAS 613 (OY 613, EM 613) Perturbation Method in Fluid 

Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F 

MAS 614 (OY 614, EM 614) Perturbation Method in Fluid 

Mechanics II 3 (3-0) S 



358 



MATERIALS ENGINEERING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 200 Mechanical Properties of Structural Materials 2 (1-3) 

Prerequisites: CH 105 and the first course in engineering mechanics 

The dependence of mechanical properties of structural materials on macro-, 
micro- and crystalline structure; control of structure through treatment. 

MAT 201 Structure and Properties of Engineering Materials I 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: CH 105 

An introduction to the fundamental physical principles governing the structure 
and constitution of metallic and nonmetallic materials of construction, and the rela- 
tion of these principles to the control of properties. 

MAT 218 Introduction TO Ceramic Engineering 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisite: CH 103 or CH 107 

Calculation of material balances and stoichiometric relations in ceramic systems. 
Structure and properties of raw materials and process unit operations prior to 
forming are treated. 

MAT 301 Equilibrium and Rate Processes in Materials Science 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: CH 331 or equivalent 

Application of thermodynamic and kinetic principles to engineering materials in 
the liquid and solid states. 

MAT 310 Physical Examination of Materials 3 (1-6) 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

Experiments designed to demonstrate basic techniques in crystallography. 
X-ray diffraction, optical and electron microscopy. 

MAT 311 Ceramic Processing I 4 (3-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

A detailed study covering the basic chemical and physical laws underlying the 
processes and behavior of diverse ceramic compositions in the sequential manu- 
facturing operations required to produce ceramic materials with controlled proper- 
ties. Included are such topics as size reduction, separation and analysis; particle 
packing, mixing, agglomeration, surface chemistry, rheologj' of liquid-solid and 
solid-polymer systems; and behavior of ceramics in a wide variety of forming 
processes. 

MAT 312 Ceramic Processing II 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: MAT 311 

Basic principles underlying the thermal processing of ceramics are covered. 
Appropriate subject material in basic and engineering sciences are included. Parti- 
cular reference is made for obtaining desired microstructures. Included are such 
topics as fuels; combustion and heat sources; heat transfer and heat utilization; 
gas and liquid flow relation; psychrometry and drying; high temperature process- 
ing such as calcining, sintering in the presence and absence of liquid phases, melt- 
ing and hot forming; and supplementary finishing processes after firing of the 



359 



MAT 411, 412 Physical Principles in Materials Science I, II 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisites: (411) MAT 201; (412) MAT 411 

Introduction to the fundamental physical concepts of ceramic, metallic and poly- 
meric materials. Relation between properties and structure. 

MAT 417 Ceramic Subsystem Design 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 312 

Individual and team study involving the interdependence of plant layout, pro- 
cesses, equipment and materials in the economic design of engineering systems 
and subsystems. Discussion of design principles, sources of data, creativity and 
economic analysis to encourage original solutions to problems of current and 
future need and interest in the ceramic profession. 

MAT 423, 424 Materials Factors in Design I, II (423) 3 (3-0) 

(424) 4 (3-3) 
Prerequisites: (423) MAT 450; (424) MAT 423 
Corequisites: (423) MAT 431; (424) MAT 432 

Selection of materials for specific engineering applications. Manufacturing pro- 
cesses and their relation to product use. 

MAT 431, 432 Physical Metallurgy I, II 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisites: (431) MAT 412; (432) MAT 431 

Alloy design; control of properties through microstructures; principles of heat 
treatment; strengthening mechanisms. 

MAT 435, 436 Physical Ceramics I, II (435) 4 (3-3) 

(436) 3 (2-3) 
Prerequisites: (435) MAT 412; (436) MAT 435 

A project-oriented course in which starting materials of various types of ceramic 
products are characterized including analysis of reactions, selection of processing 
parameters, processing, measurement of properties appx-opriate to the ceramic 
analysis; and correlation of all materials and processing parameters with properties 
and microstructures. Projects are selected to exemplify characteristic types of 
ceramics. 

MAT 437 Introduction to the Vitreous State 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: MAT 301 

An introductory study of the vitreous state to include the structure, properties 
and type of glasses (including glazes and enamels). Opacity color and devitrifica- 
tion. Nature of the glassy phase in kiln- fired ceramics. 

MAT 450 Mechanical Properties of Materials 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

Elastic, plastic, and fracture phenomena in solids including yielding, strain 
hardening, brittle fracture, creep and fatigue. 

MAT 451 Principles of Ceramic Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or MAE 302 or CHE 315 

An advanced ti'eatment of fundamental relationships among ceramic materials, 
processes and properties. Designed to provide an adequate background for students 
from other engineering and physical science curricula to permit effective study of 
ceramic engineering at the graduate level. 

MAT 491 Materials Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Literature survey of selected topics in materials engineering. Oral and written 
reports and discussions. 

360 



MAT 493, 494 Ceramic Field Exercises I, II 1 (0-3) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Selected plant visitations, lectures by practicing ceramic engineers, reports on 
industrial organizations engaged in manufacture or use of ceramics. Discussions 
of professional organizations and professional ethics. 

MAT 495, 496 Experimental Engineering I, II 3 (1-6) 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific project dealing with metal- 
lurgy, materials or general experimental vs^ork. A seminar period is provided and 
a written report required. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAT 501, 502 Ceramic Structural Analysis I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

MAT 503 Ceramic Microscopy 3 (2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: GY331 

Transmitted and reflected light techniques for the systematic study of ceramic 
materials and products. 

MAT 506 Electron Microscopy 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 412 

MAT 509 High Vacuum Technology 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: CH 433 or MAE 301 

Properties of low-pressure gases and vapors. Production, maintenance and mea- 
surement of high vacuum; design, construction and operation of high- vacuum, 
high-temperature facilities. Properties and reactions of materials which are pro- 
cessed, tested and/or utilized in high- vacuum environments. 

MAT 521, 522 Advanced Physical Metallurgy I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 432 

MAT 527 Refractories in Service 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

A study of the physical and chemical properties of the more important refrac- 
tories in respect to their environment in industrial and laboratory furnaces. 

MAT 529 Properties of High Temperature Materials 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: MAT 201 

Effect of temperature on the physical, mechanical and chemical properties of 
inorganic materials; relationships between microstructure and high temperature 
properties; uses of ceramics, cermets and metals at extremely high temperatures. 

MAT 533, 534 Advanced Ceramic Engineering Design I, II 3 (2-3) 

Prerequisite: MAT 417 

Advanced studies in analysis and design of ceramic products, processes and 
systems leading to original solutions of current industrial problems and the develop- 
ment of new concepts of manufacturing. 

MAT 540 Glass Technology 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 437 



361 



MAT 541, 542 Principles of Corrosion I, II 3 (2-3) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 431 or CH 431 

The fundamentals of metallic corrosion and passivity. The electrochemical nature 
of corrosive attack, basic forms of corrosion, corrosion rate factors, methods of cor- 
rosion protection. Laboratory work included. 

MAT 548 Technology of Cements 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAT 436 

The technology of the Portland cement industry including manufacture, control 
and uses. 

MAT 561 Advanced Structure and Properties of Materials 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

A systematic treatment of the fundamental physicochemical principles govern- 
ing the constitution of both metallic and ceramic materials. Correlation of these 
principles with physical, mechanical and chemical properties of materials. Parti- 
cular emphasis is placed upon materials of construction for nuclear reactors. 

MAT 562 (NE 562) Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: NE 301 or equivalent 

Those reactor component design considerations determined by materials properties 
as well as by nuclear function will be discussed. Emphasis will be placed on radia- 
tion metallurgical processes in materials pertinent to fast reactors for either 
terrestrial or space applications. 

MAT 573 (NE 573) Computer Experiment in Materials Engineering 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 301 

The basic techniques for constructing both statistical (Monte Carlo) and deter- 
ministic computer experiments will be explained and discussed from the stand- 
point of immediate use in the solution of current engineering research and develop- 
ment problems. Mr. Beeler 

MAT 595, 596 Advanced Materials Experiments I, II 3 (1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

Advanced engineering principles applied to a specific experimental project deal- 
ing with materials or metallography. A seminar period is provided and a written 
report is required. 

MAT 598, 599 Advanced Ceramic Experiments I, II 3 (1-6) FS 

Prerequisite: MAT 411 

Advanced studies in ceramic laboratory experimentation. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAT 601 Ceramic Phase Relationships 3 (3-0) FS 

MAT 603 Advanced Ceramic Reaction Kinetics 3 (3-0) S 

MAT 611 Ceramic Process Analysis 3 (3-0) FS 

MAT 621 The Vitreous State 3 (3-0) FS 

MAT 631, 632 Advanced Physical Ceramics I, II 3 (2-3) 

MAT 635, 636 Electronic Ceramics 3 (3-0) 



362 



MAT 651, 652 Theory and Structure of Metals 3 (3-0) FS 

MAT 661 Diffraction Theory 3 (3-0) FS 

MAT 662 Dislocation Theory 3 (3-0) FS 

MAT 691, 692 Special Topics in Materials Engineering 3 (3-0) 

MAT 695 Ceramic Engineering Seminar 1 (l-O) FS 

MAT 697 Special Studies in Ceramic Engineering 1-3 

MAT 699 Research Credits Arranged 

MATHEMATICS 

MA 111 Algebra and Trigonometry 4 (3-2) F S 

Sets and logic, the real number system, polynomials, algebraic fractions, exponents 
and radicals, linear and quadratic equations, inequalities, functions and relations, 
logarithms, plane trigonometry. (Students in the Schools of Engineering, PAMS, 
Design and Departments of Agricultural Engineering and Mathematics Education 
who may be required to take this course will not receive credit hours for MA 111 
toward the graduation requirements.) 

MA 102 Analytic Geometry and Calculus I 4 (3-2) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

The first of three semesters of a unified course in analytic geometry and calculus. 
Functions and graphs, limits, derivatives of algebraic functions and applications, 
indefinite integral, definite integral and the fundamental theorem of calculus, 
areas and volumes, plane analytic geometry. 
Credit in both MA 102 and MA 112 is not allowed. 

MA 112 Analytic Geometry and Calculus A 4 (3-2) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

A unified course in analytic geometry and calculus containing the following 
topics: the straight line; nonlinear equations and graphs; functions and limits; 
the derivative and its applications, antidifferentiation and integration. Applica- 
tions to the social, life and behavioral sciences are included where possible. 

Credit in both MA 102 and MA 112 is not allowed. 

MA 114 Topics in Modern Mathematics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or equivalent completed in high school 

Introduction to the theory of sets, relations and functions with applications to 
Boolean algebra, logical inference, theory of probability, vector spaces and matrices. 

MA 115 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: College entrance 

The number system and other scales of notation; algebraic operations, inequali- 
ties; sets, logic and Boolean algebra; logarithmic and trigonometric functions. 
The point of view is intuitive. Some emphasis is placed on the history of certain 
mathematical concepts and on the importance of mathematics in contemporary life. 

Credit in MA 115 is not allowed if the student already has credit in MA 201 or 
MA 212. 



363 



MA 116 Introduction to Contemporary Mathematics II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 115 

Permutations, combinations and the binomial theorem; probability; mathemati- 
cal induction, the group as an example of a finite mathematical system; graphs 
of systems of linear inequalities and linear programming; solutions of linear 
systems by Cramer's rule and by matrix methods; introduction to analytic geome- 
try and calculus. 

Credit in MA 116 is not allowed if student already has credit in MA 201 or 
MA 212. 

MA 122 Mathematics of Finance and Elementary Statistics 4 (3-2) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

Simple and compound interest, annuities and their application to amortization 
and sinking fund problems, installment buying, calculation of premiums of life 
annuities and life insurance, elementary statistics. 

MA 201 Analytic Geometry and Calculus II 4 (4-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 102 

The second of three semesters of a unified course in analytic geometry and cal- 
culus. Applications of the definite integral. Transcendental functions, methods of 
integration, polar coordinates, parametric equations, introduction to infinite series. 

MA 202 Analytic Geometry and Calculus III 4 (4-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

The third of three semesters of a unified course in analytic geometry and calculus. 
Brief introduction to determinants and matrices, vector functions, analytic geome- 
try of three dimensions and partial differentiation, multiple integration, applica- 
tions. Line integral and Green's Theorem. 

MA 212 Analytic Geometry and Calculus B 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 112 

A continuation of MA 112. Differentiation and integration of trigonometric expo- 
nential and logarithmic functions, methods of integration, application of the inte- 
gral; functions of several variables, infinite series. Applications to social, life and 
behavioral sciences are included where possible. 

MA 231 Introduction to Linear Algebra 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 201 

Vectors and vector spaces, linear transformations, linear equations, determinants, 
eigenvalues and quadratic forms. 

MA 232 Introduction to Multivariable Calculus 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 231 

Functions of several variables, limits, continuity, differentiability, chain rule, 
implicit functions, multiple integrals. 

MA 301 Applied Differential Equations I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 202 or equivalent 

First order equations, applications, linear equations of higher order, applications 
to mechanical and electrical systems, series solutions, special functions, Laplace 
transforms. 

MA 312 Introduction to Differential Equations 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MA 231, MA 201 

First order differential equations, basic theory and application of linear equa- 
tions. Systems of linear equations, matrix methods, series solutions, Laplace trans- 
forms, existence and uniqueness. 

364 



MA 381 Special Topics 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

This course will be used to develop unusual or new mathematics courses for the 
needs of students in any curriculum. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 401 Applied Differential Equations II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

The wave, heat and Laplace equations. Solutions by separation of variables and 
expansion in Fourier Series or other appropriate orthogonal sets. 

MA 403 Introduction to Modern Algebra 3 (3-0) F S 

Pi-erequisite: One year of calculus 

Sets and mappings; equivalence relations; groups, homomorphisms, cosets, 
Cayley's theorem, symmetric groups, quotient groups, rings, integral domains; 
Euclidean algorithm, polynomial rings, ideals, quotient rings. 

MA 404 Fundamental Concepts of Geometry 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Foundations of geometry; laws of logic; affine geometry, geometric transforma- 
tions, homogeneous coordinates; comparison of Euclidean and non-Euclidean 
geometries. 

MA 405 Introduction to Matrices and Linear Transformations 3 (3-0) F S 
Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Determinants, linear equations, linear transfoiTnations and matrices, operations 
with matrices, eigenvalues, introduction to bilinear and quadratic forms. 

MA 408 Advanced Geometry 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Topics from modern geometry; poles and polars; non-Euclidean geometry; analy- 
tical geometry" from a vector point of view; elementary geometry from an advanced 
standpoint. 

MA 421 Introduction TO Probability 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Axioms of pi'obability, conditional probability, combinatorial analysis, random 
variables, expectation, simple stochastic processes. 

MA 425 Mathematical Analysis I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 232 

Real number system, functions and limits, topology on the real line, continuity, 
differential and integral calculus for functions of one variable. 

MA 426 Mathematical Analysis II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 425 

Infinite series, uniform convergence, calculus of several variables, topology in 
n-dimensions, limits, continuity, differentiability, implicit functions, multiple inte- 
grals, line and surface integrals. 

MA 433 History of Mathematics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: One year of calculus 

Evolution of the number system, trends in the development of modern mathema- 
tics; lives and contributions of outstanding mathematicians. 

365 



MA 491 Reading in Honors Mathematics 2-6 F S 

Prerequisites: Membership in honors program, consent of department 

MA 493 Special Topics in Mathematics 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MA 504 (NE 504) Mathematical Methods in Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Survey of mathematical methods for engineers. Topics include ordinary differen- 
tial equations, matrices, partial differential equations, difference equations, numeri- 
cal methods, elements of statistics. Techniques and applications to engineering are 
stressed. This course cannot be taken for credit by mathematics majors. 

MA 505 (IE 505, OR 505) Mathematical Programming I 3 (3-0) F 

(See industrial engineering, page 353.) 

MA 511 Advanced Calculus I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Fundamental theorem on continuous functions; convergence theory of sequences, 
series and integrals; the Riemann integral. 

MA 512 Advanced Calculus II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 511 

General theorems of partial differentiation; implicit function theorems; vector 
calculus in 3-space; line and surface integrals; classical integral theorems. 

MA 513 Introduction to Complex Variables 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 426 

Operations with complex numbers, derivatives, analytic functions, integrals, 
definitions and properties of elementary functions, multivalued functions, power 
series, residue theory and applications, conformal mapping. 

MA 514 Methods of Applied Mathematics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 511 or MA 425 

Introduction to integral equations, the calculus of variations and difference 
equations. 

MA 517 Introduction to Topology 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 426 

Sets and functions, metric spaces, topological spaces, compactness, separation, 
connectedness. 

MA 518 Calculus on Manifolds 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 517 

Calculus of several variables from a modern viewpoint. Differential and integral 
calculus of several variables, vector functions, integration on manifolds, Stoke's and 
Green's theorems, vector analysis. 

MA 520 Linear Algebra 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 231 or MA 405 

Vector spaces, linear mappings and matrices, determinants, inner product spaces, 
bilinear and quadratic forms, canonical forms, spectral theorem. 



366 



MA 521 Fundamentals of Modern Algebra 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 403 

Groups, normal subgroups, quotient groups, Cayley's theorem, Sylow's theorem. 
Rings, ideals and quotient rings, polynomial rings. Fields, extension fields, ele- 
ments of Galois theory. 

MA 524 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 512 

Green's functions and two point boundary value problems; elementary theory of 
distributions; generalized Green's functions. Finite and infinite dimensional inner 
product spaces; Hilbert spaces; completely continuous operators; integral equations, 
the Fredholm alternative; eigenfunction expansions; applications to potential 
theory. Nonsingular and singular Sturm-Liouville problems; Weil's theorem. 

MA 525 Mathematical Methods in the Physical Sciences II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 524 

Distribution theory in n-space; Fourier transforms; partial differential equations, 
generalized solutions, fundamental solutions, Cauchy problem, wave and heat equa- 
tions, well-set problems, Laplace's equation, the Dirichlet and Neumann problems, 
integral equations of potential theory. Green's functions, eigenfunction expansions. 

MA 527 (CSC 527) Numerical Analysis I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: CSC 101 or CSC 111, MA 301 or MA 312, MA 231 or MA 405 

Theory of interpolation, numerical integration, iterative solution of nonlinear 
equations, numerical integration of ordinary differential equations, matrix inver- 
sion and solution of simultaneous linear equations. 

MA 528 (CSC 528) Numerical Analysis II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 527 

Least squares data approximation, expansions in terms of orthogonal functions, 
Gaussian quadrature, economization of series, minimax approximations, Pade 
approximations, eigenvalues of matrices. 

MA 532 Theory of Ordinary Differential Equations 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405, advanced calculus 

Existence and uniqueness theorems, systems of linear equations, fundamental 
matrices, matrix exponential, series solutions, regular singular points; plane 
autonomous systems, stability theory. 

MA 536 Logic for Digital Computers 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

Introduction to symbolic logic and Boolean algebra, finite state- valued calculus 
and its application to combinational networks; sequential finite-state machines and 
their mathematical formulation; analysis and synthesis problems of sequential 
machines. 

MA 537 Mathematical Theory of Digital Computers 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 536 

The sequential machine and its characteristic semi-group; micro-programmed com- 
puters; general purpose computers and special purpose computers; Turning machine 
and infinite-state machines; nondeterministic switching system and probabilistic 
automata. 

MA 541 (ST 541) Theory of Probability I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MA 425 or MA 511 

Axioms, conbinatorial analysis, conditional probability, independence, random 
variables, expectation, special discrete and continuous distributions, probability and 

367 



moment generating functions, central limit theorem, laws of large numbers, branch- 
ing processes, recurrent events, random walk. 

MA 542 (ST 542) Theory of Probability II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 541 

Markov chains and Markov processes, Poisson process, birth and death processes, 
queueing theory, renewal theory, stationary processes, Brownian motion. 

MA 545 Set Theory and Foundations of Mathematics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MA 403 

Logic and the axiomatic approach, the Sermelo-Fraenkel axioms and other sys- 
tems, algebra of sets and order relations, equivalents of the Axiom of Choice, one-to- 
one correspondences, cardinal and ordinal numbers, the Continuum Hypothesis. 

MA 555 (PY 555) Mathematical Introduction to Celestial 

Mechanics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: One year of advanced calculus 

Central orbits, N-body problems, 3- body problem, Hamilton-Jacobi theory. Pertur- 
bation theory, applications to motion of celestial bodies. 

MA 556 (PY 556) Orbital Mechanics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MA 405, knowledge of elementary mechanics and com- 
puter programming 

Keplerian motion, iterative solutions, numerical integration, differential correc- 
tions and space navigation, elements of probability, least squares, sequestial estima- 
tion, Kalman fields. 

MA 571 (BMA 571, ST 571) Biomathematics I 3 (3-0) F 

(See biomathematics, page 253.) 

MA 572 (BMA 572, ST 572) Biomathematics II 3 (3-0) S 

(See biomathematics, page 253.) 

MA 581 Special Topics 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite : Consent of department 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MA 600 Advanced Differential Equations I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 601 Advanced Differential Equations II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 602 Partial Differential Equations I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 603 Partial Differential Equations II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 606 (ST 606, OR 606) Mathematical Programming II 3 (3-0) F S 

MA 611 Analytic Function Theory I 3 (3-0) F S 

MA 612 Analytic Function Theory II 3 (3-0) F S 

MA 615 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 616 Theory of Functions of a Real Variable II 3 (3-0) S 



368 



MA 617 (ST 617) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) F 

MA 618 (ST 618) Measure Theory and Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) S 

MA 619 (ST 619) Topics in Advanced Probability 3 (3-0) F 

MA 620 Modern Algebra I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 621 Modern Algebra II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 622 Linear Transformations and Matrix Theory 3 (3-0) F 

MA 623 Theory of Matrices and Applications 3 (3-0) S 

MA 625 Algebraic Topology I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 626 Algebraic Topology II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 627 General Topology I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 628 General Topology II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 632 Operational Mathematics I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 633 Operational Mathematics II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 634 Theory of Distributions 3 (3-0) F 

MA 635 Numerical Analysis III 3 (3-0) S 

MA 637 Differentiable Manifolds 3 (3-0) F 

MA 641 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control I 3 (3-0) F 
MA 642 Calculus of Variations and Theory of Optimal Control II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 645 Theory of Hilbert Spaces 3 (3-0) S 

MA 647 Functional Analysis I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 648 Functional Analysis II 3 (3-0) S 

MA 655 (PY 655) Qualitative Methods in Celestial Mechanics 3 (3-0) F 

MA 656 (PY 656) Perturbation Theory in Celestial Mechanics 3 (3-0) S 

MA 661 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis I 3 (3-0) F 

MA 662 Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis II 3 (3-0) S 
MA 681 Special Topics in Real Analysis 1-6 

MA 682 Special Topics in Complex Analysis 1-6 

MA 683 Special Topics in Algebra 1-6 

MA 684 Special Topics in Combinatorial Analysis 1-6 

MA 685 Special Topics in Numerical Analysis 1-6 

369 



MA 686 Special Topics in Topology 1-6 

MA 687 Special Topics in Geometry 1-6 

MA 688 Special Topics in Differential Equations 1-6 

MA 689 Special Topics in Applied Mathematics 1-6 

MA 692 (IE 692, OR 692) Special Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3 (3-0) S 

MA 699 Research Credits Arranged 

MATHEMATICS AND SCIENCE EDUCATION 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 101 Orientation (1-0) F 

New freshmen and transfer students are required to attend one hour per week 

during the fall semester. Activities center around helping the student to establish 

good study habits and to adjust to university life. Staff 

ED 203 Introduction to Teaching Mathematics and Science 2 (2-0) F S 

A beginning course designed for prospective teachers of mathematics and science 
at the secondary school level. Emphasis is given to study of different modes of 
instiniction and instructional strategies. Each prospective teacher is expected to de- 
sign a lesson and teach it to students in the school to which he is assigned as a 
teacher assistant. Staff 

ED 470 Methods of Teaching Mathematics 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices 
appropriate for teachers of mathematics at the secondary level. 

Messrs. Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 471 Student Teaching in Mathematics 6 (2-15) F S 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304, senior standing, admission to teacher education 
and an overall 2.0 average. 

This course is intended to provide the prospective teacher with an opportunity to 
get experience in the skills and the techniques involved in teaching mathematics. 
Each student during the senior year will spend 10 weeks off campus in a selected 
center. In addition to acquiring the necessary competencies for teaching math- 
ematics, the student teachers also will have an opportunity to become familiar 
with the total school program and to participate in as many community activities 
as time will permit during the period of student teaching. 

Messrs. Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 

ED 472 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials in 

Mathematics 2 (2-0) F S 

Developing and selecting teaching materials in keeping with the new and chang- 
ing concepts of the content and emphasis in high school mathematics is essential 
for mathematics teachers. The course will follow the class discussion and demon- 
stration pattern. Students will study the latest instructional materials and discover 
or devise materials and aids for increasing the effectiveness of the content and 
instruction in high school mathematics. Messrs. Kolb, Speece, Waters, Watson 



370 



ED 475 Methods of Teaching Science 3 (3-0) F 

A study of the purposes, methods, materials, curricula and evaluation practices 

appropriate for teachers of physical and natural science at the secondary level. 

Messrs. Anderson, Shannon 

ED 476 Student Teaching in Science 6 (2-15) F 

Prerequisites: ED 344, PSY 304, senior standing, admission to teacher education 
and an overall 2.0 average 

This course is intended to provide prospective teachers w^ith an opportunity to get 
experience in the skills and techniques involved in teaching science. Each student 
during the senior year will spend 10 weeks off campus in a selected center. In addi- 
tion to acquiring the necessary competencies for teaching science, the student 
teacher also will have an opportunity to become familiar with the total program 
and to participate in as many community activities as time will permit during the 
period of student teaching. Messrs. Anderson, Shannon, Speece 

ED 477 Developing and Selecting Teaching Materials in Science 2 (2-0) F 
Developing and selecting teaching materials in keeping with the new and chang- 
ing concepts of the content and emphasis in high school science, particularly the 
experimental and laboratory approach to science teaching. Students will study the 
latest instructional materials and discover or devise materials and aids for increas- 
ing the effectiveness of the content and instruction in high school science courses. 

Messrs. Anderson, Shannon 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

ED 511 Implications OF Mathematical Content, Structure, and 

Processes for the Teaching of Mathematics in the Elementary 
School 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or consent of instructor 
A course designed for teachers and supervisors of mathematics in the elementary 
school. Special emphasis is given to the implications of mathematical content, struc- 
ture and processes in teaching arithmetic and geometry in the elementary school. 
Attention is given to the use of logic and fundamental rules of inference, deductive 
and inductive reasoning, the field properties in the sets of integers and rational 
numbers, elementary number theory, metric and nonmetric geometry. Mr. Watson 

ED 512 Active Learning Approaches to Teaching Mathematics in the 

Elementary School 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: Bachelor's degree in elementary education or consent of instructor 
A course that will stress active learning approaches to the teaching of mathe- 
matics in the elementary school. Special emphasis will be given to the laboratory 
approach to teaching mathematics and the use of the manipulative materials and 
activities of the Nuffield Project, the Madison Project, Dienes, Cuisenaire and 
Gattegno. Attention will be given to research supporting the laboratory approach 
using manipulative materials in the elementary school. Suggestions will be given 
for designing activities for independent and group study and in assessing individual 
progress. Mr. Watson 

ED 592 Special Problems in Mathematics Teaching 3 (0-3) S 

Prerequisite: ED 471 or equivalent 

Consideration of current problems in mathematics education. Opportunities will 
be provided for students to study particular problems and initiate investigations 
under the direction of the faculty. Mr. Speece 



371 



ED 594 Special Problems in Science Teaching 3 (0-3) S 

Prerequisite: ED 476 or equivalent 

Consideration of current problems in science education. Opportunities will be 
provided for students to study particular problems and initiate investigations 
under the direction of the faculty. Mr. Anderson 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

ED 690 Seminar in Mathematics Education Maximum 2 F S 

ED 695 Seminar in Science Education Maximum 2 F S 

ED 699 Research Credits Arranged 

MECHANICAL AND AEROSPACE ENGINEERING 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 216 Elements of Mechanical Engineering 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 205, PY 208 or PY 206 

An introductory consideration of the scope and interests in mechanical engineer- 
ing through the application and extension of chemistry, physics and mathematics 
to real engineering problems in analysis and design. 

MAE 250 Introduction to Aerospace Engineering 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 205 

Fundamental concepts underlying aerospace engineering. A basic study of the 
aerodynamics, stnactural, propulsion, performance and control requirements of 
flight vehicles. 

MAE 301 Engineering Thermodynamics I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 or PY 206 

An introduction to the concept of enei'gj' and the laws governing the transfers 
and transformations of energy. Emphasis is placed on thermodynamic properties 
and First and Second law analysis of systems. Some basic statistical thermodynamic 
concepts are introduced and applied to the calculation of properties. 

MAE 302 Engineering Thermodynamics II 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

A continuation of Engineering Thermodynamics I with emphasis on the applica- 
tion of basic principles to engineering problems with systems involving mixtures 
of ideal gases, psychrometrics, nonideal gases, chemical reactions, combustion, 
chemical equilibrium, cycle analysis and one-dimensional compressible flow. 

MAE 303 Engineering Thermodynamics III 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

A continuation of Engineering Thermodynamics I for nonmechanical engineering 
juniors. Thermodynamics of mixtures; thermodynamics of fluid flow, heat transfer, 
vapor and gas cycles, and applications. 

MAE 305 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory I 1 (0-3) F 

Corequisite: MAE 301 

An introduction to the theory and practice of measurement and experimental 

372 



data collection. The components of the generalized measurement system are studied 
and their effects on the final result evaluated. Basic methods of data analysis as 
well as basic instrumentation for sensing, conditioning and displaying experimental 
quantities are covered. 

MAE 306 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory II 1 (0-3) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 305, EE 331 

A continuation of MAE 305 into specific types of measurements. Students will 
evaluate and compare different types of instrumentation for measuring the same 
physical quantity on the basis of cost, time required, accuracy, etc. 

MAE 307 Energy and Energy Transformations 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 201, PY 212 

Energy transformation as permitted by the First Law and limited by the Second 
Law. Properties of ideal gases and actual gases; properties of vapors. Vapor power 
cycles; vapor refrigerating cycles, gas cycles for internal combustion engines and 
gas turbines. Elements of heat transfer. 

MAE 313 Power Transmission 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 307 

Analysis and synthesis of the operational characteristics of machines and systems 
comprising mechanical hydraulic and control devices. Comparative characteristics 
of such devices with regard to choice of system combinations based on performance, 
maintenance and economics. 

MAE 315 Dynamics of Machines 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 216, EM 305 

A rational application of dynamics to the analysis of machines and mechanical 
devices to determine the motions resulting from applied loads and the forces and 
inputs required to produce specified motions. 

MAE 316 Strength of Mechanical Components 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: EM 205, MAT 201 

Stress, strain and deformation analysis of mechanical components and their 
strength determination based on material behavior under static and dynamic operat- 
ing conditions. Applications to basic machine components. 

MAE 355 Aerodynamics I 4 (3-3) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 250, MA 301 

Introductory concepts of perfect fluid theoi'y and incompressible boundary layers 
with application to the computation of the aerodynamic characteristics of airfoils, 
wings and flight vehicle configurations. 

MAE 356 Aerodynamics II 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 355, MAE 301 

Introductory concepts of thermodynamics, compressible fluid flow and compressi- 
ble boundary layers with application to the computation of the aerodynamic charac- 
teristics of airfoils, wings and flight vehicle configurations at high speed. 

MAE 361 Aerospace Vehicle Performance 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 250, MA 301, EM 305 

An application of the principles of dynamics and aerodynamics to the problem of 
determining the performance of both airplanes and space vehicles. Includes the 
elements of orbital mechanics and dynamics of boost into and reentry from orbit. 
For aircraft, methods are presented for the calculation of airplane performance in 
level, gliding and climbing flight as well as take-off and landing performance. 



373 



MAE 365 Air-Breathing Propulsion Systems 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 355, MAE 301 

Introduction to one-dimensional internal flow of compressible fluids and to com- 
bustion and thermochemistry problems. Application of these processes to air-breath- 
ing aircraft propulsion systems. Performance analysis of components and complete 
propulsion systems. 

MAE 371 Aerospace Vehicle Structures I 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 250, EM 205 

Introduction to the theory and concepts required for the analysis and design of 
flight vehicle structural members. Properties and selection of materials; methods 
of analysis for axial, torsional, flexural and transverse shear loadings of typical 
flight structure members. 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 401 Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

Applications of the principles of thermodynamics, fluid mechanics, heat transfer 
and combustion to power generation. Both the conventional and direct energy con- 
version methods are studied as to the principles involved and the feasibility and 
limitations of each method. Consideration is given to the economics of power 
generation. 

MAE 402 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, MA 301 

A study of the fundamental relationships of steady and transient heat transfer 
by conduction, convection, radiation and during changes of phase: mass transfer 
by diffusion and convection, simultaneous mass and heat transfer 

MAE 403 Air Conditioning 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

A fundamental study of summer and winter air conditioning including tempera- 
ture, humidity, air velocity and distribution. 

MAE 404 Refrigeration 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

A thermodynamic analysis of the simple, compound, centrifugal and multiple 
effect compression systems, the steam jet system and the absorption system of 
refrigeration. 

MAE 405 Mechanical Engineering Laboratory III 1 (0-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 306 

The final course in the undergraduate mechanical laboratory sequence which 
exposes the student to case studies in experimental engineering, and provides him 
the opportunity to select instrumentation and desig-n a complete experimental set up 
for a specific problem. 

MAE 409 Particulate Control in Industrial Atmospheric 

Pollution 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 or equivalent 

Combustion calculations and analysis of particulate emission and gases from 
industrial and utility power stations burning various types of fuel. State and 
Federal pollution codes, requirements for compliance and enforcement. Calculations 
and design of industrial equipment to combat pollution. Utilization of waste 
products from industrial plants. 

374 



MAE 411 Mechanical Design I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 315, MAE 316 

Application of the engineering and materials sciences to the analysis and design 
of mechanical components including screws and fasteners, antifriction and jour- 
nal bearings, springs, gears, shafts, clutches, breaks and couplings, etc. 

MAE 415 Mechanical Engineering Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, MAE 315, MAE 316, EE 331 

Consideration of a logical method of problem solving through the integration of 
the physical sciences, engineering sciences and mathematics and their use in a 
rigorous training in methods of analysis of real mechanical engineering problems. 

MAE 416 Mechanical Engineering Design 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 415 

Application of the engineering and materials sciences to the total design of 
mechanical engineering components and systems. Consideration and utilization of 
the design process including problem definition, solution synthesis, design analysis, 
optimization and prototype evaluation through design project activity. 

MAE 431 Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow^ 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 301, MAE 302, EM 303 or MAE 355 

The fundamental dynamics and thermodynamic principles governing the flow of 
gases are presented from both theoretical and experimental viewpoints. Mathemati- 
cal relations are closely correlated with physical phenomena to emphasize the com- 
plementary nature of theory and experiment. 

MAE 435 Principles of Automatic Control 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Study of linear feedback control systems using transfer functions. Transient and 
steady-state responses. Stability analysis using rootlocus and frequency response 
techniques (Bode plots and Nyquist diagrams). Active and passive compensation 
methods. Preliminary design and analysis of typical mechanical and aerospace auto- 
matic control systems. 

MAE 450 Introduction to Vacuum Technology 3 (2-3) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 301 

An introduction to the physical phenomena and apparatus associated with vacuum 
technology and rarefied gas research. Instruction in the use of vaccuum laboratory 
equipment and demonstration of basic rarefied gas phenomena will be emphasized. 

MAE 462 Flight Vehicle Stability and Control 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 361 

Linearized dynamic analysis of the motion of a six degree-of-freedom flight 
vehicle in response to control inputs and disturbance through use of the transfer 
function concept. Control of dynamic behavior by vehicle design (stability deriva- 
tives) and /or flight control systems. 

MAE 465, 466 Aerospace Engineering Laboratory 1 (0-3) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 356 

Laboratory experience in wind tunnel experimentation, including the measure- 
ment of pressure distributions, forces and moments on models of both components 
and entire aircraft and missiles. 

MAE 467 Rocket Propulsion 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 365 

Performance analysis and design of liquid fuel, solid fuel, nuclear and electrical 
rocket propulsion systems. 

375 



MAE 471 (MAS 471) Undersea Vehicle Design 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 355 or EM 302 

An introduction to the solution of problems encountered in the design of both 
submerged and semisubmerged ocean vehicles. Included are discussions and analy- 
tical treatments of vehicle drag and lift, buoyancy effects, vehicle propulsion and 
systems integration. 

MAE 472 Aerospace Vehicle Structures II 4 (3-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 371 

A continuation of MAE 471 with emphasis on specialized topics such as semino- 
mocoque structures, deflection of stnictures, indeterminate structures, torsion analy- 
sis. A laboratory is included to demonstrate the theory and application of resistance 
strain gages, and to provide an opportunity for actual load-stress-deflection tests 
on typical flight vehicle structure components, as well as the determination of basic 
material properties, and correlation of tests and analytical results. 

MAE 479 Aerospace Vehicle Design 4 (2-6) S 

Prerequisites: MAE 356, MAE 462, MAE 467, MAE 472, EE 332 

A synthesis of all previously acquired theoretical and empirical knowledge and 
application to the design of practical aerospace vehicle systems. 

MAE 495 Technical Seminar in Mechanical and Aerospace 

Engineering 1 (1-0) FS 

Prerequisite: Senior standing 

Meetings once a week for the delivery and discussion of student papers on topics 
of current interest in mechanical engineering. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MAE 501 Steam and Gas Turbines 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MAE 302, EM 303 or MAE 355 

Fundamental analysis of the theory and design of turbomachinery flow passages; 
control and performance of turbomachinery; gas- turbine engine processes. 

MAE 507, 508 Internal Combustion Engine Fundamentals 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MAE 302 

The fundamentals common to internal combustion engine cycles of operation. 
The Otto engine: carburetion, fuel distribution, flame and spark timing, and alti- 
tude effects; the Diesel engine; injection knock, combustion, precombustion and 
scavenging as applied to reciprocating and rotary engines. 

MAE 513 Vibration and Noise Control 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 315 or MAE 472 

This course will be devoted to a study of the nature and origin of vibration and 
noise in mechanical systems and design for their control. Considerations will 
include source reduction, isolation, transmission, damping and acoustic shielding 
techniques, through classroom discussions and laboratory demonstrations. 

MAE 515 Experimental Stress Analysis 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 316 

Theoretical and experimental techniques of strain and stress analysis with 
emphasis on electrical strain gages and instrumentation, brittle coatings, grid 
methods and an introduction to photoelasticity. Laboratory includes an investiga- 
tion and complete report of a problem chosen by the student under the guidance 
of the instructor. 



376 



MAE 516 Photoelasticity 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 316 

Theory and experimental techniques of two- and three-dimensional photoelasti- 
city including photoelastic coatings, photoplasticity and an application of photo- 
elastic methods to the solution of mechanical design problems. Laboratory includes 
an investigation and complete report of a problem chosen by the student under the 
guidance of the instructor. 

MAE 517 Lubrication 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: EM 303 

The theory of hydrodynamic lubrication; Reynold's equation, the Sommerfield 
integration, effect of variable lubricant properties and energy equation for tempera- 
ture rise. Properties of lubricants. Application to design of bearings. Boundary 
lubrication. Solid film lubrication. 

MAE 518 Acoustic Radiation I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MA 301 

Discussion of the principles of acoustic radiation as related to acoustic sources 
and their related fields. The radiation of single sources (point, plane, line cylinder, 
spheres, etc.) and combinations thereof are considered. 

MAE 521 Aerothermodynamics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MAE 301, MAE 355 or EM 303 

Review of basic thermodynamics pertinent to gas dynamics. Detailed develop- 
ment of the general equations governing gas motion in both differential and 
integral form. Simplification of the equations to those for specialized flow regimes. 
Similarity parameters. Applications to simple problems in various flow regimes. 

MAE 531 Plasmagasdynamics I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MAE 356, PY 414 

Study of basic laws governing plasma motion for dense and rarefied plasmas, 
hydromagnetic shocks, plasma waves and instabilities, simple engineering applica- 
tions. 

MAE 532 Plasmagasdynamics II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 531 

Quantum statistics and ionization phenomena. Charged particles interactions. 
Transport properties in the presence of electric and magnetic fields and nonequili- 
brium ionization. 

MAE 535 (EE 535) Gas Lasers 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MAE 353 or equivalent, PY 407 

Study of the principles, design and potential applications of ion, molecular, chemi- 
cal and atomic gas lasers. 

MAE 541, 542 Aerodynamic Heating 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MA 511, MAE 521 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings of the com- 
pressible laminar and turbulent boundary layers with special attention to the aero- 
dynamic heating problem. Application of theory in the analysis and design of aero- 
space hardware. 

MAE 543 Heat Transfer — Theory and Applications 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 402 or equivalent 

Development of basic equations for steady and transient heat and mass transfer 
processes. Emphasis is placed on the applications of the basic equations to engineer- 
ing problems in the areas of conduction, convection, mass transfer and thermal 
radiation. 

377 



MAE 545, 546 Project Work in Mechanical Engineering I, II 2 (0-4) F S 

Individual or small group investigation of a problem stemming from a mutual 
student-faculty interest. Emphasis is placed on providing a situation for exploiting 
student curiosity. 

MAE 550 Cryogenics I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MAE 402 

A study of the thermodynamic processes required to produce cryogenic fluids. 
Properties of materials at cryogenic temperatures. Insulation of cryogenic vessels 
and lines. Design of cryogenic systems. 

MAE 554 Advanced Aerodynamic Theory 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 355 

Development of fundamental aerodynamic theory. Emphasis upon mathematical 
analysis and derivation of equations of motion, airfoil theory and comparison with 
experimental results. Introduction to supersonic flow theory. 

MAE 555 Advanced Flight Vehicle Stability and Control 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MAE 462 

Preliminary analysis and design of flight control systems to include autopilots 
and stability argumentation systems. Study of effects of inertial cross-coupling 
and nonrigid bodies on vehicle dynamics. 

MAE 562 Advanced Aircraft Structures 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MAE 371 

Development of methods of stress analysis for aircraft structures, special pro- 
blems in structural design, stiffened panels, rigid frames, indeterminate structures, 
general relaxation theory. 

MAE 571 Inertial Guidance, Design and Analysis 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 401, MAE 435 or MAE 462 

Engineering design and performance analysis of inertial guidance components, 
subsystems and systems. Development of transfer functions and application of linear 
system techniques to determine stability, transient response and steady-state errors 
of gyros, accelerometers, stable platforms and initial alignment subsystems. 
Error analysis and its significance. Preliminary design and analysis of typical 
inertial guidance systems for flight and marine vehicles. 

MAE 581, 582 Hypersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisites: MA 512, MAE 521 or equivalent 

A detailed study of the latest theoretical and experimental findings in hypersonic 
aerodynamics. 

MAE 593 Special Topics in Mechanical Engineering 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Advanced undergraduate or graduate standing 

Faculty and student discussions of special topics in mechanical engineering. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MAE 601 Advanced Engineering Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 602 Statistical Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 603 Advanced Power Plants 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 605 Aerothermochemistry 3 (3-0) S 

378 



MAE 606 Advanced Gas Dynamics 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 608 Advanced Heat Transfer I 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 609 Advanced Heat Transfer II 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 610 Advanced Topics in Heat Transfer 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 611, 612 Advanced Machine Design I, II 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 613 Mechanics of Machinery 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 614 Mechanical Transients and Machine Vibrations 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 615 Aeroelasticity I 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 617 Mechanical System Design Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 618 Mechanical System Design Synthesis 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 619 Random Vibration 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 622 Acoustic Radiation II 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 625, 626 Direct Energy Conversion 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 631 Applications of Ultrasonics to Engineering Research 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 651 Principles of Fluid Motion 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 652 Dynamics of Compressible Flow^ 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 653 Supersonic Aerodynamics 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 654 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids I 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 655 Dynamics of Viscous Fluids II 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 657 Measurement in Rarefied Gas Streams 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 658, 659 Molecular Gas Dynamics 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 661, 662 Aerospace Energy Systems 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 663 (TX 663) Mechanics of Twisted Structures 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 664 (TX 664) Mechanics of Fabric Structures 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 671, 672 Advanced Air Conditioning Design I, II 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 674, 675 Advanced Spacecraft Design 3 (3-0) F S 

MAE 681 Introduction to Rocket Propulsion 3 (3-0) F 

MAE 682 Solid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 683 Liquid Propellant Rockets 3 (3-0) S 

MAE 684 Ion Propulsion 3 (3-0) F S 

379 



MAE 693 Advanced Topics in Mechanical Engineering 1-6 F or S 

MAE 695 Mechanical Engineering Seminar 1 (1-0) F or S 

MAE 699 Mechanical Engineering Research Credits Arranged 

METEOROLOGY 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 201 Atmospheric Environment 3 (3-0) 

Prerequisite: High school physics, chemistry, algebra, trigonometry or equivalent 

A survey course on man's atmospheric environment designed to meet general 
needs in modem college education. Subjects include the nature and processes of 
the atmosphere, the interactions with land, sea, and life at the surface, the relations 
to other components of the solar system; measurements and surveillance of the 
atmosphere and relations to climatology, weather forecasting, weather modification 
and air pollution, and applications to various human activities. 

MY 411 Introductory Meteorology 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 206, PY 208 or PY 212; MA 201 or MA 212 

The physical setting: coordinates, planetary motion, gravitation; composition 
and structure of the atmosphere; insolation and diurnal phenomena; heat balance of 
the atmosphere; consequent distribution of variables of state, motion and weather. 

MY 412 Atmospheric Physics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 411 or consent 

Atmospheric effects on electromagnetic and acoustic transmission, and the conse- 
quent phenomena; terrestrial radiation; radar meteorology, visibility; atmospheric 
electricity and magnetism. 

MY 421 Atmospheric Statics and Thermodynamics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 206, PY 208 or PY 212; MA 202 

The variables of state and thermodynamics of dry and moist air in the atmos- 
pheric system; water phase changes; hydrostatics and altimetry; stability, convec- 
tion and diffusion; transfers at the surface; natural modifications of air. 

MY 422 Atmospheric Kinematics and Dynamics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 208; MA 202 
Corequisite: MY 421 or consent 

Properties and fields of atmospheric motion, and variations with time; forces 
and force fields; equilibrium and accelerated motions; the boundary layer and 
momentum transfer; continuity, pressure tendency and divergence-vorticity 
theorems. 

MY 435 Measurements and Data Systems 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: MY 421 

Meteorological instruments, observations and networks; data communications, 
reduction and presentation; meteorological charts and diagrams, fundamental ana- 
lysis of physical distributions. 

MY 441 Meteorological Analysis I 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MY 421, MY 422, MY 435 

Theory and analysis of atmospheric distributions, processes and developments in 
the three-space dimensions and time. 

380 



MY 443 Meteorological Laboratory I 4 (0-10) F 

Prerequisite: MY 435 
Corequisite: MY 441 

Laboratory course in analysis of atmospheric distributions, processes and develop- 
ments, employing regularly available meteorological data and the principles pre- 
sented in prerequisite and corequisite courses. The purpose is to gain working knowl- 
edge of integrated atmospheric systems and processes through detailed analyses of 
natural situations. 

MY 444 Meteorological Laboratory II 4 (0-10) S 

Prerequisite: MY 443 

Laboratory course in analysis and application of principles and concepts for 
predicting developments in the weather. 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MY 512 Micrometeorology 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: MY 422 

Meteorology of the lowest hundred meters of the atmosphere with emphasis on the 
transport of momentum, heat, water vapor, and effluents and their transfer through 
the earth's surface. 

MY 521 The Upper Atmosphere 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 411 or consent of instructor 

Meteorological conditions in the upper atmosphere from the stratosphere to the 
ionosphere. Compositions, mean distributions and variabilities, and circulation 
and transport properties in the region. Physical theories. 

MY 555 Meteorology of the Biosphere 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: PY 205, or PY 211; CH 103 or CH 107; MA 102 or MA 112 

A course designed for graduate students in the life sciences, presenting the physi- 
cal principles governing the states and processes of the atmosphere in contact with 
earth's surface of land, water, and life. Exchanges of heat, mass, and momentum are 
analyzed for various conditions of the atmosphere and surface, and as a function of 
season, time, and geographic location. 

MY 556 Air Pollution Meteorology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: MY 555 or equivalent 

The meteorological aspects of air pollution, especially for nonmeteorologists 
engaged in graduate training for work involving air pollution. 

MY 593 Advanced Topics 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of staff 

Special topics of advanced nature in the field of meteorology, provided to groups 
or assigned to individual students. 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MY 612 Atmospheric Radiative Transfer 3 (3-0) S 

MY 627 Atmospheric Turbulence and Diffusion 3 (3-0) F 

MY 635 Dynamical Analysis of the Atmosphere 3 (2-3) F 



381 



MY 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

MY 699 Research Credits Arranged FS 

MICROBIOLOGY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 301 Microbial Life 3 (3-0) Sum. 

An introduction to the basic concepts of microbiology at an elementary level 
requiring no college-level prerequisites in chemistry or biology. Although given 
as a terminal course, it emphasizes modern fundamental knowledge and concepts in 
sufficient depth that superior students may take MB 302 and organic chemistry 
and then take MB 501. Students cannot receive credit for both MB 301 and MB 401. 

Mr. Hayes 

MB 302 Clinical Microbiology Lab 1 (0-2) Sum. 

Corequisite: MB 301 

Techniques of isolating and characterizing microorganisms of medical signifi- 
cance. For student nurses and other paramedical students. 

Mr. Hayes 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 401 General Microbiology 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: BS 100, CH 223 or CH 220 

A rigorous introduction to the basic principles and concepts of modem microbio- 
logy. This course is recommended for students in the biological sciences and agricul- 
tural sciences curricula and for all students who plan to take further courses in 
microbiology. Credit will not be granted for both MB 301 and MB 401. Mr. Elkan 

MB 405 (FS 405) Food Microbiology 3 (2-3) F 

(See food science, page 318.) 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

MB 501 Advanced Microbiology 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisite: MB 401 

A study in some depth of microbial structure and function, host-parasite relation- 
ships, microbial ecology and characterization of important groups of microorganisms. 

Messrs. Lecce, Perry 

MB 506 (FS 506) Advanced Food Microbiology 3 (1-6) S 

(See food science, page 319.) 

MB 514 Microbial Metabolism 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisites: MB 401, BCH 351 or BCH 551 

A study of the physiology and metabolism of microorganisms and their regula- 
tory mechanisms. Messrs. Dobrogosz, McNeill 

MB 532 (SSC 532) Soil Microbiology 3 (3-0) S 

(See soil science, page 436.) 

382 



MB 555 (ZO 555) Protozoology 4 (2-6) F 

(See zoology, page 461.) 

MB 561 (GN 561, BCH 561) Biochemical and Microbial Genetics 3 (3-0) F 

(See biochemistry, page 248.) 

MB 570 (CE 570) Sanitary Microbiology 3 (2-3) S 

(See civil engineering, page 272.) 

MB 571 Virology 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: BCH 551, MB 401 

An inti-oduction to the fundamental aspects of virus-cell interactions. These in- 
clude virus attachment and penetration, intracellular virus replication, metabolic 
changes occurring in cells as a result of virus infection and virus-induced cellular 
transformations. Mr. Hayes 

MB 574 (BO 574) Phycology 3 (1-4) S 

(See botany, page 256.) 

MB 575 (BO 575, PP 575) The Fungi 3 (3-0) S 

(See botany, page 256.) 

MB 576 (BO 576, PP 576) The Fungi Lab 1 (0-3) S 

(See botany, page 256.) 

MB 590 Topical Problems Credits Arranged F S 

Prerequisites: Consent of instructor, graduate standing 

Topics presented by a visiting professor or special lecturer. This will be used to 
develop new courses or to take advantage of special competence of resident or 
visiting faculty members. 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

MB 632 (SSC 632) Ecology and Functions of Soil 

Microorganisms 3 (3-0) S 

MB 690 Microbiology Seminar 1 (1-0) F S 

MB 692 Special Problems in Microbiology Credits Arranged F S 

MB 699 Microbiology Research Credits Arranged F S 



MILITARY TRAINING 

AEROSPACE STUDIES (Air Force ROTC) 

GENERAL MILITARY EDUCATION 

AS 121 Aerospace Studies 100 1 (1-1) F 

This is the initial course of study in the four-year AFROTC curriculum. This 
course is designed to familiarize the student with the mission, organization and 
doctrine of the U.S. Air Force, U.S. Strategic Offensive Forces and introduction 
to U.S. Strategic Defensive Forces. Corps training provides the cadet with experi- 
ence in executing drill movements, knowledge of customs and courtesies expected 
of an Air Force member, career opportunities in the Air Force, and the life and 

work of an Air Force junior officer. 

383 



AS 122 Aerospace Studies 100 1 (1-1) S 

Prerequisite: AS 121 or equivalent 

Continues the study of U. S. Strategic Defensive Forces, U. S. General Purpose 
and Aerospace Support Forces including those of the Army, Navy and Marines. 
Corps training continues to stress emphasis on basic fundamentals needed for the 
cadet to be capable of assuming and discharging his responsibilities in future 
AFROTC functions and as a professional officer. 

AS 221 Aerospace Studies 200 1 (1-1) F 

Prerequisite: AS 122 or equivalent 

Study of the organization of the Department of Defense and the role of the mili- 
tary in national policies. Basic familiarization with defense policies including 
study of the nature and principles of war. General and limited warfare covered as 
preparation for future discussion of U. S. defense policies. Corps training continues 
to develop skills learned in AS 100 and furthers study of junior officer environment. 

AS 222 Aerospace Studies 200 1 (1-1) S 

Prerequisite: AS 221 or equivalent 

Study involves survey of Soviet and Chinese military policy, role of alliances in 
U. S. defense policy, and some of the various elements and processes in the making 
of defense policy. Coips training continues to develop leadership skills and study 
of junior officer environment. 



PROFESSIONAL OFFICER EDUCATION PROGRAM 

AS 321 Aerospace Studies 300 1 (3-1) F 

Prerequisite: Four year ROTC cadets, AS 222; two year, nonveteran students, 
attendance at a six-week field training 

This course is designed to increase knowledge and awareness of important phases 
and personalities in the development of airpower. It begins with the first efforts 
in ballooning and ends in the early 1960's. Latter portions of the course emphasize 
organization growth and doctrinal development of today's Aerospace Forces. Con- 
siderable opportunity is given to practice communicative skills as an integral part 
of course activities. Leadership in militan,' drill and command is practiced in the 
laboratory period. 

AS 322 Aerospace Studies 300 2 (3-1) S 

Prerequisite: AS 321 

This is a study of astronautics and space operations. It is a relatively nontechni- 
cal review of the national (US) space effort, the spatial environment and space 
orbits and trajectories. Space vehicle systems including structures, propulsion, 
electric power, guidance, communications, ground support and "Man in Space" are 
reviewed on the same nontechnical level. US space operations and our future deve- 
lopments are also reviewed. Continued military leadership opportunities are pro- 
vided in the laboratory period. 

AS 421 Aerospace Studies 400 1 (3-1) F 

Prerequisite: AS 322 

Class and laboratory' include an exploration and practical experience in the need 
for leadership and a study of human behavior and relations that relate to military 
leadership. Also included is a study of professional self-discipline, imposed disci- 
pline of military law and examination of the variables affecting leadership. At all 
times emphasis is placed on the development of communicative skills and what 
the student needs to know as a future junior officer of the United States Air Force. 



384 



AS 422 Aerospace Studies 400 2 (3-1) S 

Prerequisite: AS 421 

Class and laboratory include a study and practical experience in military manage- 
ment functions. Also a development of normal command and staff functioning in 
problem solving, advising and decision-making situations. At all times emphasis 
is placed on the development of communicative skills, leadership abilities and what 
the student needs to know as a future junior officer of the United States Air Force. 



FIELD TRAINING COURSES 

AFROTC field training is offered during the summer months at selected Air 
Force bases throughout the United States. Students in the four-year program parti- 
cipate in four weeks of field training during the summer after their sophomore or 
junior year. Students applying for entry into the two-year program must success- 
fully complete six weeks of field training prior to enrollment in AFROTC. 

The major areas of study in the four-week field training program include junior 
officer training, aircraft and aircrew indoctrination, career-orientation, survival 
training, base functions and Air Force environment, and physical training. 

The major areas of study included in the six-week field training program are 
essentially the same as those conducted in subject matter that four-year program 
students received in the General Military Course, including corps training, during 
their freshman and sophomore years of on-campus AFROTC enrollment. 



MILITARY SCIENCE (Army ROTC) 
THE BASIC COURSE 

MS 101 Military Science I 1 (1-1) F 

Classroom instruction is given in the U. S. Defense Establishment to include the 
history, mission and organization of the ROTC progi'am and instiniction in indivi- 
dual weapons and marksmanship. On the drill field, emphasis is placed on develop- 
ment of teamwork, esprit de coi'ps and essential characteristics of leadership. 

MS 102 Military Science I 1 (1-1) S 

Classroom instiniction is given in the U. S. Defense Establishment to include a 
study of the organization of the Department of Defense and the U. S. Army. On the 
drill field emphasis is placed on development of teamwork, esprit de corps and 
essential characteristics of leadership. 

MS 201 Military Science II 1 (2-1) F 

Prerequisites: MS 101, MS 102 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction in American military histoiy. On the drill field emphasis 
is placed on development of teamwork, esprit de corps, essential characteristics of 
leadership and acceptance of responsibility. 

MS 202 Military Science II 1 (2-1) S 

Prerequisites: MS 101, MS 102 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction in map and aerial photograph reading and introduction to 
operation and basic tactics. On the drill field, emphasis is placed on development of 
teamwork, esprit de corps, essential characteristics of leadership and acceptance of 
responsibility. 



385 



THE ADVANCED COURSE 

MS 301 Military Science III 1 (2-1) F 

Prerequisites: MS 101, MS 102, MS 201, MS 202 or equivalent 

Classroom instruction is given in military leadership, emphasising the factors 
controlling the soldiers' behavior and the problems of command; methods of mili- 
tary instruction, with emphasis placed on the leaders' responsibility for the soldier's 
learning; practical leadership instruction is provided on the drill field where 
emphasis is placed on acceptance of responsibility, exercise of command and develop- 
ment of self-confidence. 

MS 302 Military Science III 2 (2-1) S 

Prerequisites: MS 101, MS 102, MS 201, MS 202, or equivalent, MS 301 

Classroom instruction is given in the missions and function of the branches of 
the Army prior to their ROTC summer camp and selection of branch in their senior 
year; principles of military planning and the conduct of offensive and defensive 
operations plus communication support. Practical leadership instruction is provided 
on the drill field where emphasis is placed on acceptance of responsibility, exercise 
of command and development of self-confidence. 

MS 401 Military Science IV 1 (2-1) F 

Prerequisites: MS 301, MS 302 

Classroom instruction is given in military justice, the United States in today's 
world, command and staff organization and functions and military intelligence. On 
the drill field emphasis is placed on the exercise of command, planning and execut- 
ing all phases of training and maximum development of teamwork, esprit de corps 
and leadership characteristics. 

MS 402 Military Science IV 2 (2-1) S 

Prerequisites: MS 301, MS 302, MS 401 

Classroom instruction is given in operational techniques, military team tactics, 
map and aerial photograph reading, logistics and internal defense development. 
These subjects prepare the cadet to immediately enter on active duty upon gradua- 
tion with adequate qualification to attend basic branch school. On the drill field 
emphasis is placed on the exercise of command, planning and executing all phases 
of training and maximum development of teamwork, esprit de corps and leadership. 



MODERN LANGUAGES 

Note: Courses numbered 200 and above need not be followed as a sequence in 
their respective gamut. Two years of high school languages will normally be consi- 
dered the equivalent of one year of college instruction in that language. 



ENGLISH (Foreign Students) 

MLE 101 English for Foreign Students: Review Grammar 3 (3-0) F S 

Emphasis in this course is laid upon the pronunciation, grammar and compre- 
hension of American English. 

MLE 102 English for Foreign Students: Composition 3 (3-0) F S 

Emphasis in this course is laid upon the writing of American English, gramma- 
tical exercises, sentence structure, spelling and diction. 



386 



MLE 103 English FOR Foreign Students: Conversation 3 (3-0) F S 

Designed for foreign students who have studied formal English but who need 
oral practice in informal speech to understand it and speak it with ease and fluency. 
Emphasis is placed on correct pronunciation, intonation (rhythm and stress in 
words and sentences), drill on the basic patterns of English sentences and idiomatic 
expressions by means of oral classroom drills, conversations about current issues, 
and individual and/or supervised practice in the language laboratory. 



FRENCH 

MLF 101 Elementary French I 3 (3-0) F S 

MLF 102 Elementary French II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLF 101 or equivalent 

MLF 200 Review^ Grammar and Composition 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLF 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and the more 
advanced literary courses preparing the student for the type of composition and 
conversation expected of him in the latter. It will also offer an opportunity for 
students with previous knowledge of language from secondary schools to review 
grammar and obtain experience in an area not normally covered in their high 
school work. 

MLF 201 French Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLF 102 or equivalent 

Readings in the history and customs of France, supplemented by lectures on such 
topics as language, arts, science, philosophy, etc. Parallel readings and reports. 

MLF 202 French Prose: Selections from Modern French 

Literature 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLF 102 or equivalent 

MLF 301 Survey of French Literature, Origins to 1800 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate French 

MLF 302 Survey of French Literature, 1800 to Present 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate French 

MLF 309 Advanced French Conversation and Phonetics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate French or equivalent 

Conversation on an advanced level based on materials read outside and material 
presented through film and tape in the language laboratory. 

MLF 323 Contemporary French Novel 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate French 

MLF 411 French Literature of the 17th Century 3 (3-0) F S 

Prei'equisite: Consent of instructor 

MLF 412 French Literature of the 18th Century 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

MLF 491 Special Topics in French Studies 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 



387 



MLF 492 Special Topics in French Studies 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

MLF 498 Special Topics in French 1-6 

Prerequisite: Six hours of French above the elementary level 



FOR GRADUATE CERTIFICATION 

MLF 401 French Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is desired to present the grammar of scientific French as rapidly as 
possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLF 402 Scientific French 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLF 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical French, supplemented by discussions on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 



GERMAN 

MLG 101 Elementary German I 3 (3-0) F S 

MLG 102 Elementary German II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLG 101 or equivalent 

MLG 200 Review Grammar and Composition 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and the more 
advanced literary courses preparing the student for the type of composition and con- 
versation expected of him in the latter. It will also offer an opportunity for students 
with previous knowledge of a language from secondary schools to review grammar 
and obtain experience in an area not normally covered in their high school work. 

MLG 201 German Prose: Selections from Modern German 

Literature 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

MLG 202 German Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLG 102 or equivalent 

Readings in the history and customs of Germany, supplemented by lectures on 
such topics as language, arts, science, philosophy, etc. Parallel readings and reports. 

MLG 301 Survey of German Literature, Origins to 1900 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate German 

MLG 302 Survey of German Literature, 1900 to Present 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate German 

MLG 309 Advanced German Conversation and Phonetics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate German or equivalent 

MLG 322 Major German Modern Writers 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate German 



388 



MLG 323 Contemporary German Literature 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: One year intermediate German 

MLG 498 Special Topics in German 1_6 

Prerequisites: Six hours of German above the elementary level 



FOR GRADUATE CERTIFICATION 

MLG 401 German Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is open to graduate students and is designed to present the grammar 
of scientific German as rapidly as possible in preparation for the reading course 
which follows. 

MLG 402 Scientific German 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLG 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical German, supplemented by discussions on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 



ITALIAN 
MLI 101 Elementary Italian I 3 (3-0) F S 

MLI 102 Elementary Italian II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLI 101 or equivalent 

MLI 201 Italian Prose, Selections from Italian Literature 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLI 102 or equivalent 

MLI 202 Italian Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLI 102 or equivalent 

RUSSIAN 
MLR 101 Elementary Russian I 3 (3-0) F S 

MLR 102 Elementary Russlvn II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLR 101 or equivalent 

MLR 201 Russian Prose: Selections from Russian Literature 3 (3-0) F S 
Prerequisite: MLR 102 or equivalent 

MLR 202 RussLU<i Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLR 102 or equivalent 

SPANISH 
MLS 101 Elementary Spanish I 3 (3-0) F S 

MLS 102 Elementary Spanish II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 101 or equivalent 



389 



MLS 200 Review Grammar and Composition 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

This course will bridge the gap between basic grammar courses and the more 
advanced literary courses preparing the student for the type of composition and 
conversation expected of him in the latter. It will also offer an opportunity for 
students with previous knowledge of a language from secondary schools to review 
grammar and obtain experience in an area not normally covered in their high school 
work. 

MLS 201 Spanish Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

Comprehensive picture of the culture, geography, history and economy of Spain. 

MLS 202 Hispano-American Civilization 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 102 or equivalent 

Comprehensive picture of the culture, geography, history and economy of the 
Spanish- American countries. 

MLS 301 Survey of Spanish Literature, Origins through Golden Age 3 (3-0) F S 
Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 302 Survey of Spanish Literature, 18th Century to Present 3 (3-0) F S 
Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 303 Latin American Literature I 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 304 Latin American Literature II 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 309 Advanced Spanish Conversation and Phonetics 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate Spanish or equivalent 

Conversation on an advanced level based on materials read outside and material 
presented through film and tape in the language laboratory. 

MLS 323 Contemporary Spanish Literature 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours intermediate Spanish 

MLS 403 Cervantes 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 301, 302 or equivalent 

MLS 404 Drama of the Golden Age 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 301, 302 or equivalent 

MLS 491 Special Topics in Spanish Studies 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

MLS 492 Special Topics in Spanish Studies 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

MLS 498 Special Topics in Spanish 1-6 

Prerequisite: Six hours Spanish above the elementary level 



390 



FOR GRADUATE CERTIFICATION 



MLS 401 Spanish Grammar for Graduate Students 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is designed to present the grammar of scientific Spanish as rapidly 
as possible in preparation for the reading course which follows. 

MLS 402 Scientific Spanish 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: MLS 401 or equivalent 

Reading and translation of technical Spanish, supplemented by discussion on 
terminology, word order, vocabulary analysis and other linguistic techniques. 
Subject material adjusted to individual needs; conferences. 



MUSIC 

MUS 100 Instrumental Music 1 (0-5) FS 

Prerequisite: Satisfactorily passing audition 

Open to all students for the study and performance of the best in instrumental 
music. Assignments to the various organizations are made according to the interests 
and abilities of the individual. 

MUS 110 Choral Music 1 (0-4) FS 

Prerequisite: Satisfactorily passing audition 

Open to all students for the study and performance of the best in choral music. 
Assignments to the various organizations are made according to the interests and 
abilities of the individual. 

MUS 200 Music in Contemporary Life 3 (3-0) FS 

A course especially designed to assist students in developing their understanding 
of music as a vital part in today's life. Special emphasis on evaluating musical 
form and content, style periods, design and interpreting music as it relates to 
various aspects of today's society. 

MUS 210 A Survey of Music in America 3 (3-0) Sum. 

A survey of the music in the United States from colonial times to the present, 
with particular emphasis on the major influences which have shaped the musical 
literature and culture of America. 

MUS 220 Music of the Romantic Period 3 (3-0) Sum. 

A course designed to provide an insight into the significant musical trends of the 
Romantic Period (1800-1900). Subject matter will include an analysis of the pre- 
vailing musical forms, the styles of the composers, and the relation of music to 
other art forms. 

MUS 320 Music of the 20th Century 3 (3-0) Sum. 

A study of representative music from 1900 to the present. Emphasis is upon 
musical ideas and materials. The traditions and innovations, as exemplified in the 
music of this century are examined. 



391 



NUCLEAR ENGINEERING 

FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 201 Applications of Nuclear Energy 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 206 

A general introduction to the uses of nuclear energy. Topics include radioactivity, 
fission, chain reaction, power production, isotopes, radiation detection, radiation 
safety and peaceful applications of nuclear energy. This course is intended to 
give the student a broad perspective of nuclear engineering and to introduce funda- 
mental principles and concepts that will be used in later courses. Mr. Murray 

NE 301 Fundamentals of Nuclear Energy 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisite: PY 207 

Introduction to the physical properties of the atomic nucleus as an energy source. 
Qualitative and quantitative coverage of radioactivity and nuclear reactions with 
emphasis on engineering applications. Elementary reactor principles are introduced 
with particular reference to neutron motion and the interactions of radiation with 
matter. Laboratory' sessions aid in the understanding of basic phenomena and the 
operation of radiation detection equipment. Mr. Kiker 

NE 302 Fundamentals of Nuclear Engineering 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: NE 301 or PY 410 

An introductoiy course in nuclear engineering, aimed at preparing the student 
for further study in the field. Topics include neutron physics, reactor theory, reactor 
systems, radioisotope technology, other nuclear methods, shielding and radiological 
safety. Particular emphasis is given to the engineering aspects of nuclear systems, 
facilities and applications. Laboratory sessions include reactor operations, experi- 
ments and applications, radioisotopes and activation analysis applications, shield- 
ing and dosimetry. Mr. Stam 

NE 401 Reactor Analysis and Design 4 (3-2) S 

Prerequisite: NE 302 or NE 419 

Elements of nuclear reactor theory, including neutron cross section behavior, 
transport theory, neuti'on slowing and diffusion, Fermi age theory, multigroup con- 
cepts, criticality of homogeneous reactors, and kinetics of simple systems. Observa- 
tion and measurements of static and dynamic nuclear behavior, the effectiveness 
of control and temperature and correlation with theoiy. Experiments on the motion 
and detection of neutrons and gamma rays, as they relate to the operation of nuclear 
reactors and radiation control. Mr. Verghese 

NE 402 Reactor Engineering 4 (3-2) F 

Corequisite: NE 401 

Engineering topics pertinent to the design and operation of reactors are stressed. 
These include heat transfer in flowing fluids, power-plant systems, fuel cycles, 
power plant economics and reactor operations. Laboratories include reactor start- 
up and control, reactor kinetics, reactor and power-plant heat transfer and the moni- 
toring of radioactivity in reactor effluents. Mr. Zumwalt 

NE 403 Nuclear Engineering Design Projects 2 (1-3) S 

Prerequisite: NE 402 

Student projects in design of practical nuclear eng:ineering systems. The faculty 
of the nuclear engineering department pailicipates in selection and direction of the 
projects. The use of computer codes is stressed. Staff 



392 



NE 419 Introduction to Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208 

A survey of nuclear energy applications, including nuclear reactor materials, 
reactor theory, shielding, thermal and hydraulic analysis, and control. Uses of 
nuclear fission and its by-products in research, industry and propulsion are 
reviewed. The major engineering problems are defined and methods of approach are 
outlined. This course is designed for students in other departments. Mr. Stam 

NE 491, 492 Nuclear Engineering Topics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: NE 402 

These courses are intended to provide more detailed coverage of important nuclear 
engineering topics such as radiation applications, nuclear fuel cycles and isotope 
production, reactor systems, and radiological and reactor safety. These courses 
provide a nucleus of special emphasis courses that may be elected by nuclear engi- 
neering seniors and professional degree students. 

Messrs. Elleman, Gardner, Saxe, Verghese 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

NE 501 Reactor Analysis 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: NE 302, NE 419 or consent of instructor 

Elements of nuclear reactor theory, including neutron mechanics, spatial aspects, 
critical mass calculations, time behavior, spectral characteristics, multigroup and 
multiregion descriptions, heterogeneous systems, reactivity and reactor dynamics, 
perturbation theory and neutron transport. Mr. Siewert 

NE 502 Reactor Design 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 501 

Elements of nuclear reactor design and operation, including reactor materials, 
thermal and hydraulic analysis, control and safety, and thermal and fast reactor 
systems. Mr. Saxe 

NE 504 (MA 504) Mathematical Methods in Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

(See mathematics, page 366.) 

NE 505 Experimental Methods in Nuclear Engineering 3 (1-4) S 

Prerequisites: NE 501, NE 511 
Corequisites: NE 502, NE 512 

Laboratory experiments are performed to illustrate the principles and concepts 
covered in NE 501, NE 502, NE 511 and NE 512. Mr. Gardner 

NE 511 (PY 511) Nuclear Physics for Engineers 3 (3-0) F 

(See physics, page 406.) 

NE 512 Radiation Applications 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: NE 511 

Applications of radiation interaction principles to practical nuclear problems. 
Topics include radiological safety, effects of radiation on biological and structural 
materials, and industrial applications of radioisotopes and radiation. 

NE 562 (MAT 562) Materials Problems in Nuclear Engineering 3 (3-0) F 

(See materials engineering, page 362.) 



393 



NE 573 (MAT 573) Computer Experiments ix Materials 

Engineering 3 (3-0) F 
Prerequisites: PY 407, MA 301 

The basic techniques for constructing both statistical (Monte Carlo) and deter- 
ministic computer experiments will be explained and discussed from the stand- 
point of immediate use in the solution of current engineering research and develop- 
ment. Mr. Beeler 

NE 591, 592 Special Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 (3-0) FS 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

NE 601 Reactor Theory and Analysis 3 (3-0) 

NE 602 Advanced Reactor Theory 3 (3-0) 

NE 611 R.\diation Detection 3 (2-2) 

NE 620 Nuclear R.\diation Attenuation 3 (3-0) 

NE 621 Radiation Effects on Materials 3 (3-0) 

NE 622 Transport of Matter in Nuclear Reactors 3 (3-0) 

NE 631 Reactor Kinetics and Control 3 (3-0) 

NE 641 Radioisotope Applications 3(3-0) 

NE 653 Nuclear Reactor Design 3 (3-0) 

NE 691, 692 Advanced Topics in Nuclear Engineering I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

NE 695 Seminar in Nuclear Engineering 1 (1-0) FS 

NE 699 Research in Nuclear Engineering Credits Arranged FS 



OPERATIONS RESEARCH 

OR 501 Introduction to Operations Research 3 (3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisites: MA 405, MA 421 

OR Approach: Modeling, constraints, objective and criterion. The problem of 
multiple criteria. Optimization. Model validation. The team approach. Systems 
design. Examples. OR Applications: Theory of inventory: economic ordering 
under deterministic and stochastic demand. The production smoothing problem: 
linear and quadratic cost functions. Waiting line problems: single and multiple 
servers with Poisson input and output. The theoiy of games for two-person competi- 
tive situations. Project management through PERT-CPM. Mr. Cooper 

OR 505 (IE 505, MA 505) Mathe.matical Programming I 3 (3-0) F Sum. 

Prerequisite: MA 405 

A study of mathematical methods applied to problems of planning. Linear pro- 
gramming will be covered in detail. This course is intended for those who desire 
to study this subject in depth and detail. It provides a rigorous and complete develop- 



394 



ment of the theoretical and computational aspects of this technique as well as a 
discussion of a number of applications. Mr. Alvarez 

OR 509 (IE 509) Dynamic Programming 3 (3-0) p Sum. 

Prerequisites: MA 405, ST 421 

An introduction to the theory and computational aspects of dynamic programming 
and its application to sequential decision problems. Mr. Nuttle 

OR 520 Theory of Activity Networks 3 (3-0) s 

Prerequisites: OR 501, OR 505 

Introduction to graph theory and network theory. A discussion in depth of the 
theory underlying (i) deterministic activity networks (CPM): optimal time-cost 
trade offs; the problem of scarce resources; (ii) probabilistic activity networks 
(PERT): critical evaluation of the underlying assumptions; (iii) generalized activity 
networks (GliRT. GAN): applications of signal flow graphs and semi-Markov 
process to probabilistic branching; relation to the theory of scheduling. 

Mr. }-;imaghraby 

OR 522 (IE 522) Dynamics OF Industrial Systems 3 (3-0) S 

(See industrial engineering, page 354.) 

OR 527 (CHE 527) Optimization of Engineering Processes 3 (3-0) F 

(See chemical engineering, page 259.) 

OR 606 (MA 606, ST 606) Mathematical Programming II 3 (3-0) S 

OR 609 (IE 609) Advanced Dynamic Programming 3 (3-0) F 

OR 621 (IE 621) Inventory Control Methods I 3 (3-0) S 

OR 631, 632 (EM 631, 632) Variational Methods in Optimization 

Techniques I, II 3 (3-0) F S 

OR 691 Special Topics in Operations Research 3 (3-0) F S Sum. 

OR 692 (IE 692, MA 692) Special Topics in Mathematical 

Programming 3 (3-0) FS Sum. 

OR 695 Seminar in Operations Research 1 (1-0) F S 

OR 699 Project in Operations Research 1-3 F S Sum. 



PHILOSOPHY 

(Also see Religion) 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PHI 201 Logic 3 (3-0) F S 

This is a basic course covering the nature and evaluation of logical discourse, 

both deductive and inductive. Deductive topics include aspects of traditional term 



395 



logic as well as an elementary introduction to contemporary symbolic logic. Induct- 
ive topics include probability, generalization, analogy and hypothesis. 

Messrs. Kurylo, Metzgar, O'Neil 

PHI 205 Problems and Types of Philosophy 3 (3-0) F S 

This is an introductory course, and the matters discussed will always be those 
with a history of importance in philosophy, such as problems concerning God, free- 
dom, justice, and the nature and objects of human knowledge. 

Messrs. Bryan, Bredenberg, Fitzgerald, O'Neil, Regan, Van De Veer 

PHI 300 Early Western Philosophy 3 (3-0) F 

This course traces the philosophical movements 6f western civilization from the 
pre-socratics of ancient Greece, in whom western philosophy had its origins, to the 
scientific revolution of the 17th century. The course will especially emphasize the 
works of Plato and Aristotle. 

PHI 301 Modern Western Philosophy 3 (3-0) S 

This course consists of a critical survey of selected works of the major western 
philosophers from the 17th century to the 20th century. This course will examine 
the works of such philosophers as Descartes, Spinoza, Locke, Hume, Hegel and 
Kant, and will include an adumbration of the trends taken by philosophy in the 20th 
century. 

PHI 304 (ED 304) Philosophy of Education 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is designed to assist students in understanding the relationship be- 
tween philosophy and education and in developing and clarifying their own phil- 
osophy of education. Course activities include the i-eview of patterns of thought that 
have given direction to educational aims and values and an analysis of selected 
issues and problems in contemporary American education. Messrs. Bryan, Middleton 

PHI 305 Philosophy of Religion 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is designed as a conceptual analysis and phenomenological inquiry 
into (a) the nature of religion, (b) religious language, (c) the religious experience, 
and (d) such key concepts as God, creation, evil, faith, symbols, myth and immortal- 
ity. 

PHI 306 Philosophy of Art 3 (3-0) F S 

The general course objective is to analyze concepts and theories encountered in 
discussions of art in such a way as to illuminate the nature of works of art, esthe- 
tic experiences, and art criticism. Special attention is given to such concepts as 
creation, expression, intention, interpretation, communication and evaluation, and 
to the problems and fallacies which seem to be involved in the use of these concepts. 

Mr. Bredenberg 

PHI 307 Morality and Human Happiness 3 (3-0) F 

Moral philosophers attempt to articulate, clarify and justify their beliefs about 
values and obligations. Accordingly, they have sought to answer such questions as 
the following: What things are ultimately good? How can we determine what 
our moral obligations are? How do the demands of morality promote or retard the 
individual's quest for happiness and self-fulfillment? The works of both classical 
and contemporary moral philosophers are used as a basis for discussing these and 
related questions. Mr. Regan 



396 



PHI 308 Contemporary Moral Philosophy 3 (3-0) S 

Many 20th century philosophers have argTaed that man cannot presume to have 
moral knowledge — knowledge of what is right or wrong, good or bad. On what do 
they base their claims? Are their arguments justified, and if so, how can it be 
rational for a person to behave in the manner he deems to be moral? These and 
kindred questions are discussed in the course of examining some of the leading 
figTares of 20th century American, English and French thought. Mr. Regan 

PHI 310 Existentialism 3 (3-0) F S 

Existentialism is a major type of recent philosophy which has greatly influenced 
contemporaiy art, literature and religion. This course traces the central existen- 
tialist motifs in the work of Kierkegaard, Nietzsche, Heidegger, Sartre, and others, 
and shows their influence upon contemporary culture. Mr. Fitzgerald 

PHI 317 Philosophy From Descartes Through Hume 3 (3-0) F 

What is the nature of reality? Is everything that exists material, immaterial, or 
do both types of thing exist? How can we know? What is human knowledge and 
how is it acquired? The philosophers of this period offer conflicting answers to one 
or another of these questions, each providing a detailed statement of alternative 
views concerning the origin and extent of human knowledge and the nature of 
reality. Those included in the survey are Descartes, Leibniz, Spinoza, Locke, Berke- 
ley and Hume. 

PHI 318 Philosophy From Kant to the Present 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PHI 317 or consent of department 

In spite of the variety and individuality of the philosophic thought from Kant to 
the present, the influence of Kant can be discerned in many directions. Depending 
on what they accepted in his philosophy, Gemian idealists like Hegel and Schopen- 
hauer take one general direction. The Logical Positivists, G. E. Moore and Bertrand 
Russell, take another. This course traces and explores some of the important 
roads leading from Kant. 

PHI 325 20th Century Analytic Philosophy 3 (3-0) F S 

Some 20th century philosophers have dared to speak of a "revolution in philoso- 
phy", maintaining that a rigorous use of conceptual or lingxiistic analysis reveals 
inadequacies in all previous philosophical theories and methods. This course is con- 
cerned with exploring the nature of such analysis and discovering whether it can 
in fact resolve all the perennial problems of philosophy. Accordingly, studies are 
done in the work of such philosophers as Russell, Moore, Wittgenstein, Ayer, 
Malcolm, Strawson and Austin. 

PHI 401 Symbolic Logic 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is an introduction to symbolic logic and examines propositional logics, 
including the njdiments of multivalued and modal logics, first oi'der general predi- 
cate logic, identity and description, and selected elements of meta- theory. 

Messrs. Kurylo, Metzgar 

PHI 405 Philosophy of Science 3 (3-0) F S 

This course is concerned with the character and function of "explanation" in 
scientific activity. It examines the concepts of "law" and "theory" and seeks to 
establish the kind of claims to knowledge that scientific activity is entitled to ad- 
vance. The role of inductive confirmation is examined, and the relationship between 
natural and social science explored. Mr. Metzgar 



397 



PHI 406 Contemporary Political Philosophy 3 (3-0) F S 

The course will focus on current discussions of basic concepts in political philoso- 
phy (such as liberty, equality, justice, natural rights, democracy) with the aim of 
clarifying and resolving disputes concerning the relation of the individual to the 
state, the possibility of a tyranny of the majority in a democracy, and the use 
and justification of moral principles in political philosophy. Mr. Van De Veer 

PHI 407 Theory of Knowledge 3 (3-0) F 

Course objectives include analysis of the meaning of such central concepts as 
knowledge, belief and tnath, of the main kinds of knowledge, and of the principles 
by which claims to know may be justified. Special attention is given to the problems 
involved in our claims to knowledge of the world through the evidence of the 
senses. Messrs. Bredenberg, Bryan 

PHI 490, 491 Seminars in Philosophy 3 (3-0) F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours of philosophy 

The seminars are devoted to special studies in contemporary philosophy, with 
emphasis on research and critical analysis. Students entering the seminars are 
expected to be familiar with the major doctrines of modern western philosophy. 

PHI 492 Philosophy Seminars on the Human Condition 3 (3-0) F S 

These seminars will be directed not only to scrutinizing in a philosophical way 
the so-called "Big Issues" like violence, civil disobedience, capital punishment, 
poverty, abortion and euthanasia, automation and cybernetics, and the quality of 
the environment; but also to exploring in a philosophical way the myriad dimen- 
sions and delicate subtleties of human experience like humoi", eccentricity, fear, 
national differences, toleration, pornography, dnags, nostalgia. Each seminar will 
consider a natural cluster of such topics. 

PHI 498 Special Topics in Philosophy 1-6 F S 

Prerequisite: Six hours philosophy 

This course has no fixed description and is used to offer areas of study which 
appear only rarely in the curriculum and will also function as a readings course 
for honors students in philosophy. 

PHI 499 Senior Essay in Philosophy 3 F S 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

The course work consists of individually directed research on a topic chosen in 
consultation with a staff adviser. The objective is a critical, written analysis of a 
well-defined topic in the thought of a major philosopher or in the literature on one 
of the main problems of philosophy. 

PHI 590 (EM .590, REL .590) Technology and Human Values 3 (3-0) F S 

(See engineering mechanics, page 308.). 



PHYSICAL AND MATHEMATICAL SCIENCES 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PSM 100 Orientation (1-0) F 

Introduction to the field of the physical sciences and mathematics. Staff 



398 



PHYSICAL EDUCATION 

PRESCRIBED COURSES 

PE 100 Health AND Physical Fitness 1 (0-2) F 

A lecture laboratoiy course designed to assess and improve the individual's 
physical fitness; and to convey essential health/fitness knowledge related to the 
activity continuum. 

PE 112 Beginning Swimming I 1 (0-2) F S 

A course for nonswimmers which is designed for meeting the University swim- 
ming requirements. 

PE 113 Beginning Swimming II 1 (0-2) F S 

A course for very weak swimmers. It is designed for meeting the University 
swimming requirement (and for preparing the student to take the intermediate 
swimming course). 

PE 118 Restricted Activity I 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed specifically to meet the needs of those individuals who have 
temporary or permanent physical impainiients. Students entering this program 
must obtain a restrictive form from the Student Health Sei'vice. 

PE 119 Restrictive Activity II 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite: PE 118 

This course is a follow-up of PE 118. 

CONTROLLED ELECTIVE COURSES 

AQUATICS 

PE 221 Intermediate Swimming 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to give the student competence in four basic strokes and two 
dives. 

PE 222 Water Sports 1 (0-2) S 

A course to teach the skills of water polo and water basketball, plus improvement 
in stamina and water skills. 

PE 223 Senior Life Saving 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite: PE 221 or equivalent 

A course designed to qualify students for a Senior Red Cross Life Saving certi- 
ficate. 

PE 224 Water Safety Instructors 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite: PE 223 or equivalent 

A course designed to qualify students for a Red Cross Water Safety Instructor's 
rating. 



399 



COMBATIVES 

PE 232 Personal Defense 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite: PE 231 or equivalent 

To promote mastery of fear that may arise from the anticipation of violent 
personal contact and to equip students with the techniques for personal defense. 
To include falls, throws, counters, locks, escapes. 

PE 233 Boxing 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamentals, skills, history 
and rules, with special emphasis on defensive techniques. 

PE 238 Wrestling 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills, history and rules of wrestling 
and the values of regular exercise. 



DEVELOPMENTAL ACTIVITIES 

PE 117 Gymnastics I 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed for teaching the fundamentals of gymnastics on the parallel 
bars, side horse, trampoline and mats. 

PE 231 Body Mechanics I (Women) 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to direct the student in a program of physical development 
and coordinated movement. 

PE 234 Gymnastics II 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite: PE 117 or equivalent 

This course is a follow-up of PE 117 with a primary emphasis on leadership 
training. 

PE 236 Track and Field 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to develop knowledge, skill and interest in track and field 
events. 

PE 237 Weight Training 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed for teaching the basic skills of body development through 
weight training. The student should gain knowledge of the principles of strength 
development and improve himself physically. 

PE 239 Modern Dance (Women) 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed for each student to gain knowledge, skill and application of 
modern dance. It emphasizes the basic fundamentals of body movement executed 
to music. 



INDIVIDUAL SPORTS 

PE 241 Angling 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of spin, fly and bait casting and 
an understanding of game fishing. 



400 



PE 242 Badminton 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to give the beginner skill in the basic strokes and a general 
knowledge of the history, rules and strategy of the game. 

PE 243 Bowling 1 (0-2) F S 

The fundamentals of ball selection, grips, stance and delivery are taught along 
with rules, histoiy, scoring and the general theoi-j' of spare coverage. 

PE 244 Fencing 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach the basic fundamentals, skills, techniques and rules 
of fencing. 

PE 245 Golf 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed for teaching beginners the grip, stance, swing and use of the 
various clubs, along with the history and etiquette of play. 

PE 246 Handball 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, together with the history 
and rules of handball. 

PE 247 Roller Skating 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of roller skating, with the 
emphasis on balance and speed. 

PE 248 Squash 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, together with the history 
and rules of squash. 

PE 249 Tennis I 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to give beginners a thorough knowledge of the history, rules 
and strategy as well as the fundamental skills of tennis. 

PE 250 Tennis II 1 (0-2) F S 

Prerequisite: PK 249 or equivalent 

This course is a follow-up of PE 249 with emphasis on game strategy and 
doubles play. 

PE 251 Target Archery 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach the fundamental skills of target archery and the 
selection and care of archery equipment. 



TEAM SPORTS 

PE 116 Soccer 1 (0-2) F 

A course designed to acquaint the student with the fundamental skill of the game 
and to offer the values of a vigorous outdoor team sport. 

PE 261 Basketball 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach the history, rules and strategy as well as the funda- 
mental skills of basketball. 

PE 262 Basketball (Women) 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to teach girls the history, rules and strategry as well as the 
fundamental skills of basketball. 

401 



PE 263 Field Hockey (Women) 1 (0-2) S 

A course designed to teach girls the history, rules and strategy as well as the 
fundamental skills of field hockey. 

PE 264 Soccer (Women) 1 (0-2) F 

A course designed to teach girls the history, rules, and strategy as well as the 
fundamental skills of soccer. 

PE 265 Softball 1 (0-2) S 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history and rules of the 
game. 

PE 267 Touch Football 1 (0-2) F 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, rules and strategy 
of touch football. 

PE 268 Touch Football (Women) 1 (0-2) F 

A course designed to teach girls the fundamental skills, history, rules and 
strategy of the game. 

PE 269 Volleyball 1 (0-2) F S 

A course designed to include the fundamental skills, history, rules and strategy 
of the game. 



VARSITY SPORTS 

PE 271 Varsity Sports I 1 (0-2) F S 

This course is for students who are transferring to a varsity sport for a term 
(eight weeks) for the first time. 

PE 272 Varsity Sports II 1 (0-2) F S 

This course is for students who are making their second transfer to a varsity 
sport. 

PE 273 Varsity Sports III 1 (0-2) F S 

This course is for sophomores or those students who have received credit for 
two semesters of physical education and are transferring to a varsity sport. 

PE 274 Varsity Sports IV 1 (0-2) F S 

This course is for sophomores or those students who have received credit for 
two semesters of physical education and are making their second transfer as a 
sophomore. 



PHYSICAL OCEANOGRAPHY 

FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

OY 487 (CE 487, MAS 487) Physical Oceanography 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 212 

An introduction, on an advanced level, to the principles of physical oceanography. 
Subjects to be covered are: history of physical oceanography; the geological and 
astronomical background for the field; tides and waves; fluid mechanics; chai-- 

402 



acteristics of sea water; advective and convective processes; current measure- 
ments; laboratory models; and specific problems in physical oceanography. 

OY 541 (MAS 541, CE 541) Gravity Wave Theory I 3 (3-0) S 

(See marine sciences, page 358.) 

OY 551 (MAS 551) Ocean Circulation 3 (3-0) S 

(See marine sciences, page 358.) 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

OY 601 (MAS 601) Advanced Physical Oceanography I 3 (3-0) F 

OY 602 (MAS 602) Advanced Physical Oceanography II 3 (3-0) S 

OY 605 (MAS 605, EM 605) Advanced Geophysical Fluid 

Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F 

OY 606 (MAS 606, EM 606) Advanced Geophysical Fluid 

Mechanics II 3 (3-0) S 

OY 613 (MAS 613, EM 613) Perturbation Method in Fluid 

Mechanics I 3 (3-0) F 

OY 614 (MAS 614, EM 614) Perturbation Method in Fluid 

Mechanics II 3 (3-0) S 



PHYSICS 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 205, 206, 207 General Physics 4 (3-3) FS 

Corequisite: MA 201 

This sequence is intended primarily for majors in the depai'tments of the School 
of Physical and Mathematical Sciences and the Department of Nuclear Engineering. 
Calculus is used throughout as needed. These courses are indended to give a good 
foundation for further study in the physical sciences. Staff 

PY 205, 208 General Physics 4 (3-3) FS 

Corequisite: MA 201 

This sequence is required in most engineering curricula. A study of classical and 
modern physics in which the analytical approach is employed and calculus is 
applied as needed. Demonstration lectures, recitations, problem drill and labora- 
tory work are coordinated to give a working knowledge of basic principles. PY 205, 
mechanics, sound and heat; PY 208, electricity, light and modern physics. Staff 

PY 211, 212 General Physics 4 (3-2) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 116 

These courses are designed for curricula requiring a basic though not special- 
ized knowledge of physics. Lecture-demonstration, recitation and laboratory are 
coordinated to give a working familiarity with basic principles of mechanics, heat, 
sound, light, electricity and modern physics. Staff 



403 



PY 221 College Physics 5 (5-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 111 

An introduction to the fundamental principles of physics and the many applica- 
tions to modem science and technology. The important concepts in the classical 
areas of physics are presented, along with a brief survey of modem atomic physics. 
Lectures and demonstrations with class participation. Staff 

PY 223 Astronomy and Astrophysics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 212 or PY 208 

A survey course at the introductory level. The development of astronomical 
thought is reviewed, followed by a study of the solar system, stellar evolution and 
current cosmological theories. Observational methods and techniques of measure- 
ment are taught along with a review of the underlying physical principles. 

Mr. Bowman 

PY 231 Foundations of Physics 5 (5-0) FS 

Prerequisite: MA 111 or MA 115 

A one-semester survey course concerned with the philosophy, the methods and 
the fundamental concepts of physics. The student will be introduced to Newtonian 
particle mechanics, conservation concepts, kinetic theory of matter, thermodynamics, 
wave phenomena, electricity and magnetism, principles of relativity, quantum con- 
cepts, and some atomic and nuclear phenomena. Mr. Owen 



FOR ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 401, 402 Modern and Quantum Physics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 411 

Topics will include special relativity, the origin of quantum theory, elementary 
quantum mechanics, atomic stiTicture and optical spectra, x-rays and fundamental 
particles. Mr. Patty 

PY 407 Introduction to Modern Physics 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 202, PY 208 

A survey of the important developments in atomic and nuclear physics of this 
century. Among topics covered are: an introduction to special relativity, atomic 
and molecular structure, determination of properties of ions and fundamental 
particles, the origin of spectra, and nuclear reactions. Staff 

PY 409 Ion and Electron Physics 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PY 414 

Topics covered include collision processes in gases, electron emission, charged 
particle dynamics, gaseous discharges, and the physics of electron and ion beams. 

Mr. Bennett 

PY 410 Nuclear Physics I 4 (3-2) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 

An introduction to the properties of the nucleus, with emphasis on the concepts 
necessary for an understanding of nuclear structure. Nuclear reactions, alpha, 
beta, and gamma decay, fission and fusion are treated quantitatively. The inter- 
action of nuclear radiation with matter as it bears on detection devices is discussed. 

Mr. Tilley 

PY 411, 412 Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 301, PY 207 or PY 208 

A sequence of courses in intermediate theoretical mechanics, including the 



404 



dynamics of particles and rigid bodies, and the mechanics of continuous media. An 
introduction is given to advanced mechanics, including Lagrange's equations of 
motion, with applications. Mr. Moss 

PY 413 Thermal Physics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 206 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 301 

An intermediate course in the principles of classical thermodynamics and the 
kinetic theory of gases with an introduction to statistical mechanics. Mr. Lynn 

PY 414, 415 Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 208 
Corequisite: MA 511 

An intermediate course in the fundamentals of static and dynamic electricity 
and electromagnetic theory, developed from basic experimental laws. Vector methods 
are introduced and employed throughout the course. Mr. Lado 

PY 416 Physical Optics 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An intermediate course in physical optics with the major emphasis on the wave 
properties of light. Subjects covered include boundary conditions, optics of thin 
films, interference, diffraction and the Lorentz atom with applications to absorption, 
scattering and laser emission. Mr. Doggett 

PY 443 Astrophysics 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 207 or PY 407; PY 411 

A survey of the basic physics necessary to investigate, from observational data, 
the internal conditions of stars, and their evolution. Topics to be considered will 
include the formation and structure of spectral lines, methods of energy generation 
and transport, stellar structure, degeneracy and white dwarfs. Mr. Danby 

PY 451, 452 Intermediate Experiments in Physics I, II 2 (1-3) FS 

Corequisites: PY411,PY414 

Experiments at the intermediate level in mechanics, electricity and magnetism, 
and modern physics. Mr. Martin 

PY 499 Special Problems in Physics 1-3 FS 

Prerequisite: Consent of department 

Study and research in special topics of classical and modern physics. A topic may 
be chosen for experimental or theoretical investigation, or a literature survey may 
be made. Staff 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PY 501, 502 Introduction to Quantum Mechanics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511; PY 411 or PY 414 

An introduction to the fundamental concepts and techniques of quantum 
mechanics, and the application of the theory to simple physical systems, such as the 
free particle, the hamnonic oscillator, potential well and central force problems. 
Other topics include spin, transformation theory, identical particles, symmetry 
and invariance, approximation methods, and an introduction to the quantum 
theory of angular momentum. Mr. Memory 



406 



PY 503, 504 Introduction to Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 412, PY 414 

An introductory course in theoretical physics which offers preparation for gra- 
duate study. Emphasis is on classical mechanics and special relativity. Topics 
covered include variational principles, Hamiltonian dynamics and the canonical 
transformation theory, structure of the Lorentz group, and elementary dynamics 
of unquantized fields. Mr. Katzin 

PY 507 Advanced Atomic Physics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisites: MA 511, PY 412, PY 415 

An introduction to the quantum mechanical treatment of atomic structure and 
spectra. Topics covered include the relativistic hydrogen atom, the helium atom, 
multielectron atoms, selection iTiles, etc. Mr. Chung 

PY 509 Plasma Physics 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 414 

A study of the individual and collective motion of charged particles in electric 

and magnetic fields and through ionized gases, including the pinch effect and 

induced processes in relativistic streams; transport equations; and properties of 

plasmas, including wave production and propagation, instabilities, shocks and 
radiation losses, with applications. Mr. Bennett 

PY 510 Nuclear Physics II 4 (3-2) F 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the properties of the atomic nucleus as revealed by radioactivity, 
nuclear reactions and scattering experiments, with emphasis on the experimental 
approach. The laboratoi'y is designed to stimulate independent research and offers 
project work in nuclear spectroscopy and in neutron physics. Mr. Waltner 

PY 511 (NE 511) Nuclear Physics for Engineers 3 (3-0) F^ 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the properties of atomic nuclei, of nuclear radiations and of the inter- 
action of nuclear radiation with matter. Emphasis is placed on the principles of 
modern equipment and techniques of nuclear measurement and their application to 
practical problems. Mr. Waltner 

PY 514, 515 Advanced Electricity and Magnetism I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

Prerequisite: PY 415 

An advanced treatment of electricity and magnetism and electromagnetic 
theory. Topics include: techniques for the solution of potential problems, develop- 
ment of Maxwell's equations; wave equations; energ>% force and momentum rela- 
tions of an electromagnetic field; covariant formulation of electrodynamics; radia- 
tion from accelerated charges. Mr. Jenkins 

PY 517 Molecular Spectra 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisites: PY 407, PY 412; PY 507 recommended 

Topics include the interpretation of infrared and Raman spectra for diatomic 
and simple polyatomic molecules; the effects due to vibration-rotation interaction, 
electronic motion and nuclear spin; nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy; 
infrared absorption in the earth's atmosphere. Mr. Chung 

PY 520 Measurements in Nuclear Physics 3 (2-2) S 

Prerequisite: PY 410 

A study of the fundamentals of statistics (including the binomial, noiinal, Poisson 
and interval distributions) as applied to the analysis of measurements on nuclear 
reactions and radioactivity. Mr. Waltner 



406 



PY 521 Kinetic Theory of Gases 3 (3-0) F 

Prerequisite: PY 413 

A study of the transport properties of classical gases centering on the Boltzmann 
equation and its consequences. Topics covered include the phenomena of diffusion, 
viscosity and heat conduction, and the derivation of the equations of hydrodynamics. 

Mr. Ridgeway 

PY 552 Introduction to the Structure of Solids 3 (3-0) S 

Prerequisite: PY 207 or PY 407 
Corequisite: PY 501 

Basic considerations of crystalline solids, metals, conductors and semiconductors. 

Mr. Schetzina 



PY 555 (MA 555) Mathematical Introduction to Celestial 
Mechanics 
(See mathematics, page 368.) 

PY 556 (MA 556) Orbital Mechanics 
(See mathematics, page 368.) 



3 (3-0) F 



3 (3-0) F 



PY 599 Senior Research 3 FS 

Prerequisite: Senior honoi's program standing, except with special permission 

Investigations in physics which may consist of literature reviews, experimental 

measurements or theoretical studies. Graduate Staff 



FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PY 600 Planetary Atmospheres 3 (3-0) S 

PY 601, 602 Theoretical Physics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

PY 609 High Energy Physics 3 (3-0) S 

PY 610 Advanced Nuclear Physics 3 (3-0) F 

PY 611 Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) F 

PY 612 Advanced Quantum Mechanics 3 (3-0) S 

PY 622 Statistical Mechanics 3 (3-0) S 

PY 630, 631 Nuclear Structure Physics I, II 3 (3-0) FS 

PY 641 Non-Inertial Space Mechanics 3 (3-0) S 

PY 651 Mathematics of Solid-State and Many-Body Theory 3 (3-0) F 

PY 652 Cooperative Phenomena in Solids 3 (3-0) S 

PY 655 (MA 655) Qualitative Methods in Celestial Mechanics 3 (3-0) F 

PY 656 (MA 656) Perturbation Theory in Celestial Mechanics 3 (3-0) S 

PY 690 Special Topics in Molecular Physics 1-6 FS 

PY 691 Special Topics in Nuclear Physics 1-6 FS 



407 



PY 692 Special Topics in Plasma Physics 1-6 FS 

PY 693 Special Topics in Solid State Physics 1-6 FS 

PY 694 Special Topics in Theoretical Physics 1-6 FS 

PY 695 Seminar 1 (1-0) FS 

PY 699 Research Credits Arranged 

PLANT PATHOLOGY 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 315 Plant Diseases 3 (2-3) F 

Prerequisite: BS 100 

The nature and sjTiiptoms of disease in plants and the characteristics of impor- 
tant plant pathogenic nematodes, viruses, bacteria and fungi are studied. An under- 
standing of the important concepts and methods of disease control is developed, 
based on a knowledge of major types of plant diseases. Messrs. Beute, Powell 

PP 318 (FOR 318) Forest Pathology 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or equivalent 

The major types of diseases of forest ti'ees and deterioration of wood products are 
studied with emphasis on: 1) economic impact on forest resources; 2) symptomology 
and diagnosis; 3) nature of pathogens and saprophjlic microorganisms; 4) physio- 
logy, ecology and dissemination of causal organisms; 5) mechanisms of pathogene- 
sis; 6) epidemiology and environmental influences; 7) principles of prevention and 
control. Messrs. Cowling, Grand 

PP 319 (WPS 319) Biological Deterioration of Wood 1 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: BS 100 or equivalent 

Biological deterioration of wood and its control are studied with emphasis on: 
1) impact of various types of deterioration on economic values of wood pi'oducts 
and on processes of wood utilization; 2) diagnosis of deterioration problems; 
3) nature of the biological influences and microorganisms involved; 4) physiology 
of wood-inhabiting fungi and bacteria; 5) environmental influences on rates and 
type of deterioration; 6) prevention and control of deterioration of wood under 
various conditions of storage and use. Messrs. Cowling, Grand 



FOR GRADUATES AND ADVANCED UNDERGRADUATES 

PP 500 Plant Disease Control 3 (2-3) S 

Prerequisite: PP 315 

Disease control strategies and tactics are developed in a practical manner. Con- 
trol economics and practices are considered in relation to principles and current 
research on biological, cultural, physical and chemical methods. Disease resistance 
and regulatory methods are also discussed. Messrs. Jenkins, Spurr 

PP 501 Phytopathological Methods 4 (2-6) F 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

A study of the principles of phytopathological research. The course is designed to 
apply the classical scientific method to the investigation of plant diseases. Consider- 
ation will be given to appraising disease problems, reviewing the litei-ature, isolat- 

408 



ing pathogens, inoculating with pathogens, measuring and controlling environment, 
histopathological studies, collecting and evaluating data, and manuscript prepara- 
tion. Messrs. Cowling, Main, Sherwood 

PP 502 Phytopathological Principles 4 (3-3) S 

Prerequisites: PP 315, consent of instructor 

A study of general principles of plant pathology including in-depth study of 
selected diseases. The basic concepts of etiology, pathology, epidemiology and con- 
trol will be considered. Mr. Powell 

PP 503 Identification of Plant Pathogenic Fungi 3 (4-12) Sum. 

Prerequisite: Mycology or one advanced course in plant pathology 

A study of the recognition and identification of fungi which cause plant diseases 
and the diffei'entiation of fungal diseases from those caused by other agents. 
Special consideration will be given to use of keys in the identification of fungi 
and the major sources of descriptive infomiation on plant pathogens. (Offered 
summer, 1972 and alternate years.) Mr. Hodges 

PP 545 Plant Viruses 2 (1-3) S 

Prerequisite: PP 501 or equivalent 

Development of the concept of viruses as plant pathogens, nature and properties 
of viinises, sjTnptomatology, methods of transmission, identification, introduction to 
purification procedures, antiserum production, serological tests, epidemiology 
and control. Mr. Gooding 

PP 550 Nematode Diseases of Plants and Their Control 2 (1-3) F 

Prerequisite: PP 315 or equivalent 

A study of plant diseases caused by nematodes. Special consideration will be 
given to host-parasite relationships, host ranges and life cycles of the more impor- 
tant economic species. Principles and methods of control will be emphasized. 

Mr. Sasser 

PP 575 (BO 575, MB 575) The Fungi 3 (3-0) S 

(See botany, page 256.) 

PP 576 (BO 576, MB 576) The Fungi Lab 1 (0-3) S 

(See botany, page 256.) 

PP 595 Special Problems in Plant Pathology Credits Arranged Maximum 6 
Prerequisite: Consent of instructor 

Investigation of special problems in plant patholog>' not related to a thesis pro- 
blem. The investigation may consist of original research and/or literature survey. 

Staff 

FOR GRADUATES ONLY 

PP 604 Morphology and Taxonomy of Nematodes 3 (1-6) S 

PP 605 Plant Virology 3 (1-6) F 

PP 608 History of Phytopathology 1 (1-0) F 

PP 609 Current Phytopathological Research under Field 

Conditions 2 (1-3) S 

PP 611 Advanced Plant Nematology 3 (2-3) S 



409 



PP 612 Plant Pathogenesis 3 (2-3) F 

PP 614 Nematode Development, Cytology and Genetics 2 (1-3) F 

PP 625 (BO 625) Advanced Mycology 4 (2-6) F 

PP 650 Colloquium in Plant Pathology 3 (3-0) F 

PP 690 Seminar in Plant Pathology 1 (1-0) FS 

PP 699 Research in Plant Pathology Credits Arranged 
Advanced courses in Mycology are also available at UNC-Chapel Hill. 



POLITICS 

FOR UNDERGRADUATES 

PS 200 Introduction to Politics 3 (3-0) F S 

An introduction survey of the body of existing knowledge about politics and 
political systems, including the theories and characteristics of political behavior 
and political institutions within and among nation-states. 

PS 201 The American Governmental System 3 (3-0) F S 

A study of the American federal system, integrating national and state govern- 
ment, with emphasis on constitutional principles, major governmental organs, 
governmental functions, and the politics and machinery of elections. Some atten- 
tion is given to other types of political systems, and comparisons ai'e made where 
relevant throughout the course. Staff 

PS 206 Local Governmental Systems 3 (3-0) F S 

An introductory study of governmental systems in the U. S. which have a primar- 
ily local focus. In addition to the examination of traditional local forms — city, 
county, town, township and district — attention will be given to the national, state 
and regional contexts for local government. Topics will include fed